ML20246H352

From kanterella
Jump to navigation Jump to search
Maint Improvement Program, Books 1 & 2
ML20246H352
Person / Time
Site: Browns Ferry  Tennessee Valley Authority icon.png
Issue date: 02/01/1989
From: Campbell G, Sessoms R
TENNESSEE VALLEY AUTHORITY
To:
Shared Package
ML20246H336 List:
References
PROC-890201, NUDOCS 8903200123
Download: ML20246H352 (610)


Text

{{#Wiki_filter:- i I BROW \S FERRY N UCLEAR PLANT MAINTENANCE I IMPROVEMENT PROGRAM e N - Y,ng j - MAINTENANCE SUPERTINDENT PLANT MANAGER I FEBRUARY 1,1989 n ggg2ggggp;ggggggs9 P PDC .

9 I l G B R0Ws R U F. l T .E R S R i U L. Y w _ h _

                                                  ,,r  = nr m      .. . . .   ...

m nm  :- . MalNTENRNCE IMPR0 DEMENT PROGRRM j i r 1 - - _ . _ i

I' # I

   \

TABLE OF CONTENTS t - Section Title Section Organization and Administration .......................M01' i Training and Qualification of Maintenance Personnel ...M02 r Maintenance Facilities,-Equipment and Tools ...........M03 Types of Maintenance ..................................M04 .! Maintenance Procedure .................................M05 Planning, Scheduling and Coordination of Maintenance ..M06 Control of Maintenance Activities .....................M07  ; Post Maintenance Testing ..............................M08 f

                                                                                        \

Procurement of Parts, Material, and Services' ..........M09' Material Receipt, Inspection, Handling, Storage,

    \        Retrieval,and Issuance ..............................M10
                                                                                        )

Control and Calibration of Measuring and Test Equipment............................................M11 Maintenance Tools and Equipment Control' . . . . . .'. . . . . . . . .M12 Station Materiel Condition Inspection .................M13. Management Involvement ................................M14 i Maintenance History....................................M15 Analysis of Maintenance Problems ......................M16 Maintenance Planning Information ......................M17 J TU l l

                                                                                         )

i i p j

 -                                                                                                                       4 Browns Ferry Nuclear Plant Maintenance improvement Program (j                                                                                       Program Description            l l

Browns Ferry maintenance implements improvements via a Maintenance Improvement Program (MiP). The MIP establishes the means to implement improvements through regulatory, industry, INPO and TVA information and evaluations. The program consists of two parts, programmatic description and action items. The programmatic description is provided by the MlP documents which are based on INPO 85-038, " Guidelines for the Conduct of  ; Maintenance at Nuclear Stations" revision 1, December 1988. The action items are provided by the Maintenance Action Plan (MAP) documents which contain the description of the means to assess, plan, execute and verify the improvements needed to establish and maintain the maintenance program consistent with the MIP. MAPS also provide the historical  ; implementation records of the improvement plan. I G The program consists of 17 individual sections. Sections M01 - M16 kj corresponsd to INPO 85-038 and Section M-17 is structured for BFN l specifics. Each MIP section contains an introduction, discussion and i l criteria subsection that outlines the ideal programmatic content consistent with the corresponding chapter of INPO 85-038. One or more MAPS contain a description of the corresponding MIP criteria, a responsibility designation, a priority assignment, a listing of document references, a programmatic and implementation evaluation, an acceptance  ; evaluation marked when acceptable for short and or long term operations, I an action item listing and schedule. MAPS are numbered consistent with corresponding MlP criteria number. I I l 4 l 8

DATE: - February 3,~ 1989 0 V SECTION M01

 ,                        ORGANIZATION AND ADMINISTRATION H

A. INTRODUCTION i An objective of the maintenance program at Browns Ferry is to have a. well . organized and effective staff for the conduct'of maintenance. This is primarily achieved through implementation and control of maintenance activities by establishing clearly written standards for performance of. maintenance, periodically _ observing'and assessing performance, holding personnel accountable for their perfor'mance, and defining personnel qualifications, goals,' responsibilities, . authority, and accountability. B. DISCUSSION , i TVA~ management has set high standards for performance? BFN; "" ' " ' ' i Maintenance has made_several organizational changes in order to meet' new standards. Nuclear Maintenance - provides . maintenance standards that establish requirements, direction, and commitments in~ critical areas of maintenance. BFN implements a maintenance program in-which preventive maintenance dominates. Plant procedures,' goals, and objectives are consistent with TVA Nuclear Maintenance. standards. It is a primary responsibility of the Maintenance Superintendent to ensure implementation of corporate and plant policies that affect - maintenance. Maintenance philosophy, policies, res?onsibilities,- authorities and assignments are established and functioning to enhance the conduct of maintenance. M01 - 1

DATE: February 3,1989 C. CRITERIA

1. Maintenance Deoartment Policies Maintenance department procedures support corporate and plant maintenance policies. Maintenance organization functions are well established in the conduct of maintenance program. The conduct of maintenance procedure addresses:

1 Responsibilities - responsibilities for implementing these programs, including responsibilities of maintenance personnel, are clearly defined. Policies - maintenance organizational policies are well established in a conduct of maintenance program. Authorities - Maintenance personnel clearly understand their authority. Written guidelines for maintenance personnel's authorities are provided. REFERENCE ~- MAP M01C'1 ' '

2. Maintenance Strategy Maintenance obtains and maintains high quality performance by:

effectively coordinating with other departments, establishing the Work Control Group and integrating radiological controls into maintenance practices.

a. Working Relationship - The plant has integrated activities with all departments that support maintenance.

Responsibilities, authorities and accountability interface with maintenance are defined as follows: Self- Assessment - work activities are continuously assessed as part of the plant " walk-your- spaces" policy. O , Procedural Interfaces - plant writers guides require interfaces when needed to be clearly defined in procedures. M01 - 2

1 DATE: February 3,1989 . 1 [' + Per:,onnel interfaces - maintenance interfaces i ( with Operations, Health Physics, Powers Stores,'

                                                                           ~

Quality Control Engineering, . Procurement and i Modification aredefined in plant policies, j procedures and task descriptions. J Performance indicators - indicators relating to .! overall maintenance performance and support of j ' maintenance are being developed. Monthly performance indicators are tracked by the plant. REFERENCE - MAP M01C2A

b. Long Range Planning - conduct of maintenance activities, )

includes long range planning.

                                                                                  ]

REFERENCE - MAP M06

c. Integrated Radiological Controls - Radiological controls are integrated into the maintenance process.

REFERENCE:

M01C2C ' ' '

3. Staffina The maintenance organization is staffed with adequate personnel whose qualifications are commensurate with - '

organizational functions, goals and objectives. Retention plans and methods are implemented and a replacement plan exists for key supervisory and management positions. The Maintenance. Superintendent is responsible for selecting high quality ~ ' personnel, effectively utilizing available resources, and assessing the adequacy of his resources. '

a. Organizational Structure - the maintenance organizational structure is adequate to enhance the efficient conduct of i maintenance. Organization charts. position, and job ~i descriptions reflect the approved organization.

,O ' (J REFERNNCb - MAP M01C3A M01 - 3  ! j

i DATE: February 3,1989 - A U

b. Position / Job Descriptions - position / job descriptions consistent with actual duties; authorities and responsibilities are written for management personnel and each unique job. Maintenance personnel are provided a copy of their position / job descriptions.

REFERENCE - MAP M01C3B

c. Maintenance Positions - maintenance positions are filled with qualified permanent TVA personnel. A sufficient number of qualified managers, general foreman, Maintenance engineers and craftsmen, are available for the conduct of maintenance. 4 REFERENCE - MAP M01C3C
                                                                                      'i
d. Maintenance Personnel Qualifications - maintenance craftsmen are qualified in accordance with INPO accreditation program, while supervisory, management, and engineering personnel meet the requirements of ANSI i N18.1.

REFERENCE - MAP M01C3D

4. Goals and Objectives '

Maintenance goals and objectives are developed for the Maintenance Organization and are consistent with goals and i objectives for the plant. They are also consistent with corporate standards, personnel staffing and the maintenance budget. Goals and objectives are achievable but challenging and serve to improve maintenance. Goals are used as a management tool for involving cognizant station groups in improving maintenance performance and measure maintenance l effectiveness. Action plans are included in the goals and objectives. 1 REFERENCE - MAP M01C4 l A . . M01 - 4 1

1 DATE: February 3,'1989 l O v

5. Accountability Accountabill;y :s achieved by establishing organizational functions, authorities, job rules and budgets. Achievable goals are established to provide an objective measure of performance.

Periodic performance evaluations and service reviews provides , a means for recognition for performances, counseling,. remedial training, disciplinary measures and performances feedback.  ! Maintenance supervisors provide additional counseling as . required. Supervisory personnel are given training in techniques  ; and management methods that hold personnel accountable. REFERENCE - MAP M01C5 1 a l O 4 I I

                                                                         .i
                     . 8 M01 DATE:     January 30, 1'989

. L} SECTION M02 1 1 i TRAINING AND QUALIFICATION OF MAINTENANCE PERSONNEL A. INTRODUCTION- 1 1 The objective of the maintenance training and qualification program is to provide personnel with the knowledge, skills and abilities necessary for the safe and efficient maintenance of the plant. j B. DISCUSSION-4 TVA management recognizes the importance of training and is - committed to a' quality training program through the establishment of 9 Nuclear Training with training centers at each of TVA's operating . nuclear plants. Maintenance training andicalification programs are' established'- ' ' Browns Ferry. Tne qualification.hiograms for electrical,'medhahical, ' ' ' and instrument and control are designed to' develop and maintain the knowledge, skiils and abilities of maintenance personnel and are accredited by the National Nuclear Accrediting. Board. 1 Section supervisors and the maintenance superintendent closely l coordinate with the site training department to establish and maintain course content and emphasis. They also estatslish and support training schedules, accomplish on-the-job training (OJT), and - ') provide feedback to adjust course content and emphasis as necessary. ' Maintenance management also reviews the training level of each employee to determine individual qualifications in relation to the overall training program. The employee is supervised in training for career advancement and meeting maintenance qualification standards. n

  • f
  • M02 - 1

DATE: January 30, 1989 l C. CRITERIA ('] { \ ,/

1. Responsibilities i

The maintenance superintendent establishes and coordinates the maintenance training needs with the Browns Ferry Training Department. Training schedules are reviewed and programs 1 monitored to ensure that objectives are met. - Nuclear Training develops training courses and provides qualified  ! instructors to conduct the training designated by the maintenance superintendent < The Browns Ferry Training Department . administers the training, i A maintenance training coordinator coordinates periodic training l and maintains consistent interface contact between maintenance  ; and training. REFERENCE-MAP M02C1 ,r-()y 2. Maintenan'ce Trainina Procrams" -- " ' l Maintenance personnel attend training programs which begin with j their initial assignment to the maintenance organization and are  ! continued to ensure adequate knowledge of job functions, l responsibilities, and regulatory requirements. Training programs  ! are consistent with nuclear industry guidelines and are accredited i by the National Nuclear Accrediting Board. Training programs directly related to maintenance organization are: Technical Staff and Manager Training l Instrument and Control Technician Training Mechanical Maintenance Craftsmen Training j Electrical Maintenance Craftsmen Training General Employee Training REFERENCE - MAP M02C2 t (3 U M02 - 2  !

DATE: January 30, 1989

                                                                                                 ]
  /]       3.      Trainino. Schedule and Suocort                                                 ,

O The maintenance superintendent and supervisors work closely with I the training department to accomplish the following:

a. Schedules - training schedules that reflect instructor, training facility and training periods are provided by the {

t training department. Trainee availability and attendance l is supervised by their immediate supervisor. l I REFERENCE MAP M02C3A i I

b. Level of Training - each trainee's previous education, i experience and skill level are reviewed by their supentisor. Training level requirements and milestones

( are set for the trainees by their supervisor for maintenance performance improvement and for their career goals. n - REFERENCE MAP M02C3B t \

 \     )
c. Qualified Instructors'-instructors are trainedtnd* " '

certified by the site training department. l l REFERENCE MAP M02C3C ) i 1

4. On-the-Job Trainina (OJT) i i

On-the-job training is provided to personnel on tasks which are plant-specific and are too costly or impractical for classroom training. l 4 l a. OJT Program Adherence - OJT is conducted in a formally defined training program that specifically identifies tasks that the trainee must accomplish. Knowledge requirements for each task, as well as what the trainee j l must do (perform, simulate, observe or c ' cuss) are l l defined. The trainer and trainee underst2. d what is p require,d for,each training task. j! s a i l  %.) \ REFERENCE MAP M02C4A , M02 - 3 {

                                                                                                 )

3

......m 4 DATE: January 30c..1989'. , Ac b. OJT Train'er Qualification f0JT' trainers areLcertified for .

                    ..OJT traning.

REFERENCE MAP M02C48

                                                                         ~
       ,    c.       Trainee Supervision and Control- trainees ~who perform maintenance on installed equipment are supervised by a qualified instructor.1The instructor verifies that the       ~

l trainee properly performed the task,' understands how to avoid errors that could affect personnel' safety or adversely impact the plant. Trainees must demonstrate - Industrial safety, and accurately document the work , activity. 1 REFERENCE MAP M02C4C --

                                                                                                  ]
d. Number of Trainees - the trainee / trainer ratio is keptst a level adequate to provide effective training while ensuring . j i

q proper maintenance of equipment. I l E REFERENCE MAPW02C4D" """ "" ' " * ' j ! e. Trainee Conduct of Maintenance - a policy that' allows , craftsmen to independently perform maintenance only on - 1 l plant equipment for which they are qualified is stated in a - conduct of maintenance procedure. L REFERENCE MAP M02C4E L 5. Qualification 1 Maintenance personnel are qualified for assigned work .

  • activities by a combination of formal classroom training and OJT. Prior to qualifying an individual for an assig'nment, the individual's supervisor reviews the individual's training accomplishments. The qualifying process involves the' following:

Q v. M02 - 4 1 -- ---_-_ _ -

DATE: . January 30, 1989-

       ,                                  verifying completion'of all designated training-q                                 conducting or evaluating the results of a final written, oral .

or practical demonstration examination evaluating recommendations of the individual's supervisors verifying previous training and experience - formal qualification approval and documentation q REFERENCE - MAP M02C5 -

6. Trainino Proaram Acoroval. Effectiveness. and Feedback' The maintenance superintendent is directly involved in approving and periodically reviewing the Maintenance Training Program. Review of the program includes monitoring trainee's i written course evaluation, informal interviews with traine'es, and evaluation of training'related job performance. Changes to )

the training are coordinated between the maintenance superintendent and BFN Training Department Manager.

                                                                                                              ],

i REFERENCE - MAP M02C6 1 8

7. Man'aaemsnt and Suttervis6) Trainina '- -

{ Managers and supervisors are provided indoctrination and ~ d training for professional technical personnel, managers, ar.1d ' supervisors in accordance with policies and procedures consistent with ANSI N-18.1 and ANSI N-18.7. l REFERENCE - MAP M02C7 l l l l o M02 - 5 L

 ..r.6      .

q

                                                                                                                         )
DATE: February .1,1989
                                                      ,                                                                  }

[ SECTION M03 ( MAINTENANCE FACILITIES, EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS - l 1 j A. INTRODUCTION An objective of the Maintenance Organization is to have sufficient facilities for: . training, offices, shop and satellite work

  • areas, storage of material,' tools and equipment, laydown and staging, and waste control to perform maintenance effectively and efficiently..

B. DISCUSSION Adequate permanent facilities are available for operation and refuel outages. When needed, temporary facilities are used to meet other outage peak needs. Management determines facilities needs by. -

               . reviewing planned and scheduled activities on the Maintenance <

j Request and Tracking and the P2 scheduling programs. This overview. p of programs provides information on the' volume of work,~ and helps

-(               determine' manpower; materials-toots;'and office' equipment'needsM~ ' ' "

This info #nationisvsed-to evaldatefacilitiesinnd ptan and implem'e'nt ~ "" ' l actions. It is also used to perform expected maintenance effectively - 1 and efficiently. I

                                                                                                                         'I C. CRITERIA
1. Facilities Facilities tc support maintenance are essential in obtaining ,
                                     . safe, efficient, and high quality maintenance. Maintenance management continually reviews workload, personnel needs, material needs, equipm.ent and too! needs to determine facilities requirements. Considerations of industrial safety, work efficiency, environmental control, service needs and storage are used to plan and implement actions for providing facilities to meet the requirements. Maintenance areas which are included in the review are:
a. Maintenance training facilities'- training facilities are available and adequate to support the maintenance training  ;

1 M03 - 1

                                                           ./

DATE: February .1,1989 1

                                                                                                       )

[

4
                         . program as described in l'NPO 88-038 without training schedule delays.

l

                                                                                                       )

REFERENCE - MAP M03C1 A

                                                                                                     ]

y

b. Shop and satellite work areas - shop space is available in ,

the service and adjacent buildings for maintenance during

                                ~

plant operation.. Satellite work areas are constructed for-refuel outage and other major activities as needed. The  : work areas are supplied with environmental control, . .l equipment, tools, and services as needed. 1 REFERENCE - MAP M03C1B f

c. Maintenance' activities which require laydown and staging )

area are planned. The plan defines outage _ support . j requirements, area use, and responsibilities for area upkeep and, control. Itema to be considered are: - p authorization for accesss, with provisions for security

   'y)                       and fire protection' w w             +

labeling of'faciliae.s to' designate' responsibility'and*"~ d " $ " '* entry authorization REFERENCE - MAP M03C1C

d. Storage Facilities - controlled access facilities for high activity items are maintained in the Customer Service Center (CSC) in the service building. Storage facilities for bulk items and slow moving items are maintained either onsite at the Warehouse Complex or at the Hartsville Site.

These facilities are adequate for storage of all inventory. and direct charge materials necessary to support plant . operations. These st'orage facilities are classified, ' controlled and maintained in accordance with ANSI N45.22-to prevent damage or deterioration to stored materials. [

   ,O                     REFERENC.E - MAP M03C1D e.

._ Temporary Facilities - temporary facilities are : j k M03 - 2

           .               1
                                                           .           ,                              ..j DATE: February 1,1989 4

constructed when needed to support maintenance activities. Prior to construction,' work efficiency, h(7 industrial safety, and radiological control are considered - in their design. Necessary services, such as electrical power, compressed air, water, and lighting are also included when required. 4 REFERENCE - MAP M03C1E'

f. Decontamination Facility - adequate decontamination  ;

l facilities are available and used to reduce the volume of disposable solid waste and return reusable material' without delaying maintenance activities. Prior to shipping-

                           ' material for decontamination, adequate facilities are-.

provided to monitor and separate clean and contaminated =l material. j q REFERENCE - MAP M03C1F j i i

g. Office Spaces - sufficient office space is provided for p personnel requiring a desk and office use.
    'd                       REFERENCE 4 MAP M03C1G""~*""'m '                     ""

l l

2. Tool and Eauioment Storace .

Adequate environmentally. controlled storage is provided for all tools and support equipment. The storage of tools.and-equipment is strategically located in the plant for ready. availability. Special tools and equipment which are stored for long periods between use are~ tagged with proper identification and stored outside the plant. These items are readily-retrievable when needed. Tools which are used in contaminated areas have adequate controlled storage and issue areas within the radiological control zone to prevent spread of contamination. < l REFERENCE - MAP M03C2 - M03 - 3 -

i! -

t DATE: February 1,1989 e

3. Office Eauioment-Office eq'uipment (computers, word processors, printers, etc.) is available to support the maintenance organization efficiently in completing work in a high quality _ manner.

REFERENCE - MAP M03C3

                                                                                                                                                    -s e
                                                                       ~

O 9 9 . O . . U - M03 - 4 4

DATE: January 31, 1989

   /O i       :

SECTION MO4 (. TYPES OF MAINTENANCE I i A. INTRODUCTION ' It is the objective of the maintenance program to reduce the amount of l required corrective maintenance to an absolute minimum, in order to minimize corrective maintenance it is essential that corrective maintenance (CM), preventive maintenance (PM), predictive monitoring, . l failure investigations, scheduling, and rework control be incorporated into a reliability-centered maintenance program. 1 B. DISCUSSION The use of maintenance programs in conjunction with the BF-PRA is essential to achieve an overall reduction of required corrective j

     '^'        maintenance. Predictive monitoring is addressed as a separate                  I
          ;     program from the preventive maintenance program and serves to (V           provide vital information' regarding early"detectibn o' f equipment           !

degradation. Failure investigations are conducted on' failed equipment to preclude recurrences. Schedules for preventive maintenance, i surveillance inspections and predictive monitoring are established to l l ensure that equipment is properly maintained and operating correctly. Rework is monitored closely to ensure that defective materials, personnel errors, and procedure errors are identified early and prompt corrective actions taken to preclude recurrences. These activities, when fully implemented, constitute a reliability centered maintenance . program resulting in equipment reliability that enhances safety, reduces exposure of personnel and improves plant generation, i C. CRITERIA l

1. Master Eauioment List (MF11 '

A listing of equipment, components and structures along with

     ^                   their safety classification, seismic requirements, environmental

( ) requirements, and. procurement levels for unique' identifier are (_) provided. M04 - 1

      ~                 ~                                      ,
                                                                                        ~

DATE: January 31, 1989

REFERENCE:

MAP MO401 73 [,) '

2. Tvoes of Maintenance 1

E. Corrective Maintenance (CM) - corrective maintenance is pen'ormed when equipment or components are <

                                                                                                    )

malfunctioning and not performing their intended function, . imminent failure conditions have been identified, or they l have failed. Corrective maintenance is minimized by an effective preventive ma!ntenance program.

REFERENCE:

MAP MO4C2A

b. . Preventive Maintenance (PM) - preventive maintenance (PM) 1 is performed on important plant equipment to enhance safety and equipment reliability. Activities and ]

frequencies are based on technical evaluations of source .j information, sound engineering practice and J reliability-centered methods. PM activities are program controlled and reviewed to ensure that proper. equipment is l (~T included and that the PM actions are appropriate. PM' i CJ includes periodic maintenanc'e; planned maint'en'a nce'and ' predictive monitoring. i REFERENCE - MAP M04C2B l 3

3. MajntenanceAction and Freauency Selection 1I i

1 Maintenance action and the frequency is programmatically defined and includes the following: regulatory and code requirements, vendor recommendations, industry and plant experience, maintenance history, engineering judgment, j cost benefit evaluations, manpower, ALARA, and optimizing equipment or system availability during unit cperating ) conditions. ' ll REFERENCE MAP M04C3 g '

 \         \

j M04- 2 1 1 1 t- __ ____U

mvg m

                                                                                            ;i DATE:      January 31, 1989-
4. Epilure investigations
\ V, O                             in order to achieve high reliability it is essential that good failure investigations are m'ade to prevent recurrences of the failure. Failure investigations are performed routinely on all failed components identified as LERs and are                                           )

performed whenever a failure' occurs on a significant component which could result in a load reduction or a unit i

                                                                                                  ~

shutdown, or when the maintenance history indicates a i failure trend. Included in this effort is the analysis'of failure causes and identification of preventive actions that 1 j could improve component reliability.  ! REFERENCE- MAP M04C4 i

5. Schedulina Preventive maintenance actions are scheduled at appropriate intervals and to the extent practical, combined . 1 with corrective maintenance activities on the same A equipment and with other related maintenance based on ' -

3,j equipment similarity or proxirnity " WP ~ ':"' ' ' ' i REFERENCE- MAP MO4C5

6. Rework i

The monitoring of rework is procedurally controlled and the' ' intent is to minimize rework. Rework controlis necessary in order to reduce recurring corrective maintenance. REFERENCE - MAP M04C6 i

                                                                                                                \

f s

                                                        ,                                                N
     ,                                                                                                                         u Y/                                                                   >

1

  .(     ,.                               .    .

3, s

                                                                                                                             .]
   '\                                                                                          s
                                                                                                                            .]

v ..

 ,s         -

o MO4- 3 35 7 , s a Q s t~ 1 , , g , j ] ' ' ' t A

DATE: January 30, 1989 SECTION MOS MAINTENANCE PROCEDURE A. INTRODUCTION It is the intent of the Maintenance Organization to provide maintenance procedures and instructions which are technically accurate, complete, and up to date. The procedures are presented in a clear, corWse and consistent manner that minimizes human error. B. DISCUSSION Maintenance procedures are of three general types: (1) prograrnmatic > DmGedures are general and establish maintenance policy, philosophy and methods of conducting a specific area of the conduct of maintenance, e.g., Maintenance Request Tracking. They frequently have an associated computer program essential to the implementation 4 of the procedura, (2) maintenance _ instructions, both corrective and preventive, are equipment or task specific and provide detail * ' - i instructions for equipment maintenance, (3) surveillance instructions? ' ' " provide for test and/or inspection necessary to verify compliance with plant Technical Specifications. Maintenance procedures are assigned to various maintenance organizations who are responsible for writing, verification, validation, approval, and revision. 1 Procedures are developed and implemented in accordance with their importance to cafety. Selection is based on a prioritization system which includes NRC commitments and uses the Browns Ferry

 ,                                                                Probabilistic Risk Assessment (PRA) as a guide.

C. CRITERIA

1. Procedure Devefooment and Writina s Procedure needs r re identified by the responsible maintenance organization. It it, that organization's responsibility to ensure
      ,                                                                    that needed procedures are prepared.

j

                                                                                                                                                                   ,q MOS - 1                                             ,

j L 4 4 ..

DATE: February 1,1989

a. Procedure Identification and Classification - maintenance -

J']

  .Q                                   procedures to be developed are identified by each                    !

maintenance technical discipline or assigned organization. l They are selected based.upon NRC commitments and importance to safety using the BFN's PRA and plant needs as j guidance. Subsequently they are classified for prioritized writing efforts. REFERENCE - MAP M05C1 A l

b. Writer's Guides - maintenance pro'cedures are written in ,

accordance with writer's guides. These guids. are consistent with and incorporate requirements of the TVA Corporate Writer's Guide. REFERENCE - MAP M05C1B l

c. Resources-sufficient resources are available to implement an effective procedure development and review
p. program, b l REFERENCE - MAP M05C1C " " "'
2. Procedure Verificatjan ~

1 Maintenance procedures receive an independent technical review by a qualified reviewer in accordance with approved site procedures prior to issue. They also receive an interdisciplinary review as appropriate. - REFERENCE - MAP M05C2

3. Procedure Validation Maintenance procedures are validated wherever practical prior . ,.

to actual use. They are reviewed by the users (craftsmen) prior

  ;    i

_ to implementation and are validated on shop models, if practical, or on first-use. p w REFERENCE'- M P M05C3 (

l. , M05- 2 4y -
p. ,

1 *

                  ,__N_____-_Y_-_-___--__     _ _ - _ -

DATE:' January' 30,.-1989

4. Procedure Acoroval V Maintenance procedures are approved in accordance with a si6 director's standard practice. ]

l l REFERENCE - MAP M05C4' i I

5. Procedure Use
                    ~

Procedures are located in distribution centers for user I availability. The procedures are clearly identified to ~ l distinguish the purpose, applicability,. physical completeness,  !

            . proper approval, and the most current revision.

Maintenance procedural compliance is established in a conduct of maintenance procedJr8 and is consistent with site policy of ,

           - strict compliance with written instructions. When procedures        L cannot be followed as written the supervisor is notified and          l work stopped with the equipment or system restored to a safe        j condition.-
                                                                                 ]

REFERENCE'- MAP M05C5 - -

6. Procedure Control. Periodic Review. and Revision Maintenance procedure program adminstration responsibilities are clearly defined. Procedures are controlled to ensure that the folowing actions happen:

Are reviewed periodically for technical content and to ensure that appropriate changes incorporating experience, identified problems and trends have been included. Reviews are controlled and approved consistent with the original issuance-of the procedure. Cm be changed, both immediate temporary changes so work can be safely continued,and permanent revisions Are revised when a change has been outstanding.for an - extended period . REFERENCE-MAP MOSC6 M05 - 3 i i

-n DATE: February 3,1989 SECTION M06 PLANNING, SCHEDULING AND. COORDINATION OF MAINTENANCE' A. INTRODUCTION A principal objective of the maintenance organization is to plan, schedule and coordinate work in a manner which ensures safe, timely, ' and cost efficient completion of maintenance activities. l l B. DISCUSSION Planning.for maintenance is the responsibility of the maintenance superintendent. Scheduling and coordination of ' maintenance'is the responsibility.of the Work Control Group under the outage manager's I

          - organization. -The Long Range Planning Group and the outage manager have responsibility for planning and scheduling the work to be O       accomplished during each outage. The criteria established in this document specifies specific areas of Responsibility.?They provide the' + * '

methods used to plan,'schsdule, and ~ coordinate wd'rk during'ndrmal " ' " operations and outage situations. Their purpose is to ensure timely, cost effective completion of work activities and more efficient utilization of the craft. < C. CRITERIA

1. Plannino for Maintenance Activities 1
a. Maintenance planning activities are accomplished by a dedicated group of planners reporting to the Manager,
                                          ~                                                                  .,

Maintenance Planning and Technical. The planners are discipline (mechanical, electrical, instrument, and . control) ' oriented and are assigned to the discipline group technical manager to p' erform the secping and planning' duties defined in MAP M06C1 B. . REFERENC,E - MAP M06C1 A j M06 - 1 1 3

DATE: February 3,1989

                                                                                                                        , b.        The maintenance planners review all maintenance requests                              '
 ;                                                                                                                                  and perform the scoping and work planning phases of the
   '2                                                                                                                               maintenance activity. The principal elements of each phase are as follows:

A. Scoping. l

                                                                                                                                        . Job site investigation -

Problem definition ,

                                                                                                                                        . Identify support requirements (scaffolding, RWP,                                l etc.)
                                                      .                                                                                    Identify job skills required and estimate manpower
                                                                                                                                         . requirements
                                                                                                                                        . Identify parts, materials, tools and equipment requirements i

B. Work Planning l Assembles the work package to include: p Information gathered during scoping phase.

   'd                                                                                                                                   . Identifies drawings,' procedures and other .            "

necessarydocuments-to be included in the~ work" "- package. (Latest revision of identified documents are included in the package by the work control 1 group just prior to issuing the package for work - completion). Fills out hold tag, RWP and other special permit requests. l Fills out procurement documentation j Identifies QC, code, and Technical Specification requirements Ensures post-maintenance test requirements are included.- (By. approved procedure or by Technical Support Group) Reserves needed material ano , .rts that are in stock. Procures needed material and parts that are not in pJ x stock., l M06 - 2

DATE: February 3, si989.~ REFERENCE - M06C1B , i

     ~2. Control of Work Backloa                                                                                                  ,
a. The work control system provides the maintenance superintendent and his managers with the means for j identifying, recording and tracking the ' status of.all valid l maintenance requests'(MRs). The system provides tracking - l and current status of all MRs from the time they are entered into the system. . Completed MRs are shown as'-

being in historical files. :The system provides the following information and is capable of sorting on the items as identified: , f MR number (serial sort) System number (sort) Description of work requested-Date initiated (sort) O- Priority (sortT7' + t " Support required" --" Status (sort) l 1 REF,ERENCE MAP M06C2A q

                                                                                              ~
b. PM Schedules - the preventive maintenance program is a computerized program which provides schedule information as well as performance status. Preventive maintenance schedules are published on a 28-day rolling .

schedule, a Four-Day-Look-Ahead (FDLA) schedule and the

                     - daily work schedule.                                         '

REFERENCE MAP M06C2B i

c. Schedule coordination -the Integrated Scheduler uses the preventive maintenance (PM) program, the surveillance ' -

instruction (SI) program, and the maintenance request (MR) Q tracking _ system to coordinate the maintenance activities. Q This coordination ensures these actlyities are worked concurrently when ever possible, and thereby minimizes -

                                                                                                                                ~'

M06 - 3 _ _ _ , - - - - . -_____-.._-.-__..-.L.-___._--_--_-~

DATE:' February 3,1989 'l the system outages.

 -,Q                                                                                    ~

Q REFERENCE MAP M06C2C l d. Work backlog monitoring - the maintenance work backlog is regularly monitored by work control utilizing information provided by the daily work schedules. This information is provided to the maintenance superintendent in the form of reports, charts and graphs. REFERENCE - MAP M06C2D l

e. Schedule Performance Measurement - the schedule is monitored daily, deviations are identified, and corrective '

actions are taken to ensure the schedule will be followed. ' 1

              . REFERENCE - MAP M06C2E
f. Work Priority - corrective maintenance work is prioritized based on personal safety , station safety and '

reliability. This takes into consideration system or - O. equipment importance to plant, operations and the amount * 'r + of time allowed before correctiveact'on r most be takert:4 * ~ ' The priority on MR's involving work on plant process equipment is assigned by the operations planner STA, SOS l or ASOS and verified by the system evaluator. The operations planner and system coordinator are members of the work control group. MR's which have no direct effect on plant operability (lighting, structures, etc. ) may have priority assigned by the responsible maintenance l supervisor or planner. l REFERENCE - MAP M06C2F

g. Work Control Group Responsibilities-the work control group is responsible for the scheduling and coordination of I all maintenance activities. ,

Generate a Mid-Term (28 day) Rolling Schedule from the. p Integrated P/2 schedule. ' Q' , Gene' rate a Four Day Look Ahead (FDLA) schedule from the Mid-Term schedule. i M06 - 4 M

DATE: ' February. 3, -1989 - l

                                                               ~

Generate and distribute 'a daily work schedule.~ f

                           . Route'new work to Maintenance Planning.

Schedule new work after it returns from Maintenance Planning.- Track work constraints. Process necessary documentation (eg. tagging request,- material requests, RWP,etc.) when constraints are cleared.-

                           . Work Control Manager conducts a daily schedule review meeting.

Work Control /Outag's Shift Manager conducts briefings at the end of each shift to discuss problem areas. l REFERENCE - MAP M06C2G . l

3. Coordination of Maintenance Activities
a. ' Mid-Term Rolling Schedule. - the Work Control Group in coordination with the Outage Planning Group maintains an l integrated plant schedule. The integrated schedule is based on Si performance, required PM's, selected corrective maintenance activities,rsystem outage windows, and f' '"W modification work plans."A mid-termnrolling schedule isy"~ "' ~

l extracted from the integrated schedule on a weekly basis. j The mid-term rolling schedule i~s~ reviewed weekly in a 1 meeting by the Schedule Review Group to_ consolidate work, review plant impact, craft manpower requirements,~ review < category and priority of scheduled work items, etc. , REFERENCE - MAP M06C3A

b. Four Day Look Ahead Schedule - after the mid-term rolling  !

schedule is reviewed and approved a Four Day Look Ahead  : (FDLA) schedule, which provides the activities ' scheduled to be accomplished in the next four days,' is extracted from the mid-term rolling schedule.- The FDLA provides the necessary communications to allow all the plant organizations involved in the work, directly or in a support capacity, the time required to ensure proper coordination. " Additionally a A Work / Test, Dire,ctor is assigned to ensure support Q, coordination is provided. The FDLA includes work to be

                     . utilized as fill-in work by.each of the maintenance M06'- 5 b

n ' DATE: . February 3,1989.-

                 . ' supervisors if the need arises. Sch'edule changes due to emergencies are controlled by the Work Control Group and the I
                 . outage / work control superintendent REFERENCE - MAP M06C3B
                                                                                ~

c, . Coordination and Communication interface - contacts in the ) maintenance organization effectively communicate and  ! coordinate with support organizations. The;immediate 1 attention required to ensure maintenance activities are - j completed as sch'eduled is provided. I REFERENCE - MAP M06C3Cf

d. Coordination Meetings- meetings involving routine job schedules are held frequently to properly communicate priorities, current problems,' job interfaces, and requests for support among BFN departments. In addition to coordination meetings defined in Site Director Standard Practice ,

SDSP-7.9, Integrated Schedule and Work Control,;other : regular meetings,' outlined in Plant Manager Instruction q PMI-6.2, Conduct of' Maintenance! will periodically be W + " 9 9

                 . scheduled to enhancerommunications."~"r'"-"~                    ' -

REFERENCE - MAP M06C3D

4. Outaae Plannina. Scheduling & Coor'dination 1 A system for Planning, Scheduling and Coordinating Planned or Forced Outages is necessary to minirnce the duration of the outages and effectively use available' time. A prioritized listing of work activities that must be or could be acco'mplished is maintained by the outage manager. These work activities include corrective maintenance, preventive maintenance,- t surveillance, modifications, special items or commitments that require an outage or power reduction. The outage manager, work control supervisor and the project controls manager are responsible for various elements of outage planning, scheduling and coordination as specified in 2.0. ,

a

             ' REFERENCE' MAP'M06C4 i

M06 - 6' ' g i

                                                   ~-                                          _

DATE: January 31, 1989 l l'~ O SECTION M07 l CONTROL OF MAINTENANCE ACTIVITIES 1 l A. INTRODUCTION An objective of the maintenance organization is to control maintenance activities ensuring a high quality of work to maintain the plant in a safe and reliable condition. This is done through rigorous enforcement of procedures, policies and instructions that hold personnel accountable for their assigned tasks.- B. DISCUSSION This section describes the administrative processes at Browns Ferry that cover all aspects,of maintenance activity control. This includes p_$ t' the procedures for identification, authorization, performance, tracking, post mainteriance testing, review and closure'of" ' maintenance work, control of temporary repairs and the control of non-station utility and contractor work. C. CRITERIA

1. Work Control Procedurgt Work control procedures describe the process used to identify,
  • prioritize, initiate, authorize, track and complete maintenance cctivities. Adherence to the procedures provide control of maintenance activities and ensures high quality work. The computerized systems used to track these maintenance activities are described in MAP M06C2A. These procedures apply to the following types of maintenance activities:
a. Corrective Maintenance on plant process equipment is procedurally controlled and properly interfaces with the work contr.ol system.

V(9 REFERENCE - MAP M07C1 A M07 - 1 i _________________m___--_-__-_-__

DATE: January 31, 1989 1

b. Preventive Maintenance is procedurally controlled and j L interfaces properly with the work control system.  !

REFERENCE-MAP M07C1B i

c. Surveillance instructions are procedurally controlled and  ;

properly interface with the work control system.

                   ' REFERENCE - MAP M07C1C                                               j
d. Modifications performed by maintenance are procedurally ,
                   ' controlled and properly interface with the work control              [

l system. i REFERENCE - MAP M07C1D i

2. Mair,tenance Reauest l

Maintenance on plant process equipment is identified using the { O Maintenance Request (MR). The MR form and instructions for U- properly filling it dut are'describedin atite procedure 'The*

  • information necessary to identify proble'ms, v0drk needed, l resources required, track, authorize, control work and assure j i

satisfactory completion are provided on the MR form, or in the MR ' package. ij l REFERENCE - MAP M07C2 '

3. Supervision of Maintenance Activities j Direct observation of work performance - Maintenance  :

supervisors routinely walk their work spaces and monitor work in  ! progress. Their observations help ensure that work is performed according to approved procedures and policios. They verify that l proper safety and radiological protection practices are observed. ] lL Other items observed include, the proper use and control of tools, i installation of correct parts and material, and that quality work i l is being performed on the correct equipment. Pre / Post job 1

    /O        briofings are ot?serv.ed. Good work practices are recognized and V         encouraged; poor work practices are corrected on the spot. Causes f

of poor work practices are identified and corrected and generic j M07 - 2 $ L i l .

DATE: January 31, 1989 > corrective actions initiated as needed. ! m i I v/ REFERENCE - MAP M07C3

4. Review of Comoleted Maintenance Reauests
a. Administrative Review - The completed MR is reviewed by the Shift Operations Supervisor to ensure the maintenance and post maintenance testing is completed and the component is ready to be returned to service. Additional testing may be required prior to declaring the component operable. The MR is also reviewed by maintenance technical engineers and the maintenance foreman to ensure required and accurate information is provided.

REFERENCE - MAP M07C4A

b. Lessons Learned Review - The completed MR is reviewed by Maintenance Superivsors and/or maintenance engineers for scope of work, adequacy of repair, and complete

[]

 \_J documentation.
                                                              ~' ~

REFERENCE ~ ~MA'P M07C4B' "' ' '

5. Temocrarv Reoairs Temporary repairs are performed under the station's temporary modification program to provide engineering review of the adequacy of the temporary repair and a means of identifying required permanent repairs.

REFERENCE - MAP M07C5

6. Control of Non-Station Utility and Contractor Personnel Non-station utility and contractor personnel who perform maintenance or modifications on plant systems should be trained and qualified for the work they are to perform. Supervisors will revlew their work to ensure they are held accountable to the

(] same controls and t)igh standards expected of station personnel.

   '\,)

REFERENCE - MAP M07C6 M07 - 3

DATE: -January 31, 1989 l I 1 SECTION M08 v / POST-MAINTENANCE TESTING .. I A. INTRODUCTION It is an objective of maintenance to test plant equipment following maintenance to ensure that equipment will perform its intended function, the original deficiency is corrected, and the maintenance activities did not create any new deficiencies. i B. DISCUSSION Post-maintenance tests (PMT) are performed on plant equipment following corrective maintenance and selected preventive maintenance. The level of testing is commensurate with the , maintenance performed and the importance of equipment to plant safety and reliability. Procedures are implemented which define acceptance criteria, responsibility, scope, tracking, performance, O documentation, and review of post-maintenance tests. L.) C. CRITERIA + --< a - -

1. Post Maintenance Test Requirement Approved PMT instructions are available for component testing following maintenance. They are reviewed by planners, quality control and operations prior to use. PMTs are tracked throughout the maintenance with the MR to ensure completion.

Test results are reviewed for acceptance, operations notified - and formally documented. REFERENCE MAP M08C1

2. Post Maintenance Test Procram Scoce Post-maintenance testing covers both safety and nonsafety related plant equipment it is performed after corrective and I f select preventive maintenance activities.. The level of testing

( is based on the eitent of maintenance performance and the - equipment's importance to plant safety and reliability. M08 - 1

v. , .7 DATE: January 31, 1989-Approved instructions are used to perform post-maintenance testing.

p'd REFERENCE - MAP M08C2 J

3. I Bost-Maintenance Test Control '

Post-Maintenance Testing is controlled to ensure that reviews, . status, tracking, acceptance, coordination, and scheduling are performed expeditiously. f REFERENCE - MAP M08C3 '

4. Post-Maintenance Test Performance. Documentation. and Acceotance l Post-maintenance testing is performed, documented, supervised, evaluated, and accepted by responsible organizations. Test exceptions are evaluated and dispositioned l promptly. The test data is entered into maintenance history or j lQ cross-referenced in maintenance history to the work control l

.V document. "'"1 i REFERENCE - MAP M08C4 l l l~ l *

  • M08 - 2

DATE: February 1,1989 o i Q j' SECTION M09 PROCUREMENT OF PARTS, MATERIALS, AND SERVICES A. INTRODUCTION The objective is to procure the correct parts, materials or services on a timely basis, as needed for maintenance activities. , B. DISCUSSION This section describes the processes at Browns Ferry for procurement of parts, materials and services. This includes TVA and site policies and procedures, for implementing initiation, processing and control of procurement of materials and services. O C. CRITERIA C

1. Procurement Poticv'and Procedures "'"" - "
a. Procedures and policies - procedures and policies are <

provided which establish the methods used in procurement of parts, material and services. These procedures define the specific responsibilities of corporate and station personnel involved in procurement. REFERENCE - MAP M09C1 A

b. Training procurement procedures and policies - training is provided to the appropriate maintenance personnel (supervisors, general formen, engineers and planning) as required, to ensure understanding of the procurement procedures and policies.

REFERENCE - MAP M09C1B A qy\ M09 - 1

m

   =

DATE: February 1,11989

2. Procurement initiation Proper procurement initiation is a key element in ensuring that
           . parts, material and services are available when needed. If -

attention is given to the initiation process.it will minimize thel urgent parts and material requests and the escalation of these - requests to require expediting.

a. Early identification of long lead items - procurement methods are established that emphasizes the need to immediately notify procurement of the need for_ parts,--

material or services, especially those items with known { long lead times. The process applies to needs identified ) by field , engineering or spare parts personnel. REFERENCE MAP M09C2A

b. Detailed accurate descriptions - procedural methods are established which provide a detailed de's cription of the part, material or service. This description includes

'p quality requirements, environmental qualifications l shelf :l lV -life as applicable,'and specifics about vendor technical s tumruern m j manu'al requirements,'etc; wwa >- ' " I REFERENCE MAP M09C2B

c. Vendor selection - vendor selection is based on ani approved vendors list and vendor performance evaluations.

REFERENCE MAP M09C2C

d. l Pooled Inventory System - all needs are reviewed'against the availability of the parts or materials from the TVA pooled inventory systems and includes the industry sponsored Pooled Inventory Management System (PIMS)

REFERENCE - MAP M09C2D

     }

l M09 - 2 1

                                                                                      -      a

DATE: February 1,1989

3. Procurement Control
  ,- 3
      )      The procurement control process encompasses the full range of procurement activities.
a. Vendor qualifications - vendor performance is monitored to ensure correct material and proper documentation is received on the promised delivery dates. Additionally, a validation of the vendors OA program is periodically performed. These evaluations serve to ensure the vendor qualifications and reliability.

REFERENCE - MAP M09C3A l

b. Spare parts stock levels - spare parts are reordered as the stock levels reach the minimum. Spare parts usage is periodically reviewed and the maximum and minimum stock levels are adjusted.
 /~N                 REFERENCE - MAP M09C3B
       ]
c. Emergency procurementmemergency procurement m ""or -

procedures are established which include expediting the l processing of procurement requests, placing orders, manufacturing, and delivery of requested parts, material or services. REFERENCE - MAP M09C3C

d. Upgrade of unqualified materials - procedures establish methods to upgrade unqualified material and provide for substitution of parts which are no longer available.

REFERENCE - MAP M09C3D

e. Computerized procurement tracking - a computerized procurement tracking system provides the status of the procurement request from initiation to issuance of tne r3 material is being utilized.
        \

REFERENCE - MAP M09C3E i M09 - 3

l l DATE: ' February 1,1989

  ' fG          . f.         Deficient or nonconforming items - deficient or
  'V                        nonconforming procurement items are resolved in an effective and expeditious manner. Technical assistance is provided as required to promptly resolve these items.

l REFERENCE - MAP M09C3F l g. Quality assurance records control . Quality assurance

i. records are controlled and maintained to provide l_ documentation for qualified parts and materials and to l

ensure traceability of parts and materials. REFERENCE - MAP M09C3G

h. Multiple applications listing - a list is available of parts or materials used in more than one piece of equipment or i

system and is used in the procurement and stocking process. (~ REFERENCE - MAP M09C3H L 4.- Procurement ofaServices%~"c ~ < Provisions are made to establish a general services agreement with the vendors providing services of specialized or repetitive nature. REFERENCE - M09C4  ; l

                                                                                                                                                       )
        \-                          .    .                                                                                                             j sJ                                                                                                                                                  l
                                                                                                                                                         .l i

M09 - 4

DATE: February-~ 3, 1989- hw t a SECTION M10

 ^

1 MATERIAL RECEIPT,~lNSPECTION, HANDLING ETC. A. INTRODUCTION The objective of this plan is to provide materials as needed to support the conduct of maintenance. Proper inspection upon receipt and care of parts,. i materials, and equipment is ensured from the time an item is on site until it is installed. B. DISCUSSION L . . l Procedures describe the responsibilities and techniques for receiving, inspecting, handling, storing, retrieving, and issuing material from' stores. Quality assurance (QA) and quality control (OC) aspects of the stores function are incorporated into these procedures. J l i - C. CRITERIA

1. Receiot dhd insbedtidn ' '"' * -

Parts, material, and equipment are inspected before they are. accepted for storage or use. This includes physical inspection,' in an area separate from the receiving area, ensuring that items conform ! to design or acceptance criteria, segregation of noticonforming i items, provisions for return of material and equipm'ent to stores and update of the stores inventory. (

a. Receipt inspection - material is receipt inspected, before it is accepted for storage or use,~ to verify that the material delivered agrees with the approved purchase documentation, is ..

packaged in accordance with purchase order specifications has. the necessary product control requirements specified such as special storage environment, preventive maintenance, or shelf-life information, and is in good physical condition. !. REFEF3ENCE-MAP M10C1 A . 4 M10- 1 1

                                                                                            -h DATE:        February 3,1989                    !

r N 5 b. Physical inspection of' safety-related and designated critical items is conducted by QC and other techni_ cal staff or maintenance personnel to ensure'that the vendor has supplied' what was ordered, that the necessary formal documentation has accompanied the shipment or is otherwise on hand, and that items have been received in acceptable condition. The Maintenance Planning & Technical Section is available to assist in the inspection if needed. . i REFERENCE-MAP M10C18  ; i l c. Deviation from design or acceptance criteria - The Nuclear - l Engineering staff approves any deviation of material or -l equipment from design specifications or other acceptance l criteria before it is accepted into the stores system. They also  ! approve any upgrade of material or equipment from a  ; non-safety to a safety-related category. QA reviews and j ' concurs with Nuclear Engineering on any deviation from design l O specifications.' V REFERENCE-MAP M1001 C'" ' ""' "' ' ' ' ' ~ "' ~

d. Receiving and Inspection Areas - separate receiving and inspection areas are provided, incoming material is segregated from material that has been receipt inspected. - -

REFERENCE-MAP M10C1D

e. Nonconforming material segregation - nonconforming material is segregated and clearly tagged or labeled to prevent inadvertent issue. A tracking system is provided to ensure nonconformances are promptly resolved.

REFERENCE-MAP M10C1E , (3 s s V M10 - 2

W - p

                                                                                 ~

DATE: February 3, L1989- j i 1

 \                                                                                            d
f. Return of material and equipment - material and equipment may-be returned that has been repaired or reworked. Procedures also address return of material and equipment to stores for reissue and use.

REFERENCE-MAP M1001F _ g. Inventory update ' inventory is updated to reflect receipt of material and to ensure that environmental _ qualifications, shelf-life and preventive maintenance requirements are specified. , REFERENCE - MAP M10C1G l

2. Handlina Sound handling practices are used in the stores operation.

Procedures are in place to provide special handling _ instructions as .

            . required.
a. Handling Practices'Mhese procedoresincibdeTneasa'reslot "

consider weight, size, and susceptibility to electrical or physical shock, or electrostatic sensitivity. Sling location, balance points, method of attachment to the load, and other factors to be considered in handling are clearly identified. q REFERENCE- MAP M10C2A

b. Hoisting Equipment -_ hoisting equipment is certified by the .

manufacturer, periodically inspected by qualified site personnel and clearly marked with a unique identification number and maximum loads to be handled. Computerized preventive maintenance programs and specific procedures provide for control, inspection,' maintenance and operation'of all site cranes, lifting devices, and slings.' Personnel assigned

                    .to operate cranes, forklifts, and other lifting equipment are .

properly trained and certified. O Q REFEFkENCE - MAP M10C2B M10 - 3 q

w , :q DATE: , February 3, _1989 ' q q J

3. Storage and Preventive Maintenance of Material and Eauioment
                                                                                             ]

Material and equipment are stored in a manner that provides i maximum protection and ready availability for its intended use. l Inspections and audits are conducted to ensure preventive j maintenance is conducted, shelf life has not been exceeded, that ' material is properly segregated, staged when required, inventory is properly maintained within.the minimum / maximum limits in accordance with plant instructions and procedures,

a. ' Storage - material and equipment is stored in a manner that provides maximum protection and ready availability for its .

intended use. Access to the storage areas is controlled and'

              ' limited to designated personnel or personnel escorted by designated personnel.

Y REFERENCE - MAP M10C3A b. l Preventive Maintenance - preventive maintenance is performed on large pumpsemotors and other critical assemblies. This* ' h+ ' ' includes periodically checking motor: heaters; changing "~"*~ ' ~ desiccant, meggering motors, rotating shafts of pumps and' motors, changing oil on rotating eq'uipment, and other maintenance requirements specified by a preventive maintenance (PM) program. REFERENCE - MAP M10C3B

c. Shelf-life Program - a shelf-life program for safety-related and for non-safety related items that are important to safe and 4 reliable operation is provided. Various items with finite .

storage lifetimes, such as paints, recorder paper, adhesives, sealants, valve diaphragms, o-rings, and gasket material are tracked so that stock that has exhausted its shelf life is not issued. Material nearing the end of its shelf life receives an engineering evaluation prior to issue to ensure adequ, ate [wh M10 _ _-__ __ _- - -

   -           m I'

I -DATE: ' February 3,1989 ( C service life'or to extend its storage lifetime. Reorder dates

                                                                                                     ~

are established to consider material lead times so that sufficient material with good shelf and service-life is ready: y for issue.

                                                                                                                      ]

REFERENCE - MAP M10C3C

d. Segregation of Material- safety-related and non safety related' material and. equipment is segregated,to prevent inadvertent use of the wrong category of item.
                                                                    ~

REFERENCE - MAP M10C3D

e. ' Staging'of Material & Parts _ ma'terial and parts are staged for use. Material issued and waiting to be used is co'ntrolled; REFERENCE - MAP M10C3E
 /G                                    f. Stores Inventory - items placed into or removed from stores -

V - are promptly posted to'the records so tharthe storesinverrtory" ~~~e'*" reflects current statusr The corriputerized stores record ~"""~"--" ^

  • system also indicates the location of materials and parts in the warehouse, stores issue room, or other designated storage areas.

REFERENCE- MAP M10C3F

g. Minimum / Maximum Limits - stores procedures provide for k
                                            " minimum" / " maximum" limits for parts, material, and-equipment and for prompt reordering to when stock levels fall .

to established reorder points or when requested to meet anticipated need. REFERENCE -MAP M10C3G M10- 5. _ _ _ _ _ _ - _ _ _ . _ _ _ _ _ A

DATE: February 3,1989 m s \ n/

h. Inspections, Audits and Surveillance - periodic general inspections and QA audits and surveillance of the stores issue room (s), storage areas, and warehouse areas are preformed in accordance with written procedures, in addition supervisory personnel " walk their spaces" on a regular basis and submit written reports on conditions found.

REFERENCE - MAP M10C3H

4. Retrieval and Issue Parts, materials, or equipment removed from storage receive the

, same care it received when handled for storage. Receipt I documentation and records are maintained and satisfactorily completed before an item is issued. Documents are maintained to ensure traceability of safety related and environmental qualified spare materials and parts. A parts, materials, and equipment catalog (] is available to provide personnel with a list of what is available. U

a. Care of Parts? Material and< Equipment
  • parts, materials,mr*""-

equipment removed from storage receive the same care and handling they received when placed in storage. REFERENCE - MAP M10C4A

b. Receipt Documentation and inspection Records - receipt documentation and inspection records are completed before an item is issued. Documentation for items that are safety-related, environmentally qualified or items with special requirements are maintained to provide traceability.

REFERENCE - MAP M10C48 1

       ,/ x v

l M10 - 6 1

DATE: February 3,1939 t O V c. Computerized Parts, and Material Catalog - a computerized parts, material, and equipment catalog is maintained that allows personnel to determine what items are available for use. This catalog provides a cross reference list with information such as the manufacturer part number, noun name, etc.. REFERENCE- MAP M10C4C  ;

5. Return of Unused Staoed or Reserved Material Initiate a formal and easily used feedback method from the maintenance groups to the Power Stores warehouse when staged or reserved materials are no longer required.

REFERENCE- MAP M10C5 p O 1 1 v M10- 7 n

DATE: February 3,1989 1

  . _j                                    SECTION M11 CONTROL AND CALIBRATION OF MEASURING AND TEST EQUlPMENT i

A. INTRODUCTION An objective of the maintenance organization's M&TE program is to provide an ample supply of reliable M&TE for the conduct of maintenance. Programmatic controls are established that ensure only calibrated M&TE is used. B. DISCUSSION Responsibility for the maintenance of M&TE calibration program is assigned to the Instrumentation and Control Technical Section. They provide the necessary program and technical expertise to ensure that M&TE is calibrated and controlled. M&TE issue and tracking is the [~'; responsibility of the Materials and Procurement Services Group. M&TE (J is issued from'the plant toolTooms:"Themajority'of BFN's M&'TEtis'"' ' ' calibrated at-TVAtentrdt'Celibratich1Laboratoryin Chattanooga"- "" -- ~ Tennessee. C. CRITERIA

1. Identification Each piece of M&TE is assigned a unique identification number.

This number is affixed permanently to the equipment if possible, and serves to identify all activities associated with a particular piece of M&TE. A master listing of M&TE is maintained and identifies the following attributes for each piece of equipment. generic description of equipment, trade or marketing name of equipment , manufacturer, model, and serial number unique identification number (] range (s) and accuracy () calibration procedure cahbration frequency M11 - 1

q DATE: February. 3,1989 a responsible department f \ Q} REFERENCE - MAP M11C1 ,

2. Calibration The calibration of M&TE is performed by qualified technicians with facilities, procedures, and standards that are deemed adequate for the calibration,
a. Calibration standards - calibrations standards traceable to the National Bureau of Standards other nationally recognized standards are used for the calibration of M&TE.

Calibration standards maintained at the station are kept in the calibration facilities in designated storage locations. If calibration standards are issued for field use, the supervisor responsible for the standard should authorizes  ! and minimizes the period of issue. Issue of laboratory standards for field use is discouraged. Standards are l calibrated on a frequency consistent with vendor r V recommendations and utility experience..: Calibration " *on' " m-records for standards are consistent'with*those of all ~~* > >

  • 1 other M&TE. l l

REFERENCE - MAP M11C2A

b. Calibration procedures - M&TE is calibrated by qualified technicians using approved procedures. These procedures contain the necessary precautions, limitations, required accuracy, acceptance criteria, data sheets for as-found and as-left data and calibration standards to be used.

Requirements for individuals, organizations, and companies performing calibration are also to be documented. REFERENCE - MAP M11C2B

  ^

t q - - M11 - 2

                                     ,                                                                               7 1

s

                                                                                          ' DATE: February. 3,.1989-
c. Calibration frequency - calibration frequency is normally .

p based upon manufacturer's recommendations. :lt may be-td- adjusted based on historical usage and reliability. Date calibrated and date due is to be identified on the instrument and in the files. REFERENCE - MAP M11C2C

d. Operational test, functional checks or battery checks of
                                                    . M&TE require that acceptance criteria be clearly specified             j or indicated on the equipment.

REFERENCE - MAP M11C2D '

3. Control s The M&TE control program provides the positive control of test equipment through the entire process.
a. Storage - Storage - M&TE is segregated from oth'er tools Q and clearly identified as to its location. - Defective, out of Q- calibration orother M&TE> requiring 4rrvestigation'is'to'be~ W"T "

1 segregated from usabieregtepmentrM&'TE'is't&have*+""" ~ ' ' ' adequate protection when handling and transporting. REFERENCE - MAP M11C3A

b. Uncalibrated M&TE - New M&TE is to be calibrated prior to use. Uncalibrated test equipment used for troubleshooting and not for taking data is to be' clearly marked as such.

REFERENCE - MAP M11C3B -

c. M&TE with limited use - special M&TE requiring unique precautions or limitations to be observed-including limited calibration-is labeled accordingly.

REFERENCE - MAP M11C3C O

  \     \

V M11 - 3 t

q DATE: February- 3,.1989

d. Issue and recall - the issue and recall method for M&TE '

f] provides a positive means to identify the user, to recall C/ M&TE prior to expiration of the calibration. l l REFERENCE - MAP M11C3D

e. Contaminated M&TE - contaminated M&TE or M&TE subject to contamination are packaged and protected to j minimize contamination and its spread and stored separateiy.

REFERENCE - MAP M11C3E

4. Evaluation The maintenance M&TE program is periodically evaluated to assess adequacy.
a. Out-of-calibration and' defective M&TE - M&TE found to be. )'

out of-tolerance is evaluated in accordance with approved p sj procedures. Defective M&TE is segregated and labeled to preclude 4 issue.m s'"v , REFERENCE - MAP M11C4A

b. Performance trending - the results of M&TE calibrations are trended and the program and/or calibration procedures adjusted accordingly to continuously monitor and upgrade l

the M&TE program. i l REFERENCE - MAP M11C4B O . .

'NJ M11 - 4

~ li DATE: February 3,1989  : l n h SECTION M12 j MAINTENANCE TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT CONTROL l A. INTRODUCTION The objective of the maintenance organization is to have sufficient tools, tool storage, proper equipment, vehicles and necessary controls 1 to ensure availability for performing maintenance, i B. DISCUSSION i 1 Material and Procurement Services have the responsibility for the  ! purchase, storage, and control of tools and light equipment (e.g. portable hydraulic rams). The maintenance section coordinates tool-  ! and light equipment needs and recommends inventory quantity to material and procurement. Heavy equipment, such as cranes, bucket 3

 /'     trucks, is the responsibility of the maintenance organization and are       i C]. controlled by the maintenanoensectierr ~~'nP ""                    -

J C. CRITERIA

1. Storace and issue 1
a. Tools and support equipment are available for all maintenance. High use tools and support equipment are properly stored within the protected area for ready accessibility. Tools and support equipment which have low usage are properly stored outside the protected area. Tools and support equipment are identified, segregated by type and contamination level, environmentally protected during storage, and are controlled for ready issue.

Routine use tools are available and replenished or repaired as needed. p - Special tools are procured or fabricated when need is Q identified and maintained for repeated use. M12 - 1

DATE: February 3,1989 1 i (r3 Q - Heavy equipment is available or can be obtained  ! within 48 hours i I

       .                                                                                     l Maintenance vehicles are available for the conduct           I of maintenance i

REFERENCE - MAP M12C1 A l

b. Tools and equipment for use in the plant which are j on loan, or belong to a vendor, are received, identified, and controlled in the same manner as  ;

station tools and equipment. j REFERENCE - MAP M12C1B

c. Contaminated tools and equipment are segregated and stored separate from clean tools and equipment. l Tools and equipment used in a radiological control
            ]

areas are obtained from the contaminated tool room. (V If the tool or piece of equipment usedis'not available'" T ille item is obtained from the clean' tool' storage" ~  ! area. REFERENCE-MAP M12C1C

d. Control of adjustable tools - adjustable tools (adjustable  !

wrenches, adjustable pliers, vice grips, etc.) are not used for normal maintenance work activities. Adjustable tools are controlled by the tool room and are issued for special usage as defined in site guidelines, { i REFERENCE-MAP M12C1D

2. Tools and Eauioment Maintenance
a. Tools are inspected upon issue and when returned to the Tool Room. All tools which are defective are isolated (3

( i from good tools and repaired or replaced. REFERENCE - MAP M12C2A I M12 - 2 l

DATE: February 3,1989: Q b. Tools and equipment are functionally tested as part of a preventive maintenance program which includes checking ] safety apparatus on tools and relubrication tools after decontamination. Weld rods ovens are functional tested periodically in accordance with site instructions. Electrical tools are periodically inspected and color coded - for identification of the inspection period. Pneumatic tools are periodically inspected and lubricated. l Rigging is inspected prior to use and annually, as a minimum to determine acceptability. All rigging determined unacceptable is removed from issue, repaired or destroyed. The destroyed rigging is replaced with acceptable rigging. Rigging is color coded to identify the inspection period. Acceptable , rigging in use is maintained on a computer program. O - Stationary, and mobile cranes are periodically l

 \                                inspected and' functionally testedin accordance'with"ve"'mm , -   1 Nuclear Regulatory Guide'84 2:"*" '*""- '* ~ '          '  ~

l l Maintenance vehicles are routinely maintained in  ; accordance with Power Service Shop Maintenance , Program. Welding machines and weld rod ovens are functional tested periodically in accordance with site l Instructions. q Measuring and Test Equipment is controlled as , identified in Section 11 Electrical tools are periodically inspected and color l coded for identification of inspection period. Pneumatic tools are periodically inspected and lubricated. \

  %)

REFERENCE - MAP M12C2B M12 - 3 l l

DATE: - February 3,- 1989' , m

3. Use of Soecial Tools and Eauioment
a. ' Special tools and equipment are constructed after the design 1 '

has been evaluated for: o 1

                                                                                                                          -l
  • Industrial Safety l end use effectiveness costjustification l REFERENCE - MAP M12C3A 1'

l

b. Lifting and Rigging Equipment are designed, constructed and ,

certified by the manufacturer.1 Specific Site Procedures 3 l provide instructions to control the use and iden,tification of I lifting and rigging equipment.j Instructions provided include, . but are not limited to, the following: where rigging equipment can be attached - allowable' lifting' limits-for:different typestf loadsd " + ' ' " " ~ s ~ safe load $aths " - '"' c " ~

                                       . training and qualification requirements for personnel using lifting and rigging equipment.

inspection and maintenance requir'ements.~ REFERENCE - MAP M12C3B 4 i

                                            . 8
                                                           - M12 - 4 L
     . . ~ _ .

DATE: February 1,1989 (~^) SECTION M13 t ,

   % s!

STATION MATERIEL CONDITION INSPECTION A. INTRODUCTION ' The maintenance department is to provide materiel condition standards and inspect the plant accordingly on a regular and continuous basis. l B. DISCUSSION l The basis for Browns Ferry's station materiel condition inspection program is two-foid: (a) materiel condition' standards provide guidance for inspectors, and (b) a "no excuses" housekeeping policy. High materiel condition standards are set and area responsibilities are clearly established. Inspections are regularly scheduled and follow up measures are taken to verify the effectiveness of l i G corrective action.

            - C. CRITERIA " -" "                                            -

j 1. Standards l Materiel condition standards based on sound engineering judgement and good economic practice are prepared to provide guidance for plant inspection. These standards address the following attributes as applicable: (Additional standards will - be addressed as needs are identified.)

a. Rotating Equipment - rotating equipment is operating in accordance with design specifications (for example, bearing temperatures, vibration levels, and shaft seal leakage are normal.)
b. Equipment Servicing - equipment is properly serviced (for example, lubrication, drive belts, filters).

n s > N.%/ M13 - 1

              ~

DATE: February 1,1989

c. Fluid System Integrity - fluid system integrity is f'] maintained. Leaks that can be corrected during station Q operation are repaired in a timely manner. Leakage from station components that cannot be repaired under existing station conditions is collected and routed to appropriate drains or collection facilities, particularly if this leakage could cause a further degradation of station equipment, present a safety hazard, or cause the spread of radioactive contamination.
d. Temporary Repairs - repairs are recorded in the work control system and scheduled for permanent repair when station conditions permit.  ;
e. Instruments and Gauges - instruments and gauges are operational, calibrated, on scale, and indicating values representative of the existing system and equip. ment conditions. Calibration records are maintained.

l

f. Energized Equipment - electrical and electronic

(] equipment is operable, supplied from normal power C) sources,andprotected from adverse environmental- +! ' effects such'as 1eaks'and overheating.--' - , i

g. Protective Enclosure Covers - cabinet doors and electrical enclosure covers are installed to maintain design integrity (for example, all fasteners installed and tightened, filters clean).
h. Equipment Insulation - equipment and systems are insulated to control heat transfer to or from the l environment, to control ambient noise levels, and to promote personnel safety.

I. Corrosion Protection - station equipment and systems { subject to corrosion are protected with a preservative to  ! minimize corrosion. ,(h '

  • 1 1 \ \

1  %) l M13 - 2 1

DATE: February 1,1989

j. Temporary Environmental Protection - temporary (a

v

    )

environmental protection is provided, where appropriate.

k. Industrial Safety and Radiological Hazards - hazards are minimized (for example, chemical, oil, and solvent properly stored; fire barriers maintained; trip hazards 1 non-existent; radiological postings current and in place; radiological barriers and stepoff pads properly established).
l. Walkway - walkway and equipment access is maintained.
m. Equipment Cleanliness - equipment is clean (for example, dirt, debris, tools, parts, and miscellaneous materials are not allowed to accumulate on equipment or inside electrical panels). ,
n. Station Cleanliness - station areas, rooms, and grounds are maintained in a clean and orderly condition, including the storage of needed tools and material.

() o. Coatings and Coverings.- materialsrused-to: seal wallsiend-=""" ^" floors in potentially contaminated areas arein good"" ~m " a condition and assist in controlling contamination,

p. Unauthorized Modifications - unauthorized modifications or changes to the station do not exist.
2. Procedures The station materiel condition inspection program is procedurally controlled.

i 3. Scoce of Insoection The scope of inspection is established in the plant housekeeping and materiel condition inspection program. All materiel condition inspections are integrated into a common procedure. Plant area responsibilities and inspection frequencies are

 ,q       designated in site procedures.

V M13 - 3

f DATE: February 1, ~ 1989

4. Insoection Proaram Elements

( A site procedure specifies the size of the area to be inspected and a schedule for periodic inspections. l

5. Reoortino Deficiencies Deficiencies are reported to the appropriate organization. The inspector ensures that corrective action is taken by the appropriate organization. Significant materiel conditions and safety deficiencies are also reported promptly to the shift supervisor. The reporting of deficiencies is covered by a site procedure.

I

6. Deficiency Follow-uo '

The inspector tracks all deficiencies and ensures that they are corrected. Deficiencies requiring technical evaluations are handled in accordance with site procedures. lO REFERENCE - MAP M13C - I 4 M13 - 4 l 1 \ l <

                                                                   ~ DATE-                                         -: January 31, 1989
                                                    - SECTION M14 ~
 \     .

MANAGEMENT INVOLVEMENT : A'. INTRODUCTION . An objective of the Maintenance Department is to have bonafide management involvement in maintenance ~ activities. Managers are . directly involved and have an attitude of being responsible and , helpful, in lieu of issuing directives and demanding compliance.

                 - Maintenance supervision assumes an on-the-job coa'ching role and l                   demonstrates to foremen and craftsmen how to achieve a high

! performance level. B. DISCUSSION . Maintenance managers are setting examples for first line foremen by being .in the work place frequently and demonstrating genuine concern

                  .for quality work and efficiency. Mid level maintenance managers are                                                  ;

l p in the work place frequently. They directly. observe compWance with H A )- . maintenance programs'.'rProblems'are detected seriytand'ecrrective'="'""*"'""" ) actions taken:' Emphasis ispiaced on'promptrepvrting of'pivuteins'to"""""'~ l immediate supervisors so that corrective' actions are initiated at the lowest practical level. Significant problems are escalated to ' ~ appropriate management level. Managers provide feedback regarding programs and support groups so that adjustments can be"made.

C. CRITERIA
1. Manaaement involvemen.t Maintenance managers include in their routine schedules t'ime  !

for monitoring field work to improve faceito-face  ; communications and feedback at all levels of the maintenance organization. ' Plant tours and personnel contacts are also periodically conducted during irregular hours (backshifts and -

                         . weekends). : Each supervisor maintains informal records of these tours / contacts and provides the maintenance superintendent p-with a weekly, sum, mary of time spent and significant g:                        observations.

M14 - 1

DATE-  : January. '31, 1989 ' j r .

     ._           . REFERENCE - MAP M14C1 2.-   Performance Indicators.' Goals. and Objectives Results The results of maintenance. performance indicators, goals,'and -

objectives, established in MAP M01 C4 are trended and reported , to management. Dedicated personnel are assigned to prepare clear, concise, and understandable reports on a periodic basis.- These personnel analyze maintenance performance and inform j I senior management of results. They_also make recommendations for corrective actions.'  ; l REFERENCE - MAP M14C2 l l

3. -Feedback y A key element of management involvement is the esta'blishment O- of a system where feedback and communication ~ are continuously encouraged.,iThis'systemincludes all maintenance' personnel at *'""'"" ~

all levels of the' maintenance'organizationMnadditiorrto the - '" -> ' '

                   " Walking Your Spaces" concept (Reference M14C1) periodic meetings by the various elements of the organization allow for 3

the transfer of information. , REFERENCE - MAP M14C3

4. Proaram Reviews Inspections, audits, reviews, investigations and self-assessments are necessary for an effective maintenance t program - These assessments assist managers and supervisors in identification of program deficiencies and recommend corrective action for implementation. Areas needing J improvement are assigned for corrective action and follow-up.

In addition to the audits and inspections by external organizations, the maintenance department conducts the j following periodic self-assessments: 5

                                                                                                     -7 M14 - 2                                                -

1 i DATE  : January ~ 31,1989  ! t 7 - Plant material condition (, . Worker practices during maintenance Procurement activities  ! Measuring and test equipment j Utilization of assessments REFERENCE - MAP M14C4 4 1

                                                                             'l 1
                                                                                  ,1
                                                                               -i 1
                                                                                  )

1 i

                                                                               ~

1-M14 - 3

DATE: ' January 31 1989 4 I (-- SECTION M15

                                                       ~

MAINTENANCE HISTORY A. INTRODUCTION 1 It is the objective of the maintenance history program to provide - useful historical information' for planning, trending, budgeting, program adjustments, and identifying needed improvements or q l modifications. - j t B. DISCUSSION I The Browns Ferry maintenance history provides readily retrievable l equipment maintenance, performance, and reference information in 1 order to impr'ove plant reliability. It provides a system to document  ; corrective and preventive maintenance, surveillance data,'and equipment failures. The maintenance history program is centered around the concept of having a unique identification for each component. Work control documents.using. unique;:omponent ,...~. ,,--- -

                         .                                                                                                  .i identifications are. reviewed.at completica for. entry ints maintenance..-. . ~~. -_

history. A computerized maintenance history program is accessible.- to maintenance personnelc C. CRITERIA  !

1. Proaram Development '

The maintenance history program clearly dbfines the systems and equipment that require documentation and retention of i historical data. Repetitive maintenance problems are included

                                                                                                                              .i in the program. A cross-referencing feature provides a means to record and retrieve information such as equipment unique identification number and name, manufacturer, model number,.

applicable vendor manuals and drawings. 1 ,

                 - REFERENCE-MAP M15C1                                                                                          ,

O . . 'V I I M15-1 l

DATE: January 31,1989 [ 2. Data. Collection Data requiring retention in the maintenance history files is

                                                                         ~
                           - identified in plant procedures. Work control documents that contain maintenance history are continuously forwarded to. work control for data exietion and encoding into the maintenance history program. Any apparent errors, inconsistencies, or lack -
                           - of detail is corrected promptly by maintenance personnel.

REFERENCE-MAP M15C2

                                                                                       ~
3. Procram Use Maintenance history data is readily available for use by all station departments especially the maintenance and technical: l support departments. Maintenance planners, schedulers, supervisors, and craftsmen have been trained in maintenance history use. Maintenance history is used for planning maintenance on a routine basis. Maintenance history is used to - -

identify possible adverse trends in equipmentc

                                                                                               ;                            i
                                            ~
a. Failure Analysis- maintenance. history is an essential part of maintenance history. Failure analysis is performed by responsible personnel to determine the cause of a failed item. The use of maintenance history is an integral part in -

the performance of failure analysis and is used ' . extensively. i l REFERENCE MAP M15C3A

b. Preventive Maintenance (PM) - maintenance history .is used to adjust PM frequencies and PM tasks to optimize' the ' ,

effectiveness of the maintenance history program resulting in increased reliability. REFERENCE MAP M15C3B - i

c. Outage Planning- maintenance history.is used in planning b outage maintenance.

Q)- . REFERENCE MAP M15C3C-MIS - 2 _ - _ _ _ = _ _ _ . - __ _ _ __ _ _ _ -

DATE: January 31,1989

d. ~ALARA Program- Accurate records are maintained of work time data for radiological exposure evaluation and planning.

REFERENCE MAP M15C3D,

e. Budget Preparation- maintenance history is used for imputing maintenance needs in the budget process. These inputs are based on equipment history and provides a justification for expenditures.

l l REFERENCE MAP M15C3E  : 1

                                  .f.  . Conduct of Maintenance Assessment- maintenance history                -

is used to assess maintenance in general, e.g. amount of  ! rework, repeat fallores, and facilitate instruction l improvements; etc. The use of maintenance history is extensively used to determine areas of maintenance needing improvement. REFERENCE. MAP.M15C3F... 2 . . . . . . . ~ . l l 4 G . . &)

                                                              , M15 - 3 l-o__      _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ .

DATE: February 2,1989 V SECTION M16 ANALYSIS OF MAINTENANCE PROBLEMS A. INTRODUCTION , it is the policy of the Maintenance Department to determine the root cause of unplanned occurrences and those that are of a recurring nature related to maintenance and to implement the proper corrective action to prevent their recurrence. B. DISCUSSION 1 The analysis of maintenance problems at a nuclear power plant is a l comp!ex process and involves several site and corporate organizations. Sources of information concerning maintenance are l Licensee Event Reports, Conditions Adverse to Quality Reports, Vendor l information Reports, NRC Reports, INPO Reports, etc. The Maintenance 'i ( Department with the help of other plant sections and corporate groups is responsible for reviewing +thiesiformation'tu 4 den'p==="= ="m m- - analyze, and correct maintemiw felate& problems?r*~r-"--* - i C. CRITERIA

1. Information Collection .

Methods, procedures, and information flow paths are defined to provide for the identification and collection of data relating to maintenance problems throughout TVA and the nuclear industry.

a. Direct Observation - direct observation of equipment identifies problems an'd concerns.

REFERENCES - MAP M16C1 A

b. Vendor, NRC, INPO, Experience Review, etc. - external sources are reviewed for information on component '

G failures.

                                    ~    ~

REFERENCE - MAP M16C1B M16 - 1

DATE: ' January 30,1989

                                                                                            ~1 e

V c. Corrective Maintenance Trends - High corrective maintenance trends indicate possible component or procedure problems. REFERENCE - MAP M16C1C

d. Nuclear Plant Reliability Data System (NPRDS) - NPRDS provides information about specific equipment which is evaluated.

REFERENCE - MAP M16C1D ,

                                                                                             )

! e. Predictive Monitoring - Diagnostic Test data is collected by the section which is responsible for performing the l test. REFERENCE - MAP M16C1E , f. Licensee Event Reports (LER) - LER evaluations identify r f equipmenteersystem'probtems?"""~"~~" ~ - ' REFERENCE - MAP M16C1 F

g. Probabilistic Risk Assessment (PRA) - TVA's PRA program

!' provides a source of potential problem identification concerning critical equipment. REFERENCE - MAP M16C1G

h. Surveillance Instructions (SI) - Problems identified during performance or review of sis often identify equipment problems that are evaluated.

REFERENCE - MAP M16C1H I

i. Conditions Adverse to Quality _ (CAQ) - CAQs_ identify l problems that are potentially applicable to BFN equipment.

f REFERGNCG - MAP M16C11

  -D                                                               -

i M16 - 2

    ~

1 s 1 j DATE: January 30, 1989 C j. Employee Concern Program - Employee concerns are reviewed for potential maintenance related problems and_ l concerns, i REFERENCE - MAP M16C1J

2. Information Analysis. Cause Determination. and Corrective Action J .

Information pertaining to maintenance problems and/cr equipment is collected via several methods. The information is evaluated, root causes determined, and corrective actions - 1 developed and factored into the modification or maintenance process for implementation.

a. Failure investigations - As a minimum, formal failure investigations (FI) are performed on all CSSC equipment that fails and is reportable as an LER . Also, Failure investigations shall be performed when a failure occurs on d,A a significant component'which'coufd result trr ioad'"**" '" ~~

reduction or unit'shatdowntorwhen7naintenante tistory"~~~ - evaluations indicate a failure trend. They are performed ) in accordance with an approved failure investigation procedure. Failure investigations are in-depth to determine root causes of failure. All Fls remain open for tracking purposes until corrective actions are complete. REFERENCE - MAP M16C2A

b. Root Cause Determination - Formal root cause analysis is conducted in accordance with approved procedures for all deficiencies identified as significant CAQRs and for those non significant CAORs which are potentially generic or affect operability. Allitems reported as LERs are also analyzed to determine root cause. the root cause of significant equipment failures is' determined by documented failure analysis.

p g 1 . REFERENCE - MAP M16C2B

   %)

M16 - 3

1 1 DATE: January 30,1989 (~ 1 c. Evaluation of Experiences Reviews -industry experiences, ( e.g., NPRDS, INPO Significant Event Evaluation and Information Network (SEE-IN), vendor and NRC bulletins ' are evaluated and, if warranted, corrective action taken. REFERENCE - MAP M16C2C

d. Corrective Maintenance Trends - High corrective I maintenance trends on specific equipment indicates possible equipment problems. Causes are ~ determined and -  !

corrective action is taken. i' REFERENCE - MAP M16C2D l

e. Nuclear Power Plant Reliability Data System (NPRDS) -

NPRDS provides industn/ information about specific equipment which is analyzed at BFN for similar trends. REFERENCE - MAP M16C2E tO . H,t J-  !

                   - f. Predictive MonitoringvThe fesults'obtair%d'frdnt"-"'" * "* ' ' '

predictive'monitorintfarrarraiyred-b, personnel 1rrthe" ' " * * ' section performing the test. 4 REFERENCE - MAP M16C2F g. Probabilistic Risk Assessment (PRA)- the BFN PRA - evaluates equipment performance. Equipment problems are identified and provided to the plant for further evaluation and corrective action. ) REFERENCE - MAP M16C2G

                                                                                             .{

h. Employee Concerns - employee concerns are evaluated for validity and as a source for potential equipment problems. I i REFERENCE - MAP M16C2H  ! OV M16 - 4

DATE: January 30, 1989 p 3. Corrective Action Follow-uo After maintenance problems are corrected equipment is closely monitored via several methods to ensure that: a).the real problem was addressed and b) that the corrective action remains effective. 1

a. Post Maintenance Testing - Post Maintenance Tests are performed following any corrective maintenance on equipment to verify that the equipment functions properly, REFERENCE - MAP M16C3A l l
b. Corrective Maintenance Trending - Closely monitor-equipment that has been identified by Corrective Maintenance Trending as having a suspected failure trend. I REFERENCE - MAP M16C3B c.

Procedural Changes - procedures are written or changed as

 ~%)                                                  required to. provide long term-follow up'."" *"'"" ""' " -  " "

REFERENCE - MAP M16C3C

4. Generic Follow Uo l

Analysa of maintenance orablems contain provisions for considering generic corrective actions needed. a. Failure Investigations - failure investigations require the investigator to identify other similar equipment for the i same type of problem. REFERENCE - MAP M16C4A b. Root Cause Determination - root cause determination requires that evaluations consider other similar equipment or areas where the root cause would be applicable. A 1 s . . V - REFERENCE - MAP M16C48 M16- 5

4 DATE: January 31,1989 ' l i f 'i SECTION M17 i MAINTENANCE PLANNING INFORMATION A. INTRODUCTION lt is maintenance's objective to maintain plant equipment to the design configuration and meet approved design basis. 1 B. DISCUSSION i Browns Ferry is constructed to meet specific requirements. These

         . requirements come from industry standards, nuclear regulatory codes,                                                    i construction codes and self-imposed safety and quality standards,                                                        i f

The documents used to define the requirements constitute the design , i basis. The design basis is implemented for construction and operation via design output documents, e.g.: design specifications and l p drawings. Maintenance uses these design output documents for many  ; aspects of maintenance. . C. CRITERIA Plant design configuration is controlled and appropriate engineering l and plant information is made available for planning maintenance of I plant equipment.

1. Plannina information
a. Design Specifications- design specifications are readily available to develop maintenance instructions, to evaluate component performance and to purchase material to ,

original specifications. REFERENCE - MAP M17C1 A A(J M17-1

                                                                   - . - - __.~._n   ___.-_.-   -.._--w.-- _ = _ _ _ __ . ----

f

                                                                              )

DATE: February 2,1989 r ( b. Configuration Control Drawings (CCD)- configuration control physical and functional drawings are available and kept current with plant configuration.  ! REFERENCE - MAP M17C1B  ;

c. Material Design Criteria- material design criteria are available for generic maintenance issues such as material j l and component replacement which are commercial grade, l bolting changes, torque values, specification changes, j assignment of detail weld procedures and hanger repair. j REFERENCE - MAP M17C1C r
d. NE and Engineering Reports- NE and Engineering reports on equipment specification changes or equipment problems l are provided to plant maintenance. They are evaluated, j tracked, and aispositioned in a timely manner.

l p . . i REFERENCE. . MAP.M17C1 D.. t.] .. .

e. Environmental Qualifications (EO)- a complete list of equipment in the environmental qualification program is available. Maintenance activities to retain equipment '

l environmental qualifications are detailed on qualification . maintenance data sheets (QMDS). The QMDS folders are controlled, current and available onsite for maintenance use. REFERENCE - MAP M17C1E l

f. Master Equipment List (MEL)- a master equipment list is available which provides design and general information on plant equipment it covers design, purchasing, installation and operational requirements.

REFERENCE - MAP M17C1F m O - - M17-2

y DATE: February 2,1989

g. Vendor Information - vendor manuals and vendor drawings Q'O are controlled and current. Vendor information letters are incorporated into vendor manuals and drawings as needed.

This information is available onsite for planning maintenance, developing instructions and evaluating component performance. REFERENCE - MAP M17C1G

h. Engineering Change Notices (ECN)- engineering change notices are complete and are revi'ewed by the maintenance group for impact on maintenance instruction training, spare part inventory requirements, and maintainability l

prior to a modification. ECNs for minor modification such as material changes, specification changes, safety evaluation, documentational changes are performed promptly to meet plant's schedule. REFERENCE - MAP M17C1H

i. Nuclear Plant Reliability. Data S,ystems.(NRRDS)+ -o .. .-

l NPRDS information is available and used in planning I I maintenance. NPRDS failure trends are monitored as an information source in failure investigations. REFERENCE - MAP M17C11

j. Maintenance History - an accurate maintenance history of plant equipment is readily available and provides trending capability.

REFERENCE - MAP M17C1J O v M17-3 C_ - - - - - - - - _ - _ _ - - - - - . - - _ - - - - - - - - -- -- - - -

DATE: January 31,1989 : 1

k. Valve Program - A plant valve program provides pertinent information such'as model, size, manufacturer, location, etc., concerning valves and valve operators. This ,

information is used to compliment existing maintenance . history sorted by individual component unique identifier. REFERENCE - MAP M17C1K . j I 1 9 *

                                                                        \_

M17-4 .1 l

'                                                                                                            l DATE: February 3,1989                       l MAP - M01C1 p

ib MAINTENANCE ACTION PLAN (MAP) i M01C1 - Maintenance Department Policies l', 1.0 MA'P DESCRIPTION / SCOPE , a lj Maintenance department procedures support corporate and plant ' i maintenance policies. Maintenance organization functions are well j' established in the conduct of maintenance program. The conduct of j maintenance procedure addresses responsibilities, policies and i 1 authorities. I  : i

;.           2.0 MAP RESPONSIBILITIES 1

Maintenance Superintendent J, 3.0 MAP PRIORITY

           /      STARTUP               YES X     NO                                                         !

ij BASIS - PMI 6.2 is issued. a I COMMITMENT YES X NO BASIS - NPP Vol 3 att. IV-2, comrnitment # 35.

  .          4.0 MAP SOURCE DOCUMENTS / REFERENCES 1

j FSAR NOAM u l] TECH SPECS 6.2.1.a OTHER NPP Vol 3. att. IV-2. j commitment # 35. 1 PROCEDURES PMI 6.2 a FINDINGS / CONCERNS - INPO MART. l.1.B l n

  ,  &     I i %9 i                                                      1 i

1 .

         ~

.o , DATE: February 15, 1989 MAP - M0101 5.0 MAP EVALUATION / STATUS A. Programmatic The Conduct of Maintenance, PMI-6.2, provides general guidance and maintenance policies. SDSP-2.4 revision 7. section 6.7, matrix identifies commitments ' included in specific maintenance procedures. I B. Implementation Verification I l PMI-8.2 is issued and is one of the core courses required for maintenance craftsmen. 6.0 MAP ACCEPTABILITY / PERFORMANCE EVALUATION X Acceptable for - Ref. PMI-6.2 is issued Startup Short Term Operations. X Acceptable for - - Ref. 4# Long Term Operations Acceptable for Ref. - ORR - Objective # 7.0 ACTION ITEMS ACTION RESP. ORGJ DUE DATE None 8.0 MAPSCHEDULE INITIAL REVIEW DATE - 1/25/89 IMPLEMENTATION DATE - 1/25/89 LATEST REVIEW  ;

                                                                              -          2/1/89 e
  • 2

DATE: Februaryf 3,1989 MAP - M01 C2A ( MAINTENANCE ACTION PLAN (MAP) M0102A - Working Relationship 1.0 MAP DESCRIPTION / SCOPE The plant has integrated activities with all departments that support maintenance. . Responsibilities, authorities and accountability , Interfaces with maintenance include: personnel interfaces, self- ] assessments, procedural interfaces, performance indicators. 2.0 MAP RESPONSIBILITIES Maintenance Superintendent MAS 400 3.0 MAP PRIORITY STARTUP YES X NO s BASIS - 1 INPO MART finding 1.4.E states: Review organizational responsibilities and Interface.s as defined in administrative level procedures. Clarify areas where needed. COMMITMENT YES X NO BASIS - LER 260/88010 LER 259/88030 4.0 MAP SOURCE DOCUMENTS / REFERENCES FSAR NOAM TECH SPECS 6.2.1.a OTHER LER 260/88010 LER 259/88030 PROCEDURES SDSP 7.9 RO L FINDINGS /CONCER.NS _

  \j        INPO. MART M14C2-A.1.F 1

l

DATE: January 31, 1989 MAP - M01C2A ( 5.0 MAP EVALUATION / STATUS A. Programmatic SDSP 7.9 Rev 0, integrated Schedule and Work Control, establishes the responsibilities of the work control group and the work control process at BFN. Section 6.1. covers the 28-day rolling-schedule and the schedule review group functions. Section 7.0 covers the responsibilities of site organizations including Plant Manager, Operations, Work Control, Projects, Maintenance, Nuclear Construction, Nuclear Engineering, Technical Support Group, QA, Nuclear Security, Radiation Control and Power l Stores, i B. Implementation Verification Verify that SDSP 7.9 is implemented (see action item 2) 6.0 MAP ACCEPTABILITY / PERFORMANCE EVALUATION - Acceptable for - Ref. l Startup Short Term Operations. l Acceptable for - Ref. Long Term Operations Acceptable for Ref. ORR - Objective # 7.0 ACTION ITEMS ACTION RESP. ORG. DUE DATE

1. Develop and trend performance Maint. Supt. 5/1/89 indicators for support of maintenance.
2. Verify that SDSP 7.9 is implemented BF Audit Group Report 5/1/89 CONCURRENCE N 8Am / /-3 AFf

(;

                                                                                  ~
                                                                       #AM5                          DATE 2

L_______________~_____________--__________ _

DATE: March 7,1989-MAP - M0102A

3. Integrate preventive maintenance Work Control 5/1/89 k and surveillance activities so they Group -

can be coordinated.

4. Implement the practice of L Work Control 5/1/89 identifying root causes of Group schedule problems and taking Maintenance appropriate actions. Superintendent j l

l CONCURRENCE SIGNED BY W.G. HARLAND 2/01/89 i NAME DATE l l 8.0 MAP SCHEDULE i i INITIAL REVIEW DATE - 1/27/89 IMPLEMENTATION DATE - I LATEST REVIEW - 2/1/89  ! 4 l l () - - 1 1 3 _____ =______:-_ _=_ .

DATE: February 3,1989 MAP-M01C2C l C\ l U MAINTENANCE ACTION PLAN (MAP) M01C20'- Integrated Radiological Controls d 1.0 MAP DESCRIPTION / SCOPE  ! l l' Radiological controls are integrated into the maintenance process. 2.0 MAP RESPONSIBILITIES , Maintenance Superintendent ' Radeon Superintendent 3.0 MAP PRIORITY . STARTUP YES NO X BASIS - Radiological work practices in the maintenance process are satisfactory for startup. The action items of this MAP represent continuing long term improvements. COMMITMENT YES NO X BASIS - 4.0 MAP SOURCE DOCUMENT 9 REFERENCES FSAR NOAM TECH SPECS OTHER NRC Maintenance insoection Guidance 1988. section 4.2.3.5 INPO 88-010 Guidelines for PROCEDURES Radioloolcal Protection at Nuclear Power Stations. FINDINGS / CONCERNS - Although not entirely specific to maintenance, the plant has had numerous radiological control related ' findings and concerns from NRC, INPO, NMRG, self ass.essnients, etc. 1 N) 1 1

J DATE: February 8,1989 MAP-M01020 ' 5.0 MAP EVALUATION / STATUS

        .,                  A. Programmatic-Maintenance has relied on Radcon for radiological control.

functions that should be Integrated into the maintenance process. Maintenance will consider the following as instructions and procedures are revised: Improved radiological work practices Source term reduction initiatives Minimizing contaminated waste generation Reducing the number and size of contaminated areas Enhanced practical Radeon training for maintenance personnel

                                    .(Advanced Radiation Worker training) in accordarice with INPO 88-010 Radcon hold points, as appropriate, in maintenance work f,                '

procedures i

 %
  • Guidance for managers and supervisors to enhance worker awareness and involvement -

Developing performance indicators to measure effectiveness B. jmpipmentation Verification l Sinie]this MAP is not addressed programmaticly at this time, 1 there is no current implementation verification. ' 6.0 MAP ACCEPTABILITY / PERFORMANCE EVALUATION X Acceptable for - Ref. Basis statement in 3.0 Startup Short Term Operations.- Acceptable for - Ref. Long Term Operations Acceptable for Ref. ORR - Objective # M 2

DATE: March 7,1989 MAP-M01C2C

  ,    7.0 ACTION ITEMS C

ACTION RESP. ORG. DUE DATE

1. Revise instruction / procedures Maintenance Continuing to include the programmatic Superintendent  !

improvements listed in 5.A. l

2. Implement the programmatic Maintenance Continuing improvements listed in 5.A. Superintendent
3. Justify Advanced Radiation Corporate Radeon 5/1/89 Worker training so that BFN Nuclear Maint.

can implement. CONCURRENCE SIGNED BY GILLEN 2/01/89 Name Date j e~ 8.0 MAP SCHEDULE INITIAL REVIEW'DATE - 1/30/89 1 IMPLEMENTATION DATE - l l LATEST REVIEW - 2/1/89 l l 3

   ~
                                                                                      }

DATE: February 3,11989 I MAP - M01C3A , MAINTENANCE ACTION PLAN (MAP)  ! l M 01C3A - Organization Structure ' a 1.0 MAP DESCRIPTION / SCOPE { The maintenance organizational structure is adequate to enhance the; efficient conduct of maintenance. Organization charts, position, and job descriptions reflect the approved organization. 2.0 MAP RESPONSIBILITIES Maintenance Superintendent 3.0 MAP PRIORITY STARTUP YES X NO l BASIS - The permanent organization is in place. l l COMMITMENT YES ._X NO BASIS - The organizational structure is addressed in NPP, Vol. 3. 4.0 MAP SOURCE DOCUMENTS / REFERENCES FSAR NOAM TECH SPECS 6.2.1.a Oll-lER NPP. Vol. 3  ! 1 PROCEDURES PMI 8.2 FINDINGS / CONCERNS O . - 1  !

     ~                                                                                                                 -

[- q DATE: February ~ 13, 1989 MAP - M01C3A ' ) l Q* 5.0 MAP EVALUATION / STATUS i A. Programmatic The Conduct'of Maintenance, PMI 6.2, does not describe the ' maintenance organizational' structure adequately.; Position / job descriptions reflect the approved organization and site

                               . organization charts are posted.

B. Implementation Verification PMI 6.2 needs revising to reflect INPO guidelines and address the maintenance organizational structure. (See action item 1). 6.0 MAP ACCEPTABILITY / PERFORMANCE EVALUATION I X Acceptable for - Ref. PMI 8.2 is issued Startup Short Term Operations. Acceptable for - Ref. ,i Long Term Operations . H Acceptable for Ref.  : ORR - Objective # i 7.0 ACTION ITEMS ACTION RESP.' ORG. DUE DATE- t

1. Change procedure, PMI-6.2 Maint. Programs 6/1/89 to reflect latest maintenance organization.

8.0 MAP SCHEDULE INITIAL REVIEW DATE 1/27/89 IMPLEMENTATION DATE n V LATEST REVIEW 2/1/89 2

- -    _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _           _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ - _ - _ . _                 .-. ___          .-   .=
                                                                                              -q j

DATE: February 3,1989 MAP.- M0103B' MAINTENANCE ACTION PLAN (MAP) M01C3B - Position / Job Descriptions - 1.0 MAP DESCRIPTION / SCOPE Position and job descriptions consistent with actual duties, authorities and responsibilities are written for management , personnel and each job. Maintenance personnel are provided a copy of their position / job descriptions. 2.0 MAP RESPONSIBILITIES Maintenance Superintendent 3.0 MAP PRIORITY STARTUP YES X NO BASIS - Positions and job descriptions are developed.- COMMITMENT .YES NO X BASIS - These are not an NRC commitment. l 4.0 MAP SOURCE DOCUMENTSVREFERENCES  ; a FSAR NOAM TECH SPECS OTHER . PROCEDURES PMI 8.2 ONP - STD 2.3.1 Rev. 0-B FINDINGS / CONCERNS 1

   - _    _ _          _ _ _ - = _ _ _

x , DATE: February 13,1989 MAP - M01C3B O 5.0 MAP EVALUATION / STATUS G A. Programmatic Position / Job Descriptions consistent with actual duties are prepared for BFN personnel. B. Implementation Verification Position / job descriptions have been reviewed and revised by the Maintenance Superintendent and have been submitted to the Site. Director for approval.- 6.0 MAP ACCEPTABILITY / PERFORMANCE EVALUATION X _ Acceptable for - Ref. Startup Short Term Operations. X Acceptable for - R, Position and iob Long Term Operations descriptions have been orecared Acceptable for Ref. ORR - Objective # 7.0 ACTION ITEMS ACTION RESP. ORG. DUE DATE None 8.0 MAP SCHEDULE INITIAL REVIEW DATE - 1/29/89 IMPLEMENTATION DATE - 1/29/89 h y LATEST REVIEW . . - 2/1/89' 2

DATE: February 13, 1989 MAP - M01C3C MAINTENANCE ACTION PLAN (MAP) M01C3C - Maintenance Positions 1.0 MAP DESCRIPTION / SCOPE Maintenance positions are filled with qualified permanent TVA personnel. A sufficient number of qualified managers, general foremen, engineers, planners and craftsmen are available for the conduct of maintenance. 2.0 MAP RESPONSIBILITIES Maintenance Superintendent 3.0 MAP PRIORITY STARTUP YES X NO ' BASIS - included in NPP, Vol. 3 COMMITMENT YES X NO BASIS - NPP, Vol. 3 4.0 MAP SOURCE DOCUMENT 9 REFERENCES . FSAR NOAM TECH SPECS 6.2.1. a OTHER NPP. VOL. 3 PROCEDURES PMI 8.2 FINDINGS / CONCERNS (O g - - 1

DATE: February 13, 1989 , MAP - M0103C

 ,                     -5.0 MAP EVALUATION / STATUS A. Programmatic -

Maintenance positions are filled with qualified permanent TVA personnel. A sufficient number of maintenance personnel are

                                  ' staffed to safely perform the conduct of maintenance.

B. Implementation Verification - See A above 6.0 MAP ACCEPTABILITY / PERFORMANCE EVALUATION X Acceptable for - Ref. See 5 A Startup Short Term Operations. X Acceptable for - Ref. Long Tenn Operations l ' Acceptable for Ref. I O ORR - Objective # j i U 7.0 ACTION ITEMS l ACTION RESP. ORG. DUE DATE  ; Nono 8.0 MAP SCHEDULE INITIAL REVIEW DATE - 1/27/89 IMPLEMENTATION DATE - 1/27/89 LATEST REVIEW - 2/1/89 i k 2 e _ _ _ _ _ _ - _ _

DATE: February 13, 1989 MAP - M01C3D U MAINTENANCE ACTION PLAN (MAP) M01C3D - Maintenance Personnel Qualifications 1.0 MAP DESCRIPTION / SCOPE Maintenance craftsmen are qualified in accordance with INPO accreditation program, while supervisory, management, and engineering personnel meet the requirements of ANSI N18.1. 2.0 MAP RESPONSIBILITIES - Maintenance Superintendent I 5.0 MAP PRIORITY . k STARTUP YES X NO BASIS - Maintenance personnel must meet requirements.  ! ll COMMITMENT YES X NO L BASIS - Maintenance personnel must meet requirements. 4.0 MAP SOURCE DOCUMENTS / REFERENCES FSAR NOAM ! TECH SPECS OTHER NPP. VOL. 3 l PROCEDURES PMI 6.2. SDSP 4.9 FINDINGS / CONCERNS INPO MART 1

,~ . ( . . DATE: Feb'ruary 13, 1989 MAP - M01C3D O Lj 5.0 MAP EVALUATION / STATUS A. Programmatic PMI 6.2, Conduct of Maintenance, section 4.4, Training of Maintenance Personnel, adequately addresses INPO accredited  ; training, plus, additional training provided to maintenance managers, engineers, planners and craftsmen.  ! l SDSP 4.9 Training Program for Technical Staff and Managers - adequately covers technical staff and maintenance training. B. Implementation Verification Verification that craftsmen's qualifications are located in shop areas and qualification progress monitored, is needed (see action item 1). I O Verification that supervisor, managers, engineers and ' technician's qualifications meet ANSI N18.1 March 8,1971, is needed. (see action item 2).

                                                                                            'i 6.0 MAP ACCEPTABILITY / PERFORMANCE EVALUATION                                         i Acceptable for    -

Ref. Startup Short Term Operations. Acceptable for - Ref. Long Term Operations Acceptable for Ref. ORR - Objective # f 7.0 ACTION ITEMS I ACTION RESP. ORG. DUE DATE '

1. Verify that craftsmen's Maint. Supt. 3/1/89

,h qualifications are located in the V shop area and justification progress is tracked. 2 4

      - Y-DATE: February 13,_1989-MAP - M01C3D O            2. Verify supervisors, managers, engineering personnel and Maintenance Superintendent 5/1/89
                   - technicians meet ANSI N18.1                                         -

requirements.

3. Verify documentation is available Maintenance 5/1/89 providing, maintenance personnel Superintendent qualifications for non craftsmen.

8.0 MAP SCHEDULE INITIAL REVIEW DATE -

                                                                     ~ 1/27/89 IMPLEMENTATION DATE                       -

l LATEST REVIEW 2/1/89 l N 9 a 3 4

   ..                                                             .m       #.

I DATE: February 3,1989 MAP - M01C4 MAINTENANCE ACTION PLAN (MAP) M01C4 - Goals and Objectives 1.0 MAP DESCRIPTION / SCOPE Maintenance goals and objectives are developed for the Maintenance Organization and are consistent with goals and objectives for the ' plant. They are also consistent with corporate standards, personnel l staffing and the maintenance budget. Goals and objectives are j achievable but challenging and serve to improve maintenance. Goals  ; are used as a management tool for involving cognizant plant groups in improving maintenance performance and measure maintenance < effectiveness. 2.0 MAP RESPONSIBILITIES -;

   /G       Maintenance Superintendent                                                                                          i b

3.0 MAP PRIORITY STARTUP YES X NO BASIS - Goals and objectives are developed. COMMITMENT YES X NO " BASIS - Goals and objectives are addressed in NPP, Vol 3. 4.0 MAPSOURCE DOCUMENTS / REFERENCES FSAR NOAM TECH SPECS OTHER _ NPP. VOL. 3' PROCEDURES SDSP - 1.1 ( g ~ FINDINGS /CONCEfiNS lNPO MART l.3.A

                                                          "     ~               ~

DATE: Fcbruary 3,1989 i MAP - M01C4 l (/ 5.0 MAP EVALUATION / STATUS 1 A. Programmatic - Maintenance Goalc and objectives have been issued. (RIMS R54 890106 800). The programmatic requirements of section 1.0 are l met. B. Implementation Verification 1 Goals and objectives have been distributed to the maintenance supervisors for implementation. Monthly reports should be i provided to the plant manager. (see action item 1). j 1 6.0 MAD ACCEPTABILITY / PERFORMANCE EVALUATION O ..X_. Acceptable for - Ref. Goals & ' objectives V Startup Short Term Operations, established . X Acceptable for - Ref. Goals & objectives Long Term Operations established 1 Acceptable for Ref. ORR - Objective # 7.0 ACTION ITEMS ACTION RESP. ORG. DUE DATE

1. Provide monthly status for Maintenance 3/15/89 goals and objectives with Superintendent performance indicators, rh Q ' ~

2

1 l DATE: February 13, 1989 MAP - M01C4 < 8.0 MAP SCHEDULE INITIAL REVIEW DATE - 1/27/89 IMPLEMENTATION DATE - 2/1/89-LATEST REVIEW 2/1/89-t 6 1 c,8 l l 4 +

 't 3
,e        -                       -

DATE: ; February 3,1989 1 ' MAP - M01 C5 i MAINTENANCE ACTION PLAN (MAP) h M01C5- Accountability. I ] j '1.0 MAP DiiSCRIPTION/ SCOPE A j Accountability is achieved by establishing organizational functions, j authorities, job rules and budgets. Achievable goals are established to i provide an objective measure of performance. Periodic performance . i evaluations and service reviews provides a means for recognition f_or j performances, counseling, remedial training, disciplinary measures

-                 and performance feedback. Maintenance supervisors provide' additional counseling as required. Supervisory personnel are given training in techniques and management methods that hold personnel accountable.
                                                                                            ~

2.0 MAP RESPONSIBILITIES

  ,O Maintenance Superintendent

]

                                                                                                ')

3.0 MAP PRIORITY l STARTUP YES X NO BASIS - Goals and objectives are developed and will be used for - accountability, i COMMITMENT 'YES X NO l BASIS - Accountability is addressed in NPP, Vol. 3. i

;            4.0 MAP SOURCE DOCUMENTSVREFERENCES i

1

i . FSAR NOAM i

[ TECH SPECS OTHER - .c O PROCEDURES PMI 6.2 f( a FINDINGS / CONCERNS .1 s q

1 l DATE: March 14,1989 l MAP - M01C5

 /^T
 ;   t U

5.0 MAP EVALUATION / STATUS A. Programmatic i l The Conduct of Maintenance, PMI 6.2, should have a section on i accountability. (see action item 1). TVA performance evaluations and service reviews are being performed on all BFN 3 maintenance personnel. ' 4 B. Implementation Verification i Services reviews and performance evaluations that are provided l l to maintenance personnel should contain, where applicable, goals, recognition for performance, counseling, disciplinary measures and performance feed back. (see action item 2). 6.0 MAP ACCEPTABILITY / PERFORMANCE EVALUATION Acceptable for - Ref. Startup Short Term Operations. Acceptable for - Ref. Long Term Operations ' Acceptable for Ref. ORR - Objective # 7.0 ACTION ITEMS ACTION RESP. ORG. DUE DATE I

1. Revise PMI 6.2 to include an Maint. Programs 6/1/89 accountability seciton.
2. Ensure performance evaluations Maintenance 6/1/89 services reviews address Superintendent 8 accountability.

2 '

DATE: February 13,1989 MAP - M01C5 ,

                          . 8.0 MAP SCHEDULE INITIAL REVIEW DATE     -

1/27/89 IMPLEMENTATION DATE - LATEST REVIEW - 2/1/89 i 1 *

  • 3
                                                                                                ~

j - DATE: 1 ebruary 13,1989 MAP - M02C1 - u> . iA MAINTENANCE ACTION PLAN (MAP). p M02C1 Responsibilities *

                                                                                                                       )

f 1.0 MAP DESCRIPTION / SCOPE j The maintenance superintendent establishes and coordinates the

) maintenance training needs with the Browns Ferry Training li Department. Training schedules are reviewed and programs monitored to ensure that objectives are met.-

Nuclear Training develops training courses and provides qualified 3 instructors to conduct the training designated by the maintenance  : superintendent. The Browns Ferry Training Department administers 1

the training. -

4 A maintenance training coordinator coordinates periodic training and j g maintains consistent interface contact between maintenance and i training, i 2.0 MAP RESPONSIBILITIES p Plant Maintenance Superintendent . B BFN Training Department Manage'r 1 l; 3.0 MAP PRIORITY j STARTUP YES NO _.X_. COMMITMENT YES X NO BASIS NPP, Vol 3 commits BFN maintenance to have a full-

time training coordinator.

1 0-1

-  ,O 4.0 MAP SOURCE DOCbME TS/ REFERENCES u

1 L

o. n .
                                                        .- _ .   -    c   _ . _ _ _ _ _ _ _ . _ _

DATE: January 30, 1989 l MAP - M02C1 l l

       ] 4.0 MAP SOURCE DOCtJMENTS/ REFERENCES (V

FSAR NOAM Rart 1 sec. 2.17.5.2

                                                             .Part lll Section 6.1.5.4.3 Part lil Section 6.1.5.8 I

TECH SPECS OWER NPP VOL 1 Sec. VI.E.2.ca154 NPP VOL 1 Sec VI.E.2 oa 155 NPP VOL lil Sec. 4.1.2 PROCEDURES SDSP 4.2 Sect 7.0 PMI 6.2 Sect.5.0 SDSP 4.7 SDSP 4.8 ETT instruction Letter 5 ETTIL 28 ETTil 29 PMP 0202.4 Sect. 7.1 &7.3 PMP 0202.8 Sect. 5.1

      %                       PMP 0202.17 Sect.4.1 &4.3 FINDINGS / CONCERNS INPO AccreditationRecorts on BFN 5/13/85.9/22/86.                                   ;

9J1Bf87 NRC Letter Docket No. 50-260 Section 3.0 BF OPER. Readiness Reoort j Obi 2.1.29 RIMS R36 881212 820 5.0 MAP EVALUATION / STATUS A. Programmatic I PMP 0202.04, Section 7.1. The Site Director is responsible for ensuring all site employees complete required General Employee Training. 4 PMP 0202.04, Section 7.3. Nuclear Training is responsible for developing and updating the GET program. 2 ,

     ~                                   .

DATE: January' 30, 1989 MAP - M0201 l PMP '0202.08, Section'5.1. The Nuclear Training Branch has the

  /]

V responsibility for development, administration and revision of - the Maintenance Training Programs. PMP 0-202.08, Section 5.2. The Site Director is responsible.for identifying needs to develop or revise training.

           . PMP._0.202.17, Section 4.1. The Site Director will determine j

positions in addition to those listed in section 2.0 of PMP l 0.202.17 that require Technical Staff and Managers Training and -

l. _

determine which Individuals will receive advanced training. l PMP 0.202.17, Section 4.3. The Chief, Nuclear Training Branch .j shall develop a site specific curriculum and conduct training to l support site needs. i

                                                                                   ]

SDSP-4.2, presents the standards for training required for I performance of job functions of personnel.who are responsible ' for and associated with the maintenance and operation'of Browns r Ferry Nuclear Plant.' Coverage includes formal training, informal - I training, INPO accreditation, General Employee Training (GET), industrial Safety Training, contracted training, and additional training requirements. - i SDSP-4.2, Section 7.0, assigns applicable responsibilities in training areas to the Site Director and other managers.- SDSP 4.7 and 4.8, implements the craft training programs. ETTIL 5, ETTIL 28, and ETTIL 29. Provide detailed instructions for SDSP 4.7 and 4.8. Nuclear Performance Plan Vol. 3 Section 4.1.2 page 11 "A senior line mana'ger has been assigned to thel maintenance superintendent's staff to devote full time to ensuring that training is given the appropriate priority.- The manager has full-authority to identify and carry out the needed training in accordance with the MIP". i 3 l l

DATE: January' 30, 1989 MAP _- M0201 B. Implementation Verification L j F INPO AccredV:Jen Final Report ( I&C Program) May 13,1985 .

                                                                                         - 1 Training _ Prog #11 Development and implementation-Analysis, page           i i      ,

16, "The content of the Browns Ferry Training Programs is based on 3 needs identified from a variety of sources such as job analysis, - f piant feedback etc...... major changes are reviewed and approved by j committees representing the plant staff and training staff". l INPO Accreditation Final Report (l&C Program) May 13,1985, l Training Organization and Administration -Organizational Structure,- page 6,"I&C technician training at BFN is the responsibility of the {; Engineering and Technical Training section". INPO Accreditation Final Report (Electrical & Mechanical Programs) _ Sept.18,1987 Objective 1 Evaluation, page 6, "The BFN Site Director is responsible for the training and qualification of plant personnel. BFN Training Dept. Manager is responsible.for all training activities that support BFN p! ant". -

      ~

n INPO Accreditation Final Report Report (Technical Staff and j Managers) Sept. 22,1986- Objective / Evaluation, page 18, i "The BFN Site Director is responsible for the training and

  ;            qualification of plant personnel. The supervisor, Engineering and
              . Technical Training is responsible for the training activities of the Technical Staff Program".

Browns Ferry Operational Readiness Report, Performance Objective "f 2.1.29.1, (RIMS R29 880429 933)-The BFTB organizational structure is clearly defined, including the responsibilities and authority of all personnel involved in managing, supervising, and implementing 4

 ;            training.

[ iD . . [Y i .i k,

3 DATE: March 14,1989 l MAP - M02C1 Os X Acceptable for - Ref, see lona term )

    ].

Startup Short Term Operations.

                     . Acceptable for -                 Ref. ORR OBJ 2.1.29.1 Long Term Operations X    Acceptable for                    Ref. RIMS R29 880429 933 ORR - Objective # 2.1.29.1 7.0 ACTION ITEMS i

ACTION RESP. ORG. DUE DATE l

1. Revise PMI 6.2 to clearly Support Program 6/1/89 Indicate maintenance Mgr. - Project l responsibilities to training. Coordinator j

} Training 2 . Establish a full time training Maint. Supt. 6/1/89 8 coordinator position in accordnace with commitment in NPP Vol. 3, section 4.1.2 or prepare a revision to NPP Vol. 3 to 1 reflect the way that BFN handles maintenance. . l 8.0 MAP SCHEDULE  ; l lNITIAL REVIEW DATE - _12/28/88 1 IMPLEMENTATION DATE - LATEST REVIEW - 2/13/89 8 5 '

DATE: January 30, 1989 MAP - M02C2 IO \ CI MAINTENANCE ACTION PLAN (MAP) i M02C2 Maintenance Training Program 1.0 MAP DESCRIPTION / SCOPE l Maintenance personnel attend training programs which begin with their initial assignment to the maintenance organization and are continued to ensure adequate knowledge of job fnnctions, responsibilities, and regulatory requirements. Training programs are consistent with nuclear industry guidelines and are accredited ~by the National Nuclear Accrediting Board. Training is provided to contractors supporting maintenance as deemed necessary. Training programs directly related to the maintenance organization are:

                                                                                                 . Technical Staff and Manager Training
                                                                                                 . Instrument and Control Technician Training

(]

 'v
                                                                                                 . Mechanical Maintenance Craftsmen Training
                                                                                                 . Electrical Maintenance Craftsmen Training General Employee Training 2.0 MAP RESPONSIBILITIES Plant Maintenance Superintendent BFN Training Department Manager 3.0 MAP PRIORITY STARTUP                YES     X_ NO BASIS                  NPP Vol.3, page Ill-8, Develop EQ training program commitment 47 Action item 1 w.6, compiete this l                                                                                                                    commitment.

COMMITMENT YES x N6 BASIS NPP Vol.3 page 11-50, Develop a technical and manager training program to comply with 4 ,ANS,1-N18.1. NPP Vol.3 page Il-52, Establish accreditated training programs, i 1 1

                                                                                                                     <}

DATE: January 30,-1989 - MAP - M02C2 - NPP Volume 3 page 11-82, Evaluate maintenance personnel to ensure their training is commensurate with task assignments. These commitments are completed. ' 4.0: MAP SOURCE DOCUMENT 9 REFERENCES. FSAR ' Vol 6 Sect. '13.3.1' NOAM Part 111 sect.1.1 ' Vol 6 Sect.13.3.2 Part 111 sect. 6.1.5.3.3.6 ' Part 11 sect.1.5 Part 111 sect. 6.1.2 Part 111 sect. 6.1.5.772 L Part lli sect. 6.1.5.3.4 TECH SPECS Sect 6.5.1. ~OTHER- NPP Vol 3 Pace 11 Sect 6.5.3 NPA Vol 3 Pace 11-52 Sect 6.8.1 NPP Vol 3 Pace Il-82

  • ORR Obl. 2.1.8.6.1. 2.1.8.6.3.
                                                                      ' 2.1.8.6.4. 2.1.8.6.51 5

PROCEDURES SDSP 4.2  : SDSP 14.6 Sect 4 , i PMI 6.2 Sect 4.3 V I PMP 0202.04 PMP 0202.08 PMP 0202.15 )t PMP 0202.16 PMP 0202.17 SDSP 4.7 SDSP 4.8 ETTil 5 ETTIL 28 ETTil 29 ., SDSP 4.11 Sect 10 SDSP 4.13 Sect 10 ? PMP 0604.04 g. 2

      .                  ,<     . . .   . , .    , . . ... a . . . . . , . _ . . .   .
                                                                                       .u. . .  .  . _

m DATE: January 30, 1989 MAP - M02C2

         /       5
         '\ j                         SDSP 27.1
                                    ; SDSP 7.4 Sect 6.3.1 and
                                    ' attachment A SDSP 7.3 FINDINGS / CONCERNS         INPO MART REPORT Mar 88                            ;

B.4.e _ l lNPO MART REPORT Mar 83 l E2a .] INPO MART REPORT Mar 88 I l Gl2.L9 l INPO MART REPORT Mar 88 i

                                                                                                 'l E.2.b -

INPO MART REPORT Mar 88 B.2.d INPO Accreditation Reoorts ( ) on BFN dated 5/13/85. I V 9/22/86.9/18/87 INPO Accreditation Reoorts on BFN dated 5/13/85. SALP Reoort 1984 eaaes3&1 SALP Reoort 1985 caae 14 l l 5.0 MAP EVALUATION / STATUS A. Proarammat[c. i PMI-6.2, Conduct of Maintenance, Section 4.3, provides procedural guidelines and requirements for the multi-discipline training of maintenance personnel. Some of these training disciplines include: GET, RADCON, systems, component, maintenance programs I. and procedures, safety, live-time, special-process, quality, specialized, OSC, TSC, failure analysis, welding control, ASME Section XI, environmental qualification, performarice of 4 maintenance, conduct of maintenance, and common-mode failure training courses 1 3 4 u________..-_____

DATE: January 30, 1989 MAP - M02C2 SDSP-4.2, Training and Qualifications, presents the standards for training required for performance of job functions of personnel j who are responsible for and associated with the maintenance and operation of Browns Ferry Nuclear Plant. Coverage includes { formal training, informal training, INPO accreditation, General

                                                                                ^

Employee Training (GET), Industrial Safety Training, contracted training, and additional training requirements, j i SDSP-14.6, Building and Facilities Housekeeping and Cleanliness, l Section 6.4 training requirements pertaining to housekeeping and l cleanliness for all persons involved in work activities of the .I plant.  ! l PMP 0202.04 Describes the General Employee Training Program. { l PMP 0202 08-Describes the Electrical and Mechanical Maintenance Craftsmen Training Program.  : f) \1 PMP 0202.15-Describes the Senior instrument Mechanic Training Program. l j PMP 0202.16-Describes the Instrument Mechanic ~ Apprentice Program. PMP 0202.17-Describes the Technicai Staff and Manager Program. SDSP-4.7,4.8,4.9 and SDSP-4.13 Implement the Maintenance Training Programs delineated in the respective PMPs. - ETTIL 5, ETTIL 28, and ETTIL 29-Provide detailed instructions of the three BFN maintenance training programs. SDSP 7.3 Operational Readiness Program - Implements the , program to evaluate the effectiveness of Performance Objectives and criteria identified for compliance to INPO 85-001. SDSP-4.11, Section 1.0-This procedure is intended to ensure that (7 Nj a majority of personnel who enter the rod gallery have received the appropriate training. 4

                                                                       - =

v v DATE: February 13,1989 MAP - M02C2 l

 \           SDSP-4.13, Section 1.0-The purpose of this procedure is to                              l prescribe the requirements for general employee training necessary for independent work at Browns Ferry.                                     ~

PMP 0604.04, provides the corporate procedure governing training of personnel who perform 10CFR50.59 safety evaluations. SDSP-27.1, provides the site procedure governing the trainin'g of

           . personnel who perform 10CFR50.59 safety evaluations.

SDSP-7.4, Section 6.3.1 and Attachment A, provide the qualification and training requirements for individuals performing review and approval of procedures and work instructions. B. Implementation Verification l' INPO Accreditation Final Report dated 5/13/1985 "I&C Technician Program" describes the program. INPO Accreditation Final Report dated 9/22/86 Technical Staff and Manager Program describes the program. INPO Accreditation Final Report dated 9/18/87 Electrical and Mechanical Program describes the program.  ; l INPO Letter May 15,1987 RIMS No. 87 0526 009 "The BFN GET Program is certified". An EQ training course has been developed, training for plant maintenance personnel is in progress. Other routine training activities that are already scheduled for completion are listed under section 7.0. These training activities are not essential for short or long term acceptability of the program. It is typical of ongoing training efforts for maintenance. 5

d DATE: February 3,1989 , MAP - M02C2 l 6.0 MAP ACCEPTABILITY / PERFORMANCE EVALUATION _x_.A'cceptable for - Ref. _INPO Accreditation I Startup Short Term Operations. Reoorts X Acceptable for - Ref. INPO Accreditation Long Term Operations Reoorts l _ Acceptable for Ref. ORR.- Objective # 2.1.8.6.1 : 2.1.8.6.3: 2.1.8.6.4: 2.1.8.6.5 7.0 ACTION ITEMS ACTION RESP. ORG. DUE DATE

1. Training for plant maintenance Nuclear Training 6/30/89 craftsmen on EQ equipment will be essentially complete
2. Training for maintenance, Nuclear Training 6/6/89 modifications and operations in the plant materials conditions will be implemented
3. Overview training for lead Nuclear Training 4/1/89 maintenance personnel to better understand and support procurement and inventory concepts will be implemented
4. Training for craftsmen on the use Nucl ear Training 6/30/89 of feedback mechanisms such as the Preventive maintenance critique sheet to initiate PM improvement will -

be implemented CONCURRENC j / /( / 9./3/89 NAME DA'TE' O, N 6

DATE: February 13, 1989 MAP - M02C2 l O 8.0 MAP SCHEDULE l INITIAL REVIEW DATE 12/28/88 l l IMPLEMENTATION DATE 1/23/89 .l LATEST REVIEW 1/23/89 l l i l O e m 7

                                                                                   .=

DATE: January 31, 1989-MAP - M02C3A MAINTENANCE ACTION PLAN (MAP) M02C3A - Schedules - 1.0 MAP DESCRIPTION / SCOPE Training schedules that reflect instructor, training facility and training periods are provided by the training department. Trainee availability and attendance is supervised by their immediate supervisor.  ! l 2.0 MAP RESPONSIBILITIES Plant Maintenance Superintendent Staff BFN Training Department Manager

                                                                                                                     ^

3.0 MAP PRIORITY l hV STARTUP YES - l N O __X COMMITMENT YES NO X BASIS None of the findings or other references indicate this is a startup requirement or a commitment. 4.0 MAP SOURCE DOCUMENTS / REFERENCES FSAR NOAM l TECH SPECS OTHER PROCEDURES ETTIL 29 Sects 5.6.4 & 5.6.5 PMP 0202.04 Sect 8.1 ETTIL 5 Sects 5.6.4 & 5.6.5 ETTil 28 Sects 5.6.4&5.6.5 1 L__ _ . _ _ --___ _ _

1 DATE: January -30,11989 .! MAP - M02C3A u FINDINGS / CONCERNS INPO Accreditation Reoorts O- on BFN dated 5/13/85. 9/22/88 and 9/18/87 : 5.0 MAP EVALUATION / STATUS A. Programmatic SDSP 4.13 implements PMP 0202.04. PMP 0202.04, Section 8.1-A general employee training schedule shall be established for site personnel. ETTIL 5, ETTIL 28, and ETTIL 29, Sections 5.6.4 and 5.6.5-The  ; maintenance Craft Training Subcommittees will recommend an i annual training schedule once per year and review the schedule l quarterly to recommend changes, j B. Implementation Verification l O* A schedule for the upcoming year's maintenance training is provided to the plant for approval each year. These schedules are 3 on file at BFN in the Training Department. 6.0 MAP ACCEPTABILITY / PERFORMANCE EVALUATION _X__ Acceptable for - Ref. INPO Accreditation Startup Short Term Operations. Reoorts on BFN dated 5/13/85.9/22/86 and 9/18/87 X Acceptable for - Ref. INPO Accreditation Long Term Operations Reoorts on BFN dated 5/13/85.9/22/88 and

                                                                                                           )

9/18/87 1 _Dla_ Acceptable for Ref. l ORR - Objective # j 2 ,l L i

                                                      -              x   --   .  ,              4 . .2

DATE: January- 30,.1989_ ' MAP - M02C3A - 7,0 ACTION ITEMS ACTION RESP. ORG. DUE DATE i NCNE 8.0 MAP SCHEDULE I

INITIAL REVIEW DATE - -

12/28/88 IMPLEMENTATION DATE - 1/25/89 LATEST REVIEW - _1l25/89 l

                                                         ~

O l l t q g l o 1 3 __=___-__-_____-__-___

                    *                                                                                    \

l DATE: January 31, 1989 l MAP - M02C3B i (/m) v MAINTENANCE ACTION PLAN (MAP) , 1 M02C3B - Level of Training - i 1.0 MAP DESCRIPTION / SCOPE , l Each trainee's previous education, experience, and skill level are reviewed by their supervisor. Training level requirements and milestones are set for the trainees by their supervisor for maintenance performance improvement and for their career goals. 2.0 MAP RESPONSIBILITIES Plant Maintenance Superintendent 3.0 MAP PRIORITY STARTUP YES NO X 'n BASIS None of the findings or other references indicate this is a startup item. COMMITMENT YES X NO BASIS NPP Vol 3, page 11-82 states -As part of the MIP effort, maintenance personnel are being evaluated to assure that their training is commensurate with task assignments. Specialized training will be provided where needed to satisfy plant needs. 4.0 MAP SOURCE DOCUMENT 9REFERENCF.S FSAR NOAM Part 111 Sect 6.1.5.2.5.3 Part til Sect 6.1.5.3 Part lll Sect 6.1.5.3.3 9 , , Part 111 Sect 6.1.5.3.3.6 Part til Sect 6.1.5.4 Part til Sect 6.1.5.4.3 1

DATE: January 31, 1989 MAP - M02C3B  ; I V TECH SPECS OTHER NPP Vol.111 oage ll-82 ORR Obi. 2.1.8.6.1 PROCEDURES ETTil29 ORR Obi. 2.1.8.6.2 ETTil5 ORR Obi. 2.1.8.6.4 PMP 0202.08 Sect 6.0 PMP 0202.15 Sect IV A2 I PMP 0202.16 Sect V PMP 0202.17 Sect 8.0 PMP 0202.04 Sect 6.1 SDSP 4.7 SDSP 4.8 __ ETTIL 28 l FINDINGS / CONCERNS INPO Accreditation Reoort on BFN dated 5/13/85. 9/22/86.9/18/87 l NRC Letter docket No l 50-260 Sedtion 3.0 1 5.0 MAP EVALUATION / STATUS A. Programmatic 1 PMP 0202.04, Section 6.1-All persons regularly employed at a ' nuclear plant will receive GET training commensurate with their i job duties. i PMP 0202.08, Section 6.0-Craftsmen's previous training and experience is evaluated upon assignment and they are entered in the appropriate programs. l PMP 0202.15, Section IV.A.2-Lists selection criteria for entry into the Senior Instrument Mechanic Training Program. PMP 0202.16, Section V.-Documented training and experience 4 related to the IMA P,rogram may count toward allowable apprentice time up to 75% of the required training time. 2

DATE: January 31, 1989 MAP - M02C3B' 10 C PMP 0202.17, Section 8.0-The Site Director reviews training  ; records of Technical Staff and Manager candidates and appropriate waivers are given. SDSP-4.7 and SDSP-4.8-Implement the appropriate PMPs. ETTil 5, ETTIL 28, ETTIL 29-Provide detailed instructions of the three maintenance training programs. B. Implementation Verification l-l INPO Accreditation Final Report 5/13/85 I & C Program Training Program Design / Development, page 16. All trainees enter the BFN IMA Training Program at the same level regardlest, of prior experience. The program is sequenced to carry the trainee from basic fundamentals through advanced training. INPO Accreditation Final Repcrt 9/22/86 Tech Staff and Managers (] Program Description, page 14. Entry Level requirements for l kJ technical staff personnel are a bachelors degree in engineering or i science, or a comparable technical capability. INPO Accreditation Final Report 9/18/87 Electrical & Mechanical Program, Program Overview, page 2. Entry requirement is journeyman as determined by documented records review; page11, Exemptions from training are approved by plant supervision and are documented. l Twenty-three 1988 quality surveillance reports were reviewed i which addressed qualifications of the craftmens. The qualifications were verified acceptable in each of the l' surveillance report. 3

DATE: March 13,1989 MAP - M02C3B 6.0 MAP ACCEPTABILITY / PERFORMANCE EVALUATION X Acceptable for - Ref. INPO Accreditation Startup Short Term , Operations. Reoorts Acceptable for - Ref. ._ Long Term Operations Acceptable for Ref. ORR - Objective #2.1.8.6.1. 2.1.8.6.2 7.0 ACTION ITEMS ACTION RESP. ORG. DUE DATE

1. Use ORR objectives No. 2.1.8.6.1 Maint Supt. Staff 7/1/89 and 2.1.8.6.2 to verify that positions are filled with qualified craftrmen and that craftsmen are being assigned work appropriately.
     - 8.0 MAP SCHEDULE INITIAL REVIEW DATE                     -

12/28/88 IMPLEMENTATION DATE - - LATEST REVIEW - 2/1/89 l 8 4 '

DATE: January 30, 1989 MAP - M02C3C / i V MAINTENANCE ACTION PLAN (MAP) M02C3C - Qualified Instructors 1.0 MAP D'ESCRIPTION/ SCOPE instructors are trained and certified by the site' training department. 2.0 MAP RESPONSIBILITIES ' BFN Training Department Manager 3.0 MAP PRIORITY STARTUP - YES NO _X COMMITMENT YES NO X BASIS None o' the findings or other references indicate' - i t/ this is a startup requirement or a commitment. , a 4.0 MAP SOURCE DOCUMENTS / REFERENCES FSAR , NOAM 1 TECH SPECS OTHER ORR Obl. 2.1.8.6.4 PROCEDURES PMP 0202.03 Sect 6.1 & 6.2 PMP 0202.08 Sect 6.1.1&6.2.1 PMP 0202.15 Sect VI ca 13 FINDINGS / CONCERNS INPO Accreditation Reoorts on BFN dated 5/13/85 9/22/86.9/18/87 NRC Letter Doc. No. 50-260 Sect 3.0 1

                                                                                           . . ~ . .

DATE: January 30, 1989 MAP - M02C3C (~'} 5.0 MAP EVALUATION / STATUS

  ,V                                                                                                                            j
 ;                                                 A. Programmatic PMP 0202.03, Section 6.1.1 and 6.1.2-All Nuclear Training                 j instructors and other designated instructors (who teach 50% or i

i more of their scheduled work time) will be expected to complete the Instructor Certification Program.

 }                                                    PMP 0202.08, Section 6.1.1 and 6.2.1-All instructors in this program shall be certified in accordance with PMP 0202.03.

] PMP 0202.15, Section VI, Page 13-Classroom and laboratory instruction in the Senior Instrument Mechanic program will use Senior Instrument Mechanic Instructors. I B. Implementation Verification INPO Accreditation Final Report (5/13/85) l&C Program - Staff O

    \

Qualifications - page 25 - All instructors in the training programs meet or exceed minimum technical qualification - requirements. INPO Accreditation Final Report (9/22/86) Tech Staff and Manager Program Objective 2 page 26 - The training staff supporting Browns Ferry training programs possess appropriate technical capabilities and receive applicable instructional training. j INPO Accreditation Final Report (9/18/87) Electrical & I~ Mechanical Program - Objective 2 page 1 - The training staff at BFN possess appropriate technical skills and receive , instructional training. 2

DATE: February 13, 1989 MAP - M02C3C O 6.0 MAP ACCEPTABILITY / PERFORMANCE EVALUATION Oe

       .X    Acceptable for .-                Ref. INPO Accreditation Reoorts                                )

Startup Short Term Operations. BFN 3-13-85. 9-22-86 and 9-18-87 l X Acceptable for - Ref. INPO Accreditation Reoorts Long Term Operations BFN 5/13/85.9/22/86. j and 9/18/87 { i Dla. Acceptable for Ref. ORR - Objective # 7.0 ACTION ITEMS . l ACTION RESP. ORG. DUE DATE None l O l 8.0 MAP SCHEDULE INITIAL REVIEW DATE - 12/28/88 i IMPLEMENTATION DATE - 1/29/89 LATEST REVIEW - 2/1/89 3

DATE: January 30, 1989 MAP - M02C4A ( (_./ MAINTENANCE ACTION PLAN (MAP) M02C4A On-the-Job-Training : OJT Program Adherence 1.0 MAP DESCRIPTION / SCOPE OJT Program Adherence - OJT is conducted in a formally defined training program that specifically identifies tasks that the trainee must accomplish. Knowledge requirements for each task, as well as what the trainee must do (perform, simulate, observe or discuss) are defined. The trainer and trainee understand what is required for each training task. 2.0 MAP RESPONSIBILITIES i Plant Maintenance Superintendent ' BFN Training Department Manager 0- .

 \j      3.0 MAP PRIORITY                                                                                   .

STARTUP YES NO X COMMITMENT YES NO X BASIS None of the findings or other references indicate ' this is a startup requirement or a commitment.  ; 4.0 MAP SOURCE DOCUMENTS / REFERENCES s l FSAR NOAM Part lll Sect. 6.1.5.7.2 i TECH SPECS OTHER ORR Obi. 2.1.8.6.1. 2.1.8.6.2 PROCEDURES PMP 0202.08 Sects 6.1.1.2 SDSP 4.7 ETTIL 5. 28 and 29 Sects 4.01 thru 4.25 SDSP 7.3 1 l 1

I DATE: January 30, 1989 i MAP - M02C4A (7 FINDINGS / CONCERNS INPO Accreditation Reoorts V on BFN dated 5/13/85. i 9/22/86.9/18/87.  ! NRC Latter Doc. No. 50-260 Sect. 3 l l l

   ~                   5.0 MAP EVALUATION / STATUS I

A. Programmatic j PMP 0202.08, sections 6.1.1.2 and 6.2.1.2. Certain tasks fall outside of " Skills'of the Craft" and require OJT. These tasks are  ! identified through job task analysis and will be incorporated into  ; the OJT program. SDSP-4.7 Electrical and Mechanical Maintenance craftsmen Training &SDSP 4.8 Instrument Mechanic Training Program, implements PMP 0202.08,0202.15, and 0202.16. V(3 ETTIL 5, ETTIL 28, ETTIL 29-Section 4.01 through 4.25 provide detailed ! instructions as to initial and prerequisite training / tasks, knowledge and performance measures for all OJT tasks for each craft. SDSP 7.3, Operational Readiness Program-Implements the program to evaluate the effectiveness of Performance Objectives and criteria identified for compliance to INPO 85-001. B. Implementation Verification INPO Accreditation Final Report (5/13/85) l&C Program. Comments on pages 32 & 33 describe the OJT program for the Instrument Technicians. INPO Accreditation Final Report (9/18/87) Electrical & Mechanical Program. Objective 9 - OJT is effectively presented and trainee performance is evaluated consistently. 2

l DATE: March 13,1989 MAP - M02C4A ( ') 6.0 MAP ACCEPTABILITY / PERFORMANCE EVALUATION G l 1 X Acceptable for - Ref. INPO Accreditation Reoorts Startup Short Term Operations. (BFN) 5/13/85, 9/18/87 Acceptable for - Ref. Long Term Operations Acceptable for Ref. ORR - Objective # 2.1.8.6.1 : 2.1.8.6.2 7.0 ACTION ITEMS ACTION RESP. ORG. DUE DATE

1. Use ORR objectives no. 2.1.8.6.1 Maint. Support 7/1/89 l and 2.1.8.6.2 to verify that positions are i tilled with qualified craftsmen and that craftsmen are being assigned work appropriately. (same as action item 1 of M02C38) l l

l 1 i 8.0 MAP SCHEDULE INITIAL REVIEW DATE - 12/28/88 IMPLEMENTATION DATE - LATEST REVIEW - 1/23/89 1 l 8 3 '

                                                                                              ~

DATE: January 30, 1989 MAP - M02C4B ,0 , V MAINTENANCE ACTION PLAN (MAP) M02C4B - On-the-Job-Training - OJT Trainer Qualification 1.0 MAP DESCRIPTION / SCOPE OJT trainers are certified for OJT training. 2.0 MAP RESPONSIBILITIES Plant Maintenance Superintendent 3.0 MAP PRIORITY STARTUP YES NO X COMMITMENT YES NO X BASIS None of the findings or other references indicate this is a startup requirement or a commitment. 4.0 MAP SOURCE DOCUMENTS / REFERENCES FSAR NQAM TECH SPECS OTHER PROCEDURES PMP 0202.08 Sect 6.1.1: 6.2.1 PMP 0202.16 Sect Vill B.3 SDSP 4.7 SDSP 4.8 ETTIL 5. 28. and 29 FINDINGS / CONCERNS INPO Accreditation Reoorts on BFN dated 5/13/85. 9/22/86 and 9/18/87 NRC Letter Doc. No. 50-260 Sect. 3.0 1

i DATE: February 17, 1989 MAP - M02C48 j l 5.0 MAP EVALUATION / STATUS V(3 Programmatic A. PMP 0202.08, Section 6.1.1 and 6.2.1. OJT trainers shall receive special instructions on training / evaluation techniques prior to acting as an OJT trainer. 1 PMP 0202.16, Se' ction Vill.B.3. During OJT apprentices will work under the supervision of a journeyman who will give instructions f s on work methods, etc. I i SDSP-4.7, and SDSP-4.8. Implement PMP 0202.08 and 0202.16. l l l ETTIL 5, ETTIL'28, ETTIL 29. Provide detailed instructions on the I l PMPs. l B. Imolernentation Verification ) l

 ]

N) INPO Accreditation Final Report (5/13/85) I & C Program - comments on pages 32 & 33 describe the OJT program for the l Instrument Technicians. 1 INPO Accreditation Final Report (9/18/87) Electrical & Mechanical - objective 9 evaluation - Individuals designated as OJT evaluators have been trained in techniques for evaluating trainees on the job. INPO recommends that the crane / rigging  ! supervisors also be qualified. (see action item 1). I 6.0 MAP ACCEPTABILITY / PERFORMANCE EVALUATION _X_ Acceptable for - Ref. INPO Accreditation Startup Short Term Operations. - Reoorts (BFN) 5-13-85 l

                                                                    & 9-18-87             -

Acceptable for - Ref. l Long Term Operations , Dla_. Acceptable for Ref. ORR - Objective # 2

DATE: January 31, 1989 MAP - M02C48 (T U 7.0 ACTION ITEMS 1 ACTION RESP. ORG. DUE DATE

1. Qualify Crane / Rigging Training 5/27/89  !

Supervisor for OJT Training Department l This is.not required for startup but, is required by INPO recommendation during accreditation 8.0 MAPSCHEDULE I INITIAL REVIEW DATE - 12/28/88 IMPLEMENTATION DATE - I LATEST REVIEW - 1/23/89 I ( - \ L)) l j j I 3 =_____--_-___

DATE: January 30, 1989 MAP - M02C4C O V MAINTENANCE ACTION PLAN (MAP) M02C4C - Trainee Supervision and Control 1.0 MAP DESCRIPTION / SCOPE Trainees who perform maintenance on installed equipment are , I supervised by a qualified instructor. The instructor verifies that the trainee properly performed the task, understands how to avoid errors 1 that could affect personnel safety or adversely impact the plant. I Trainees must demonstrate industrial safety, and accurately document the work activity. 2.0 MAP RESPONSIBILITIES Plant Maintenance Superintendent . 3.0 MAP PRIORITY l STARTUP YES NO_x COMMITMENT YES NO_x  ! BASIS None of the findings or references indicate this is a startup requirement or a commitment. 4.0 MAP SOURCE DOCUMENTS / REFERENCES FSAR NOAM Part I Sect 2.17.5.2 Part lil Sect 4.1 TECH SPECS OTHER PROCEDURES SDSP 14.6 Sects 6.4 & 9.0 ETTIL 5. 28.and 29 Sects 6.2.1. 6.2.2 and 4.01 ihru 4.22 PMI 6.2 Sects. 4.3.13 &4.3.8 1

DATE: January 30, 1989 MAP - M02C4C FINDINGS / CONCERNS INPO Accreditation Final ) (V~] Reoort (BFN) dated 5/13/85 and 9/18/87 NRC Letter Doc. No. 50-260 Sect. 3.0 1 5.0 MAP EVALUATION / STATUS

 .                                          A. Programmatic SDSP-14.6, Sections 6.4 and 9.0, specify training for sp'ecific work activities shall be documented as OA records and have a retention period of one year.                                                                            , !

ETTIL 5, ETTIL 28, and ETTIL 29 Sections 6.2.1,6.2.2, and 4.01 l through 4.22. OJT is administered in the normal job setting under the supervision of a qualified OJT trainer using OJT qualification standards for each task. O PMI 6.2, Sect. 4.3.13 Personnel performing certain tasks must

   'd                                            have specialized training / qualifications to perform those tasks

{ as defined in plant procedures. PMI 6.2, Sect.4.3.8. On-the -job training will be participation in maintenance activities as a trainee under the direction of a qualified individual. l B. Implementation Verification INPO Accreditation Final Report (5/13/85) I&C Programs. A description of the OJT Program is included on pages 32 & 33 INPO Accreditation Final Report (9/18/87) Electrical & Mechanical Program describes the OJT Program Objective 9 2

DATE: February 3,1989 MAP - M02C4C O d 6.0 MAP ACCEPTABILITY / PERFORMANCE EVALUATION l _X_ Acceptable for - Ref. INPO Accreditation I Startup Short Term Operations. Reoorts (BFN) ) 5-13/85.9/18/87 X Acceptable for - Ref. INPO Accreditation l

                                                                                              )

Long Term Operations Reoorts (BFN) ,, 5/13/85.9/18/87 Dia Acceptable for Ref. ORR - Objective # I 7.0 ACTION ITEMS ACTION RESP. ORG. DUE DATE None , 8.0 MAP SCHEDULE INITIAL REVIEW DATE - 12/28/88 IMPLEMENTATION DATE - 1/23/89 LATEST REVIEW - 1/23/89 3

DATE: January 30, 1989 MAP - M02C4D I

   'v'                                        MAINTENANCE ACTION PLAN (MAP)

M02C4D - Number of Trainees 1.0 MAP DESCRIPTION / SCOPE The trainee / trainer ratio is kept at a level adequate to provide effective training while ensuring proper maintenance of equipment. 2.0 MAP RESPONSIBILITIES l l Plant Maintenance Superintendent 3.0 MAP PRIORITY STARTUP YES NO X COMMITMENT YES NO X

     /^\                  BASIS                  None of the findings or refererices indicate this is a startup requirement or a commitment.

4.0 MAP SOURCE DOCUMENT 9 REFERENCES l FSAR NOAM i l i , TECH SPECS OTHER PROCEDURES ETTIL 5 Section 5.2.2 ETTIL 28 Section 5.2.2 ETTIL 29 Section 5.2.2 FINDINGS / CONCERNS INPO Accreditation Reoorts (BFN) dated 5/13/88 & 9/18/87. NRC Letter Doc. No. 50-260. Section 3.0 1

                                                                                        'I DATE: January 30, 1989 MAP - M02C4D A                                                                                       i V                                                                                       l 5.0 MAP EVALUATION / STATUS                                                          )

1 l A. Programmatic j SDSP 4.7 and 4.8 implement PMP 0202.08,0202.15 and 0202.16. ETTIL 5, ETTIL 28, and ETTIL 29 provide detailed instructions for  ; implementation of SDSP 4.7 and 4.8. l I ETTIL 5, ETTIL 28, and ETTIL 29, Section 5.2.2. The maintenance manager will appoint an adequate number of OJT trainers to meet training needs. B. Implementation Verification INPO Accreditation Final Report (5-13-85) l&C Program - pages 32 and 33. Describe the IMA OJT Programs. FN INPO Accreditation Final Report (9/18/87) Electrical Mechanical i Nj Programs-objective 9, describes the OJT Programs. l l 1 6.0 MAP ACCEPTABILITY / PERFORMANCE EVALUATION _X_. Acceptable for - Ref. INPO Accreditation Startup Short Term Operations. Final Reoorts (BFN)' dated 5-13-85 & 9-18-87 l X Acceptable for - Ref. INPO Accreditation Long Term Operations Final Reoorts (BFN) dated 5-13-85 & 9-18-87 Acceptable for Ref. ORR - Objective # N/A l

                              . M 2

en 4 M:

DATE: January 30, 1989 MAP - M02C4D 7.0 ACTION ITEMS ACTION RESP. ORG. DUE DATE None 8.0 MAP SCHEDULE INITIAL REVIEW DATE - 12/28/88 IMPLEMENTATION DATE - 1/23/89 LATEST REVIEW - 1/23/89 0 3

                                                                             .u:_,_- _ _. : = -

L D' ATE: ' January 30, 1989 MAP - M0204E MAINTENANCE ACTION PLAN (MAP)

       .                         M02C4E - Trainee Conduct of Maintenance 1.0 MAP DESCRIPTION / SCOPE A policy that allows craftsmen to independently perform maintenance                 l only on plant equipment for which they are qualified is stated in a                 !
conduct of maintenance procedure.

l 2.0 MAP RESPONSIBILITIES i l Plant Maintenance Superintendent 3.0 MAP PRIORITY

                                                                                                     )

STARTUP YES NO_x

   ")           BASIS                 None of the findings or references indicate this is a (V                                   startup requirement.

COMMITMENT YES_x NO . BASIS NPP, Vol.1, VI E.2, page 156 states that ... '

                                     ' maintenance activities that require specialized skills will be identified and only those personnel evaluated as possessing the requisite skills will be          j assigned responsibility for performing the work.              l I

4.0 MAP SOURCE DOCUMENTS / REFERENCES l l FSAR NOAM - l j TECH SPECS ._ OTHER ORR Obi 2.1.8.6 i

                                                                                                    ,1 I                                                                                                    i a

PROCEDURES PMP 0202.08. Section 6.1.1.2 & 6.2.1.2 PMP 0202.16. Sec Vill.B.3 i 9 SDSP 4;8. ETTIL 28. ETTIL 5. ETTIL 29 PMI 6.2. SECTIONS 4.8.14.4.3.13 & 4.3.8 SDSP 4.7 { i 1 2 i

DATE: January 30, 1989

              ,                                                MAP - M02C4E                                           ,

a f')% Q FINDINGS / CONCERNS INPO Accreditation Final Recorts (BFN) dated 5-13-85 & 9-18-87

                         ,          JNPO 85-038. CH 2. Sect 4.e.

NPP Vol 1 IV. E.3.3. NRC letter Docket No 50-260. Section 3.0 5.0 MAP EVALUATION / STATUS A. Programmatic PMI 6.2 Section 4.8.14. " Qualifications shall be consioered along with each job assignment. If there is any doubt about qualifications, they should be verified prior to commencing. Craftsmen and engineers shall be assigned to tasks for which []' i they are fully qualified". V PMI 6.2 Sect. 4.3.13. Personnel p.erforming certain tasks must have specialized training / qualifications to perform those tasks j as defined in plant procedures, i PMI 6.2 Sect.4.0.8. On-the -job training will be participation in j maintenance activities as a trainee under the direction of a  ! qualified individual. j NPP, Vol.1, VI E.2, page 156 states that ... maintenance activities j that require specialized skills will be identified and only those l personnel evaiuated as possessing the requisite skills will be l assigned responsibility for performing the work. PMP 0202.08, Sections 6.1.1.2 and 6.2.1.2-Each plant will ensure j that maintenance craftsmen do not perform independently on safety related tasks identified for training prior to qualification. i 9 i PMP 0202.16, Section Vill.B.3 As experience is gained the apprentice may work on his own so long as the assigned work is within the defined training plan and regulations of the Hazard  ! 2

                                                                                                                       )

1

1 DATE: March :13,1989 MAP - M02C4E ( i Control Manual and the TVA safety manuals are not violated. V SDSP-4.7 and SDSP-4.8-Implement the appropriate PMPs. ETTIL 5, ETTIL 28, and ETTIL 29-Provide detailed instructions on the PMPs. B. Implementation Verification

INPO Accreditation Final Report (5-13-85) I&C Program pages 32
                      & 33 describe the OJT Program.                                                                '
                                                                                                                      ]

INPO Accreditation Final Report (9-18-87) Electrical arid Mechanical Program objective 9 addresses the OJT Program. 6.0 MAP ACCEPTABILnY/ PERFORMANCE EVALUATION X Acceptable for. - Ref. INPO Accreditation Reoorts Startup Short Term Operations. 5/13/85 & 9/18/87 8 Acceptable for - Long Term Operations Acceptable for Ref. Ref. _ l l ORR - Objective #2.1.8.6 l 7.0 ACTION ITEMS . ACTION RESP. ORG. DUE DATE

1. Use ORR objectives No. 2.1.8.6.1 -

Maint. Support 7/ /89 and 2.1.8.6.2 to verify that positions are filled with qualified craftsmen and that craftsmen are assigned work. appropriately. (same as action item 1 of M02C3B) 8 3 $

DATE: February 13, 1989

 ,                                            MAP - M02C4E                                   :

i 8.0 . MAP SCHEDULE l i INITIAL REVIEW DATE - 12/28/88 IMPLEMENTATION DATE - LATEST REVIEW - .2/12/89 I O j 1 I i

                            '   ~

4 i l

i DATE: January 30, 1989 l MAP - M02C5 l 3 (d MAINTENANCE ACTION PLAN (MAP) l M02C5 - Qualification i l 1.0 MAP DESCRIPTION / SCOPE Maintenance personnel are qualified for assigned work activities by a combination of formal classroom training and OJT. Prior to qualifying an individual for an assignment, the individua!'s supervisor reviews l the individual's training accomplishments. The qualifying process l involves the following: ) verifying completion of all designated training l conducting or evaluating the results of a final written, oral l or practical demonstration examination evaluating recommendations of the individual's supervisors verifying previous training and experience ,

/]

D formal qualification approval and documentation 2.0 MAP RESPONSIBILITIES Plant Maintenance Superintendent BFN Training Department Manager 3.0 MAP PRIORITY STARTUP YES NO_X BASIS None of the findings or references indicate this is a startup requirement. COMMITMENT '/ES _X NO BASIS Nuclear Performance Plan, Volume 3, section 4.1.2,page Il-82." maintenance personnel are being evaluated to assure that their training is commensurate with task assignment." 1

I DATE: January 30, 1989 MAP - M02C5 (~} 4.0 MAP SOURCE DOCUMENTS / REFERENCES V FSAR NOAM Part lll Sect. 6.1.5.7 TECH SPECS ~ OTHER NPP Vol 3. caae Il-48. NPP Vol 3. Daae 11-82 l ORR Obi. 2.1.8.6.1. 2.1.8.6.2. 2.1. 8.6.5 PROCEDURES PMP 0201.08 Sections I 6.1.1.1.6.2.1.1.& 6.2.1.2 { SDSP 4.7. SDSP 4.10. I Section 1.0 ETTIL 5. ETTIL 28. I ETTIL 29 PMI 6.2 Sects. 4.2.3.3 l

                                             & 4.4.8
               ?
               \   r l

V k FINDINGS / CONCERNS INPO Accreditation Reoort I (BFN) dated 5-13-85. 9-22-86 and 9-18-87. NRC i NRC Letter Docket No. l 50-260.Section 3 5.0 MAP EVALUATION / STATUS A. Programmatic SDSP-4.7-tmplements PMP 0202.08. PMP 0202.08, Section 6.1.1.1,6.2.1.1, and 6.2.1.2. Upon assignment to a nuclear plant each individual's training and work experience shall be evaluated. Initial training will be completed prior to performing independent work on safety-related equipment. Each plant will ensure that craftsmen do not perform independently on 4 safety-related tasksprior to their successful training / evaluation of those tasks. 2

i DATE: January 30, 1989 MAP - M02C5 f3 PMI 6.2 Sect. 4.2.3.3. Personnel performing certain tasks must I have specialized training / qualifications to perform those tasks as defined in plant procedures. l 1 PMI 6.2 Sect.4.4.8 -On-the -job training will be participation in maintenance activities as a trainee under the direction of a qualified individual. PMI 6.2 Section 4.8.14. " Qualifications shall be considered along with each job assignment. If there is any doubt about l qualifications, they should be verified prior to commencin'g. Craftsmen and engineers shall be assigned to tasks for which ] 1 they are fully qualified". Assignment of qualified personnel to perform the task is the ( responsibility of the first line supervisor as detailed in SDSP7.6 { 3 Maintenance Request and Tracking progra'm. SDSP 7.6 requires (V each foreman to list the task qualifications for a maintenance l activity on the MR. The foreman must check the qualifications of his personnel with the task requirements and appropriately assign the task to qualified personnel. ETTIL 5, ETTIL 28, ETTIL 29-Provide detailed instructions on the maintenance training programs. SDSP-4.10, Section 1.0-The NET-P system is a computer system designed to provide centralized storage and processing of training data. B. Implementation Verification INPO Accreditation Final Report (9-18-87) Electrical and Mechanical Position and Program overviews pages 2&3 describe craftsman qualification. Documentation of qualifications exist in each individuals training record on file at the BFN Training 4 Center. , . 3

         ~

_ u DATE: March 13,1989  ; MAP - M02C5 l [h i\  ! \ / i INPO Accreditation Final Report (5-13-85) l&C Program describes i l&C Technician qualification. Documentation of qualification exists in each individuals's training record on file at the BFN l Training Center.

                                                                                                                                                                                 ] l Twenty-three 1988 quality surveillance reports were reviewed which addressed qualifications of the craftsmen. The qualifications were verified acceptable in each of the surveillance report. Verification is, however, needed for the qualifications of noncraftsmen personnel.

l l 6.0 MAP ACCEPTABILITY / PERFORMANCE EVALUATION 1 1 X Acceptable for - Ref. [NPO Accreditation Reoorts i Startup Short Term Operations. dated 5-13-85 and l 9-18-87 8

  • Acceptable for -

Long Term Operations Acceptable for Ref. Ref. l l ORR - Objective #2.18.6.5 7.0 ACTION ITEMS A_.CTION RESP. ORG. DUE DATE 1 Review the qualifications of Maint. 7/1/89 contractor personnel and determine Support if they meet qualifications. (ORR 2.1.8.6.5)

2. Verify that noncraftsmen Maint. Supt. 5/1/89 maintenance personnel meet requirements for their positions.

8 4

  • i
                                 ,             DATE: February 13, 1989 MAP - M02C5 s

8.0 MAP SCHEDULE INITIAL REVIEW DATE - 12/29/88 IMPLEMENTATION DATE - 1

                                       '                                   k 1

LATEST REVIEW - 2/12/89 .. , b

    'c
                                                                         .j l                                                                           !

l i i l l l t l j l 5 l a

  .v-DATE: January 31,-1989-MAP - M02C6

( J V MAINTENANCE ACTION PLAN (MAP) M02C6 - Training Program Approval, Effectiveness, and Feedback 1 1.0 MAP DESCRIPTION / SCOPE The maintenance superintendent is directly involved in approving and periodically reviewing the Maintenance Training Program. Review of the program includes monitoring trainee's written course evaluation, informalinterviews with trainees, and evaluation of training related job performance. Changes to the training are coordinated between the maintenance superintendent and BFN Training Department Manager. j 2.0 MAP RESPONSIBILITIES l Plant Maintenance Superintendent BFN Training Department Manager l 3.0 MAP PRIORITY STARTUP YES NO X COMMITMENT YES NO X BASIS None of the findings or other references indicate this is a startup requirement or commitment. 4.0 MAP SOURCE DOCUMENT 9 REFERENCES FSAR Vol. 6. Sec.13.3.1 NOAM TECH SPECS OTHER ORR Obi. 2.1.8.6.4 NPP VOL.1 Sect. Vi section i E.2 caoe 155 PROCEDURES .SDSP 4.7. SEC 7.1 SDSP 7.3 ETTIL 5. ETTll 28. ETTil 29 (Section 5.2.1 & 5.6) l l FINDINGS / CONCERNS None 1 _ _ - _ = _ _ _ _ _

DATE: February 1,1989 MAP - M02C6 I n 5.0 MAP EVALUATION / STATUS  ; A. Programmatic l SDSP-4.7, Section 7.1. The maintenance superintendent has programmatic responsibility for training to ensure consistency , between maintenance groups. ETTIL 5, ETTIL 28, and ETTIL 29, Section 5.2.1, Maintenance l managers are responsible for monitoring all phases of the training program and providing feedback to appropriate plant and training management. ETTIL 5, ETTIL 28, and ETTIL 29, Section 5.6, The Craft Training Subcommittees are responsible for reviewing all parts of the  ; training programs, recommending solutions to problems, and annual schedule, program changes and reviewing the schedule quarterly. b(J SDSP 7.3, Operation Readiness Program-Implements the program to evaluate the effectiveness of Performance Objectives and criteria identified for compliance to INPO 85-001. B. Implementation Verification The maintenance training program yearly schedule is reviewed by the l' maintenance superintendent. The review includes: Comparison of the proposed training schedule to deficiencies identified in the past year. Comparison of proposed training to maintenance yearly goals and objectives. Training needs reported by maintenance supervisors. Interviews with selected maintenance personnel. 2 1

                                                                                          )

l DATE: Fcbruary 13, 1989 MAP - M02C6 (] The schedule is approved with the superintendent's changes V incorporated. As training requirements / priorities change, the maintenance superintendent coordinates changes with the training manager. INPO Accreditation Final Report 9-18-87, objective 9, page 31 - The plant and training staffs will jointly evaluate OJT at least once per quarter. The results of these evaluations will be forwarded to the plant maintenance superintendent and will be discussed in the quarterly craft training subcommittee meetings. 1 Enhancement of the maintenance training program review is needed. The action items in section 7.0 provides the needed enhancement. Evaluation of ORR Objective 2.1.8.6, which evaluates contractor qualifications, is scheduled to be completed in February 1989. Closure of this ORR Objective will provide assurance of training for short term operation. D 6.0 MAP ACCF,PTABILITY/ PERFORMANCE EVALUATION [V X Acceptable for - Ref. Startup Short Term Operations. X Acceptable for - Ref. Long Term Operations Acceptable for Ref. ORR - Objective # 2.1.8.6.4 3

DATE: March 13,1989 MAP - M02C6 7.0 ACTION ITEMS ACTION RESP. ORG. DUE DATE

1. Revise Nuclear Training Standard Training 3-1-89 Practice TCT-12 to route annual training

, evaluation report to responsible plant organization managers

2. Subcommittee meeting reports Training 2-15-89 will be copied to the superintendent.

CONCURRENCE Sianed by C.T. Dexter / 2/3/89 NAME DATE 3 . Complete ORR Objectives Maint. Supt. 7/1/89 8 in accordance with Site Director Standard Practice, SDS P-7.3. 8.0 MAP SCHEDULE INITIAL REVIEW DATE - - 12/21/89 IMPLEMENTATION DATE - LATEST REVIEW - 8 4 '

DATE: March 6; 1989 MAP - M0207. i

,                                                        ' MAINTENANCE ACTION PLAN (MAP) .

M0207.- Management and Supervisor Training - 1.0 MAP DESCRIPTION / SCOPE I 1 s Managers and supervisors are provided indoctrination and training for. professional technical personnel, managers, and supervisors in accordance with policies and procedures consistent with ANSI N-18.1 dated, March 8,1971. 1 2.0 MAP RESPONSIBILITIES Plant Maintenance Superintendent BFN Training Department Manager . 3.0 MAP PRIORITY STARTUP YES X NO BASIS Technical Specifications sections 6.3 and 6.2 states l plant management staff shall meet the minimum requirements of ANSI-N-18.1, dated March 8,1971. COMMITMENT YES X NO BASIS NPP, Volume I, Appendix 8, Page I,. Commitment No. 2 ' Develop Nuclear Managers NPP Vol.3 page 11-50, Develop a Technical and manager training program to comply. ~ l with ANSI-N18.1. 1 p 4.0 MAP SOURCE DOCUMENT 9 REFERENCES PART lil, SECT 6.1.2 ' FSAR NOAM . PART 111. SECT 6.1.5.3.3.3 AND 6.1.5.3.3.4. PARTlil. e SECT 6.1. TABLE 1

,9                                    TECH SPECS . UNIT 2. _ Sect 6.3 AND 6.4    -

OTHER NPP VOL 3. section 1.4 - PAGE 11-40& section 2.3.2 Daae 50  ; 1 1 l

DATE: March 6,1989 MAP - M02C7 0 PROCEDURES SDSP 4.9. SECT 7.0. SDSP 7.3 FINDINGS / CONCERNS NPP VOL 1. ATTACH IV-1 PAGE 1 OF 11. COMMITMENT 2 , INPO Accreditation Reoort (BFN) dated 9-22-86. NRC letter doc. no. 50-260. SECT. 3 ORR Obl. 2.1.8.6.3 q 5.0 MAP EVALUATION / STATUS  ; l A. Programmatic l Browns Ferry Unit-2 Technical Specifications, Section 6.3 and 6.4, Plant Staff Qualifications and Training, respectively-Qualifications of the Browns Ferry Nuclear Plant management and V operating staff shall meet the minimum acceptable levels as described in ANSI N18.1. A retraining and replacement training. program for station personnel shall be in accordance with ANSI J N18.1. SDSP 7.3, Operation Readiness Program-Implements the program l to evaluate the effectiveness of performance objectives and j criteria identified for compliance to INPO 85-001. SDSP-4.9, Training Program for Technical Staff and Managers, d provides for indoctrination and training for professional technical personnel, managers and supervisors as discussed in j

           ,@lSI N18.1 and ANSI N18.7. This training is intended to provide l
           .ufficient background to allow the individual to understand the                                  '

importance of his or her actions and the general limitations on  ; technical work in a nuclear power plant. f SDSP-4.9, Section 7.0 assigns applicable technical staff and 4 manager training-related responsibilities to the Site Director and other managers and supervisors. 2

DATE: March 13,1989 MAP - M02C7 o I B. Implementation Verification ( )\ Nuclear Performance Plan, Volume 3, Section 1.4, Page Il-40 & Section 2.3.2 page 50. A management training program has been established within ONP to prepare employees for management positions. Additional management development efforts are in various stages of implementation as supplements to the training effort. The management training program is established through TVA Personnel Section. Schedules of management courses and records of attendance is maintained by the Personnel Office. INPO Accreditation Final Report (9-22-86) describes the technical staff and managers program. 6.0 MAP ACCEPTABILITY / PERFORMANCE EVALUATION 1 X Acceptable for - Ref. INPO Accreditation. Final Startup Short Term Operations. Reoort (BFN) dated 9-22-86 9

  • Acceptable for -

Long Term Operations Ref. I Acceptable for l 7.0 ACTION ITEMS . ACTION RESP. ORG. DUE DATE 1

1. Verify maintenance management Maint. Support 6/2/89 i and technical staff have received required training l

8 3 '

e DATE: March 6,1989 MAP - M02C7 l 8.0 MAP SCHEDULE  ! '. INITIAL REVIEW DATE - 12/30/88 IMPLEMENTATION DATE - LATEST REVIEW - 2/12/89 A i O 4 l i 4

                                                                                          )

DATE: January 31, 1989 MAP - M03C1 A / ) MAINTENANCE ACTION PLAN (MAP) i MO3C1 A - Maintenance Training Facilities 1 1.0 MAP DESCRIPTION / SCOPE Training facilities are available and adequate to support the maintenance training program as described in Section M02 without training schedule delays. 2.0 MAP RESPONSIBILITIES Maintenance Superintendent BFN Training Department Manager 3.0 MAP _ PRIORITY [D; STARTUP YES NO X

'V          BASIS                                                                       '

COMMITMENT YES NO X BASIS None of the findings or other references indicate this is a start-up requirement or a commitment. 4.0 MAP SOURCE DOCUMENTS / REFERENCES FSAR NOAM TECH SPECS OTFIER BEN Accreditation Self Evaluation Reoort Obi 3 r PROCEDURES l FINDINGS / CONCERN ORR Obi 2.1.8.14.1 SALP Reoort 1985 cace14 i 1

1 DATE: March 14, '1989 MAP - M03C1 A l fm ,i i () 5.0 MAP EVALUATION / STATUS I A. Programmatic Browns Ferry's Accreditation Self Evaluation Report, September 14,1988, Objective 3 states: The Browns Ferry ' Training and Vistors Center (BFTVC) located at BFN is the primary facility utilized in the training of personnel for Browns Ferry. B. Implementation Verification f Training facilities are identified in INPO 85-038 rev. O in chapter Ill. In revision 01, training facilities are addressed in chapter il  ; in the discussion section. This MAP has been retained in this  ! section to identify past findings and their resolutions. A training facility now exist at Browns Ferry. Overall the building has 90,840 square feet of space which provides 23 i0 - classrooms and 6 conference rooms . This facility is used for maintenance training and is considered adequate for normal operation of the plant. During abnormal conditions, the training center at Sequoyah or the training facilities in Chattanooga is used to meet the peak needs. INPO Accreditation Renewal Report (First Draft 11/17/88) Objective 3 states: Training facilities, j equipment, and materials adequately support activities.  ! 6.0 MAP ACCEPTABILITY / PERFORMANCE EVALUATION

              )( Acceptable for       -

Ref. INPO Accreditation Startup Short Term Operations, report (First Draft i 11/17/88) OBJ. X Acceptable for - l Ref. INPO Accreditation j Long Term Operations report (First Draft 11/17/88) OBJ. X Acceptable for Ref. INPO Accreditation j ORR - Objective # 2.1.8.14.1 report (First Draft j 11/17/88) OBJ, 2 4 l j i

DATE: February 13, 1989 MAP - M03C1 A 7.0 ACTION ITEMS ACTION RESP. ORG. DUE DATE None 8.0 MAPSCHEDULE INITIAL REVIEW DATE - 1/5/89 IMPLEMENTATION DATE - 1/31/89 LATEST REVIEW - 1/31/89 9

                                               ~

3

DATE: January 31, 1989 MAP - M03C1B O ( MAINTENANCE ACTION PLAN (MAP) MO3018 - Shop and Satellite Work Areas ' l 1.0 MAP DESCRIPTION / SCOPE i Shop space is available in the servicu and adjacent buildings for maintenance during plant operation. Satellite work areas are , constructed for refuel outage and other major activities as needed. l The work areas are supplied with environmental control, equipment, s tools, and services as needed. 1 i 2.0 MAP RESPONSIBILITIES  ! Maintenance Superintendent and staff j Facilities Services Supervisor i , 3.0 MAP PRIORITY

 ~

STARTUP YES NO X I BASIS - Adequate shop space now exists to maintain the plant during operation. Considerable shop space has been made available due to ) clean up efforts and the construction of the Maintenance Building , south of the Switchyard, which moved the supervisors offices and T&L assembly areas, offices and lunch rooms'out of the shop areas. Satellite areas are constructed as required with permission from l Plant Manager. COMMITMENT YES NO X BASIS - Not an NRC commitment 1

                   ~

l DATE: January 31, 1989 MAP - M03C1B O 4.0 MAP SOURCE DOCUMENTS / REFERENCES QJ FSAR NOAM I TECH SPECS C.HER INPO 1986. MA8-1 NM AG 86-02-NPS. D.1 PROCEDURES ORR Obi. 2.1.8.14 INPO Mart. A.1.b q NPP Vol.3 oaae 11-83 TROI M03C2 - Ill G FINDINGS / CONCERNS 5.0 MAP EVALUATION / STATUS A. Programmatic O The facilities availability and its usages is a management (/ decision based on number of craftsmen, work requirements, and work efficiency. The Conduct of Maintenance procedure, PMI-6.2, { paragraph 4.13, details management responsibility to provide the -{ facilities for support of maintenance needs.  ! l B. Implementation NMRG 86-02-NPS. D1 - Paint shop, insulator shop, Carpenter shop, Breaker Repair shop are to be moved to the new maintenance - building, north of switchyard. This facility is not complete. Due to budget cuts, no completion date has been set. ORR Obiective 2.1.8.14 - Space to store special equipment - space l needs to be allocated for storage of Electrical Maintenance equipment. Some environmental control will be necessary for some electrical test equipment. ' ypI Ill. caae 11-83-4.1.3 - Completion of the new building north of switchyard has been delayed. TROI M03C2 til G - Tool rooms cannot be consolidated nor " Hot" tool room expa,nded until the new maintenance building is completed so that Paint shop and Carpenter shop can be relocated to it. 2

DATE: February 13, 1989 MAP - M03C1B ('

       \

The Electrical Maintenance Shop has been cleared out. The desks , and filing cabinets for foreinan use were moved to the l maintenance building, south of the switchyard. Lunch room l facilities are now provided for all T&L personnel which are outside of the shop areas. The shop addition behind the electrical , maintenance shop was completed and some equipment is stored in this facility under the control of the tool room. More space is needed for electrical maintenance storage on a long term basis. This space must be environmentally controlled to prevent equipment damage. (see action item 1) The paint shop and the carpenter shop is to relocate to the new maintenance building, north of the switchyard, to allow the tool rooms to consolidate into their areas and also allow the " hot" tool , room to expand. The new maintenance building is not complete and a completion date has not been set. The planning organization has been ' O reloca'ted into the ground floor of the maintenance building, south

                                                                                                                  )

of the switchyard. This alleviated some of the crowding experienced when they were located in the Unit 1 condenser pullout area. The scheduling section is still located in that area. l This relocation is, however, a big improvement over their previous location. Satellite work areas will be set up as required. Any additional metal buildings to be installed inside the plant as temporary work areas are controlled by the TACF process (PMI-8.1). The existing shop and satellite work areas are presently adequate for operation. The need for completion of the l maintenance building , north of the switchyard, should be reviewed in one year after start-up to determine whether its completion will enhance the efficiency of the maintenance department. 6.0 MAP ACCEPTABILITY / PERFORMANCE EVALUATION 4 x Acceptable for. Startup Short Term Operations. Ref. INPO 1986 MA8-1. ORR obi. 2.1.8.14. INPO MART A1.b 3

4 DATE: February -13,1989 MAP - M03018

 .O            Acceptable for -                    Ref.                             '

O Long Term Operations X Acceptable for Ref. All objectives met ORR - Objective # 2.1.8.14 7.0 ACTION ITEMS ACTION RESP. ORG. DUE DATE

1. Provide a long term solution Maint. Supt. 1/1/90 '

to the electrical maintenance storage problem l 8.0 MAP SCHEDULE l INITIAL REVIEW DATE - 1-22-89 Y IMPLEMENTATION DATE -

                                                                                   'h j

LATEST REVIEW - 1-31-89

                               . Om 4

DATE: January 31, 1989 MAP - M03C1C b,a MAINTENANCE ACTION PLAN (MAP) MO301C - Laydown and Staging Areas 1.0 MAP' DESCRIPTION / SCOPE Maintenance activities which require laydown and staging area are planned. The plan defines outage support requirements, area use, and responsibilities for area upkeep and control. Items to be considered are:

                                                            . authorization for access, with provisions for security and fire protection labeling of facilities to designate responsibility and entry authorization 2.0 MAP RESPONSIBILITIES

(; Maintenance Superintendent ' Planning and Technical Supervisors 3.0 MAP PRIORITY STARTUP, YES X NO BASIS Self-imposed, by evaluation of this Map action iiem 3 must be completed COMMITMENT YES NO X BASIS None of the findings or other references indicate this is a commitment. 4.0 MAP SOURCE DOCOMENTS/ REFERENCES 1

DATE: January 31, 1989 l MAP - M03C1C l p FSAR NOAM

 %)

TECH SPECS OTHER INPO 85-38 auidelines

                                                                                                  ~

l PROCEDURES MMI-1. MMG-009. BF-13.1 l BF-2.23. BF-2.24. BF-2.18 PMI-2.3. PMI-2.15. PMI-2.16 I FINDINGS / CONCERNS j 1 l l 5.0 MAP EVALUATION / STATUS { A. Programmatic A program instruction for lay down and staging areas does not f exist. Work activities which require laydown and staging areas require detailed instructions. The details for laydown and staging areas should be addressed in the work activity O instruction. Work instructions are developed in accordance with V writer's guides. The maintenance writer's guides do not provide ' specific information on laydown and staging areas. Maintenance writer's guides need revising to specify that laydown areas be included in maintenance instructions. (see ation item 1) B. Implementation Verification As part of this MAP evaluation a limited review of MMI-1 and l MMG-009 was performed. The laydown and staging area was l addressed in MMI-1 and referenced TVA drawings 47200-18 l and -19 to detail authorized laydown and staging areas. However, I MMG-009 did not provide information on placement of the turbine components. Maintenance writer's guides need revising to specify that laydown area be included in maintenance instructions (see action item 1) l The implementation findings indicates that a weakness may exist l in the BOP instructions concerning component laydown areas. Due 9 to the time limit,ation_s of the review, a similar weakness may be found in the safety-related instructions. 2 _ ___=__= _ _-

q i I DATE: March 13,1989 '

          ~

MAP - M03C1 C n f j Existing instructions involving the use of laydown and staging - i V areas will be reviewed and revised as needed. Any safety ) considerations found during the review will be evaluated prior to j startup. (see action item 3) Only laydown and staging areas addressed in the revised instructions will be used during operation. This condition is j considered adequate for short term startup. .

                                                                                                 )

The writer's guide will be revised to provide information in new { instructions on laydown and staging areas. Laydown and staging ( area information provided will include outage support  ! requirements, area use, and responsibilities for area upkeep and ' control. This action will enhance the maintenance program to 3 provide acceptance for long term operation. l 6.0 MAP ACCEPTABILITY / PERFORMANCE EVALUATION i 1 X Acceptable for - Ref. This is an enhancement 8 j Startup Short Term Operations. to maint. instructions  ! Acceptable for - Ref. i Long Term Operations Acceptable for Ref. ORR - Objective # i 4 i I 7.0 ACTION ITEMS ACTION RESP. ORG. DUE DATE  !

1. Revise the writer's guide Elect / Mech 7/1/89 for identifying and using Planning and maintenance laydown and Technical staging area in accordance with this MAP t 1
2. Evaluate and change existing Elect / Mech 7/1/89 maintenance instructions as Planning and 8

{ necessary to identify Technical laydown and staging areas 3 9i

m ~ 4 DATE: March 13,1989 MAP - M03C1C l l l l b 3. Perform evaluation of any Elect / Mech 7/1/89 safety considerations developed Planning and during instructions review. Technical l 8.0 MAP SCHEDULE 1 INITIAL REVIEW DATE -12/29/88 IMPLEMENTATION DATE - LATEST REVIEW - 1/31/89 1 1 0 -  ! i I 1 i i S I 4 s

DATE: March 6,1989 MAP - M03C1 D

 \)                                                                                MAINTENANCE ACTION PLAN (MAP) i MO3C1 D - Storage Facilities 1.0 MAP DESCRIPTION / SCOPE Controlled access facilities for high activity items are maintained in      l the Customer Service Center (CSC) in the service building. Storage facilities for bulk items and slow moving items are maintained either onsite at the Warehouse Complex or at the Hartsville Site. These facilities are adequate for storage of all inventory and direct charge materials necessary to support plant operations. These storage facilities are classified, controlled and maintained in accordance with ANSI N45.22 to prevent damage or deterioration to stored materials.

2.0 MAP RESPONSIBILITIES ('

 \j) s                                                         BFN Site Director; Material and Procurement Service Supervisor; Maintenance Superintendent; Planning and Engineering Supervisor 3.0 MAP PRIORITY STARTUP                 YES         NO X BASIS - Storage facilities are acceptable                                   l COMMITMENT              YES         NO X BASIS - Storage facilities not addressed by NPP Vol 3 4.0 MAP SOURCE DOCUMENTS / REFERENCES FSAR                                      NOAM      Part lil. Sect. 2.2 TECH SPECS                                O mER     INPO 85-38 auidelines NPP Vol 3 oace ll-83 PROCEDURES SDSP-16.3. BFSP-16.4
                                                                                         ~

FINDINGS / CONCERNS ORR Obi. 2.1.8.14 NMRG. D-1 1

q

                                                                             . DATE:       March 6,1989;       .j MAP - M03C1 D l
 /3                                                                                                             l V                                                                                    .                         !

5.0 MAP EVALUATION / STATUS I g A. Programmatic I Program document BF-16.4 details the need and type of storage facilities needed.- B. Implementation Verification Controlled facilities for high-use supplies and parts are maintained in the service building. Bulk items and slower turnover items are maintained in storage facilities located at the warehouse complex. Inventory items were evaluated and those which had no activity in a five to ten years were sent to the Hartsville Site for storage. 1 I Storage and identification of safety-related and j

 /9                       nonsafety-related items are maint'ained by use of color coded bin                       l h                        identification labels and material receipt labels. Materials received for safety related activities are identified by a pink label or tag. Nonsafety-related items are identified by a white or -

buff color tag. The storage facilities are assigned one of fou'r levels of storage classification in accordance with ANSI N45.2.2. Storage temperature and humidity restrictions as delineated in ANSI are verified on a daily basis by checking manual clockwork activated j Hygrothermograph recorders. Housekeeping and cleanliness j standards are inspected and corrected on a' weekly basis with a q followup OC audit on a quarterly basis. These existing storage facilities are adequate to support plant operations. However these facilities are also used to store all materials which are needed to support plant modifications. This condition places a strain on the existing facilities' capabilities. . A new facility to replace the warehouse complex for material 9 storage is und,er co,nstruction and will be ready for material storage by 6-1-89. This will alleviate some of the concern for storage of the modification material. The present plan outlines 2  ;

                 .      .                  .. . .         ,    _ . . . . . _    . . ,   ..      ,    . _ , . j
   +

DATE: - March 6,1989 MAP - M03C1 D  ! ['} all existing warehouses with the exception of the lumber shed

 \>                     and wa:ehouse B2 will be removed after the material is located in the new facility. There is a concern that the new facility cannot support the storage of all existing material which is ensite and on order for the anticipated maintenance and modification needs.                                                    ;

6.0 MAP ACCEPTABILITY / PERFORMANCE EVALUATION x Acceptable for - Ref. Section 5.0 Startup Short Term Operations. Acceptable for - Ref. Long Term Operations l Acceptable for Ref. l ORR - Objective # 2.1.8.14  ; 7.0 ACTION ITEMS I l ACTION RESP. ORG. DUE DATE I ( )

 \_/       1.      Obtain approval from Site                   Material and         4-15-89 Director to maintain existing         Procurement Services                  ;

storage facilities until major < modification work is completed for units 1 and 3. l j i l CONCURRENCE Sianed bv: B.Tvnan / NAME DATE , l 8.0 MAP SCHEDULE j i l INITIAL REVIEW DATE- 1/2/89 IMPLEMENTATION DATE-

                                         ~       ~

LATEST REVIEW - 1/31/89

DATE: January 31, 1989 0 MAP - M03C1 E  ! lO V MAINTENANCE ACTION PLAN (MAP) MO3C1 E - Temporary Facilities 1.0 MAP DESCRIPTION / SCOPE Temporary facilities are constructed when needed to support maintenance activities. Prior to construction, work efficiency, industrial safety, and radiological control are considered in their l design. Necessary services, such as electrical power, compressed air, , water, and lighting are also included when required.  ! 2.0 MAP RESPONSIBILITIES i Maintenance Superintendent  ! 3.0 MAP PRIORITY c O)

 '\ /                 STARTUP                 YES        NO._X_.                                                    !

BASIS - This activity is not a start-up item because temporary facilities are easily removed or installed as work i conditions change. l

                                                                                                                     \

COMMITMENT YES NO X l BASIS This activity is not a start-up commitment because it does not need to be fullfilled, just capabilities identified, prio'r to start-up. - 4.0 MAP SOURCE DOCUMENTS / REFERENCES FSAR  !

                                                                .NOAM TECH SPECS                                 OTHER       INPO 85-038 auidelines                  !

PROCEDURES PMI-8.1  ! 4 FINDINGS / CONCERNS . - l i j i

                                                                 ..                            .,..._.........a
 ~

DATE: January 31, 1989 l MAP - M03C1 E 5.0 MAP EVALUATION / STATUS I l A. Programmatic i The, Conduct of Maintenance procedure PMI- 6.2 defines the 1 responsibility of management to provide both clean and 1 radioactive contamination controlled facilities to support 1 maintenance as needed. Special temporary facilities required to support activities involving air-borne radioactivity and I contamination control are erected on an as-needed basis to keep the plant free from radioactive contamination. The placement of major temporary facilities is controlled through the plants desi0n change program, PMI 8.1 to ensure that the additional use of power, air, water, etc. does not overload installed plant systems. j l B. Implementation Verification ' O D/ Temporary facilities are currently being used for MOVATS, painter shops, intake structure work, turbine work , tool repair, snubber test and repair, circuit breaker repair and PM. These facilities can be removed when conditions change or the work is  ! completed. Special temporary facilities have been erected to  ! support the reactor water clean-up pump overhaul and the dryer / separator lifting beam modification. Temporary housing-trailers have also been utilized to support contractor space needs i during the plant procedure writing activity, i 6.0 MAP ACCEPTABILITY / PERFORMANCE EVALUATION  : i x Acceptable for - Ref. PMI 6.2 Startup Short Term Operations.  ! Acceptable for - Ref. l Long Term Operations j Acceptable for Ref. j ORR - Objective  ! l 1

i DATE: February 1,1989 MAP - M03C1 E 7.0 ACTION ITEMS ACTION RESP. ORG. DUE DATE

1. Maintenance section supervisors Maint. Supt. 6/1/89 review temporary facilities and determine acceptability.

8.0 MAP SCHEP.'lLE INITIAL REVIEW DATE - 12/29/88 IMPLEMENTATION DATE - 1 LATEST REVIEW - 1/31/89 l 1 s i

  \

l 4 i l 1 l f i 3  ;

                                                                                                     )
           ~

DATE: January 31, 1989 l MAP - M03C1 F O (,) MAINTENANCE ACTION PLAN (MAP) M03C1F - Decontamination Facility 1.0 MAP DESCRIPTION / SCOPE Adequate decontamination facilities are available and used to reduce the volume of disposable solid waste and return reusable material l without delaying maintenance activities. Prior to shipping msterial l for decontamination, adequate facilities are provided to monitor and separate clean and contaminated material. I 2.0 MAP RESPONSIBILITIES Water and Waste: Processing Group 3.0 MAP PRIORITY STARTUP YES NO X BASIS - There is no regulatory or operability requirement associated with the exister.ce or operation of these facilities. COMMITMENT YES NO X BASIS - There is no regulatory or operability requirement associated with the existence or operation of these facilities. 4.0 MAP SOURCE DOCUMENT 9 REFERENCES ! FSAR NOAM TECH SPECS OTHER INPO 85-038 ' MPP Vol 3 oaae ll-83 PROCEDURES RCI-1. SDSP 23.1. BF 7.9. RCl-19. RWl-104. RCl-14. RWSIL-9. TI-87 4 FINDINGS / CONCERNS , N/A 1

l l' DATE: January 31, 1989 MAP - M03C1 F tO G l 5.0 MAP EVALUATION / STATUS i A. Programmatic SDSP 23.1, "Radwaste Volume Reduction Program," describes  ; methods of volume reduction, radwaste capabilities and the i objectives of the Radwaste Volume Reduction Committee. BF 7.9, "Radwaste and Radioactive Material Receipt, Packaging and Transportation," establishes the responsibilities for various plant organizations and their role in volume minimization. l RCl-19, " Waste Material Segregation Monitoring," provides the i monitoring requirements for the release of materials from the  ! regulated areas of the plant. l l RWi-104, " Trash Fisk and Segregation Facility Operation," O . provides guidance for the operation of the Trash Frisk and j (/ Segregation Facility including the recovery of reusable protective clothing and tools and the segregation of waste into various . categories for proper processing. RCI-14, " Radiological Incident Determination and Reporting," provides the possibility of disciplinary action against personnel who "take or leave unnecessary materials, which may become radwaste, into the regulated area." RWSIL-9, "Radwaste Controller Field Observations," provides the requirement that the Radwaste Controller (s) observe and critique the operation of the trash frisking facility. In April of 1988 a feasibility study was completed for the procurement of an Automated Dry Active Waste Segregation System. The conclusion of this study was that the automated frisking of material provided a more conservative technique for the release of material from green-bag trash as well as the 4 technology for the removal of clean material from the yellow-bag trash.

                                           *    ~

2 L-___ __ _ _ _ _ _

                                              ~      '     -    ' ~ ' '      ~                  ~
                  .                                                                                   1 DATE: Fcbruary 3,1989 MAP - M03C1 F O          The above referenced instructions provide for the frisking and release of material from green-bag trash (trash from the radiologically controlled area that is "not expected to be radioactive"). Material from yellow-bag trash (trash from the radiologically controlled area that is potentially radioactive) is not frisked or released, only segregated for reuse, disposal, or further processing.

TI-87, " Operation of the Decontamina9n Facility, "provides the necessary instructions for the operation of the decontamination facility equipment and implementation of the decontamination program. B. Implementation Verification A decontamination facility and a separation station exist at i Browns Ferry. Efficient operation of the decontamination facility is ensured

      /          through the timely review of the Decontamination Daily Report
      \          WWP Form 110(D), Equipment Decon Foreman Daily Status Report W&WP Form 413, and the use of Radwaste Work Requests, TVA Form 19592. Data provided in the Monthly Operational Report shows a dramatic decrease in radwaste volumes generated and shipped since July of 1987.

Water and Waste Processing has an internal commitment to review the performance of the minimization program /offort. 6.0 MAP ACCEPTABILITY / PERFORMANCE EVALUATION X Acceptable for - Ref. Criteria in sect 1.0 is met Startup Short Term Operations. X Acceptable for - Ref. Criteria in sect. l.0 is met Long Terrn Operations Acceptable for Ref. ORR - Objective # N/A

                                                                                                ~
l. . .

r L g *W Ge et $ A *

                                                                                              ,   , f

DATE: February 13,1989 MAP - M03C1 F O 7.0 ACTION ITEMS ACTION RESP. ORG. DUE DATE None 8.0 MAP SCHEDULE l lNITIAL REVIEW DATE - 12-14-88 IMPLEMENTATION DATE - 1/31/89 i LATEST REVIEW - 1/31/89 O ~

                                            ~

i l 1 i 4 l

DATE: February 1,1989 ) MAP - M03C1G 1 h Q MAINTENANCE ACTION PLAN (MAP) I M03C1G - Office Spaces l 1.0 MAP DESCRIPTION / SCOPE l l Sufficient office space is provided for personnel requiring a desk and office use. i 1 2.0 MAP RESPONSIBILITIES Maintenance Superintendent 3.0 MAP PRIORITY STARTUP YES NO X l f BASIS - None of the findings or other references indicate

   \g                  this is a startup requirement or a commitment.

COMMITMENT YES NO X BASIS - None of the findings or other references indicate this is a startup requirement or a commitment. 4.0 MAP SOURCE DOCUMENTS / REFERENCES FSAR NOAM TECH SPECS OTHER PROCEDURES SDSP23.1 FINDING / CONCERN NMRG recort 86-02-NPS. D_L Vol.3 nace 11-83 INPO 85-038 ORR Obi. 2.1.8.14 1 1

DATE: February 13, 1989 MAP - M03C1G (D V 5.0 MAP EVALUATION / STATUS k A. Programmatic  ! l i The conduct of maintenance procedure PMI-6.2 paragraph 4.13 J states that-maintenance tools and facilities shall be made available in sufficient quantity, maintained, and stored to enhance the conduct of maintenance. Office space is a facility requirement which must be considered as part of the Maintenance l Improvement Plan. l B. Implementation Verification As the result of the NMRG finding, a new maintenance building with an additional space of 11,000 sq. ft. was constructed and was occupied November 1986. Approximately 5000 sq. ft. of the additional space was used for offices. O The Planning and Scheduling Section was divided into two (b sections. The planning scoping group was relocated to the lower section of the maintenance building providing approximately 400 sq. ft. of office space. The scheduling group remained in place and took over the vacated space. This move reduced the overcrowding in the planning and scheduling area. Nuclear Performance Plan, Vol. 3, page 11 facilities and tools are essential to the conduct of maintenance. BFN has recently added one additional maintenance building to alleviate overcrowding in the shop areas. An additional building will be constructed to further enhance the conduct of maintenance. The additional building (" breaker") identified in NPF Vol 3, page

ll-83 was specifically for shop space. However, the additional shop space would have allowed relocation of personnel and open space which could be converted to office space, if needed. This additional building outer shell has been constructed. The e reduction in funding _and personnel has forced a reevaluation of the building's continued construction. Construction has been terminated until a decision has been made.

2 1

DATE: February 15, 1989 MAP - M03C1G Office spaces for maintenance managers, engineers, engineering aides, maintenance specialist, foreman and clerical support is l adequate. Even more space will be available due to reduction in l the number of plant personnol.

                          ~

6.0 MAP ACCEPTABILITY / PERFORMANCE EVALUATION X Acceptable for - Ref. 5.B section Startup Short Term Operations. Acceptable for - Ref. Long Term Operations X Acceptable foi - Ref. ORR 2.1.8.14 ORR - Objective 2.1.8.14 7.0 6.QTION ITEMS l l ACTION RESP. ORG. DUE DATE l 1 l

1. Complete construction of the Site Dir. 6/1/90 -
 \s          interior of the " breaker" building when budget allows.

t 8.0 MAP SCHEDULE INITIAL REVIEW DATE - 12-14-88 IMPLEMENTATION DATE - LATEST REVIEW - 1/31/89 l l l 1 l 3 3 l

l DATE: March 6,1989 MAP - M03C2

 /G b                                                       MAINTENANCE ACTION PLAN (MAP)

M03C2 - Tool and Equipment. Storage - 1.0 MAP DESCRIPTION / SCOPE  : l Adequate environmentally controlled storage is provided for all tools { and support equipment. The storage of tools and equipment is j strategically located in the plant for ready accessability. Special I tnols and equipment stored for long periods between use are tagged and stored outside the plant. These items are readily retrievable when needed. Tools which are used in contaminated areas have controlled storage and issue areas within the radiological control l zone to prevent the spread of contamination. 2.0 MAP RESPONSIBILITIES l

 /^\                                 Materials and Procurement Services l

3.0 MAP PRIORITY j i STARTUP YES NO X BASIS - Documentation does not indicate startup priority. COMMITMENT YES NO X BASIS - Documentation does not indicate startup commitment. 4.0 MAP SOURCE DOCUMENTS / REFERENCES FSAR NOAM TECH SPECS OPER INPO 85-038 NPP Vol 3 eaae ll-83. PROCEDURES SDSP19.14 FINDINGS / CONCERNS - NMRG D-1.INPO Mart. l.5.b. l.5.h. l.5.i. l.5.i 9 , ORR Obi. 2.1.8.13.2.1.8.14 1

~

DATE: March 13,1989 MAP - M03C2 , (s' 5.0 MAP EVALUATION / STATUS A. Programmatic l Tool and equipment storage is controlled by SDSP 19.14 I requirements.

                                                                                                                  )

1 Computer printouts are available to locate items that have been barcoded. B. Implementation Verification l Excess tools are being removed from warehouse 8. Space is becoming available for storage of special tools, equipment, and routine tools and support equipment. Tools used inside the RCA are stored inside the turbine building toolroom and the contamination toolroom on elevation 565. (see action item 1) 6.0 MAP ACCEPTABILITY / PERFORMANCE EVALUATION _X_ Acceptable for - Ref. Criteria of sec.1.0 is met Startup Short Term Operations. X Acceptable for - Ref. Criteria of sec.1.0 is met Long Term Operations Acceptable for Ref. ORR - Objective #2.1.8.13. 2.1.8.14 7.0 ACTION ITEMS - ACTION RESP. ORG. DUE DATE

1. Make warehouse available for Materials and 6/30/89 storage of special tools and Procurement Sec equipment.

8 CONCURRENCE Sianed bv: B. Tvnan / NAME 2/1/89 DATE 2 '

DATE: March 6,1989 MAP - M03C2 8.0 MAP SCHEDULE INITIAL REVIEW DATE - 12/14/88 IMPLEMENTATION DATE - 1/31/89 LATEST REVIEW - 2/1/89 O

                                                     ~

q . . 3

                        .                                                                                    l l

DATE: January 31, 1989 MAP - M03C3 l l w.) MAINTENANCE ACTION PLAN (MAP) M03C3 - Office Equipment j 10 MAP DESCRIPTION / SCOPE Office equipment (computers, word processors, printers, etc.) is available to support the maintenance organization efficiently in I

                                                                                                             .d completing work in a high quality manner.

2.0 MAP RESPONSIBILITIES Maintenance Superintendent 3.0 MAP PRIORITY I STARTUP YES_. NO X BASIS - Action items listed are not required to be completed before

 \,_/        start-up. The office equipment that is presently in use is adequate                               j for start-up. The existence of more equipment and more access to the various data bases will however enhance the efficiency of the maintenance groups.

COMMITMENT YES NO X BASIS - Not an NRC commitment l . 4.0 MAP SOURCE DOCUMENTS / REFERENCES FSAR NOAM TECH SPECS OTHER INPO 85-038 INPO Mart B.3.i. F.1.c PROCEDURES FINDINGS / CONCERNS ,_ ORR Obi. 2.1.8.14 NMRG D-1. Self assessment 2.1.8.13 9 , TROI - M03 C.1.8 til F 1

DATE: January 31, 1989

.                                                                                           MAP - M03C3 O

i INPO MART - Access codes will be provided for maintenance V personnel. Electrical maintenance needs more access codes to access l the MR, PM, and SI databases (see action item 1). I & C, Electrical, and Mechanical Technical Sections need more access to the NPRDS i database (see action item 2). PMI-6.2 - Revise PMI 6.2 to define the l responsibility of management to provide office equipment to support l maintenance as required (see action item 3). 1 5.0 MAP EVALUATION / STATUS q A. Programmatic Presently the requirements for maintenance office equipment is not covered under any program. (see action item 3) . B. Implementation Verification Maintenance has adequate computer terminals located in the planning and engineering areas. Personnel having access codes i allowing entry into the computer files is adequate in all  ! ud maintenance areas except electrical. Adequate personal computers and printers are available for use by maintenance personnel. Adequate office space exists for the location of computer terminals, printers and word processors. Limited computer access to the NPRDS plus information (acc.essed through the TVA mainframe) is available. The scheduling group has access and the Preventive Maintenance Section has access. These groups presently provide NPRDS support for the maintenance group. Presently the maintenance engineers do not have direct i g access to the NPRDS plus database. 6.0 MAP ACCEPTABILITY / PERFORMANCE EVALUATION p lt X Acceptable for - Ref. Eauioment is ohvsically j Startup Short Term Operations in olace and adeauate Acceptable for - Ref.  ! Long Term Operations Acceptable for Ref. ORR - Objective, 2

DATE: March 13,1989 f MAP - M03C3 [\ 7.0 ACTION ITEMS ACTION RESP. ORG. DUE DATE

1. Electrical Maintenance will obtain Elec. Tech. 6-1-89 more computer access codes for access to SI, PM, and MR databases.
2. Mechanical, I&C, Electrical Technical Elect /l&C 6-1-89 Sections will obtain direct access Mech. Technical to NPRDS data base.
3. Revise PMI-6.2 to define responsibility Maint. Programs 6-1-89 of management to provide office equipment to support maintenance as required.

1 i 8.0 MAP SCHEDULE INITIAL REVIEW DATE - 1-22-89 IMPLEMENTATION DATE - LATEST REVIEW - 1/31/89 l l8 3 $

DATE: Fcbruary 3,1989 MAP - M04C1 . l MAINTENANCE ACTION PLAN (MAP) M04C1 - Master Equipment List - 1.0 MAP DESCR;PTION/ SCOPE A listing of equipment, components and structures along with their safety classification, Seismic requirements, environmental requirements, and procurement levels for each unique identifier are provided. 2.0 MAP RESPONSIBILITIES Nuclear Engineering (NE) j 3.0 MAP PRIORITY STARTUP YES NO X V BASIS - M04C1 is part of an action plan to upgrade maintenance activities at BFN in response to an INPO Maintenance Assistance and Review Team (MART) during April - May 1988. Existing efforts are in I place until the final end product can be delivered in early 1990s. j COMMITMENT YES X NO BASIS - No commitment to have a master equipment list. I 4.0 MAP SOURCE DOCUMENTS / REFERENCES FSAR NOAM Part 1. ID-OAP-2.7 TECH SPECS OTHER B00 880531968 Memo from H.P. Pomrehn to C.E. Moore. INPO. dated 6-2-88. transmitting BFN . acticon olan for INPO MART. 9

  • PROCEDURES El 86-28. 86-38 1

DATE: February 13, 1989 MAP - M04C1 O l FINDINGS / CONCERNS - INPO MART 1988. D.5 - Plant equipment, components, and structures to be included in the maintenance program are not completely incorporated into a MEL. 5.0 MAP EVALUATION / STATUS A. Programmatic Presently the equipment listing provided by Nuclear Engineering is fragmented and does not meet the criteria of section 1.0. (see action item 1) B. Implementation Verification Presently the BFN Planners utilize the CSSC listing, the O-List, Appendix "R",10CFR50.49 for EO, OMDS list, and the PM list as tools to plan maintenance work. Routine work items evolve which are not detailed on these lists. In these cases, the planners will either work the item as CSSC or if time allows will request a ruling from NE on whether the item is a 0-List item or not. NE has been able to provide the needed information within a reasonable amount of time, however, it does cause a delay for the planners to perform their work and in some cases a delay for the maintenance crews to complete their work. Browns Ferry can support start-up and short term operation with the program as it is, but will be much more efficient and timely in meeting its schedules with a MEL. 6.0 MAP ACCEPTABILITY / PERFORMANCE EVALUATION X Acceptable for - Ref. See implementation Startup Short Term Operations verification Acceptable for - Ref. Long Term Operations 9 Acceptable for _ ORR - Objective # 2.1.8.19.01 Ref. 2

                                                  '   '       '          -^                  -

DATE: February 13, 1989 MAP - M04C1 O b 7.0 ACTION ITEMS 1 ACTION RESP. ORG. DUE DATE

1. Provide a Master Equipment List NE/NTB Early 1990s ]

(MEL) that includes the CSSC/Non i CSSC, the Q-List and the EQlS Listing [ capital projects #2564,2589) (see action item 1 of M17C1F)

2. Provide ongoing support for EQlS/ NE/NTB Ongoing Q-LIST /MEL. (see M1701F, Support action item 2) 8.0 MAP SCHEDULE O INITIAL REVIEW DATE -

1-29 89 IMPLEMENTATION DATE - LATEST REVIEW - 2/12/89 , I

                                                                                     'I
                             . D 3

DATE: February 13, 1989 MAP - M04C2A [ MAINTENANCE ACTION PLAN (MAP) M04C2A - Corrective Maintenance J 1.0 MAP DESCRIPTION / SCOPE Corrective maintenance is preformed when equipment or ccmponents 1 are malfunctioning and not performing their intended function, imminent failure conditions have been identified or they have failed. l Corrective maintenance is minimized by an effective preventive maintenance program, i l 2.0 MAP _ RESPONSIBILITIES I Maintenance Superintendent 3.0 MAP PRIORITY O STARTUP YES NO X *

                                                                                      )

b BASIS - Pending fullimplementation of the preventive } maintenance program, corrective maintenance is not hampered and startup is not adversely impacted. COMMITMENT YES X NO BASIS - NPP Vol. 3 commitment 4.0 MAP SOURCE DOCUMENTS / REFERENCES FSAR NOAM TECH SPECS OTHER NPP Vol 3. Commitments 15.17.18. 20.35.46 PROCEDURES FINDINGS / CONCERNS.- NRC Violation Number 88-24-09 1

DATE: February 13,1989 MAP - M0402A 5.0 MAP EVALUATION / STATUS A. Programmatic Plant Manager Instruction, PMI-6.2, Conduct of Maintenance, provides a general description of corrective maintenance. 1 Corrective maintenance is administratively controlled by Site Director Standard Practice, SDSP-7.6, Maintenance Request and Tracking. SDSP-6.7, Post Maintenance Testing, governs PMTs. - Corrective maintenance records are documented in accordance ,l with SDSP-2.5, QA records. PMI-6.8 establishes corrective to preventive maintenance ratio as a goal. 1 These procedures adequately addresses the criteria of section . 1.0. l B. Implementation Verification l (O v/ Equipment failures or malfunctions are identified on a Maintenance Request (MR) form and sent to the Work Control Group. The Work Control Group evaluates urgency, coordinates and schedules corrective maintenance consistent with other plant priorities and conditions. Corrective maintenance at BFN is performed in accordance approved work packages. The packages contain; approved instructions, material requirements, quality held points, safety precautions, etc. as necessary to perform the corrective maintenance. Verification is needed that foremen are provided with listings of personnel qualified in accordance with INPO Accreditation Program, from which to select and assign only qualified craftsmen to jobs. (see action item 1 of M01C3D) Minimization of corrective maintenance will be realized as l preventive mai,ntenance program improvements are accomplished. 2 l 1

DATE: March 14, 1989 MAP - M04C2A 8 There are numerous actions that need to be taken as program enhancements. (see action items 1-2) 6.0 MAP ACCEPTABILITY / PERFORMANCE EVALUATION i X Acceptable for - Ref. Basis - Statement in l Startup Short Term Operations, section 3B l Acceptable for - Ref. Long Term Operations Acceptable for __ ORR - Objective Ref. 7.0 ACTION ITEMS ACTION RESP. ORG. DUE DATE

1. Identify equipment / components to be covered by th 8 program (e.g.)e Equipment Categorization List in accordance with PMI-6.9. (see action item 8 of M04C28) preventive Preventive maintenance Maintenance
2. Refine existing standards (e.g. performance indicators) to assess the effectiveness of correctivo and preventive maintenance.

(see action item 1 of M04C28) 8.0 MAP SCHEDULE INITIAL REVIEW DATE - 1/22/89 IMPLEMENTATION DATE - LATEST REVIEW - 2/12/89 8 3 '

l DATE: March 6,1989 MAP - M04C2B [d

     \                            MAINTENANCE ACTION PLAN (MAP)                                                !

M04C2B - Preventive Maintenance 1 4 1.0 MAP DESCRIPTION / SCOPE i Preventive Maintenance is performed on important plant equipment to  ; enhance safety and equipment reliability. Activities and frequencies  ; are based on technical evaluations of source information, sound engineering practice and reliability-centered methods. PM activities are program controlled and reviewed to ensure that proper equipment is included and that the PM actions are appropriate. PM includes periodic maintenance, planned maintenance and predictive monitoring. 2.0 MAP RESPONSIBILITIES 1 Program - Maintenance Planning Technical Maintenance Superintendent

 ,          implementation - Discipline Maintenance Supervisor v

3.0 MAP PRIORITY l STARTUP YES X NO l BASIS - See action item 1-3 l COMMITMENT YES X NO BASIS - NPP Volume I, appendix 8 item #9 NCO-86-0156-121 complete 11/18/88 NPP Volume lil, attachment IV-2 item #34 ' NCO-86-0326-038 complete 11/17/88 NPP Volume lil, Attachment IV-2 item #33 BFC-87-0001-006 complete 10/15/88 1

l DATE: March 6,1989 l MAP - M04C2B  ! O 4.0 MAP SOURCE DOCUMENTS / REFERENCES V FSAR Chaoter 13 NOAM Vol ll Part 11 Section 2.1 l Section 13.6.4 i TECH SPECS OT1-lER NPP Vol 3. Attachment IV-2 Commitments 33.34. PROCEDURES e FINDINGS / CONCERNS NMRG E-i NMRG E-2 INPO 88 TS 5.1and SOER 86-03 M ART G.1.a. G.1.b. G.1.c. G.1.a. NRC Insoection Reoort 88-24-06 JNPO 88 MA 2.1

  "\     5.0 MAP EVALUATION / STATUS (G                                                                                           \

A. Programmatic j

1. Site Director Standard Practice, SDSP-6.2, Preventive  !

Maintenance Program, prescribes the comprehensive j preventive maintenance program. I

2. Site Director Standard Practice, SDSP-6.3, PM Scheduling and Tracking, controls the scheduling and tracking of l preventive maintenance tasks.
3. Plant Manager Instruction, PMI-6.4, Equipment Failure Trending Program, provides a mechanism to detect failure trends in equipment. i 4
4. Plant Manager Instruction, PMI-6.8, Preventive Maintenance Program Assessment, provides a planned, periodic assessment of the effectiveness of the Preventive Maintenance, Program.

2

{ DATE: March 6,1989 MAP - M04C2B ('s V

5. Plant Manager Instruction, PMI-6.11, Equipment Predictive i j Monitoring, provides the implementation of equipment predictive monitoring.
6. Plant Manager Instruction, PMI-6.22, Preventive Maintenance Program Upgrade Project provides for a systematic upgrade of PM activities on Unit 2.
7. Corporate Nuclear Maintenance is developing an Automated Maintenance Management System which will increase the effectiveness of Reliability Centered Maintenance methods.

(long term). These procedures adequately address the criteria under section 1.0. B. Implementation Verification Since implementation of the PM programmatic procedures listed 9 in "A" above, several enhancements have been identified that i should be taken to improve the program. The PM backlog on equipment to support Unit 2 operation must be eliminated prior to startup. (see action items 1-9) Action Items 1-3 listed in j section 7.0 must be completed prior to startup. l 6.0 MAP ACCEPTABILITY / PERFORMANCE EVALUATION O Acceptable for - Ref. l Startup Short Term Operations. j Acceptable for - Ref. l Long Term Operations j Acceptable for Ref. l ORR - Objective l 3 3 1 i I 4 -

                                                                                       ., . .. . j

l DATE: March 13,1989 l MAP - M04C2B f l \ 7.0 ACTION ITEMS V ACTION RESP. ORG. DUE QAIE

1. Revise PMI-6.8 to require separate Preventive 4/30/89 l monthly graphs for PM Scheduling Maintenance performance for equipment required to support Unit 2, and for equipment to support Unit 1, & 3,. This will allow greater attantion to PM for unit 2. (NRC Inspection Report 88-24-08)
2. Require the technical sections to Maint. Planning 5/30/89 review the PM database and identify & Technical Unit 1 and 3 and Common Unit PM items

, required to support Unit 2. (NRC Inspection Report 88-24-08). i 8 3. Perform or properly defer all safety-related PMs before startup (NRC Inspection Report 88-24-08). Maint. Supt. Startup

4. Initiate measures to protect Elect. Planning 8/1/89 electrical equipment when removed & Technical from service as well as during operation.

l Establish a program to inspect and clean electrical components that are exposed l to adverse environmental conditions. - l S. Revise the PM Data Sheet which inputs PM Section 5/30/89 l new or revised PM items to include.the . basis for the frequency at which the PM is performed.

6. Revise SDSP 6.3 to give guidelines for an PM Section 5/30/89 engineering evaluation to determine the suitability for operation of a component or piece of equipment that is deferred.

l 4 '

DATE: March 6,1989 MAP - M04C2B

7. Implement the Check Valve Evaluation Mech. Planning 6/1/89
     /]
     \

v and Monitoring Program (INPO 88' TS 5.1). & Techr.. cal

8. Implement the PM Program upgrade PM Section 9/30/89 project to determine appropriate Long-PM for selected unit 2 and common Term components. ,
9. Complete the AMMS Program. Corporate 1990 Nuclear Maintenance CONCURRENCE Sianed bv: David S. Simokins / 2/1/89 NAME DATE 8.0 MAP SCHEDULE INITIAL REVIEW DATE 12/23/88 v I IMPLEMENTATION DATE --

l l LATEST REVIEW - 2/13/89 l l l 5

DATE: February 2,1989 i MAP - M04C3 i (] v MAINTENANCE ACTION PLAN (MAP) M04C3 - Maintenance Action and Frequency Selection l 1.0 MAP DESCRIPTION / SCOPE  ; Maintenance action and the frequency is programmatically defined and l includes the following: regulatory and code requirements, vendor  ! recommendations, industry and plant experience, maintenance history, erigineering judgment, cost benefit evaluations, manpower, ALARA, and optimizing equipment or system availability during unit operating conditions.

                                                                                         ]

2.0 MAP RESPONSIBILITIES Preventive Maintenance Supervisor 3.0 MAP PRIORITY ( ) '

 'b'          STARTUP                 YES X          NO                                 ,

BASIS - Program is implemented COMMITMENT YES X NO l BASIS - Commitment in NPP Vol. 3, to have program procedures implemented . 4.0 MAP SOURCE DOCUMENTS / REFERENCES , FSAR NOAM l 1 TECH SPECS ODiER NPP Vol. 3 l PROCEDURES PMI-6.9. PMI-6.22. SDSP-6.2. SDSP-7.9 1 j l FINDINGS / CONCERNS ' 1 l l s . . . . . . I

DATE: January 31, 1989 MAP - M04C3 5.0 MAP EVALUATION / STATUS A. Programmatic ' Preventive Maintenance action and frequency selection at the present are accomplished in two existing PM programs. Items I were included in the older PM program, in existence since startup, l by applying good engineering judgment. Items included in the new I PM upgrade project receive a thorough engineering evaluation in accordance with PMI-6.22. The existing PM program is maintained through user feedback. Continual improvements and updating is done by using feedback forms that accompany each PM package. These forms provide relevant information regarding discrepancies, maintenance actions or frequency changes, recommendations for improvements, etc., and are evaluated and included in the program. Gradually, the new PM upgrade program replaces the old one as items are evaluated and included in the data base. The new program is estimated to be complete by June 1990. Plant Manager's Instruction PMI-6.9, Preventive Maintenance - Equipment Prioritization Categorization List, provides the programmatic controls for the identification of equipment to be evaluated for the PM Upgrade Program. The listing of equipment is selected from numerous regulatory, plant, and industry documents. Equipment covered by 10 CFR 50.49 requirements is excluded, and addressed by an other plant program, SDSP-7.7. Plant Manager's Instruction, PMI-6.22, Preventive Maintenance Program. Upgrade project address the maintenance action and frequency selection. This procedure provides a thorough and systematic evaluation of PM requirements, it covers numerous equipment parameters such as component history, failure modes, most probable failure cause, vendor recommendations, regulatory and code requirements in the evaluation process. Cost / benefit evaluations, available manpower, and ALARA are not t specifically evaluate,d individually by the PMI-6.22 process, however, they are considered in combination with other phases of the evaluations, examples include, the initial categorization of 2

DATE: February 13,1989 MAP - M04C3 the equipment list into five categories, and the maintenance and

 \      the design engineering reviews. The optimization of PM scheduling is done by the Work Control Group who prioritize and schedule all maintenance and their activities are governed by Site Director's Standard Practice SDSP-7.9, integrated Schedule and Work Control.                                                          l l

PMI-6.9 and PMI-6.22 adequately provide programmatic instructions necessary to identify, evaluate, prioritize and approve PM maintenance actions and frequency selection for the PM upgrade project. P'MI-6.22 does not, however, provide sufficient instructions concerning frequency for adding new items into the existing PM program. (See action item 1). B. Implementation Verification The PM section is staffed with a PM supervisor, three PM, TVA engineers, and 12 contractor personnel to manage the existing program and prepare the data base for the PM Upgrade Project. Thirty two component folders to date have completed the review cycle and are awaiting the preparation of PM instructions before inclusion in the data base. Nine hundred i forty-five individual components are affected. Twenty-nine component folders are now in the review cycle. Eleven hundred fifty-five components are affected. l Numerous other component folders are in the development l stages. All items being prepared for inclusion in the upgraded PM program have extensive evaluations and meet the criteria of Section 1.0. j l items occasionally being included in the old PM program do not  ! fully meet the criteria stated in section 1.0. PMI 6.22 should be changed to specify that the PM frequencies of new items included  ! t in the old progr,am, be in accordance with vendor recommendations, or have an engineering justification. (See action item 1). { 3  ;

                                    .                                         4

DATE: March 13, 1989 MAP - M04C3 eO

 \U)   C0   MAP ACCEPTABILITY / PERFORMANCE EVALUATION X    Acceptable for   -

Ref. Proaram in olace Startup Short Term Operations. Acceptable for - Ref. Long Term Operations ____ Acceptable for Ref. ORR - Objective # l 1 7.0 ACTlON ITEMS  ! l ACTION RESP. ORG. DUE DATE

1. Revise PMi-6.22, forms number PM Supervisor 6-30-89 29,30 and 31 to specify that the PM l

frequencies shall be in accordance with vendor's recommendations or 8 . provide an engineering justification, for new items included in the old PM program. I 8.0 MAP SCHEDULE INITIAL REVIEW DATE - 1-21-89 IMPLEMENTATION DATE - LATEST REVIEW - 2/12/89

8 4 5
    .                                                                                                     DATE: March 6,1989 1                                                                                                       MAP - M04C4
      ,                                                                  MAINTENANCE ACTION PLAN (MAP)

M04C4 - Failure Investigations l 1.0 MAP DESCRIPTION / SCOPE l I In order to achieve high reliability it is essential that good failure j investigations are made to prevent recurrences of the failure. Failure

    ]                                              Investigations are performed routinely on all failed components              )

y identified as LER's and are performed whenever a failure occurs on a . ll significant component which could result in a load reduction or a unit j; shutdown, or when the maintenance history indicates a failure trend. Included in this effort is the analysis of failure causes and identification of preventive actions that could improve component i reliability. I 2.0 MAP RESPONSIBILITIES

'( Maintenance Superintendent N

3.0 MAP PRIORITY STARTUP YES X NO BASIS NPP Vol Ill, page 1197 rev. 2. COMMITMENT YES X NO BASIS NPP Vol Ill, page 11-97 rev. 2. I! ' 4.0 MAP SOURCE DOCUMENTS / REFERENCES FSAR NOAM Part II. Section 2.1 Ij garaaraoh 5.4.5 Ii k TECH SPECS OTHER e

~!

1 '2' ,

DATE: March 6,1989 MAP - M04C4 /~'N Q l PROCEDURES PMI 6.13 l l FINDINGS / CONCERNS SALP 1985 -13.8, NMRG A-4, INPO 88 Finding OE.2-1, NRC Inspection l Report 88 02, IFI-83-56-03

                                                                                                 )

5.0 MAP EVALUATION / STATUS A. Programmatic Plant Manager Instruction, PMI-6.13, Failure Investigation of safety-related items, provides administrative guidance for performing, documenting, and tracking failure investigations. B. Implementation Verification Review a sampling of LER's to verify that failure investigations ( have been performed on those that were initiated due to ( component failure. (See action item 1)

                                                                                                ]

5 Review of PMI-6.13 implementation was conducted which verified j sufficient management review of failure investigations to verify that they are adequate and root cause is addressed. Failure l investigations receive a section review, group review, and a maintenance superintendent review.  ; 6.0 MAP ACCEPTABILITY / PERFORMANCE EVALUATION X Acceptable for - Ref. Proaram orocedure.  ! Startup Short Term Operations. PMi 6.13 is issued  ; (also see M15C3A) {

            . Acceptable for -                      Ref.

Long Term Operations I Acceptable for Ref. BF Self-Assessment 8/88 ORR - Objective #2.1.8.27 2 i

                 *       *'        '  ~~      -         c  - ~'            -   .___-_x_________

DATE: March 6,1989 l MAP - M04C4 7.0 ACTION ITEMS l A_CTION RESP. ORG. DUE DATE

1. Survey LER's initiated Quality 4-1-89 since 7/21/87 to verify that FI's Surveillance 1 were initiated as a result of component failures as specified.

CONCURRENCE Sianed bv: L.W. Jones / 2/1/89 NAME DATE 8.0 MAP SCHEDULE INITIAL REVIEW DATE - 12/23/88 IMPLEMENTATION DATE - LATEST REVIEW - 2/12/89 i i Y 3 I l

           .                    _ . .         .~ . . . . -       . .             .                 . .

DATE: January 31, 1989 MAP - M04C5 q (Q MAINTENANCE ACTION PLAN (MAP) \m/ M04C5 - Scheduling 1.0 MAP DESCRIPTION / SCOPE Preventive Maintenance actions are scheduled at appropriate intervals and to the extent practical, combined with corrective maintenance activities on the same equipment and with other related maintenance based on equipment similarity or proximity. l 2.0 MAP RESPONSIBILITIES Scheduling and Work Control Section 3.0 MAP PRIORITY START UP YES X NO O BASIS - NPP Vol 3 section 114.1.6 is complete. COMMITMENT YES X . NO j BASIS - NPP Vol 3 section 11- 4.1.6  ! 4.0 MAP SOURCE DOCUMENTS / REFERENCES FSAR NOAM yol 11. Part II. Section 2.1 TECH SPECS OTHER NPP Vol Ill.section 114.1.6 PROCEDURES SDSP-6.3. SDSP-7.9 FINDINGS / CONCERNS INPO Evaluation 88.0A.1d

      !                                                                                   i 1

s a. a a

DATE: February 13, 1989 MAP - M04C5 [~ 5.0 MAP EVALUATION / STATUS ( A. Programmatic '

1. Site Director Standard Practice, SDSP-7.9, Integrated j

. Schedule and Work Control, establishes the responsibilities i of the Work Control Group, and the methods of schedule j development and approval. This standard practice requires { a 28-day rolling schedule to be developed based upon St J performance, system outage windows, required PM's, corrective maintenance, and modification.s.

2. Site Director Standard Practice, SDSP-6.3, Scheduling and Tracking, provides for the establishment and implementation of a scheduling and tracking system for preventive maintenance tasks.

B. Implementation Verification l An integrated 28-day,4-day and daily schedule is being d produced. These schedules control the maintenance activities and provide appropriate supervision and support for the schedule. PM items are scheduled and worked into the integrated schedule. A verification, however, is needed to confirm full compliance with SDSP-7.9. (see action item 2 of , M01C2A) Ths Automated Maintenance Management System 4 provide the long term scheduling process. (see action item 9 of M04C2B) 1 6.0 MAP ACCEPTABILITY / PERFORMANCE EVALUATION Acceptable for - Ref. , Startup Short Term Operations. Acceptable for - Ref. Long Term Operations Acceptable for Ref. BFN Self-Assessment 8/88 ORR - Objective #2.1.8.21 2

DATE: March 13,1989 MAP - M04C5

 ;   7.0 ACTION ITEMS ACTION                           RESP. ORG.          DUE DATE
1. Complete the AMMS program.

(same as action item 9 of M04C2B) 8.0 MAP SCHEDULE INITIAL REVIEW DATE - __ 12/10/88 IMPLEMENTATION DATE - LATEST REVIEW - 2/12/89 l l 8 .

                                                             ~

8 1 , a ,! l l

f DATE: January 31, 1989 MAP - M04C6 MAINTENANCE ACTION PLAN (MAP) M04C6 - Rework 1.0 2AP DESCRIPTION / SCOPE The monitoring of rework is procedurally controlled and the intent is to minimize rework. Rework control is necessary in order to reduce recurring corrective maintenance. 5 2.0 MAP _MSPONSIBILITIES Maintenance Supervisor Maintenance Planning and Technical Sections 3.0 MAP PRIORITY l STARTUP YES_ NO X BASIS - Monitoring of rework is an enhancement to the maintenance 3 program and is not required for unit startup. COMMITMENT YES NO X BASIS - No commitments could be found to roquire that rework be monitored. , 4.0 MAP SOURCE DOCUMENTS / REFERENCES FSAR NOAM I TECH SPECS OTHER l PROCEDURES PMI-6.2.PMI-6.13. SDSP-6.2. SDSP-7.6 FINDINGS / CONCERNS

;                                                                                 I 1

1 DATE: February 15, 1989 MAP - M04C6 9 5.0 MAP EVALUATION / STATUS (V l l A. Programmatic Plant Manager Instruction PMI-6.2, Conduct of Maintenance sets specific goals and provides a definition of rework. Rework, i however, is not sufficiently controlled by procedures to ensure < that the necessary evaluations are made. B. Implementation Verification I Rework control is inadequately monitored to meet the objectives

                                                         ~

of this program. Procedural controls have has not been written, j therefore, the means to assess rework are inadequate. . 6.0 MAP ACCEPTABILITY / PERFORMANCE EVALUATION Acceptable for - Ref. hL/ Startup Short Term Operations. Acceptable for - Ref. Long Term Operations l Acceptable for Ref. BFN Self-Assessment 8/88 i ORR - Objective #2.1.8.10.7 l 7.0 ACTION ITEMS ACTION RESP. ORG. D_UE DATE

1. Revise existing procedures or Maint. Supt. 7-1-89 develop a new instruction to ensure that rework is adequately identified I and evaluated.

8.0 MAP SCHEDULE INITIAL REVIEW DATE - 01/15/89 IMPLEMENTATION ( DATE - LATEST REVIEW - 2/14/89 2

DATE: February 1,1989 MAP - M05C1 A l l

   !n V'

1 I MAINTENANCE ACTION PLAN (MAP) M05C1 A - Procedure Identification and Classification 1.0 MAP DESCRIPTION / SCOPE 4 Maintenance procedures to be developed are identified by each maintenance technical discipline or assigned organization. They are i selected based upon NRC commitments and importance to safety using  ! the BFN's PRA and plant needs as guidance. Subsequently they are ' f classified for prioritized writing efforts. I l l ! 2.0 MAP RESPONSIBILITIES l Electrical Technical Group I&C Technical Group ' Mechnical Technical Group 3.0 MAP PRIORITY STARTUP YES X NO BASIS - NPP Vol. 3, section 2.4 requires the upgrade of procedures , needed to support safe operation prior to startup. Action { items 1thru 4 of this MAP needs to be completed for startup. 1 COMMITMENT YES X NO i BASIS - NPP Vol. 3, section 2.4 requires the upgrade of procedures l needed to support safe operation prior to startup. i I 4.0 MAP SOURCE DOCUMENTS / REFERENCES 1 FSAR , , NOAM Part 1. section 2.5 1

i 1 DATE: January 30, 1989 MAP - M05C1 A j i TECH SPECS Section 6.8.1 OTHER NPP Vol. 3 Sect. 2.5  ; NPP Vol. 3 Att.IV- 2  ! oa. 5 Commitment 14 PROCEDURES PMI-6.2. SDSP-7.6 i FINDINGS / CONCERNS NMRG findino F-2

SSFl Action item 67-69 86 INPO findina MA. 6-2 87 INPO findina MA. 6-2 SALP 84 cas. 3.12.14 SALP 85 cas.12.14 5.0 MAP EVALUATION /STA1_QS A. Programmatic Procedures identification and development is assigned to the Maintenance Technical Sections in PMI-6.2, Conduct of

, f-% Maintenance, paragraph 4.3.1.4, " Technical specialist (component experts) are responsible for providing written procedures and instructions for maintenance work on specific components." , When a maintenance procedure is needed and is not available, SDSP 7.6 states; "...the responsible Technical Section Supervisor - will provide engineering support as needed to write the detailed instructions, review and approval" Deficiencies were noted in BFN procedures in SALP and INPO  ! reports repeatedly. Due to the timeframe established for startup j of unit 2, the near term efforts of selecting and upgrading was i restricted to the most critical procedures. The selection process i for procedures upgrade is defined in NPP Volume 3 and in Generic j Letter 83-28 (L4 861204 804) as procedures which met the  ! following criteria: l ' I Maintenance required by Technical Specification. i Maintenance required by the Final Safety Analysis Report. 2 i

DATE: February- 13, 1989 MAP - M05C1 A (ml Recommended vendor maintenance associated with 1 environmental qualification.

                                            + Maintenance instruction associated with components selected     l on a reliability basis (PRA).                                    J Post-maintenance test instruction reviews required by previous NRC commitments. (Generic Letter 83-28 response).

These classifications are adequate to meet the criteria of section l 1.0. B. Implementation Verification Maintenance procedures required for startup have been upgraded and reported in NPP Vol. 3, revision 1, dated October,1988. Surveillance instructions are 88 percent complete. Programmatic procedures are in place, however, they require corporate review and approval. (see action items 1-4) ,

        \,

Remaining procedures have been identified and classified and are being upgraded as a continuation of the procedure upgrade process. Procedure upgrade is being tracked and will be continued as a long-term effort. j l A startup procedure list is maintained by the Site Procedure Group for tracking procedure status and ensures that startup procedures are available. The identification and classification process is acceptable to 1 meet the criteria of section 1.0. 6.0 MAP ACCEPTABILITY / PERFORMANCE EVALUATIOR Acceptable for - Ref. Startup Short Term Operations. Acceptable for - Ref. Long Term Operations 9 Acceptable for. ORR - Objective # Ref. 3

DATE: March 13,1989 MAP - M05C1 A 8 7.0 ACTIONITEMS ACTION RESP. ORG. DUE DATE

1. Complete surveillance instruction Planning and Prior to upgrade Technical Mgr. Startup l
2. Review temporary change history Planning and 6/1/89 for effectiveness of upgrade. Technical Mgr.
3. Submit programmatic procedures to Maint. Supt. 6/1/89 Nuclear Maintenance for concurrence.
4. Review programmatic procedures Corporate Nuclear 6/1/89 and provide concurrence. Maintenance I

CONCURRENCE SIGNED BY D. SIMPKIN 02/01/89 8 NAME

5. Perform surveillance of MRs DATE Site Quality 4/1/89 for adequacy of Work lnstruction Manager CONCURRENCE SIGNED BY L.W. JONES 02/01/89 NAME DATE
6. Upgrade remaining procedures Planning and 6/1/90 that were not revised for startup Technical Mgr.

I 8.0 MAP SCHEDULE l INITIAL REVIEW DATE - 1/28/89 IMPLEMENTATION DATE - LATEST REVIEW - 2/12/89 4 4 _ _ . _ . . _ _ _ . _ _ . - ------s-- -

DATE: March 6,1989 l MAP- M05C1 B f (\ MAINTENANCE ACTION PLAN (MAP) M05C1 B - Writer's Guide 1.0 MAP DESCRIPTION / SCOPE i Maintenance procedures are written in accordance with writer's i guides. These guides are consistent with and incorporate I requirements of the TVA Corporate Writer's Guide.

                                                                                                                                                                           ]

2.0 MAP RESPONSIBILITIES l Electrical Technical Group I&C Technical Group i Mechnical Technical Group i l

   ,n                                                                            3.0 MAP PRIORITY

()' STARTUP YES X NO l 1 BASIS - NPP Vol. 3, section 2.4 requires the upgrade of procedures needed to support safe operation prior to startup. Startup commitments have been met. ) COMMITMENT YES X NO BASIS - NPP Vol. 3, section 2.4 requires the upgrade of procedures { needed to support safe operation prior to startup. { l I i 1  ; l 4.0 MAP SOURCE DOCUMENTS / REFERENCES l l FSAR NOAM Part I. section 2.5 ' TECH SPECS section 6.8.1 OTHER NPP Vol. 3.section 2.4 i NPP Vol. 3 Att IV oa.5 i PROCEDURES SDSP-2.1. PMI-2.1 l l Commitment 14 i t P MI-2.3_ P M I-2.5 PMI-2.15. PMI-2.15

                                                                                                                                                                           )

i 1 1 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ . _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ . _ _ _ . _ _ _ _ _ 1

DATE: March 6,1989 MAP- M05C1 B

       /~N O

PMI-2.16. PMI-2.17 BF 13.1. PMI-2.19 FINDINGS / CONCERNS NMRG findina F-2 SSFI Action item 67-69 ' INPO 1986 findina MA. 6-2 INPO 1987 findina MA. 6-2

                                        .SALP 1984 cas.3.12.18                                 I SALP 1985 cas.12.14 5.0 MAP EVALUATION / STATUS l                A. Programmatic 1

The preparation of maintenance instructions is governed by several site and plant manager procedures. They include:

       \q/

V SDSP-2.1 Site Procedures and Instructions PMI-2.3 Style Guide for writing instructions PMI-2.5 Sun /eillance Instruction Writer's Guide to a Plant Manager's Instruction l PMI-2.15 Mechanical Maintenance Instruction' Writer's Guide l PMI-2.16 Format for Mechanical Maintenance Guidelines PMI-2.17 Instrument Maintenance Instructions Writers Guide BF-13.1 Format for Maintenance Instructions PMI-2.19 Electrical Maintenance instructions Writers Guide The Corporate Writer's Guide has not been implemented for use at BFN. BFN maintenance writer's guides comply with the Plant Manager Instruction PMI-2.3. (see action item 1) There are two different maintenance procedure formats in use. Procedures which have not been upgraded are formated in accordance with BF-13.1. Upgraded procedures are formated in accordance with PMI-2.3. 9 ~ SDSP-2.1, paragraph 6.4.2.1, states: "QA shall review and concur with ....new procedures .... procedures revisions that alter or delete 2

DATE: March 6,1989 MAP- M05C1 B QC inspection points" Writer's guides are technically adequate, however, there are too many. They need to be consolidated. (See action item 1). B. Implementation Verification Procedures are reviewed for compliance to writer's guides prior to issue by BFN Quality Department in accordance QMI-605.3. The review records are kept by the Quality Department in a computer base. Any deviations to writer's guide are resolved prior to issuing procedures. These reviews adequately meet the criteria in section 1.0. 6.0 MAP ACCEPTABILITY / PERFORMANCE EVALUATION X Acceptable for - Ref. Section 5B Startup Short Term Operations. 9 Acceptable for - Long Term Operations Acceptable for Ref. Ref. ORR - Objective # 7.0 - ACTION ITEMS ACTION RESP. ORG. DJJE DATE

1. Implement the Corporate Writer's Technical and 7/1/89 Guide and revise or consolidate Planning Supt.

writer's guides to meet TVAs Corporate Writer's Guide Site Procedures recommendations. CONCURRENCE Sioned bv J.D. Allen / 2/8/89 NAME DATE 3

DATE: March 6,1989 MAP- M05C1 B

                                                                      )

8.0 MAP SCHEDULE INITIAL REVIEW DATE - 12-12-88 IMPLEMENTATION DATE - 1/26/89 LATEST REVIEW - 2/6/89 > 1 I Ov l l l 4

DATE: February 1,1989 j MAP - M05C1 C MAINTENANCE ACTION PLAN (MAP) M05C10- Resources-l 1.0 MAP DESCRIPTION / SCOPE ' Sufficient resources are available to implement an effective procedure development and review program. , i 2.0 MAP RESPONSIBILITIES Electrical Technical Group - I&C Technical Group Mechnical Technical Group 3.0 MAP PRIORITY l STARTUP YES X NO '(L')' BASIS - NPP Vol. 3, section 2.4 requires the upgrade of procedures needed to support safe operation prior to startup. - COMMITMENT YES X NO BASIS - NPP Vol. 3, section 2.4 requires the upgrade of procedures needed to support safe operation prior to startup. Upgrade of remaining maintenance procedures is a long-term program commitment. 4.0 MAP SOURCE DOCUMENTS / REFERENCES FSAR NOAM Part I. section 2.5 TECH SPECS section 6.8.1 OTHER NPP Vol. 3.section 2.4 NPP Vol. 3 Att IV oa.5 PROCEDURES . _ . _ Commitment 14 9 FINDINGS / CONCERNS ' 'NMRG findino F-2 SSFl Action item 67-69 1

 .                             .                                                                     l J

DATE: February 13, 1989 s MAP - M05C1 C j INPO 1986 findina MA. 6-2 (O INPO 1987 findina MA. 6-2 ) SALP 1984 cas.3.12.18 ] SALP 1985 cas.12.14 l

 !                                                                                                   l 1        5.0 MAP EVALUATION / STATUS i

A. Programmatic l The Conduct of Maintenance Instruction, PMI-6.2, states; "each group is responsible for obtaining the appropriate resources to do its work." u L B. Implementation Verification l l: j q Startup maintenance procedures have been upgraded as stated in j NPP Vol. 3 revision 1, and are adequate for restart. Surveillance  ! instructions are 88 percent complete. Programmatic procedures are in place, however, corporate review and approval is needed. v Resources for continued procedure upgrade have been reduced due to budget constraints and other priorities. (see action items 1-6 of M05C1 A) 6.0 MAP ACCEPTABILITY / PERFORMANCE EVALUATION Acceptable for - Ref. Startup Short Term Operations. Acceptable for - Ref. u Long Term Operations [ Acceptable for. Ref. L ORR - Objective # 2 i

DATE: March 13,1989 MAP - M05C1C 7.0 ACTION ITEMS ACTION RESP. ORG. DUE DATE

1. See action items 1-6 of M05C1A i l

l 8.0 MAPSCHEDULE INITIAL REVIEW DATE - 12-12-88 l IMPLEMENTATION DATE - LATEST REVIEW - 1/26/89 l 8 . 8 3 $

I DATE: January 30, 1989 MAP - M05C2 1

   \

MAINTENANCE ACTION PLAN (MAP) MO5C2 - Procedure Verification , i i 1.0 MAP DESCRIPTION / SCOPE l Maintenance procedures receive an independent technical review by a qualified reviewer in accordance with approved site procedures pnor i to issue. They also receive an interdisciplinary review as i appropriate. l 2.0 MAP RESPONSIBILITIES f Maintenance Technical Group  ! I 3.0 MAP PRIORITY  ! C\j t STARTUP YES X NO - U BASIS - Procedure verification is required for startup as detailed in 3 procedure upgrade program in NPP Vol. 3, section 2.4. j COMMITMENT YES X NO l BASIS - Procedure verification is required for startup as detailed in procedure upgrade program in NPP Vol. 3, section 2.4.

                                                                                    )

l 4.0 MAP SOURCE DOCUMENTS / REFERENCES k

                                                                                    \

FSAR NOAM Part 1. sect. 2.5 l TECH SPECS OTHER NPP Vol. 3. sect. 2.4 I NPP Vol. 3. sect. 5.2 PROCEDURES SDSP-2.1. 2.11. and 7.4 i FINDINGS / CONCERNS SALP 84. Das 12 & 18 " L SALP 85 ca 12 l NMRG findino F.2 l 1 l i

DATE: February 13, 1989 MAP - M05C2 1 (h \d 5.0 MAP EVALUATION / STATUS A. Programmatic l Site Directors Standard Practice, SDSP-2.1, Site Procedures and Instructions, and SDSP-7.4, Onsite Technical Review and Approval of Procedures, specifie.s that maintenance instructions will i receive an independent technical review and interdisciplinary reviews as appropriate. l B. Implementation Verification Each procedure is reviewed by Quality Assurance in accordance . with QMI-605.3. This review confirms that an independent 1 technical review is performed prior to issuing the procedure. A record is maintained by Quality Assurance in a computer data base. \ 6.0 MAP ACCEPTABILITY / PERFORMANCE EVALUATION X Acceptable for - Ref. MAP Evaluation and QA Startup Short Term Operations. Review records X Acceptable for - Ref. Long Term Operations Acceptable for Ref. ORR - Objective # 2

DATE: February 13, 1989 MAP - M05C2 l O 7.0 ACTION ITEMS i l

                                                              ~

ACTION RESP. ORG. DUE DATE l None l

                                                                  )

1 8.0 MAP SCHEDULE INITIAL REVIEW DATE - 12/12/88 IMPLEMENTATION DATE - 2/1/89 LATEST REVIEW - 2/12/89 0 t i e e 3

DATE: January 30, 1989 MAP - M05C3 1 (3/ V MAINTENANCE ACTION PLAN (MAP) 1 M05C3 - Procedure Validation 1 1.0 MAP DESCRIPTION / SCOPE Maintenance procr<fures are validated whenever practical prior to actual use. They are reviewed by the users (craftsmen) prior to implementation and are further validated on shop models if practical or on first-use. 2.0 MAP RESPONSIBILITIES l Maintenance Technical Group p 3.0 MAP PRIORITY

    \)%

STARTUP YES X NO 'l 1 BASIS - NPP Vol. 3 section 2.4 pg 11-56 requires procedures being corrected for technical content as part of the near-term l' program before restart to be walked-down to verify their practicality and adequacy for implementation. Action item 1 is required prior to startup. COMMITMENT YES X NO BASIS - NPP Vol. 3 section 2.4 pg ll-56 requires procedures being corrected for technical content as part of the near-term

;                                                    program prior to restart to be walked-down to verify their j                                                     practicality and adequacy for implementation.

4.0 MAP SOURCE DOCUMENTS / REFERENCES FSAR NOAM Part I sect 2.5 TECH SPECS OTHER NPP Vol. 3 sect 2.4 ca 11-56 PROCEDURES EMSIL-3.7 1

i I DATE: Fcbruary 13, 1989 MAP - M05C3

                                                                                                            )

l MPSIL-001 lV ISIL-4.4

FINDINGS / CONCERNS SALP 84 cas 12 & 18 SALP 85 oa 12
  !                                         NMRG findino F2 1

1 5.0 MAP EVALUATION / STATUS A. Programmatic l ti Each maintenance discipline has issued a section instruction , letter (SIL) which details the requirements for a walk-down to

 ;                 validate a procedure and incorporates a check list.

t Upgraded-procedures have been processed through the validation process of the SILs. The existing procedures have been used in the i (q ) field without creating safety problems. New procedures are required to be processed through the upgrade program. l J These SILs adequately meet the criteria of section 1.0. B. Implementation Verification l A verification of implementation has not been performed. Each

 ;                 discipline needs to audit their records for the use of walk-downs.

An effective user validation process for first time use is not i available. An action item is needed to review and implement an acceptable method to validate procedures 6.0 MAP ACCEPTABILITY / PERFORMANCE EVALUATION h Acceptable for - Ref. j Startup Short Term Operations. Acceptable for - Ref. Long Term Operations Acceptable for , Ref. ORR - Objective # i l

                         ,        .    ,- s                                                           . _ .

I I DATE: March 6,1989 l MAP - M05C3 < 7.0 ACTION ITEMS i i ACTION RESP. ORG. DUE DATE i

1. Audit records to ensure that the Elect., Mech. 6/1/89 requirements of SILs for validation I&C Maint. l are implemented.
2. Review the validation process and Elect, Mech. 6/1/89 develop an effective process l&C Maint.

to validate procedures. Site Procedures CONCURRENCE Sianed bv: J.D. Allen / 2/6/89 NAME DATE l 1 0) \V - 8.0 MAP SCHEDULE 1 INITIAL REVIEW DATE - 1/26/89 IMPLEMENTATION DATE - LATEST REVIEW - 2/12/89 3

DATE: January 30, 1989 MAP - M05C4 O MAINTENANCE ACTION PLAN (MAP) M05C4 - Procedure Approval 1.0 MAP DESCRIPTION / SCOPE Maintenance procedures are approved in accordance with a site director's standard practice. 2.0 MAP RESPONSIBILITIES Site Procedure 3.0 MAP PRIORITY STARTUP YES X NO BASIS - All procedures are required to be approved prior to use as 9 COMMITMENT defined in SDSP-2.1 and 2.11. YES X NO BASIS - Technical Specifications paragraph 6.5.3.1 procedures required by Technical Specification 6.8.1.1 and other procedules which affect plant nuclear safety and changes there to shall be prepared, reviewed, and approved. 4.0 MAP SOURCE DOCUMENTS / REFERENCES FSAR NOAM TECH SPECS 6.5.1.6.6.5.3. OTHER PMP-0604.4 6.8.1 PROCEDURES SDSP-2.1 & 2.11 FINDINGS / CONCERNS 1

= - _ _ = _ = _ _ = _ _ _ , _

DATE: February 13, 1989 MAP - M05C4 ( l V 5.0 MAP EVALUATION / STATUS l A. Programmatic l The approval of maintenance instructions is governed by Site l Director Standard Practice, SDSP-2.11, implementation and Change of Site Procedure and instructions. It adequately meets the criteria in section 1.0. l B. Implementation Verification SDSP-2.1, Attachments E, F, and G list the types of maintenance l instructions that must be approved in accordance with SDSP-2.11, Implementation and Change of Site Procedures and instructions, Site Procedures tracks approvals and revisions of these instructions. Section instruction letters are not approved in p) ( ' accordance with SDSP-2.11, but this is allowed by SDSP-2.1, section 6.2.3. Four surveillance monitoring reports have been made in the past I l year regarding adherence to SDSP-2.11: OBF-S-88-0121, QBF-S-88-1280, QBF-S-88-1486, and QBF-S-88-1573 a,nd they did not identify any maintenance deficiencies. The implementation / verification of SDSP-2.11 is acceptable for startup and continued operations. l 6.0 MAP ACCEPTABILITY / PERFORMANCE EVALUATION i X Acceptable for - Ref. Criteria of section1.0 is EftL l Startup Short Term Operations. l X Acceptable for - Ref. Section 5.0. A&B Long Term Operations Acceptable for Ref. ORR - Objectlye # 2

DATE: February 13, 1989 MAP - M05C4 O 7.0 ACTION ITEMS  ! ACTION RESP. ORG. DUE DATE None requir,ed 8.0 MAP SCHEDULE INITIAL REVIEW DATE - 1/25/89 l IMPLEMENTATION DATE - 1/26/89 LATEST REVIEW - 2/12/89 i 3 l 1

y DATE: March 6,1989 l MAP - M05C5 l t MAINTENANCE ACTION PLAN (MAP) i M05C5 - Procedure Use 1 1.0 MAP DESCRIPTION / SCOPE l! .i  !

 ^

Maintenance procedural compl,iance is established in a conduct of l maintenance procedure and is consistent with site policy of strict

                                                                                           )

compliance with written instructions. l f 2.0 MAP RESPONSIBILITIES Maintenance Superintendent  !

                                                                                           )

3.0 MAP PRIORITY l STARTUP YES X NO (q) BASIS - Procedural compliance is an ongoing requirement. Procedural 1 V compliance is required for safe operation of the plant and therefore is L required for startup.  ! f COMMITMENT YES X NO I BASIS - Commitment to procedural compliance.  ! 4.0 MAP SOURCE DOCUMENTS / REFERENCES l FSAR NOAM -- l l, i: TECH SPECS OTHER ORR 2.1.8.11 l PROCEDURES PMI-6.2. SDSP-2.1 i i FINDINGS / CONCERNS NMRG Findina F1 l INPO Mart E.2.b NRC SALP-84. 85

                                                  ,                                        1
                                                                                           ]

_ _ - I

      ~.                                                                              1 DATE: March 6,1989
MAP - M05C5 5.0 MAP EVALUATION / STATUS
  .  (V)

A. Programmatic Plant Manager Instruction, PMI-6.2, Conduct of Maintenance, l establishes maintenance policy on procedure compliance and it is l j consistent with Site Director Standard Practice, SDSP-2.1, Site , j Procedural Instructions. In PMI-6.2, maintenance personnel are j directed to: (1) follow the instructions,(2) compare the j 1 instructions with the work to ensure it's adequacy and accuracy,  ; and (3), stop work'and get the instruction corrected if it is f wrong. ii p General Employee Training (GET-4), emphasizes procedural { L compliance. Employees are required to attend this training as j initial training and every 2 years thereafter, i Working copies of procedures are obtained from one of the information centers. This ensures that only the latest procedure h revisions are used. One of the information centers is located at the entrance to the plarit. This is a logical centrally location l which allows ready access to the Procedures by all maintenance j personnel.  ! B. Implementation Verification NMRG finding F.1 identified weakness in procedure compliance. Action items taken for this finding are completed. Records are in the Maintenance Superintendent Staff office. in 1988, forty-five quality survellances were performed on maintenance activities to determine maintenance performance. 3 Thirty-nine of the quality sun /eilances addressed procedure usage j in the field. Thirty-eight surveillance reports indicated acceptable procedure compliance. Lack of procedure compliance was observed on one surveillance report. This was a minor deficiency and was corrected on-the-spot. l ' t, ij NRC inspection report 88-16, MR's data blocks were not filled in

  ,              in accordance with SDSP-7.6. SALP reports for 1983/84 and 85 cited poor procedure compliance.

2 l

DATE: March 13,1989 MAP - M05C5 NRC Inspection report 88-24, observed cases of procedural noncompliance, mostly due to in attention to detail. l Evaluation of this MAP indicates an improvement in procedure compliance, however additional management emphasis in needed 1 in this area. (see action item 3).  ! 6.0 MAP ACCEPTABILITY / PERFORMANCE EVALUATION X Acceptable for - Ref. _ Quality survevs show Startup Short Term Operations. orocedure comoliance improvement i i ___ Acceptable for - Ref. , Long Term Operations  ! _ __ Acceptable for Ref. I ORR - Objective # f 7.0 ACTION ITEMS ACTION _ RESP. ORG. DUE DATE l l

1. Establish procedure compliance Program Support 5/15/89 l indicators Manager l
2. Perform a surveillance of BF QA Report  !

MRs for completion. Surveillance 4/1/89 CONCURRENCE Sianed bv: L.W. Jones / 2/1/89 NAME DATE

3. Increase supervisor involvement Mech. Craft 5/11/89 in maintenance program Elect. Craft l implementation l&C Supervisors 1

8 l 3 '

                                                                                                       /

DATE:' March 6,1989 MAP - M05CS 8.0' MAP SCHEDULE INITIAL REVIEW DATE - 12-12-88 IMPLEMENTATION DATE - LATEST REVIEW - 1/26/89 I l 0

                                                                                          .)

1 l 1

                                                                                            )

i 8 i k i a , l l 4  ! l i ___rr - -

                     . _ _ _ . - 4

DATE: ' February 3,1989 MAP - M05C6 O MAINTENANCE ACTION PLAN.(MAP)- M05C6 - Procedure Control, Periodic Review, and Revision t-1.0 MAP DESCRIPTION / SCOPE l Maintenance procedures are reviewed periodically for technical ~ content and to ensure that appropriate changes incorporating. experience, identified problems and trends have been included.~ Reviews are controlled and approved consistent with the original issuance of the procedure. 2.0 MAP RESPONSIBILITIES l-

l. Site Procedures 3.0 MAP PRIORITY O STARTUP YES X- NO BASIS - Maintenance instructions are required to be technically ' t
  • accurate before restart.

COMMITMENT YES X NO l BASIS - Maintenance instructions are required to be technically accurate. 4.0 MAP SOURCE DOCUMENTS / REFERENCES FSAR NOAM TECH SPECS OTHER~ PROCEDURES SDSP-2.1. SDSP-2.7  : y FINDINGS /CONCER,NS _  ! 1 1 l-l t ,

        .--___u__1__--__--       - _ _ - - - - - - _ - - - -      ----------l--       < - - -

I DATE: February 13, 1989 I MAP - M05C6 I 5.0 MAP EVALUATION / STATUS V A. Programmatic Site Director Standard Practice, SDSP-2.7, Periodic Two-Year Review of Site Instructions, specifies that procedures be periodically reviewed. Revisions after the two-year review must be reviewed and approved per SDSP-2.11, implementation and Change of Site Procedures and instructions. l B. Implementation Verification The two-year review is tracked closely by Site Procedures. A ) backlog of almost 400 site procedures with late review in June, i 1988 has been eliminated. Procedures are either reviewed, or j placed in administrative hold, or escalated to the principal l manager's attention if they are not accomplished on time. SDSP-2.7 requires review for 12 generic concerns. As other ' - generic concerns are identified, they are added to the checklist. Currently, a revision to SDSP-2.7, is in the review cycle to improve vendor manual control in procedures to address the minimum training radius of cables, and to address minimizing the use of electrical temporary alterations. One surveillance monitoring report, OBF-S-88-0121 has i addressed SDSP-2.7 in the past year. No maintenance

                                                                                                }

deficiencies were identified. The procedure control, periodic review, and revision of maintenance procedures after evaluation of the elimination of late review backlog and review of the Quality Surveillance is i acceptable for startup. An additional review will be required to I determine if these items are acceptable for long-term operation. (See action item 1). i

                                        '    ~

2

DATE: January 30, 1989 MAP - M05C6 6.0 MAP ACCEPTABILITY / PERFORMANCE EVALUATION

       'u i

l X_. Acceptable for - Ref. Quality reviews show that Startup Short Term Operations. ceriodic reviews are - i acceotable __ Acceptable for - Ref. l Long Term Operations , Acceptable for Ref. l ORR - Objective # I 7.0 ACTION ITEMS ACTION RESP. ORG. DUE DATE I

1. Audit procedure reviews, controls Site Procedure 7/31/89 )

and revisions forcompliance to procedures SDSP-2.7 and SDSP-2.11.  ; ! CONCURRENCE NAM

                                                 ' Y-/   DATE
                                                             / 88/89 8.0 MAP SCHEDULE                                                                     I l

INITIAL REVIEW DATE - 1/29/89 I IMPLEMENTATION DATE - LATEST REVIEW - 3

DATE: Fcbruary 6,1989 MAP - M06C1 A l lO V 1 1 MAINTENANCE ACTION PLAN (MAP)  ! M06C1 A - Planning Group Organization l 1.0 MAP DESCRIPTION / SCOPE Maintenance planning activities are accomplished by a dedicated group of planners reporting to the manager, Maintenance Planning and i Technical. The planners are discipline (mechanical, electrical, l instrument and control) oriented and are assigned to the discipline group technical manager to perform the scoping and planning duties defined in MAP M06C18. 2.0 MAP RESPONSIBILITIES Maintenance Planning & Technical Manager 3.0 MAP PRIORITY STARTUP YES NO X BASIS - The planning function presently exists at Browns Ferry. COMMITMENT YES X NO __ , BASIS - NPP Vol. 3, ll-64b,c para. 4.1.6 - the maintenance planning and echeduling process has been upgraded in scope to provide complete maintenance work packages and a fully coordinated schedule. 4.0 MAP SOURCE DOCUMENT & REFERENCES FSAR NOAM u TECH SPECS OTHER NPP Vol. 3 - Pace Il 84b.c Dara. 4.1.6 PROCEDURES l FINDINGS / CONCERNS 1 u______________

DATE: March 13,1989 MAP - M06C1 A 8 5.0 MAP EVALUATION / STATUS A. Programmatic The approved organization chart for the Maintenance Planning f_ and Technical Group includes the planning function. B. Implementation Verification An organization chart and planner's job description need to be developed. 6.0 MAP ACCEPTABILITY / PERFORMANCE EVALUATION Acceptable for - REF. Startup Short Term Op. 8

  • Acceptable for -

Long Term Operations Acceptable for REF. REF. ORR - Objective # 7.0 ACTION ITEMS

                                                                 . ACTION                                                                      RESP. ORG.              DUE DATE
1. Develop and publish an approved Planning & 6-1-89 organization chart. Technical
2. Complete and obtain approval of the Planning & 5-1-89 planners job descriptions. Technical S

2 5

DATE: February 13, 1989 MAP - M06C1 A 8.0 MAP SCHEDULE INITIAL REVIEW DATE - 1/30/89 IMPLEMENTATION DATE - LATEST REVIEW - 2/12/89 o . . 3

DATE: February' 16, 1989 MAP - M06C1B

  \

MAINTENANCE ACTION PLAN (MAP) M0601B - Planning Group Responsibilities - 1.0 MAP DESCRIPTION /SCO'PE' The maintenance planners review all maintenance requests and perform the scoping and work planning phases'of the maintenance activity. The principal elements of each phase are as followsf

                           . -Job site investigation Problem definition Identify support requirements (scaffolding, RWP, etc.)

l Identify job skills required and estimate manpower requirements. Identify parts, materials, tools and equipment requirements. Assembles the work package to include: Information gathered during scoping phase. i Drawi,ngs identifies, procedures and other necessary documents to be included in the work package. (Latest revision of identified i documents are included in the' package by the work control group just prior to issuing the package for work completion) Fills' out hold tag, RWP and other special permit requests. Fills out procurement documentation. - Identifies QC, code, and Technical Specification requirements.

                             . Ensures post-maintenance test requirements are included. (By approved procedure or by Technical Support Group)

Reserves needed material and parts that are in stock. 1 X *

  • Procures needed material and parts that are not in stock.

1-

DATE: February 16, 1989 MAP - M06C1B O 2.0 MAP RESPONSIBILITIES Maintenance Planning & Technical Manager 3.0 MAP PRIORITY STARTUP YES X NO BASIS - Satisfy ORR objective 2.1.8.21 COMMITMENT YES ~ NO X EMSIS - No commitment has been made, but responds to several recommendations. 4.0 MAP SOURCE DOCUMENTS / REFERENCES FSAR NOAM TECH SPEC OTHER NPP VOL 3 - SEC.11-85 4.1.6 ORR Obi. # 2.1.8.21. PROCEDURES PMI 6.2 SEC. 4.6 SDSP 7.9 ATTACH B FINDINGS / CONCERNS M ART A.1 c. A.1.d.B.1 a. B.1.c. B.3.h SALP 83/8418-C.18-G SALP 8512-1.12-L 5.0 MAP EVALUATION / STATUS A. Programmatic Site Director Standard Practice, SDSP 7.9, integrated Schedule and Work Control, Attachment B #2 - provides a partial description of the responsibilities of the Planner position. Plant Managers Instruction, PMI 6.2, Conduct of Maintenance, section 4.6 - provides a general _ description of the planner responsibilities. 2

m l DATE: March 13,1989 1 MAP - M06C1B { gy j i I I U These instructions are not adequate to satisfy the l criteria of section 1.0, SDSP 7.9, needs to be revised to accurately i describe the responsibilities of maintenance planners. B. Implementation Verification A verification of closure of ORR Objective 21.8.21, criterion 2.1.8.21.1 and applicable portions of criterion 2.1.8.21.2 needs to be made. The ORR objectives provide verification of the adequacy of , planning instructions provided on MRs and compliance with the daily i schedule. 1 i 6.0 MAP ACCEPTABILITY / PERFORMANCE EVALUATION l i ACCEPTABLE FOR - REF. ' i STARTUP SHORT TERM OP. I ACCEPTABLE FOR - REF. LONG TERM OP

               \                ACCEPTABLE FOR                     REF.

() ORR - OBJECTIVE # 2.1.8.21,1 2.1.8.21.2 7.0 ACTION ITEMS

                         . ACTION                                     RESP. ORG.        DUE DATE
1. Revise SDSP-7.9 to completely and Planning & 6/30/89 accurately describe the responsibilities -

Technical of maintenance planners.

2. Verify closure of ORR objectives. Planning & 7/30/89 Technical 8.0 MAP SCHEDULE INITIAL REVIEW DATE -

12/23/88 l 1 8 IMPLEMENTATION DATE LATEST REVIEW - 2/12/89 3 ' u__ _ _ _ _ _

DATE: February 3,1989 MAP - M06C2A

    \

MAINTENANCE ACTION PLAN (MAP) _ M06C2A - MR Tracking System 1.0 MAP DESCRIPTION / SCOPE _ The work control system provides the maintenance superintendent and j his managers with the means.for identifying, recording and tracking l the status of all valid maintenance requests (MRs). The system j l provides tracking and current status of all MRs from the time they are 1 entered into the system. Completed MRs are shown as being in i historical files. The system provides the following information and , is capable of sorting on the items as identified: MR number (serial sort) [ System number (sort) Description of work requested l Date initiated (sort) Priority (sort) Support required i Status (sort) , 2.0 MAP RESPONSIBILITIES Work Control Group Supervisor 3.0 MAP PRIORITY STARTUP YES NO _X BASIS - The tracking system is in place and being utilized. As enhancements are identified they are evaluated and implemented on a continuing basis. COMMITMENT YES X NO BASIS - None stated, co_mmitment has been identified. 1 G i l 1 1 l

DATE: February 3,1989 MAP - M06C2A [D L ). 4.0 MAP SOURCE DOCUMENTS / REFERENCES FSAR NOAM l l TECH SPECS OTHER ORR Objective 2.1.8.23.1- I PROCEDURES SDSP-7.6 FINDINGS / CONCERNS - MART B.1.b. B.S.I ' NMRG G-3 5.0 MAP EVALUATION / STATUS A. Programmatic Site Director Standard Practice, SDSP-7.6 section 6 defines the MR program responsibilities. B. Implementation Verification O . The MR tracking system currently resides on the BFN on-site PRIME computer and includes the features identified in section 1.0 above. The Work Control Group maintains and updates the files and programs with status information provided by the responsible work group. Periodic printouts are provided as required. Special sort printouts l are provided as requested, i 6.0 MAP ACCEPTABILITY / PERFORMANCE EVALUATION X ACCEPTABLE FOR - REF.. 5B above STARTUP SHORT TERM OP.  ; ACCEPTABLE FOR - REF. 5B above LONG TERM OP ACCEPTABLE FOR REF. ORR - OBJECTIVE # 2.1.8.23.1 2

DATE: March 13,1989 ' MAP - M06C2A

 /m

( 7.0 ACTION ITEMS ACTION RESP. ORG. DUE DATE , I

1. Complete ORR objective 2.1.8.23.1. Maint. Supt. 7/1/89 l in accordance with SDSP 7.3 to l determine if the delays for completing work are used appropriately. i i

Note: An automated maintenance management system (AMMS) is being f designed and is scheduled for implementation at BFN in 1990. 8.0 MAP SCHEDULE INITIAL REVIEW DATE - 1/31/89 { IMPLEMENTATION DATE - { l

     \        LATEST REVIEW                     -

2/12/89 [U l 8 3 $

                                                                                           'l DATE: February 1,1989 MAP - M06C2B (3

C MAINTENANCE ACTION PLAN (MAP) ~ , 1 i l M06C2B - PM Scheduling 1.0 MAP DESCRIPTION / SCOPE The preventive maintenance program is a computerized program which provides schedule information as well as performance status. Preventive maintenance schedules are published on a 28-day rolling schedule l a four day look ahead schedule and the daily work schedule. 2.0 MAP RESPONSIBILITIES. PM Program Supervisor 3.0 MAP PRIORITY STARTUP YES X NO BASIS - See action items 1-3. ' COMMITMENT YES X NO BASIS - NPP Vol. 3, section ll 4.1.6 - the maintenance planning and l scheduling process has been upgraded in scope to provide ' complete maintenance work packages and a fully coordinated schedule. 4.0 MAP SOURCE DOCUMENTS / REFERENCES 1 FSAR Chao.13 Sec.13.6.4 NOAM Part 11 Section 2.1 TECH SPECS OTHER NPP Vol 3 Section 4.16 1 PROCEDURES SDSP-7.9 SDS P-6.3 PMI-6.8 O I FINDINGS / CONCERNS - INPO MART G.1.C NRC insoection recort NO 88-24 8 09 1 4 ___l__

DATE: February 1,1989 MAP - M06C2B O 5.0 MAP EVALUATION / STATUS A. Programmatic

   ,                            1. Site Director Standard Practice, SDSP-7.9, Integrated Schedule and Work Control, established the responsibilities of the work control group, and the methods of schedule development and approval. This standard practice requires a 28 day rolling schedule to be developed based upon surveillance instructions performance system, outage windows, required preventive maintenance, corrective maintenance and modifications.
2. Site Director Standard Practice, SDSP-6.3, Preventive Maintenance Scheduling and Tracking , provides for the establishment and implementation of a scheduling, and tracking for preventive maintenance task.

nv

3. Plant Manager Instruction, PMI-6.8, Preventive Maintenance Program Assessment, provides a planned assessment of the effectiveness of the PM program.

B. Implementation Verification This has been a problem area in the past and additional management attention is required. PMI 6.8 will be revised to give management a better performance indicator of the PM's required for Unit 2. SDSP-6.3 will be revised to give guidelines for the deferral of a PM to determine the suitability for operation of a component or piece of equipment. See action items in section 7. 6.0 MAP ACCEPTABILITY / PERFORM @LCE EVALUATION Acceptable for - Ref.

 ,                                  Startup Short Term Operations.

Acceptable for - Ref. Long Term Operati_ons Acceptable for Ref. ORR - Objective # 2

DATE: March 13,1989

                                                ,                  MAP - M06C2B 7.0 ACTION ITEMS ACTION                                               RESP. ORG.      DUE DATE
1. Revise PMI-6.8 to require separate monthly graphs for PM scheduling performance for equipment required to support Unit 2, and for equipment to support support Units 1 and 3.

This will allow greater attention to PM's on Unit 2. (NRC inspection report 88-24-08) (same as action item 1 of M04C2B)

2. Require all safety-related PM's to be Maint. Supv. Startup performed or properly deferred.

before startup (NRC inspections report 88-24-08

3. Require the technical section to review the PM data base and identify Unit 1,3 and common PM items required to support Unit 2.(NRC Inspection Report -

88 24-08) (same as action item 2 of M04C28)

4. Revise SDSP-6.3 to give the -

guidelines for an engineering evaluation to determine the suitability for operation of a component or piece of equipment. (same as action item 6 of M04C28)

5. Emphasize to all maintenance Maint. Supt. 4/30/89 personnel the importance of performing the PM items in the required frequency.

3 '

DATE: March 13,1989 MAP - M06C2B O 6. Verify implementation of the PM scheduling process. Maint. Supt. 5/30/89 8.0 MAP SCHEDULE INITIAL REVIEW DATE - 1/30/89 IMPLEMENTATION DATE - LATEST REVIEW - 2/12/89 0 . e 8 4 '

q l DATE: February 3,1989 MAP - M06C2C 1 1 MAINTENANCE ACTION PLAN (MAP) M06C2C - Schedule Coordination l 1.0 MAP DESCRIPTION / SCOPE The Integrated Scheduler uses the preventive maintenance program,  ! the surveillance instruction program, and the maintenance request l tracking system to coordinate the maintenance activities.' This coordination ensures these activities are worked concurrently when ever possible, and thereby minimizes the system outages. 2.0 MAP RESPONSIBILITIES Work Control Group Supervisor 3.0 MAP PRIORITY STARTUP YES X NO BASIS - This will be in place before unit Startup per the Maintenance Supt. -, COMMITMENT YES NO_X. BASIS - There is no known commitment. 4.0 MAP SOURCE DOCUMENTS / REFERENCES FSAR NQAM TECH SPECS OTHER ORR Obi # 2.1.8.21.3 PROCEDURES SDSP-7.9 FINDINGS / CONCERNS NMRG - G-4

              )     4
                                               '     ~        MART - G.1.d. G.1.e. A.2.d
                                          ,                   SALP 83/84 G 1
                                                                                   ..3 DATE: February - 14, .1989                  .

MAP - M06C2C - 5.0 MAP EVALUATION / STATUS A. Programmatic Site Director Standard Piactice, SDSP-7.9,' integrated Schedule and Work Control, section 7.0 describes the responsibility of - the work control group integrated scheduler for coordination of maintenance work. He is responsible to screen information for input to the P/2 Integrated schedule. He also reviews and ~  ; refines manpower and duration estimates to provide correct j input for resource levelization of the integrated schedule. B. Implementation Verification BFN Maintenance Self-Assessment August 1988 - criterion 2.1.8.21.3 states, " maintenance activities are coordinated with support groups, operations, and maintenance planners to ensure a smooth flow of the work." O The maintenanc'e planners and mhnagers interviewed indicated that no coordination of all discipline work on a system basis L was being performed, this results in repetitive tagouts on the - same equipment. The integrated scheduler by_ his coordination of work on a system basis will eliminate this and provide' information to the support groups via the 28 day schedule. As of Jan.1,1989 all critical PMs on process equipment were included in the Project (P/2) site integrated schedule database along with MR'S, SI'S and other plant work activities. This will-provide an overall integrated system based schedule. The integrated schedulers and system evaluators in Work Control are responsible for reviewing the overall P/2 schedule for a period - of 28 days in advance to organize and align performance of MR'S, PM'S, and SI's.- 2

                                                                                                           .7 DATE: March 13, 1989 MAP - M06C2C

[\ 6.0 MAP ACCEPTABILITY / PERFORMANCE EVALUATION \v]  ; ACCEPTABLE FOR - REF. STARTUP SHORT TERM OP. ACCEPTABLE FOR - REF. LONG TERM OP ACCEPTABLE FOR REF. ORR - OBJECTIVE # 2.1.8.21.3 7.0 ACTION ITEMS ACTION RESP. ORG. DUE DATE {

1. Verify that fullintegration of j work is being accomplished in I accordance with SDSP-7.9.  !

(same as action item 2 of M01C2A) L

2. Define noncritical PMs to be PM Program 4/30/89 l included in P/2 baseline schedule. Supv.
3. Incorporate all required PMs in Work Control 5/15/89 P/2 Baseline schedule.

CONCURRENCE SIGNED W. G. HARLAND 02/01/89  ! NAME DATE I i 8.0 MAP SCHEDULE l INITIAL REVIE'N DATE - 1/18/89 l IMPLEMENTATION DATE - LATEST REWlEW -

                                                    .2/12/89 8

DATE: February 3,1989 ll MAP - M06C2D O i: V l MAINTENANCE ACTION PLAN (MAP)

M06C2D - Work Backlog Monitoring t .

1.0 MAP DESCRIPTION / SCOPE Work backlog monitoring - The maintenance work backlog is regularIy

  ;           monitored by work control utilizing information provided by'the daily.

j work schedules. This information is provided to the maintenance - superintendent in the form of reports, charts and graphs. 2.0 MAP RESPONSIBILITIES Work Control Group Supervisor 3.0 -MAP PRIORITY STARTUP YES X NO BASIS - TVA commitment to complete ORR items. COMMITMENT YES X NO i BASIS - TVA commitment to complete ORR items. l 4.0 MAP SOURCE DOCUMENTS' REFERENCES FSAR NOAM

  ,           TECH SPECS                       OTHER ORR Obi # 2.1.8.8.1 PROCEDURES PMI 6.8 3             FINDINGS / CONCERNS L

1

DATE: March 13,1989 MAP - M06C2D

    /,\          5.0   MAP EVALUATION / STATUS d

A. Programmatic Plant Manager Instruction, PMI-6.8, Preventive Maintenance Program Assessment establishes tracking and trending for the required frequency and the ratio of corrective to preventive maintenance activities. B. Implementation Verification BFN Maintenance Self-Assessment August 1988 - criterion 2.1.8.8.1 states, "A system is established to track and trend the following performance indicators: Backlog of Maintenance Requests l Procedure in place to establish tracking and trending requirements l Backlog MRs are being effectively monitored and scheduled. I S - Performance indicators are not all being tracked, trended, and used to measure maintenance effectiveness. (see action items 1-3) i 6.0 MAP ACCEPTABILITY / PERFORMANCE EVALUATION X Acceptable for - REF. Section 5.0 Startup Short Term Op. Acceptable for - REF. Long Term Op. Acceptable for REF. ORR - Objective # 2.1.8.8.1 7.0 ACTION ITEMS ACTION RESP. ORG. DUE DATE

1. Define and formalize the Maintenance 6/1/89 information and reports Superintendent required by the project to S adequately and accurately monitor the work backlog.

2 $

DATE: March 13,1989 MAP - M06C2D

 /N l
2. Define the individuals who Maintenance 4/1/89 should receive the work Superintendent l backlog reports and their  !

expected actions. I

3. Use closure of ORR Objective Maintenance 7/1/89 2.1.8.8.1 to verify that a system Superintendent is established to track and trend performance indicators.

l l 8.0 MAP SCHEDULE INITIAL REVIEW DATE - 1/30/89 h G IMPLEMENTATION DATE - 1 LATEST REVIEW - 2/14/89 0 i 8 3 - I

a DATE: March 6,.1989 MAP - M06C2E-O MAINTENANCE ACTION PLAN (MAP) M06C2E - Schedule Performance Measurement i 1.0 MAP DESCRIPTION / SCOPE The schedule is monitored daily, deviations are identified, and I corrective' actions are taken to ensure the schedule will be followed. 2.0 MAP RESPONSIBILITIES - Outage Manager Maintenance Superintendent l Work Control Supervisor 3.0 MAP PRIORITY STARTUP ' l YES X NO BASIS - TVA commitment to ORR completion

                                                                                                                                                          )

COMMITMENT YES X NO BASIS - TVA commitment to ORR completion i 4.0 MAP SOURCE DOCUMENT & REFERENCES FSAR NOAM TECH SPECS OTHER ORR Obl. #2.1.8.21.2 - PROCEDURES SDSP-7.9 FINDINGS / CONCERNS . 3 . . 1

       .                                                                        __     . _ _ _ _         ___________..____.__m______..

1 DATE: March 6,1989 MAP - M06C2E - 5.0 MAP EVALUATION / STATUS A. Programmatic Site Directors Standard Practice, SDSP-7.9, does not clearly indicate the scope, process, and responsibilities for monitoring compliance with the daily schedule and needs revising. (see

  ,                          action item 1)

B. Implementation Verification The daily schedule is closely monitored for compliance. It is  ; reviewed each day in a meeting chaired by the Site Director.

                                                                        .                            'l Refinements are needed, however. (see action item 2).

Schedule compliance goals have not been established. (see action item 3) 6.0 MAP ACCEPTABILITY / PERFORMANCE EVALUATION ' X ACCEPTABLE FOR -

                                                              - REF. Section 5. B STARTUP SHORT TERM OP.

ACCEPTABLE FOR - REF. LONG TERM OP ACCEPTABLE FOR REF. ORR - OBJECTIVE # 7.0 ACTION ITEMS , ACTION RESP. ORG. DUE DATE

                                                        ~
1. Revise SDSP-7.9 to specify the Work Control - 4/30/89

, scope, process and responsibilities for monitoring the daily schedule, identifying deviations and taking corrective actions.

2. Develop a process to monitor Work Control 3/31/89 schedule compliance _and identify k reporting requirements and I. corrective actions to be taken to 2

l L L- -

DATE: March 13,1989 MAP - M06C2E i O ensure the schedule is followed. CONCURRENCE Sianed bv: W.G. Harland / 2/3/89 NAME DATE

3. Establish schedule compliance goals Maint. Supt. 6-1-89 and communicate them throughout the project.

l 8.0 MAP SCHEDULE l INITIAL REVIEW DATE - 1/30/89 ' IMPLEMENTATION DATE - LATEST REVIEW - 2/13/89 9 6 e k 8 3 <

DATE: March 6,1989 l MAP - M06C2F O U 1 MAINTENANCE ACTION PLAN (MAP) i M06C2F- Work Priority 4 1.0 MAP DESCRIPTION / SCOPE Corrective maintenance work is prioritized based on personal safety, station safety and reliability. This takes into consideration system or equipment importance to plant operations and the amount of time allowed before corrective action must be taken. The priority on maintenance requests (MR) involving work on plant process equipment I is assigned by the operations planner Shift Technical Advisor, Shift Operations Supervisor or Assistant Shift Operations Supervisor and verified by the system evaluator. The operations planner and ' system . coordinator are members of the Work Control Group. MR's which have j no direct effect on plant operability (lighting, structures, etc. ) may

                                                                                              )

O' have priorities assigned by the responsible maintenance supervisor or planner. ( 2.0 MAP RESPONSIBILITIES Work Control Group Supervisor i 3.0 MAP PRIORITV STARTUP YES NO X BASIS - System is in place l COMMITMENT YES NO X

     ]>      BASIS - System is in place                         -

4.0 MAP SOURCE DOCUMENTS / REFERENCES l FSAR NOAM O TECH SPECS OTHER

   'J PROCEDURES SDSP-7.6 & 7.9 1
 -                                                                                                           1 DATE: March 6,1989 MAP - M06C2F        i
   /";                                                                                                       :

b FINDINGS / CONCERNS MART A.3.b. A.3.c NMRG H-2 SALP 83/84 G 5.0 MAP EVALUATION / STATUS I A. Programmatic Site Director Standard Practice, SDSP-7.6, Maintenance Request and Tracking, section 6.2.12 defines the priority system and by whom the MR priority is assigned. j SDSP-7.9 Integrated Schedule and Work Control, attachment B

                                                                                                             ]

describes the responsibility of the system evaluator to validate i the priority assigned to the MR. f t B. Implementation Verification All MR's have a preliminary review by the Senior Reactor Operator in Work Control for limiting condition for operation identification and priority assignment. Additionally, the system evaluator reviews MR'S on specific systems to validate l priorities and ensure that scheduling is being accomplished properly for priority work activities. t 6.0 MAP ACCEPTABILITY / PERFORMANCE EVALUATION 3 X ACCEPTABLE FOR - REF. System is in olace. STARTUP SHORT TERM OP. j ___ ACCEPTABLE FOR - REF. j LONG TERM OP j ACCEPTABLE FOR REF. i ORR - OBJECTIVE #. l 2

a . 1 DATE: March 6,1989 MAP - M06C2F 1 I /G i 7.0 ACTION ITEMS 1 I ACTION RESP.ORG. DUE DATF, - 1

1. Implement a routine review of immediate Work 1/31/89 l attention MR's not worked within the Control l specified 24 hours for )

re-prioritization. I i

2. Conduct self-assessment to verify Work Control 2/28/89 l
          . implementation of priority. system.                                                      ]

l CONCURRENCE Sianed bv: W.G. Harland / 2/1/89 I NAME DATE 'I l i i l i 1 A ' (V l

  )

8.0 MAP SCHEDULE i INITIAL REVIEW DATE - 1/18/89 i l l l IMPLEMENTATION DATE - i i LATEST REVIEW - 2/12/89 l 5 i 8 3

PD DATE: February 1,1989

                                                                     . MAP - M06C2G              I i

MAINTENANCE ACTION PLAN-(MAP), 1 M06C2G - Work Control Group Responsibilities.' , s j a 1.0 MAP DESCRIPTION / SCOPE  ; The work control group is respo'nsibile for the' scheduling and . coordination of all maintenance activities; Generate a Mid-term (28 day) rolling schedule from the integrated P/2 schedule. < Generate a Four Day Look Ahead (FDLA) schedule from the h4id-term schedule. Generate and distribute a daily work schedule, l Route new work to Maintenance Planning.  ;

  \'            Schedule new work after it returns from Planning.

Track work constraints. Process necessary documentation (eg. tagging request, material reque.sts,RWP ,etc.) when constraints are cleared. Work Control Manager conducts a daily schedule review meeting. Work Control / Outage Shift Manager conducts briefings at the end of each shift to discuss ~ problem areas.

        . 2.0 MAP RESPONSIBILITIES Work Control Group Supervisor-3.0 MAP PRIORITY STARTUP               YES        NO X BASIS - Work Control Group is in place.

COMMITMENT - YES NO X BASIS - No commitment has been identified. 1

DATE: February- 14, 1989 MAP - M06C2G i O r 4.0 MAP SOURCE DOCUMENTS / REFERENCES FSAR NQAM

                                                                                                  ,.          )
                                                                                                             .)

I TECH SPECS OTHER PROCEDURES SDSP-7.9 FINDINGS / CONCERNS ' MART - A.2.a. A.2.c SALP 85 - 12,M l 6.0 MAP EVALUATION / STATUS l

                 . A. Programmatic Site Director Standard Practice, SDSP-7.9, Integrated Schedule' and Work Control, section 6.0 describes the responsibilities of the Work Control Group to schedule, track, and process the         ~

necessary documentsto accomplish maintenance work. B. Implementation Verification i SDSP-7.9 adequately identifies the Work Control Group responsibilities. A verification is needed to ensure that the Work Control Group is implemented according to the procedure.(see action item 2 of M01C2A) . 6.0 MAP ACCEPTABILITY / PERFORMANCE EVALUATION ACCEPTABLE FOR - REF. STARTUP SHORT TERM OP. ACCEPTABLE FOR - REF. LONG TERM OP ACCEPTABLE FOR REF. ORR - OBJECTIVE # 2

             -     .a,    .  - . . . . , . , ..
                                                    ..   ,         ,      .. .;.     , _ .   ., ,    ___a_

DATE: February 14, 1989 MAP - M06C2G O 7.0 ACTlON ITEMS ACTION RESP. ORG. DUE DATE - None t 1 l 8.0 ' MAP SCHEDULE INITIAL REVIEW DATE - 1/31/89 IMPLEMENTATION DATE - LATEST REVIEW 2/12/89 l b 3

DATE: March 6,1989 , MAP - M06C3A j O v MAINTENANCE ACTION PLAN (MAP) M06C3A - Mid-Term Rolling Schedule - 1.0 MAP DESCRIPTION / SCOPE Mid-Term Rolling Schedule. - The Work Control Group in coordination with the Outage Planning Group maintains an integrated plant schedule. The integrated schedule is based on surveillance instruction (SI) performance, required preventive maintenance (PM), selected corrective maintenance activities, system outage windows,- l and modification work plans. A mid-term rolling schedule is extracted from the integrated schedule on a weekly basis: The mid-term rolling schedule is reviewed weekly in a meeting by the 1 Schedule Review Group to consolidate work, review plant impact,  ! l O craft manpower requirements, review category and priority of. scheduled work items, etc. 2.0 MAP RESPONSIBILITIES ! Work Control Group Supervisor l I 3.0 MAP PRIORITY l STARTUP YES X NO BASIS - NPP Vol 3,11-73 2.10 i COMMITMENT YES X NO -1 I BASIS - NPP Vol 3,11-73 2.10 - l ! 4.0 MAP SOURCE DOCUMENTS / REFERENCES 1 l FSAR NQAM l TECH SPECS OTHER NPP VOL 111 Pa. Il-73 2.10 O'y _ PROCEDURES SDSP-7.9 1

                                                                        .       , , ~ .. - . _

DATE: March 6,1989 MAP - M06C3A FINDINGS / CONCERNS M ART - A.2.d 5.0 MAP EVALUATION / STATUS - A. Programmatic Site Director Standard Practice, SDSP-7.9, integrated Schedule and Work Control, section 6.1 defines the development, review and approval of a 28 day rolling schedule which is derived from the resource levefized integrated P/2 project schedule. B. Implementation Verification A 28-day rolling schedule is being developed and distributed on a weekly basis. This schedule provides the information required for proper coordination by all support organizations. The schedule review group is currently not meeting regularly as intended. (see action item 1 &2) 6.0 MAP ACCEPTABILITY / PERFORMANCE EVALUATION ACCEPTABLE FOR - REF. STARTUP SHORT TERM OP. ACCEPTABLE FOR - REF. LONG TERM OP ACCEPTABLE FOR REF. ORR - OBJECTIVE # 7.0 ACIIDN ITEMS ACTION RESP. ORG. DUE DATE

1. Implement weekly 28-day Work Control 1/31/89 schedule review in compliance with SDSP-7.9.

4 CONCURRENCE Signed bv: W. G. Harland / 2/1/89 NAME DATE 1 2 '

DATE: March 6,1989 MAP - M06C3A

2. Conduct verification for compliance to SDSP-7.9 and effectiveness. (same as action -

item 2 of M01C2A) 8.0 MAP SCHEDULE INITIAL REVIEW DATE - 1/31/89 IMPLEMENTATION DATE - LATEST REVIEW - 2/12/89 0 3 _: _ _ - = _ _

DATE: March 6,1989

                                                              ~ MAP - M06C3B O

MAINTENANCE ACTION PLAN-(MAP)- M06C3B - Four Day Look Ahead Schedule 1.0 MAP DESCRIPTION / SCOPE Four Day Look Ahead Schedule - After the mid term rolling schedule. is reviewed and approved a Four-Day-Look-Ahead (FDLA) schedule, , which provides the activities scheduled to be accomplished in the next four days, is extracted from the mid-term rolling schedule. The FDLA provides the necessary communications to allow all the plant organizations involved in the work, directly or in a support capacity, the time required to ensure proper coordination. Additionally a Work / Test Director is assigned to ensure support coordination is provided. The FDLA includes work to be utilized as fill-in work by O each of the maintenance supervisors if the need arises. Schedule d U changes due to emergencies are controlled by the Work Control Group- I and the Outage / Work Control Superintendent. 2.0 MAP RESPONSIBILITIES Work Control Group Supervisor 3.0 MAP PRIORITY STARTUP YES NO X BASIS - No startup requirement has been identified. COMMITMENT YES NO X BASIS - No commitment has been identified. 4.0 MAP SOURCE DOCUMENTS / REFERENCES  : FSAR NOAM TECH SPECS _ OTHER ORR Obi. # 2.1.8.21.2 & 2.1.8.21.3 1

DATE: March 6,1989 MAP - M06C3B PROCEDURES SDSP-7.9 FINDINGS / CONCERNS MART - A.2.e. A.3.a. A.4.a NMRG - G-1. H-4 5.0 MAP EVALUATION / STATUS A. Programmatic Site Director Standard Practice, SDSP-7.9, Integrated Schedule and Work Control, section 6.2 describes the distribution, coordination, and communication of a Four-Day-Look-Ahead (FDLA) schedule. Section 6.2 should also describe the process used to develop the FDLA schedule from the 28-day rolling schedule. B. Implementation Verification The FDLA is derived from the 28-day schedule. Integrated , 9 schedulers provide the discipline scheduler with a baseline and near term schedule for each scheduling period. 6.0 MAP ACCEPTABILITY / PERFORMANCE EVALUATION ACCEPTABLE FOR - REF. STARTUP SHORT TERM OP. ACCEPTABLE FOR - REF. LONG TERM OP ACCEPTABLE FOR REF. ORR - OBJECTIVE # 2.1.8.21.2 & 2.1.8.21.3 2

~ - DATE: March 6,1989 MAP - M06C3B O 7.0 ACTION ITEMS U ACTION . RESP. ORG. DUE DATE i 1

1. Revise SDSP-7.9 section 6.2 to Work Control 3/1/89 describe the process used to develop the FDLA schedule from l the 28 -day rolling schedule.

I CONCURRENCE Signed bv: W. G. Harland / 2/1/89 NAME DATE .j l 8.0 MAP SCHEDULE I 1 INITIAL REVIEW DATE - 1/31/89

             '""'"""" " " ^"                  -
   ~O LATEST REVIEW                    -

2/12/89 4 I i l i0 v 3

           =              s  er     m                                           +-

9 - .,

DATE: February -1,1989 MAP - M06C3C MAINTENANCE ACTION PLAN (MAP) M06C3C - Coordination and Communication Interface - l 1.0 MAP DESCRIPTION / SCOPE Maintenance has established contacts with supporting organizations that effectively communicate and coordinate work priorities. Work that requires coordination with supporting groups is accomplished as scheduled. 2.0 MAP RESPONSIBILITIES Maintenance Superintendent 3.0 MAP PRIORITY p STARTUP YES X NO -

                                                                                                             'l
  \

BASIS - ORR Objective 2.1.8.09,2.1.8.21.3 1 COMMITMENT YES X NO BASIS - ORR Objective 2.1.8.09,2.1.8.21.3 4 4.0 MAP SOURCE DOCUMENTS / REFERENCES FSAR NOAM l TECH SPECS OTHER PROCEDURES PMI-8.2 FINDINGS / CONCERNS BFN Maintenance Self Assessment (Auaust 1988L Section 2.1.8.09. Coordination oroblems. l. 1

i DATE: March 13,1989 l MAP - M06C3C , l'9 5.0 MAP EVALUATION / STATUS A. Programmatic -! See M01C2A 5.A B. Implementation Verification ) i Maintenance has experienced excessive work delays due in part to scheduling and coordination problems. (see action item 2 of M01C2A) j Recent initiatives to strengthen the coordination interface (e.g. assigning coordinators from supporting organizations) are expected to result in fewer work schedule related problems. (see action item 2) j I 6.0 MAP ACCEPTABILITY / PERFORMANCE EVALUATION i

                                                                                                             ,i Acceptable for    -

Ref. l Startup Short Term Operations. l Acceptable for - Ref. Long Term Operations Acceptable for ] Ref. ' ORR - Objective # 2.1.8.21.3 7.0 ACTION ITEMS ACTION - RESP. ORG. DUE DATE I

1. In accordance with ORR objective Mech, Elect, & 6/1/89 2.1.8.21.3, tour the job sites and l&C Group Supv.

evaluate them evidence of coordination problems. I l S 2

  • DATE: February 14, 1989 MAP - M06C3C 8.0 MAP SCHEDULE INITIAL REVIEW DATE - 1/23/89 IMPLEMENTATION DATE -

l LATEST REVIEW - 2/12/89 4 I t O i t t

  .i l

1 l A 3'

                                    *      *                 ,       s      s

DATE: February 3,1989 ' MAP - M06C3D cO V MAINTENANCE ACTION PLAN (MAP) M06C3D- Coordination Meetings i 1.0 MAP DESCRIPTION / SCOPE l l  ! Meetings involving routine job schedules are held frequently to properly communicate priorities, current problems, job interfaces, and requests for support among BFN departments. In addition to ' coordination meetings defined in Site Director Standard Practice, i SDSP-7.9, Integrated Schedule and Work Control, other regular meetings, outlined in Plant Manager instruction, PMI-6.2, Conduct of Maintenance, will periodically be scheduled to enhance communications. ) q 2.0 MAP RESPONSIBILITIES Maintenance Supertindentent f C 3.0 MAP PRIORITY j

 ;          STARTUP               YES         NO      X
 ,          BASIS -

COMMITMENT YES NO X BASIS - None of the findings or other references indicate this is a start-up requirement or commitment. 4.0 MAP SOURCE DOCUMENTS / REFERENCES FSAR NOAM t TECH SPECS OTHER PROCEDURES SDSP-7.9 0 PMI-6.2 1 1

              ~               ,            ..    .. -   -

DATE: February 1,1989 MAP - M06C3D G FINDINGS / CONCERNS: M ART - A.2.f. B.2.k. B.2.l.C.k. l.2.d. l.2.e NMRG G-3. G-4. SALP Sect 85 c.12.19 INPO Oct 84' o.11. INPO 85-038 Section 3 - INPO Mar 86' o.13 NPP Vol 1 Att IV-1 Commit 29 s NPP Vol lli. Il-73.2-10. 74.3.0 5.0 MAP EVALUATION / STATUS A. Programmatic h Site Director Standard Practice, SDSP-7.9, Integrated Schedule ) and Work Control, establishes responsibilities of the Work Control Group, the methods of plant schedule development and approval, and the work control process, and includes some of the meeting requirements. Plant Manager instruction PMI-6.2, Conduct of Maintenance, provides maintenance policies on } various other meeting and coordination requirements B. Implementation Verification Several meetings are held to communicate work accomplishments, schedule delays, and schedule changes. These meetings are chaired by a designated individual involved in the planning process. Supervisors or responsible spokesmen from the required maintenance disciplines, Operations, QA, RADCON, Tech Support, Materials, and others attend as needed. Listed below are some of the meetings held at BFNP: 0610 Shift Turnover (Maintenance Conference Rm)

                                       - Midnight Shift Manager (Chairman)
                                       - General Foremen
                                      - Maintenance Managers 2

DATE February 1,1989-MAP - M06C3D 0630 Shift Turnover (Restart Operations Center) G - Outage Manager (Chairman)

            - DNE
            - Tech Support Services
            - Maintenance
            - Modifications 1            - Operations
            - Planning
            - QA 0745 Maintenance Status (Maintenance Superintendent Office)
            - Maintenance Superintendent (Chairman)                     .
           - Electrical
           -l&C
           - Maint Support
           - Mechanical
           - Maintenance Planning & Tech
           - Special Projects 0900 Plant Manager (Plant Assembly Room)
           - Plant Manager (Chairman)
           - DNE 9s
           - Maintenance
           - Mods
           - Operations
           - OA
           - Rad Con
           - Safety
           - Technical Support Services
    = 1300 Daily Schedule - 4 Day Schedule (Restart Operations Center)
           - Work Control Group Supervisor (Chairman)
           - DNE
           - Maintenance
           - Modifications
           - Operations
           - Planning
           - Project Coordinators
           - QA
           - Rad Con 4         - Scheduling
           - Tech' Sup' port Services 3
                                                                          \

DATE: February 14, 1989 MAP - M06C3D G 1430 Shift Turnover (Restart Operations Center)

                                           - Outage Mariager ' Chairman)
                                           - DNE
                                           - Tech Support Se: vices
                                           - Maintenance
                                           - Modifications
                                           - Operations
                                           - QA 2200 Shift Turnover (Restart Operations Center)
                                           - Duty Outage Manager (Chairman)
                                           - Tech Support Services
                                          - Maintenance
                                          - Modifications s
                                          - Operations
                                          - QA 6.0 MAP ACCEPTABILITY / PERFORMANCE EVALUATION Acceptable for -               REF.

9 Startup Short Term Op. Acceptable for - REF. Long Term Op. - Acceptable for REF. ORR - Objective # 7.0 ACTION ITEMS ACTION RESP. ORG. DUE DATE

1. Review existing meeting schedule and Maint. 7/1/89 verify that they are necessary for plant Supt.

operation after restart. 8.0 MAP SCHEDULE INITIAL REVIEW DATE - 1/23/89 IMPLEMENTATION DATE - l LATEST REVIEW , , 2/12/89 1 4

                                              ~
                                                                              ~     '          -
 ~                                                                ~-

DATE: February. 16,;1989-MAP' M06C4 MAINTENANCE ACTlON PLAN'(MAP)j M06C4 - Outage Planning, Schedu'ing l and Coordination - 1.0 MAP DESCRIPTION / SCOPE A system for planning, scheduling and coordinating planned or forced outages is necessary to minimize the duration of the outages and - effectively use available time. A prioritized listing of work activities that must be or could be accomplished is maintained by the outage manager. These work activities include corrective maintenance, preventive' maintenance, surveillance, modifications, special items or commitments that require an outage or power reduction. The outage manager, work control supervisor and the project controls manager are responsible for various elements of1

             - outage planning, scheduling and coordination.                >

A. Outage Manager Develops and updates potential forced outage schedules of'

  ,._/             various lengths.

Controls work during the outage '(forced & planned) Approves changes to the outage schedule l Issues outage status and performance reports B. Work Control Group Supervisor Maintains assembled work packages in r'eadiness for outage Prepares and distributes updated daily outage schedule reports Assists the outage manager.with the preparation of the outage , schedule (identifies required work activities and other activities I that could be worked)  ! C. Project Controls and Financial Services Manager

                                      ~

Long range outage planning and coordination

                                                                                        ~

Issues detailed outage schedule 30 days prior to planned outag'e Prepares outage critique, q . . l 1

                                                    .8.  .                    ._ = ~ . _ _ _ _ _ - _

DATE: February 14, 1989 MAP - M06C4

   /'                     2.0 MAP RESPONSIBILITIES L]J Outage Manager Work Control Group Supervisor Project Controls and Financial Services Manager 3.0 MAP PRIORITY STARTUP              YES X        NO     ._

BASIS - addressed in NPP Vol. 3. COMMITMENT YES X NO BASIS - addressed in NPP Vol. 3. l 4.0 MAP SOURCE DOCUMENTS / REFERENCES FSAR NOAM q 1 1 TECH SPECS OTHER NPP. Vol. 3 j O ,

   \-                          PROCEDURES S DS P-7.5 FINDINGS / CONCERNS 5.0 MAP EVALUATION / STATUS A. Programmatic Site Director Standard Practice, SDSP-7.5, Outage Schedule, Schedule Control and Outage Reports, establishes the outage schedule definition, control, and reporting. A guideline has been provided to describe the planned and forced outage planning, scheduling and coordination activities.

B. Implementation Verification Outage management function has been established and position filled. ' 4 Classification s,ystern is implemented to identify work activities by outage type (refuel, forced, system) l 1 2 1

DATE: March 6,1989 MAP - M06C4 0 . 6.0 MAP ACCEPTABILITY / PERFORMANCE EVALUATION Acceptable for Ref. Startup Short Term Operations. 3 Acceptable for - Ref. Long Term Operations l Acceptable for Ref. I ORR - Objective # l i I-

                                                                                          -l.,

7.0 ACTION ITEMS I ACTION RESP. ORG. DUE DATE

1. Implement weekly review of Work Control 1/31/89 outage schedule progress / analysis L 2. Expand p/2 baseline to include Work Control . 5/15/89 l

repetitive maintenance on process equipment

3. Implement weekly 28 day schedule Work Control 1/31/89
     .            review meeting L

CONCURRENCE Sianed bv: W. G. Harland / 2/1/89-NAME DATE >y - - i 3 e * '* ** . , , ,,,

DATE: February 3,1989 MAP - M06C4

4. Define outage schedule updating and Proj. Cont. & 3/31/90 reporting process (intervals, formats, Fin. Serv distribution and responsibilities).

Evaluate the need to revise SDSP-7.5 .j' or if a guideline would be adequate.-

5. Develop a guideline that describes . Proj. Cont. & 6/01/90-the outage critique (format, schedule Fin. Serv responsibilities)
6. Develop a guideline to describe Proj. Cont. & 3/31/901 the process used to plan and Fin. Serv.

schedule outages. CONCURRENCE O / / 2Mh4

                                                    // '      DAT$

NAfE j 8.0 MAPSCHEDULE INITIAL REVIEW DATE - 1/30/89 IMPLEMENTATION DATE - LATEST REVIEW - I 4 L

DATE: January 31, 1989 MAP - M07C1 A I V MAINTENANCE ACTION PLAN (MAP) M 07C1 A Work Control Corrective Maintenance

    ~

1.0 MAP DESCRIPTION / SCOPE l l Corrective maintenance on plant process equipment is procedurally , controlled and properly interfaces with the work control system. 2.0 MAP RESPONSIBILITIES Maintenance Superintendent 3.0 MAP PRIORITY STARTUP YES X NO BASIS - O - V The requirement to procedurally control the corrective maintenance activities is a startup requirement. COMMITMENT YES NO X ) BASIS - Not a commitment I 4.0 MAP SOURCE DOCUMENTS / REFERENCES FSAR Chaot.13. Sect 13.6. 4 NOAM Vol 11. Part 11. Sect. 2.1 TECH SPECS OTHER ORR # 2.1.8.10.1 ORR # 2.1.8.22.1 PROCEDURES SDSP 7.6. Maintenance Reauest and Trackina PMI 6.2 Conduct of Maintenance PMI 12.10 Plant Eauioment Deficiency Taas SDSP '7.9 Interarated Schedule and Work Control 4 FINDINGS / CONCERNS NMRG G-2 and G-3 Corrective maintenance is not being performed in a timely manner nor being tracked to compl,etion. 1

DATE: February 14, 1989 MAP - M07C1 A /~~ 5.0 MAP EVALUATION / STATUS A. Programmatic

                                                                                         )

i

              -   Site Director 's Standard Practice, SDSP-7.6, Maintenance Request and Tracking, establishes the instructions and responsibility for identifying, requesting, and authorizing            J maintenance requests; provides for systematic tracking and

{ followups; and provides management a computerized program q for the scheduling and controlling of maintenance requests. SDSP 7.6 also provides control of troubleshooting activities. See Maintenance Improvement Program (MIP) Section M06 for planning and scheduling. Plant Manager instruction, PMI 6.2, Conduct of Maintenance provides a general guideline as to how maintenance is accomplished and controlled. PMI-12.10, Plant Equipment Deficiency Tags, details the guidelines and responsibilities for implementing and C \ maintaining a clear and consistent method for hanging, removing, and documenting equipment deficiency tags. SDSP 7.9, Intergrated Schedule and Work Control, establishes the responsibilities and method to develop the maintenance schedule. B. Imoternentation Verification A review of SDSP 7.6, SDSP 7.9, PMI 6.2, and PMI 6.10, indicate that an acceptable program for the control of corrective maintenance exist for startup. A refinement, however, to th'is program is required and will be provided by the action items ' listed below. 2

m  ; DATE: March 13,1989 MAP - M07C1 A

  /
 /    h   6.0   MAP ACCEPTABILITY / PERFORMANCE EVALUATION U

X Acceptable for - Ref. See Statement 5.B Startup Short Term Operations. Acceptable for - Ref. Long Term Operations Acceptable for Ref. ORR - Objective # 2.1.8.10.1.2.1.8.22.1 7.0 ACTION ITEMS ACTION RESP. ORG. DUE DATE

1. Add requirement to PMI 6.2 Maint. Supt. 6/1/89 to verify current I revision of procedure prior to i beginning work.

l v

2. Resolve conflicts between PMI Maint. Supt 6/1/89 l 8 12.10 and SDSP 7.6 as to handling of deficiency tags.

Operations ,

3. Complete ORR # 2.1.8.10.1 and Maint. Supt. 7/1/89 2.1.8.22.1 which requires that the MR program be implemented and functioning well, and verifying that all requirements for actual work are accomplished in a manner that will ensure a quality job, respectively.
4. Develop a program for issuing Special Prog. 12/1/89 l tracking and monitoring status of Operations i

deficiency tags. CONCURRENCE SIGNED R. JONES l S NAME 2/03/89 DATE 3 ' l ____---_a

DATE: February 14, 1989 MAP - M07C1 A 8.0 MAP SCHEDULE INITIAL REVIEW DATE - 1/23/89 IMPLEMENTATION DATE - l l LATEST REVIEW - 2/12/89 l l l l l

                                                                                                                                 ~

r 1 I 4

                                                                                               ~ ,,.. . . ..,... . . . . -.. . .

DATE: January 31, 1989 I MAP - M07C1 B O V MAINTENANCE ACTION PLAN (MAP) M07C1 B - Work Control Preventive Maintenance l l 1.0 MAP DESCRIPTION / SCOPE Preventive Maintenance is procedurally controlled and properly interfaces with the work control system. 2.0 MAP RESPONSIBILITIES PM Program Superivsor 3.0 MAP PRIORITY STARTUP YES X NO BASIS - Action items I through 3 i COMMITMENT YES X NO

   \

BASIS - Action items 1 through 3 4.0 MAP SOURCE DOCUMENTS / REFERENCES FSAR Chao 13 Sec 13.6.4 NOAM Vol ll Part il Sec 2.1 TECH SPECS OTHER PROCEDURES SDSP 6.2. Preventive Maintenance Procram SDSP 6.3 Preventive Maintenance Schedulina and Trackina SDSP 7.9 Intearated Schedule and Work Control PMI 6.8 Maintenance Procram Assessment FINDINGS / CONCERNS NMRG E-1 Implement a PM upgrade program NMRG E-2 Revise PM program to include predictive monitoring MART A.2.d implement an integrated plant schedule 4 Mart G.1.h develop a reporting process to inform plant management. NRC inspection report 85-24-08 inadequacies in electrical PM program 1

DATE: F bruary 14, 1989 MAP - M07C1 B I'\ ) V 5.0 MAP EVALUATION / STATUS A. Programmatic

1. Site Director Standard Practice, SDSP 6.2, Preventive Maintenance Program prescribes the comprehensive preventive maintenance program.

I

2. SDSP-6.3 Preventive Maintenance Scheduling and Tracking, providos for the establishment and implementation of a scheduling and tracking process for preventive maintenance task. This instruction requires a computer generated PM l work form to control the actual work.
3. SDSP 7.9 Integrated Schedule and Work Control, establishes the responsibilities of the Work Control Group; and the methods of schedule development and approval. This standard practice requires a 28-day rolling schedule to be 1
    \

[d developed based upon SI performance, system outage windows, required PM's, corrective' maintenance and modifications. l B. Implementation Verification SDSP 6.2 is implemented SDSP 7.9 implementation requires verification (see action item 2 of M01C2A) NMRG ltems E-2 and E-1 are closed MART ltems G.1.a A.2.d are closed NCO-86-0326-038 is complete BFC-87-0001-006 is complete PM schedules and computerized PM work forms are.being generated as required by the programmatic procedures. l 6.0 MAP ACCEPTABILITY / PERFORMANCE EVALUATION X Acceptable for - Ref. Section SS Startup Short Term _ Operations. Acceptable for - Ref. Long Term Operations 2

DATE: March 13,1989 MAP - M07C1B

  ,a

[b T Acceptable for ORR - Objective # Ref. 7.0 ACTION ITEMS i ACTION RESP. ORG. DUE DATE

1. Revise PMI 6.8 to require PM SUPV. 4/30/89 separate monthly graphs for PM scheduling performance for equipment required to support  :

Unit 2, and for equipment to support Unit 1 and 3. (88-24-08) Startup requirement l 2. Require the maintenance technical Planning & Tech. 5/30/89 review the PM data base and Supv. identify Unit 1 and 3 and Common PM items required to support Unit 2. l (88-24-08) Startup requirement

3. Require all safety related PM's Maint. Supt. Startup to be performed or properly deferred before startup l (NRC Inspection report 88-24-08)

Startup requirement 8.0 MAP SCHEDULE INITIAL REVIEW DATE - 1/25/89 IMPLEMENTATION DATE - LATEST REVIEW - 1/31/89 8 3 4 L______-___-_ - _ _ _

DATE: January 31,1 1989 MAP - M07C1C

                                                                                                                 ]

MAINTENANCE ACTION PLAN (MAP) M 07C1C - Work Control Surveillance Instructions l 1.0 MAP DESCRIPTION / SCOPE 3 Surveillance Instructions (SI's) are procedurally controlled and properly interface with the work control system. i 2.0 MAP RESPONSIBILITIES 1 Maintenance Planning and Technical-System Engineering i Operations = 3.0 MAP PRIORITY STARTUP YES' X NO

   \              BASIS -

Performance of surveillance instructions must be procedurally < controlled. COMMITMENT YES X NO BASIS - .I Committed to NRC in NPP Volume 3, Section 4.1.6, Pg 11- 64b l 4.0 MAP SOURCE DOCUMENTS / REFERENCES . I L FSAR Vol 6. Sec. ~13.6.7 NOAM Vol. II. Part II. Section 2.1 s TECH SPECS T.S. Sec.1.LL OTHER ORR # 2.1.8.10.5 Pa 1.0-11 PROCEDURES SI-1 Surveillance Procram l PMI 6.2 Conduct of Maintenance l PMI 17.1 Conduct of Testina  ! ("13 PM12.5. Surveillance Instruction Writer's Guide ( , SDSP 2.14 Fire Protection Instructions Preparations and Format. 1

                                                   '      '    "     '   ' ' ~ ' ~ ~ ^       ' '   '     "" ~

l DATE: Fcbruary 14, 1989  ; MAP - M07C1C I ( (,/ SDSP 7.9 Intearated Schedule and Work Control  ! FINDINGS / CONCERNS SALP 84 - Failure to follow orocedures SALP 88 - Failure to understand the j requirement for verbatim comoliance with j instructions. I SALP 85- Failure to follow crocedure

                                                                                                      ]

. 5.0 MAP EVALUATION / STATUS l i Programmatic l A. l 1 Plant Manager's instruction, PMI 6.2, Conduct of Maintenance, 1 defines the interface between maintenance surveillance l instruction and SI-1 j j Surveillance Instruction, SI-1, Surveillance Program, describes how SI's are scheduled, how performance is monitored, who is  !

 .O             responsible and the reviews that are required.
 '\.                                                                                                  j PMI 17.1, Conduct of Testing, provides administrative control and                   '

l l requirements for surveillance testing. 1 PMI 2.5, Surveillance Instruction Writer's Guide, provides administrative guidance for the develc. ament of surveillance instructions. SDSP 2.14, Fire Protection Instructions Preparations and Format,

provides guidance for the review, verification, walkdown and validation of surveillance instructions SDSP 7.9, Integrated Schedule and Work Control, Established the responsibilities and method to develop the maintenance schedule.

B. Implementation Verification Operational Readiness Report (ORR) Performance objective 4 2.1.8.10.5 veri,fication is complete. ORR 2.1.8.10.5 requires a review of the Surveillance Instruction control procedure SI-1 for adequacy. 2 i

                                                                                                   'l DATE: February - 14,1989 MAP - M07C1C O 6.0   MAP ACCEPTABILITY / PERFORMANCE EVALUATION                                                     )

X Acceptable for - Ref. ORR 2.1.8.10.5 Startup Short Term Operations. X Acceptable for - Ref. ORR 2.1.8.10.5 i l Long Term Operations X Acceptable for Ref. ORR 2.1.8.10.5 ORR - Objective # 2.1.8.10.5 7.0 ACTION ITEMS ACTION RESP. ORG. DUE DATE None l l O

            ~

8.0 MAP SCHEDULE INITIAL REVIEW DATE - 1/30/89 IMPLEMENTATION' N DATE - 1/31/89 i LATEST REVIEW - 1/31/89 k 3 m

l DATE: February 14,1989 MAP - M07C1 D l MAINTENANCE ACTION PLAN (MAP) M 07C1D Work Control Modification 1.0 MAP DESCRIPTION / SCOPE Modifications performed by Maintenance are procedurally controlled and properly interface with the work control system. 2.0 MAP RESPONSIBILITIES Maintenance Superintendent y Maintenance Planning and Technical 3.0 MAP PRIORITY , STARTUP YES X NO BASIS -

                                                                                                       )

I' Modifications performed by maintenance must be procedurally  ! k,)s controlled 'o t nsure they comply with all plant practices and policies. { COMMITMENT YES NO X BASIS - There is no NRC commitment regarding modifications made by maintenance. I 4.0 MAPSOURCE DOCUMENTS / REFERENCES FSAR NOAM Part ll Section 3.2 TECH SPECS 6.5.3.2 OBER PROCEDURES SDSP 8.4 - Modification Work Plans SDSP 8.1 - Plant Modification /Desion Chance Acoroval SDSP 8.12- Plant Modification Overall Process SDSP 7.9 - Interorated Schedule and Work Control PMI 6.2 - Conduct of Maintenance 1 s u,, - s, <e. a,-.n- + v . m . . . . . 1

DATE: February 14, 1989 MAP - M07C1 D (' FINDINGS / CONCERNS \ - INPO 86 TS.3 Plant modification does not alwavs ensure coerability , Quality Assurance Audit QBF-85-0008-010 olant orocedure _ imolementino G-Soecs. INPO 88 TS.1 Protection of olant eouioment durino mods. NMRG H-1 Minor desion chances needed to succort maintenance and OPS not comoleted in timelv manner. MART D.2.F caos 80 - review of maintenance orocedures by DNE. k 5.0 MAP EVALUATION / STATUS j l A. Programmatic l Site Director Standard Practice, SDSP 8.1, Plant Modification / Design Change Approval, controls plant modification and design control. I SDSP 8.1, has established the change control board and its functions are outlined in Section 6.4 and Attachment A of SDSP 8.1. c SDSP 8.4, Modification Work Plans, purpose is to provide e instructions for preparation and processing of work pla~ns. - PMI 6.2, Conduct of Maintenance, requires maintenance personnel performing modifications to comply with applicable SDSP's. SDSP 8.4 provides an acceptable method to control the implementation of all modifications to Browns Ferry Nuclear Plant. This procedure is used by both Maintenance and Division of Nuclear Construction at Browns Ferry. SDSP 7.9 established the responsibilities of work control process, develops schedules based on Si performance, system outages, required PM's, corrective maintenance, and modification work plans. B. Implementation Verification A verification is needed to determine if modification work done 4 by plant mainte, nance meets the criteria in section 1.0. (see action item 1) 2

       .                                                                                    1 DATE: February 16, 1989 MAP - M07C1 D lU) 6.0     MAP ACCEPTABILITY / PERFORMANCE EVALUATION                                    ;

Acceptable for - Ref.

                  'Startup Short Term Operations.                                           ,

__ Acceptable for - Ref. Long Term Operations Acceptable for Ref. ORR - Objective # 7.0 ACTION ITEMS ACTION RESP. ORG. DUE DATE

1. Perform an audit or surveillance BF QA 5/1/89 adequate to determine if modifications '

done by plant maintenance are l accomplished in accordance with applicable j O procedures. l NJ CONCURRENCE IC < /3 NAME U / dATE 8.0 MAP SCHEDULE INITIAL REVIEW DATE - 1/25/89 IMPLEMENTATION DATE - LATEST REVIEW - 1/31/89 3

                                                                                                          ]
                                                              . DATE: February 14, 1989 MAP - M07C2

(* b MAINTENANCE ACTION PLAN (MAP) M 07C2 - Maintenance Request 1.0 MAP DESCRIPTION / SCOPE Maintenance on plant process equipment is identified using the Maintenance Request (MR). The MR form and instructions for properly filling it out are described in a site procedure. The information necessary to identify problems, work needed, resources required, track, authorize, control work and assure satisfactory completion are provided on the MR form, or the MR package. 2.0 MAP RESPONSIBILITIES. Maintenance Superintendent

  /9 U   3.0 MAP PRIORITY                                                                                     l STARTUP                YES X NO                                                                 i BASIS - Maintenance activities on plant process equipment must be controlled and documented.

COMMITMENT YES NO X BASIS - There are no specific commitments regarding the formating of the MR form. 4.0 MAP SOURCE DOCUMENTS @EFERENCES FSAR Vol 6. Chao 13 Sec 13.6A NOAM Vol ll. Part II. Sect 2.1 TECH SPECS OTHER ORR # 2.1.8.21. PROCEDURES SDSP 7.6 Maintenance Reauest and Trackina 4 FINDINGS / CONCERNS MART- C.b 1 i

                                                                                         -,_2___*_---_._-

DATE: February 14, 1989 MAP - M07C2 l Maintenance request packages should clearly define the work to be i performed and contain all required documentation. 5.0 MAP EVALUATION / STATUS A. Programmatic Site Director Standard Practice, SDSP 7.6, Maintenance Request and Tracking, establishes the instructions and responsibility for  ; identifying, requesting, completion of, and authorizing j maintenance requests; provides for systematic tracking and follow up; and provides management a computerized program for controlling maintenance requests. Maintenance on plant process equipment is controlled by maintenance requests (MR's). SDSP 7.6 specifies how to initiate, complete, and enter MR packages into history. This procedure is adequate to ensure proper contro! of work activities and retrevial of pertinent information. O V B. Implementation Verification I There is no evidence to indicate that the MR is being implemented in a manner that it does not fully meet the criteria stated in section 1.0. Operational objective, ORR 2.1.8.21 did indicate some problems, however they were not related to the MR control form per se. Nevertheless this evaluation showed that some enhancements were indicated. (see action item 1-3) 6.0 MAP ACCEPTABILITY / PERFORMANCE EVALUATION X Acceptable for - Ref. Startup Short Term Operations. Acceptable for - Ref. Long Term Operations Acceptable for Ref. ORR - Objective # 2

DATE: March 13,1989 , MAP - M07C2 t

>O ;

i '% J I 7.0 ACTION ITEMS j l ACTION RESP. ORG. DUE DATE l J

1. Close ORR objective # 2.1.8.21, Maint. Supt. 7/1/89 {

which evaluates the MR adequacy I

2. Revise SDSP 7.6, step 6.4.2, to Special Prog. Startup have " lead craftsman" based on Manager qualifications identified in l

Block no. 30. I 8 0 MAPSCHEDULE 8 INITIAL REVIEW DATE - _ _ _1/25/89 IMPLEMENTATION DATE - LATEST REVIEW - 1/31/89 S 3 '

i DATE: January 31, 1989

MAP - M07C3 MAINTENANCE ACTION PLAN (MAP)

M07C3 - Supervision of Maintenance Activities i 1.0 MAP DESCRIPTION / SCOPE Direct observation of work performance - Maintenance supervisors routinely walk their work spaces and monitor work in progress. Their. observations help ensure that work is performed according to approved procedures and policies. They verify that proper safety and radiological protection practices are observed. Other items observed include, the proper use and control of tools, installation of correct parts and material, and that quality work is being performed on the correct equipment. Pre / Post job briefing are observed. Good work practices are recognized and encouraged; poor work practices are corrected on the spot. Causes of poor work practices are identified and corrected, and generic corrective actions initiated as needed. O 2.0 MAP RESPONSIBILITIES Maintenance Superintendent - 3.0 MAP PRIORITY STARTUP YES X NO BASIS - Direct observation of work performance by Maintenance Supervision is required to ensure quality work and that all safety and radiological protection practices are being followed. COMMITMENT YES NO X BASIS - 4

?

.' 1 _----1 -

DATE: January 31, 1989 MAP - M07C3 p 4.0 MAP SOURCE DOCUMENTS / REFERENCES V FSAR Vol. 6. Chaoter 13. NOAM Vol ll. Part 11. Section 2.1 Sec 13.6.4 TECH SPECS OTHER SALP 83/8418-A.18-B. 18-F. 22-B: SALP 8512-D.12-E.12-H PROCEDURES PMI 6.2 FINDINGS / CONCERNS INPO MA.1.1 (1988). INPO OA. 3-1 (1988). M ART - 1.1.a.1.2.f. i OR A - 2.1.8.7.1 and 2.1.8.22.1. There is inadequate management supervision of work in progress. O 5.0 MAP EVALUATION / STATUS V A. Programmatic Plant Manager Instruction (PMI 6.2) Section 4.8 outlines the guidelines for performance of maintenance. This section addresses the requirements for maintenance supervisors to routinely monitor work activities to ensure they are being , conducted in a safe and efficient manner and in accordance with plant policies and procedures. B. Implementation Verification l i PMI 6.2 revision 6 was reviewed and verified to require foremen l and other maintenance management to monitor on going activities. There is no formalized documentation process for i verifying monitoring activities. Practices that should be i checked include the following: i i 4 proper use of pre job briefings and applicable training (for

                                       ~                                                                    i example, niockup training)                                                            !

2 i

     , , ,,      . .                        .m

DATE: February 14, 1989 MAP - M07C3 /G - industrial safety and radiological protection practices (for d example, appropriate use of safety equipment, proper handling of hazardous chemicals, proper use of ALARA 1 concepts, minimizing spread of contamination) quality of workmanship, material, and parts a procedures use, including adherence to step-by-step requirements, sign-offs, and work hold points. ) l open system and component protection accountability of tools, chemicals, and materials correct tools use for the job (for example, short, non-sparking tools for batteries; prybars, chisels, or punches used as intended, rather than substituting screwdrivers; test instruments used on correct ranges) O - clean and orderly work sites tj s work progress and time required to perform the job, ' ' especially if a limiting condition for operation is involved. 1 work being performed on the correct component, train, ' system, and unit. proper use of post-job reporting and, when applicable, post-job critiques This inspection process will be formalized with the development of a checklist to be used by supervisors. 6.0 MAP ACCEPTABILITY / PERFORMANCE EVALUATION Acceptable for - Ref. Startup Short Term Operations. Acceptable for - Ref. O Long Term Operati,ons Acceptable for ORR - Objective # Ref. 3

  . ~ .                 ,   .       . . . .             ..   ,     ,,          .,
           . _ _ - _ _         ..-_              _ _ _ _ _ _                _ _ _ _ _ =                                    ._-

DATE: March 13,1989 MAP - M07C3 l

 /~)
 %)     7.0 ACTION ITEMS                                                                                                             l ACTION                                           RESP. ORG.             DUE DATE
1. Establish criteria for monitoring Maint. Supt. 4/15/89 work in progress and " walk your I spaces". Startup Requirement
2. Develop a checklist consistent Maint Supt 4/15/89 with INPO list of work practices l that should be checked for l

! supervisors to complete. Startup Requirement

3. Discuss inspection results at Maint Supt. 4/15/89 daily supervisors meeting.

Startup Requirement

 \>

8.0 MAP SCHEDULE l l INITIAL REVIEW DATE - 1/24/89 l IMPLEMENTATION DATE - uATEST REVIEW - 1/31/89 l l 9 4 '

DATE: January 31, 1989. MAP - M07C4A - i MAINTENANCE ACTION PLAN (MAP) M 07C4A Administrative Review of Completed Maintenance Request 1.0 MAP DESCRIPTION / SCOPE The completed MR is reviewed by the shift operations supervisor to ensure the maintenance and post-maintenance testing is c' ompleted R and the component is ready to be returned-to-service. Additional .l testing may be required prior to declaring the component operable. + The MR is also reviewed by a maintenance technical engineer and the maintenance foreman to ensure required and accurate information is prdvided. 2.0 MAP RESPONSIBILITIES Shift Operations Supervisor Maintenance Superintendent - , 3.0 MAP PRIORITY STARTUP YES X NO BASIS - NPP VOL 3, Page 11-64C , Section 4.1.6 Work Control COMMITMENT YES X NO BASIS - NPP VOL 3, Page 11-64C , Section 4.1.6 Work Control-4.0 MAP SOURCE DOCUMENTS / REFERENCES FSAR Chaoter 13 NOAM Vol 11. Part 11. Sect 2.1 TECH SPECS OTHER PROCEDURES SDSP 7.6- Maintenance Reauest and Trackino SDSP 3.3 - Quality Assurance Surveillance Monitorino PMI 6.2 - Conduct of Maintenance O RCl 15 , ALARA 1

DATE: February 14, 1989 MAP - M07C4A  !

 /  \

i1 ' V FINDINGS / CONCERNS NMRG l-1: i NRC SALP 1985- Paae 14: INPO Mar 1986. MA 3.2. l Appropriate PMT is sometimes not defined,

                    ,                    clarified and/or performed.                                        !

5.0 MAP EVALUATION / STATUS i A. Programmatic l Site Director Standard Practice Site (SDSP 7.6) Step 6.4.12 - i describes requirement for Operations to review all MR's and sign concurring that maintenance and post-maintenance testing is complete and equipment is ready to be returned to service. SDSP 7.6, Step 6.4.10 and 6.4.11 describe requirements for i foreman to review and sign MR's. SDSP 7.6, Step 6.1.5 requires all MR's on safety-related equipment to be performed in accordance with approved plant I V instructions. These instructions require cognizant review by i the technical section. Plant Manager Instruction (PMI 6.2), Step 4.9.2 requires post-work review of all significant work. This review shall include record adequacy; quality, proficiency of work and discussion of any problems. SDSP 3.3 Quality Assurance Surveillance. Monitoring verifies that observed activities or programs conform to specified requirements and evaluate the adequacy and effectiveness of the activity. Section 6.1.2 determines areas to be surveyed. MR's are included in the maintenance and modification classifications. Radiological Control Instruction (RCl) - 15 outlines where and when RADCON reviews MR's. Section 6.6 and 6.7 specifies reviews are conducted only as exposures dictate. B. Implementation Verification 9 Review of SDSP 3.3, SDSP 7.6, PMI 6.2 and, RCI-15 show adequate criteria. In addition the closure of CAOR BFP 880509 will complete action required for acceptability of this item. CAOR 2

DATE: March 6,1989 MAP - M07C4A

  ^'h                                       BFP 880509 was written to document findings of the Safety              i

[V System FunctionalInspection Team. The team found that MRs were sometimes signed off as having the PMT complete, when in fact it had not been done. The corrective action for this CAQR q , will preclude a recurrence. i 6.0 MAP ACCEPTABILITY / PERFORMANCE EVALUATION

                                                                                                                   ]

Acceptable for - Ref. Startup Short Term Operations. Acceptable for - Ref. Long Term Operations Acceptable for Ref. ORR - Objective # 7.0 ACTION ITEMS ACTION RESP. ORG. DUE DATE O ,

1. Verify closure of CAOR Quality Surveillance l BFP 880509 Group 2/15/89 i I

CONCURRENCE Sianed bv: L.W. Jones /2/1/89  ! NdME DATE 8.0 MAP SCHEDULE INITIAL REVIEW DATE - 1/23/89 l IMPLEMENTATION DATE - LATEST REVIEW - 1/31/89  ! 3

               -                                                                                  y i

DATE: January 31, 1989 l MAP - M07C4B 1 V(D MAINTENANCE ACTION PLAN (MAP) ) M 07C4B - Lessons Learned Review of Completed Maintenance Requests 1.0 MAP DESCRIPTION / SCOPE

                         . Lessons Learned Review - The completed MR is reviewed by Maintent ce Supervisors and/or Maintenance Engineers for scope of work, adequacy of repair, and complete documentation.

2.0 MAP RESPONSIBILITIES 1 Maintenance Superintendent 3.0 MAP PRIORITY STARTUP YES NO X BASIS - 1 Lessons learned is a maintenance program enhancement and not a v/ requirement. r 4 COMMITMENT YES NO X j BASIS - ' No commitment could be found to perform a lessons learned review j of maintenance requests. ' 4.0 _ MAP SOURCE DOCUMENTS / REFERENCES FSAR NOAM TECH SPECS OTHER l l PROCEDURES SDSP 7.6. - Maintenance Reauest and Trackina l PMI 2.15 - Mechanical Maintenance Writers Instructions Guide BF 13.1 - Format for Maintenance instructions

                                                   ~

FINDINGS /CONCEANS 1

l l DATE: January 31, 1989 4 MAP - M07C48 g] 5.0 MAP EVALUATION / STATUS

 'O A. Programmatic l

l Site Director Standard Practice, SDSP 7.6, Maintenance Request ) and Tracking, requires that craft supervision review all MR's for l completeness and acceptance as a OA record. All MR's that use maintenance procedures require that the cognizant engineer review the procedure for completeness as a QA record. (Ref. PMI 2.15 and BF 13.1) Plant Manager Instruction, PMI-6.2, Conduct of Mainte' nance, Attachment D, provides procedure problem feedback. B. Implementation Verification SDSP 7.6 is in place and all completed MR's are being reviewed by craft supervision and/or a cognizant engineer. Procedures need to be reviewed for adequacy of the method used by craft personnel to give feedback to maintenance supervision and the maintenance CT technical staff on problems encountered while performing work

 \j              on the MR.

6.0 MAP ACCEPTABILITY / PERFORMANCE EVALUATION X Acceptable for - Ref, Statement in 5.B Startup Short Term Operations. Acceptable for - Ref. Long Term Operations Acceptable for Ref. __ ORR - Objective # 2 =____-__ - - - - - -

                                                                                 ~ ~-- '

DATE: January 31, 1989 MAP - M07C48 /G 7.0 ACTION ITEMS ACTION RESP. ORG. DUE DATE

1. Review procedures to verify Maint. Supt. 6/1/89 adequacy of feedback method and revise procedures accordingly.

Not a startup requirement.

 .      8.0 MAP SCHEDULE INITIAL REVIEW DATE                            -

1/25/89 IMPLEMENTATION DATE - LATEST REVIEW - 1/31/89 0 , 3

DATE: March 6,1989 MAP - M07C5

 'g U                                                   MAINTENANCE ACTION PLAN (MAP)

M07C5 - Temporary Repairs l 1 1.0 MAP DESCRIPTION / SCOPE Temporary repairs are performed under the station's temporary modification program to provide engineering review of the adequacy of the temporary repair and a means of identifying required permanent repairs. 2.0 MAP RESPONSIBILITIES l Maintenance Superintendent 3.0 MAP PRIORITY I O STARTUP YES X NO ) h BASIS - I To maintain configuration ' control of the plant, temporary' repairs- ' "" '* (modifications) must be tracked to ensure a permanent fix is implemented. l COMMITMENT YES NO X l BASIS - 4.0 MAP SOURCE DOCUMENT 9 REFERENCES j l FSAR ' NOAM Part II. Section 6.4 TECH SPECS OTHER ORR # 2.1.8.25.2 PROCEDURES PMI 8.1 - Temocrarv Alterations FINDINGS / CONCERNS INPO "84". TS.4-2: NRC 8816 Insoection Reoort

                                                               ~    ~

Item 1. 9- Evaluations of temporary alterations do not always address applicable design considerations. 1

1 DATE: March 6,1989 ) MAP - M07C5 p, V 5.0 MAP EVALUATION / STATUS A. Programmatic - Temporary repairs (modifications) are made in accordance with Plant Manager's Instructions PMI-8.1. This procedure has been reviewed and contains adequate criteria for the control of temporary repairs. B. Implementation Verification Work control center publishes the Temporary Alteration Control Form (TACF) status list A and B every 60 days per requirements of PMI-8.1. This list is reviewed by the System Engineers to provide update status. All open TACPs are reviewed by PORC at l intervals not to exceed 6 months. l l Ox 6.0 MAP ACCEPTABILITY / PERFORMANCE EVALUATION X Acceptable for - > f Ref. Startup Short Term Operations. X Acceptable for - Ref. Statement in section 5.8 Long Term Operations ' Acceptable for Ref. ORR - Objective # 2.1.8.25.2 7.0 ACTION ITEMS ACTION RESP. ORG. DUE DATE

1. Revise PMI 8.1 to show Technical Svs 5/1/89 that work control center issues TACF lists rather than planning &

scheduling. This is not a startup requirement. CONCURRENCE 5ianed bv: Bill Thomison / 2/3/89 NAME DATE 2

_m . DATE: March 6,1989  ! MAP - M07C5  !

  .f~
  \     8.0 MAP SCHEDULE                                                                                         i INITIAL REVIEW DATE                          --                    1/21/89 IMPLEMENTATION DATE                          -

l LATEST REVIEW - 1/31/89 ' l i f l

                                                                                                                 ;\

4 l 1 i l l 3

      \
                             ., 5 ,,s,
                                                                  , , . . ,_.4.    . . . . . . , _ .

4 DATE: March 8,1989 1 . MAP - M07C6 f}. MAINTENANCE ACTION PLAN (MAP) M 07C6 - Control of Non-Station Utility and Contractor Personnel

_,1.0 MAP DESCRIPTION / SCOPE Non-station utility and contractor personnel who perform  ;

maintenance or modifications on plant systems should be trained and I

^

qualified for the work they are to perform. Supervisors . vill review I their work to ensure they are held accountable to the same controls l and high standards expected of station personnel. l 2.0 MAP RESPONSIBILITIES;i  ! I Maintenance Superintendent 3.0 MAP PRIORITY

  ' (O)                              STARTUP               YES X NO BASIS -

The necessity to ensure quality work applies to non-station utility l and contractor personnel as well as to the permanent staff.  ! COMMITMENT YES NO X BASIS - 4.0 MAP SOURCE DOCUMENTS / REFERENCES FSAR NOAM i

TECH SPECS OTHER ORR # 2.1.8.6.5 1

PROCEDURES SDSP 16.9 Technical Evaluation for Procurement of j Material and Services SDSP 7.6 Maintenance Reouest and Trackina ] (~N, PMI 6.2 Conduct of Maintenance

!h
1 1

k DATE: March 8,1989 j MAP - M07C6

     /i lV              FINDINGS / CONCERNS           N/A There were no findings / concerns against TVA in the area of l

non-station utility and contractor personnel. INPO 85-038 does address the necessity that these personnel must be trained, qualified, and held accountable for the work they perform. ] 5.0 MAP EVALUATION / STATUS A. Programmatic

+
                 -    Site Director Standard Practice (SDSP) 16.9, Attachment G, Step 1.1.1.1, requires originator of a purchase request to specify all y                      personnel certification or training requirements. This ensures L

that TVA is supplied qualified personnel. SDSP 7.6, Step 6.4.2 requires the Maintenance j Supervisor / Designated representative to identify and record on the MR, the primary work task code. This ensures the lead  : craftsman on the job is qualified to perform the work.  ; Plant Manager Instruction (PMI) 6.2, Step 4.9.22 requires that all j ] V(] work done by a contractor cr off-site organization must comply  ! q with plant procedures, quality requirements, and be verified

acceptable by plant interfacing organization.

B. Implementation Verification j 1 1 l 3 Adequate procedures are in place to ensure non-station utility ) l and contractor personnel are qualified and held accountable tc - the work they perform. The lack of any findings / concerns in this j area justify that startup requirements are met. Contract

numbers 88NNR-74781 A and 88NNR-80780A are examples where f contractor services were obtained, b 6.0 MAP ACCEPTABILITY / PERFORMANCE EVALUATION t

X Acceptable for - Ref. Statement in 5.8 [1 Startup Short Term Operations. X Acceptable for - Ref. Statement in 5.B j /3 Long Term Operations ]* i () X Acceptable for ORR - Objective # 2.1.8.6.5 Ref. Statement in 5.8 2 l - _ _ _

) DATE: March 8,1989 1 MAP - M07C6 f'

j'()s 7.0 ACTION ITEMS ACTION -RESP. ORG. DUE DATE 1 4 l None 1 i

     !      8.0 MAP SCHEDULE INITIAL REVIEW DATE -

1/24/89 ) IMPLEMENTATION DATE - d

LATEST REVIEW -

1/31/89

1 i
   }                                                                  !

I 0 i i' l' i >{ n

i j
1 1  :

{d 0 i' 3 E _]

DATE: January 31, 1989 MAP - M08C1 V MAINTENANCE ACTION PLAN (MAP) M08C1 - Post Maintenance Test Requirements 1.0 MAP DESCRIPTION / SCOPE Approved PMT instructions are available for component testing following maintenance. They are reviewed by planners, quality control and operations prior to use. PMTs are tracked throughout 1 I maintenance with the MR to ensure completion. Test results are reviewed for acceptance, operations notified, and formally l documented. 2.0 MAP RESPONSIBILITIES l Maintenance Support Group BF Audit Group '3 / Technical Support %) l 3.0 MAP PRIORITY ' i STARTUP YES 'X NO BASIS - PMT program procedures are implemented. COMMITMENT YES X NO BASIS - commitment to implement PMT program 4.0 MAP SOURCE DOCUMENTS / REFERENCES

                                                   .                        FSAR                                   NOAM     Part 11 Sec. 2.1 car. 5.3.3.4 TECH SPECS                             OTHER    NPP Vol 3-4.1.4 PROCEDURES SDSP 6.7 1
                                                                                                                     \

7 DATE: January 31, 1989 l MAP - M08C1 j D FINDINGS / CONCERNS NRC Violation 88-16-03. INPO 1986 MA-3.2 NMRG-R-86-02-NPS.1-1 CAOR BFP880509. SS FI-WCS-6. GENERIC LETTER 83-28 - INPO. O&MR. SER. SOER. OER - IE Notices - Maintenance i 10 CFR Part 21 Maint. ) GE Letter Maint. 5.0 MAP EVALUATION / STATUS A. Programmatic The selection of a test to verify acceptable performance of maintenance tasks is determined by Site Director Standard Practice, SDSP 6.7, Post Maintenance Test Program, Section 6.0. Post maintenance test instructions that are not in an approved plant instruction are prepared on a SDSP-292 form and are included in the work package (SDSP-6.7, Section 6.1.4.).

         \

Directions for Form SDSP-292 are in section 6.3 of SDSP-6.7. SDSP-6.7, defines the responsibilities for identifying and developing PMTs (sections 7.0). SDSP-7.6, Maintenance Request , and Tracking, section 6.4.11 specifies the responsibility for l verifying that the PMT meets acceptance criteria. ' l Post Maintenance Tests are tracked by Site Director's Standard Practices, SDSP-7.6, and SDSP 7.9, Integrated Schedule and Work Control, SDSP-7.6, section 6.4.11 provides initial instructions for handling the PMT that is attached to the maintenance request package (MR). PMTs remain with the MR which is the tracking document. PMTs not performed promptly as scheduled, are

       ,                                      returned to the Work Control Group as specified in SDSP-7.9, section 6.2.2-A, where they are retained until rescheduled for testing. MRs that are awaiting the performance of a PMT are reclassified in the MR computer program in accordance with Work Control Group Section Instruction Letter, SIL-B-22. SDSP-6.7, section 6.1.14 speci.fies that the scheduler shall coordinate with all responsible groups and schedule the PMT to ensure timely completion.

2

1 DATE: January 31, 1989 i MAP - M08C1 l ['

   \                                 SDSP-7.6 sections 6.4.11 and 6.4.12 specify that the organization responsible for performing the PMT, shall also verify that the component meets the acceptance criteria and that any test deficiencies are dispositioned. SDSP-7.6 requires the organization responsible for the PMT to review, sign and date the MR in block 32, signifying that the PMT is complete and that all deficiencies are dispositioned in accordance with PMI-47 form for handling test deficiencies.

The MR package and the PMT results are provided to the Shift . l Operation Supervisor for notification that all PMT is complete. Operations signs block no. 33 acknowledging that the l maintenance and PMT are complete, thus enabling the component I to be returned to service. , I' If maintenance is performed on a piece of equipment but the specified post maintenance testing cannot be completed l Immediately following the maintenance, a caution order will be f'N issued to identify the equipment as awaiting PMT. This clearance V will be issued to the SOS /ASOS and will remain in effect until the required PMT is satisfactorily completed. A caution order tag shall be hung at each control location from which that component can be operated. The purpose of this clearance is to inform personnel that this equipmant has not been tested satisfactorily I following maintenance and should not be operated unless required by abnormal or emergency plant conditions. SDSP-6.7, section 9.0, specifies that PMTs are QA records and retained in accordance with SDSP-2.5, QA Records. Form SDSP-292, becomes an attachment to the MR package and therefore also has retention as a OA record in accordance with SDSP-2.5. Both methods of specifying PMT are a part of the MR package and numbered accordingly. Test Deficiencies Log, form PMI-47 does not specify that the MR number will be cross-referenced. Neither does PMI-17.1 specify that test deficiencies reference the MR package if applicable. (see action item 1)., 3

DATE: February 14, 1989 MAP - M08C1 1

   /3       B. Implementation Verification                                                I
   'D The maintenance self-assessment performed in August,1988 described the following problems: Generic PMTs were not being              i developed fast enough to support maintenance planning, and

, simple PMTs required too much formal documentation and , engineering time to write. SDSP-6.7 has been revised to correct the problem. A verification of complete program implementation is required. (see action item 2). A recent Safety System Functional Inspeciton (SSFI) revealed that some equipment had been returned to service and the MR I closed before the PMT was performed. Operations changed l SDSP-14.9, Equipment Clearance Procedure, section 6.1, in  ! response to CAQR BFP880509 to require the hanging of a caution order. The effectiveness of this change needs to be verified. (see i action item 2 of M08C1 and item 1 of M07C4A). 6.0 MAP ACCEPTABILITY /PERFORMAN6E EVALUATION (~h Acceptable for - Ref. Startup Short Term Operations. Acceptable for - Ref. b Long Term Operations Dig Acceptable for Ref. ORR - Objective # 1 7.0 ACTION ITEMS ACTION RESP. ORG. DUE DATE

1. Revise PMI-17.1 and form PMI-47 I&C, 5/1/89 s to specify that test deficiencies Maint. Planning associated with MRs will be cross-referenced.

1 4

[ DATE: March 7,1989 MAP - M08C1 3 2. Perform a complete verification BF Audit Report (d audit of PMT program implementation specifically Group 4/1/89 include:

               ' test selection responsibilities test instructions tracking and scheduling preliminary reviews atest verification operability verification documentation retrievability CONCURRENCE ElGNED J:T. BARNES                1/31/89                                    j NAME            DATE O   8.0 MAP SCHEDULE
 ,V INITIAL REVIEW DATE                       -

12/14/88 IMPLEMENTATION DATE - LATEST REVIEW - 2/14/89 i l i 5 l

l l DATE: January 31, 1989 MAP - M0802 f^ MAINTENANCE ACTION PLAN (MAP) M08C2 - Post Maintenance Test Program Scope 1.0 MAP DESCRIPTION / SCOPE Post-maintenance testing covers both safety and non-safety related l plant equipment. It is performed after corrective and select I preventive maintenance activities. The level of testing is based on the extent of maintenance performance and the equipment's importance to plant safety and reliability. Approved instructions are l used to perform post-maintenance testing. 2.0 MAP RESPONSIBILITIES Maintenance Support Group , ( 3.0 MAP PRIORITY C STARTUP YES X NO BASIS - PMT program implemented COMMITMENT YES X NO BASIS - commitment to implement PMT program in NPP Vol. 3 -4.1.4 4.0 MAP SOURCE DOCUMENTS / REFERENCES FSAR NOAM Part il Sec. 2.1 oar. 5.3.3.4 TECH SPECS OTHER NPP Vol 3-4.1,4 , PROCEDURES SDSP 6.7. PMI 6.2 FINDINGS / CONCERNS INPO 1988 MA-3.2 NMRG-R-86-02-NPS.1-1 CAOR BFP 880509. SSFl WCS-6 1

DATE: February 14, 1989 MAP - M08C2 5.0 MAP EVALUATION / STATUS A. Programmatic Site Director's Standard Practice, SDSo 6.7, R1, Post-Maintenance i

                                .                 Test Program, caction 2.2, states that the program applies to Critical Systems Structures and Components (CSSC) and plant process equipment and may be used on BOP process equipment.

Section 6.1.1 specifies that the level of testing be based on the extent of maintenance performed. Safety considerations are addressed during initial PMT preparaton and approval in accordance with SDSP-2.1 and SDSP-2.11. Section 6.1.4 specifies that post-maintenance testing shall be conducted in accordance  ; with approved instructions. A review of Attachment A to SDSP 6.7 shows that PMTs listed are approved plant procedures. Other PMTs performed in accordance with form SDSP-292 require appropriate approvals prior to use.

 /O                                               The Conduct of Maintenance, PMI-6.2, section 4.5.13 requires thdt      !

V PMT be performed on all plant process equipment following corrective maintenance. It also requires that PMT be performed following some preventive maintenance and troubleshooting activities that may have impaired proper functioning of the component. B. jmolementation Verification PMTs are currently being used for CSSC and BOP plant process equipment in accordance with the requirements of SDSP 6.7 and 7.6. Verification of program implementation is needed. (see action item 1) 6.0 MAP ACCEPTABILITY / PERFORMANCE EVALUATION __, Acceptable for - Ref. Startup Short Term Operations.

                                            .___. Acceptable for -                       Ref.

4 Long Term Operations

                                            .Dla Acceptable for ORR - Objective #.         _

Ref. 2

4 i DATE: January 31, 1989 i MAP - M08C2 f~ (),/ 7.0 ACTION ITEMS . ACTION RESP. ORG. DUE DATE

1. Verify implementation BF AUDIT GROUP Report of PMT program to ensure that 4/1/89  !

PMTs are performed on appropriate equipment. CONCURRENCE d I Ma4wo / / ~ J A 8'F l 6AME DATE 8.0 MAP SCHEDULE INITIAL REVIEW DATE - 12/14/88 O IMPLEMENTATION DATE - V LATEST REVIEW - 1 I e - 3

                                                                  -    _ :-_---__ :__ ____=_- -

l DATE: January 31, 1989 MAP - M08C3 ( ( ,/ MAINTENANCE ACTION PLAN (MAP)  ! M08C3 - Post-Maintenance Test Control  ! 1.0 MAP DESCRIPTION / SCOPE Post-Maintenance Testing is controlled to ensure that reviews, status, tracking,-acceptance, coordination, and scheduling are performed. I ~

,        2.0 MAP RESPONSIBILITIES                                                              l Maintenance Support Group 3.0 MAP PRIORITY STARTUP                YES   X   NO BASIS - PMT program implemented COMMITMENT             YES x     NO BASIS - commitment to implement PMT program in NPP Vol. 3 - 4.1.4.

4.0 MAP SOURCE DOCUMENTS / REFERENCES FSAR NOAM Part il Sec. 2.1 car. 5.3.3.4 TECH SPECS OTHER NPP Vol 3- 4.1.4 . PROCEDURES SDSP6.7. SDSP 7.9 FINDINGS / CONCERNS - INPO 1988. M A-3.2 SSFI BF-WSC-6 i CAOR BFP 880509 -l NM RG-R-88-02-NPS.1-1 l l Q - - 1 {

1 DATE: ' January 31, 1989 l MAP - M08C3

,f3 (j  5.0 MAP EVALUATION / STATUS 1

A. Programmatic I 1 Site Director's Standard Practice, SDSP 7.6, Maintenance Request and Tracking provides the basis for controlling and tracking

,             post-maintenance tests. Section 6.4.11, provides instruction relating specifically to block 32 on the MR form. The control and                           l tracking for MRs applies also to PMT because they are a part of                             j the MR package. Reviews and app'roval for PMTs are specified in section 6.1.4 to be the same as an attachment to the MR. The status MR also statuses the PMT and is controlled by Work Control                          l Group's Section Instruction Letter SIL B-22. MRs awaiting a PMT                            j are placed in a "T" status in the MR computer program and held in the Work Control Group for rescheduling.

SDSP 7.9, integrated Schedule and Work Control procedure, l section 6.2.2 specifies that MRs that require a PMT and cannot be j

  /]          performed immediately subsequent to the completion of work, (s/         shall be returned to the Work Control Group until the PMT can be scheduled and performed. PMTs that are held in Work Control                                 l Group for equipment availability are flagged by a caution order in                        -I accordance with section 6.1 of Equipment Clearance Procedure,                               1 SDSP-14.9.

SDSP 6.7 and 7.9 specify that the scheduler shall coordinate with all responsible groups and schedule the post-maintenance test to ensure timely completion. Section 7.0 specifies responsibilities of each plant group for implementation of PMT program. l PMT acceptance is addressed under SDSP 7.6, Maintenance Request and Tracking and the discipline reviews covered in section 7.0 of SDSP 6.7. j ^ l These procedures adequately provide instruction for the criteria l in section 1.0. i 4 G* 2 l

l DATE: March 7,1989 MAP - M08C3  : O B. Implementation Verification V A recent Safety System Functional inspection identified incidents where equipment had been returned to service without the PMT l being performed. (CAOR BFP880509). PMTs are adequately controlled at this time. Nevertheless, in the past there have been problems with control and verification of program implementation should be made. (see action item 1) i 6.0 MAP ACCEPTABILITY / PERFORMANCE EVALUATION Acceptable for - Ref. l Startup Short Term Operations. l _ _. Acceptable for - Ref. t Long Term Operations _Qla Acceptable for Ref. ORR - Objective #  ! [] C/ 7.0 ACTION ITEMS i ACTION RESP. ORG. DUE DATE  :

1. Verify complete program BF Audit Group Report 4

implementation . Ensure "T" 4-1-89 Status PMT is adequately addressed and followed -up. (same as action item 2 of M08C1). CONCURRENCE SIGNED J.T. BARNES 1/31/89 NAME DATE l 8.0 MAP SCHEDULE 1 l INITIAL REVIEW DATE - 12/14/88 IMPLEMENTATION DATE -

                                         ~

LATEST REVIEW ' - 2/14/89 3

I DATE: January 31, 1989 i MAP - M08C4 ,

 ,im

( MAINTENANCE ACTION PLAN (MAP) M08C4 Post-Maintenance Test Performance, Documentation, and 4 Acceptance t 1.0 MAP DESCRIPTION / SCOPE l l Post-maintenance testing is performed, documented, supervised, evaluated, and accepted by responsible organizations. Any test exceptions are evaluated and dispositioned promptly. The test data is  ! entered into maintenance history or cross-referenced in maintenance j history to the work control document. ) i 2.0 MAP RESPONSIBILITIES Maintenance Support Group 3.0 MAP PRIORITY [ U STARTUP YES X NO - BASIS - PMT program implemented l COMMITMENT YES X NO l BASIS - Commitment to implement PMT program in NPP Vol. 3 - 4.1.4. l 4.0 MAP SOURCE DOCUMENTS / REFERENCES f FSAR NOAM Part ll Sec. 2.1 car. 5.3.3.4 I TECH SPECS OTHER NPP Vol 3- 4.1.4 SSFI WCS-6 1 PROCEDURES SDSP6.7. SDSP 7.6. PMI 17.1 i FINDINGS / CONCERNS NMRG-R-86-02-NPS.1-1  ! INPO 1986 MA-3.2 f

                                   , CAOR BFP 880509
                                                                                                     )

i 1 i _ _ _ _ _ _ _ = - _

DATE: January 31, 1989 MAP - M08C4 5.0 MAP EVALUATION / STATUS A. Programmatic Post-maintenance tests are initially specified on the Maintenance Request' form (MR) in accordance with section 6.3.7 of SDSP 7.6, Maintenance Request and Tracking and SDSP 6.7, Post-Maintenance Test Program. The job planner specifies on the MR form the appropriate PMT from SDSP 6.7, attachment A or on form SDSP-292 attached to the MR. SDSP 6.7, section 6.1.14 states that the scheduler shall coordinate with responsible groups and schedule the PMT to ensure timely completion. The responsible lead organization - usually Operations or Technical Support - is identified at this time. The lead organization resolves questions and concerns that arise. Formal acceptance of the PMT is the responsibility of the G performing organization. Section 6.1.20 of SDSP 6.7 states that following PMT performance, a review of the test results shall be performed in accordance with requirements of SDSP 7.6. The ' technical disciplines usually make formal acceptance of test data and approves the MR in block no. 32. Operations is notified that PMT is complete and signs MR block no. 33 as a record. SDSP 6.7, section 6.1.11 states that unsatisfactory PMTs shall be documented and dispositioned on form PMI-47, Test Deficiency Log, in accordance with PMI 17.1, Conduct of Testing. PMI 17.1 provides complete instructions on the proper reporting, notifications, evaluations, etc., for test deficiencies. PMT test data is encoded into the MR history as a pcrt of the total MR package. This is governed by SDSP 7.6. These programmatic procedures adequately address the criteria l in section 1.0. 2 1

DATE: March 7,1989 MAP - M08C4

           ,.O                         B. Implementation Verification                                      ,

U l Verification of PMT program implementation is required. (see l action item 1) 6.0 MAP ACCEPTABILITY / PERFORMANCE EVALUATION l l l Acceptable for - Ref. j Startup Short Term Operations. { Acceptable for - Ref. i Long Term Operations j

                                       .nla Acceptable for                      Ref.

ORR - Objective # i 7'.0 ACTION ITEMS ACTION , RESP. ORG. DUE DATE

1. Verify implementation BF Audit Group Report of PMT program 4/1/89 (same as action item 2 of M08C1)

CONCURRENCE SIGNED J.T. BARNES 1/31/89 NAME DATE 8.0 MAP SCHEDULE INITIAL REVIEW DATE - 1/13/89 I IMPLEMENTATION DATE - l LATEST REVIEW - 2/14/89

                                                            '     ~

1 3 l

                                                                                                            )

I

1 DATE: February - 1, .19'89 - MAP-M09C1A L MAINTENANCE ACTION PLAN (MAP) l M09C1 A - Procurement Policy and Procedures 1.0 MAP DESCRIPTION / SCOPE Procedures and policies - procedures and policies are provided which establish the methods used in procurement of parts, material and services. Thes~e procedures define the specific responsibilities of corporate and station personnel involved in procurement. 2.0 MAP RESPONSIBILITIES Materials & Procurement 3.0 MAP PRIORITY STARTUP YES NO X j BASIS - This program area is presently in place and meets NOAM R requirements. Any proposed actions are an enhancement to the i existing program and will not impact restart at BFN. COMMITMENT YES NO X . BASIS - This program area is presently in place and meets NOAM ~ requirements. Any proposed actions are an enhancement to the l existing program and will not impa'ct restart at BFN. a 4.0 MAP SOURCE DOCUMENT 9 REFERENCES l ! FSAR NQAM Part 111 Section 2.1 i TECH SPECS OTHER NPP Vol. 3 - A-911-8.2 PROCEDURES ONPD-4.10 & SDSP-18.2 18.9 1

DATE: February 3,1989 MAP-M09C1 A (' FINDINGS / CONCERNS hBBI B.1.1. B.2.a. B.2.b. B.2.e. B.2.f. B.2.h. B.3.a. B.3.b. i B.4.c. B.4.d

                                                          @       Obl. # 2.1.8.15.1                  -

5.0 MAP EVALUATION / STATUS A. Programmatic ONP Directive 4.10 provides the corporate guidelines and responsibilities for the procurement of materials, parts and services for TVA nuclear plants. SDSP-16.2 is BFN's procurement processing procedure which establishes the site responsibilities and defines the required organizational interface. ' SDSP-16.9 provides the technical guidance for review of site - 1 originated procurement documents with the exception of NE originated design change (ECN) procurement which are technically reviewed per NEP 4.1 B. Imolomentation Verification EA has performed a review of procurement procedures and all-problems identified have been addressed. 6.0 MAP ACCEPTABILITY / PERFORMANCE EVALUATION I X Acceptable for

                                                                                                       ]

REF. Section 5.0 i Startup Short Term Op. X Acceptable for - REF. Section 5.0 i Long Term Op. Acceptable for- REF. ORR - Objective # 2.1.8.15.1 2

0' 14' 1 09 i MP 09C A  ! i i 7.0 ACTIONITEMS ACTION RESP. ORG. DUE DATE None Y 8.0 MAP SCHEDULE INITIAL REVIEW DATE - 12/19/88 IMPLEMENTATION DATE - 1/30/89 LATEST REVIEW - 2/13/89 l O i i t l 4 l l 4 i l ( . - i 3 l _ _ _ _ - - - - - - - _ - - . - - :l

DATE: February'1,1989 o

                                                                         - MAP - M0901B 4

O MAINTENANCE ACTION PLAN (MAP) . M09C1B -Training Procurement Procedures and Policies-L

                                                                                    \

j 1.0 MAP DESCRIPTION / SCOPE Training procurement procedures and policies - training is provided to the appropriate maintenance personnel (supervisors, general formen,- l engineers and planning) as required, to ensure understanding of the  ! procurement procedures and policies  ! 2.0 MAP RESPONSIBILITIES Maintenance Training Coordinator 3.0 MAP PRIORITY STARTUP YES' NO X BASIS - There is no requirement to complete this training for startup  ; however training will be provided on an as needed or scheduled basis. j i COMMITMENT YES NO X_ BASIS - There is no commitment to complete this training except as part of the normal. training provided to the maintenance personnel. Procurement training will be provided on an as needed or scheduled basis. ' 4.0 MAP SOURCE DOCUMENTS / REFERENCES FSAR NOAM TECH SPECS OTHER PROCEDURES , _ FINDINGS / CONCERNS -MART B.Aa 1 l

DATE: February 14, 1989 MAP - M09C1B 5.0 MAP EVALUATION / STATUS A. Programmatic - SEE, MAP M02C2 1 B. Implementation Verification i SEE MAP M02C2 t 6.0 MAP ACCEPTABILITY / PERFORMANCE EVALUATION X Acceptable for - REF. Section 3.0 - Startuo basis Startup Short Term Op.. X Acceptable for - REF. p d Long Term Op. Acceptalbe for-REF. ORR - Objective # l 7.0 ACTION ITEMS . ACTION . RESP. ORG. DUE DATE None 8.0 MAP SCHEDULE INITIAL REVIEW DATE - 1/30/89 IMPLEMENTATION DATE - 1/30/89 LATEST REVIEW - 2/12/19 f . . 2

                                                         .        .,. -      , , . . - - - , - -        ~    - ~

DATE: February. 16, 1989

                                                                     - MAP - M09C2A r'

MAINTENANCE ACTION PLAN ~ (MAP)-

                          - M09C2A - Procurement Initiation Early Identification l

1.0 MAP DESCRIPTION / SCOPE Early ' identification of long lead items - procurement methods are established that emphasizes the need to immediately notify procurement of the need for parts, material or services, especially , those items with known long lead times. The process applies to.  ! ) needs identified by field , engineering or spare parts personnel. 2.0 MAP RESPONSIBILITIES All Maintenance Sections, Modifications & DNE

                                                                                                               ]

Q b 3.0 MAP PRIORITY t STARTUP YES~ NO X BASIS - This program area is presently in place and meets NOAM requirements. Any proposed actions are an enhancement to the j existing program, and will not impact restart at BFN. I COMMITMENT YES NO X I BASIS - This program area is presently in place and meets NOAM requirements. Any proposed actions are an enhancement to the existing program. and will not impact restart at BFN. 4.0 MAP SOURCE DOCUMENTS / REFERENCES FSAR NOAM TECH SPECS OTHER { N PROCEDURES NEP 4.1 & SDSP-18.2 FINDINGS / CONCERNS -ORR Obi. # 2.1.8.15.1 i 1 1

                                                                            'a
                                                                           - DATEi Marchi 7,- 1989 MAP - M09C2A'.

5.0. MAP EVALUATION / STATUS A. Programmatic SDSP-16.2 establishes the requirements and methods and assignsL the responsibilities for the preparation, review, approval and ' control of procurement documents initiated at BFN. These requirements include the.early identification of long lead items. B. Implementation Verification Spare parts requirements are not being identified expeditiously.- These items should be identified well in advance at surveillance, inspections, PMs and field installation of modifications. In December of 1988 alone over seventy (70) emergency procurement were placed. 6.0 MAP ACCEPTABILITY / PERFORMANCE EVALUATION X Acceptable for - - REF. Startup Short Term Op. Acceptable for - REF. Long Term Op. Acceptable for- REF.' ORR-Objective # 2.1.8.15.1 7.0 ACTION ITEMS ACTION - RESP. ORG. DUE DATE

1. Maintenance and Materials review the cause Maint. Supt. .

4/14/89 of em.ergency procurement. Materials & Procurement

2. Maintenance and Materials take action Maint. Supt ongoing to include required items in stock. Materials &

Procurement CONCURRENCE SIGNED BY B TYNAN 2/07/89 O NAME DATE 2 i

DATE:' February.16,1989

                                                    - MAP - M09C2A'
                                                                                  -J O                                                                                 1 8.0 MAP. SCHEDULE -

INITIAL REVIEW DATE - 1/13/89-IMPLEMENTATION DATE - l

                 . LATEST REVIEW        -

2/12/89 l D e O .

                                                                                    \
                                   . e 3

DATE: February 3,1989 MAP - M09C2B MAINTENANCE ACTION PLAN (MAP) 1 M09C2B- Procurement initiation - Accurate' Descriptions; 1.0 MAP DESCRIPTION / SCOPE-

;                                                                                              .1 Detailed accurate descriptions - procedural methods are established which provide a detailed description of the part, material or service.
           .This description includes quality requirements, environmental qualifications, shelf life as applicable, and specifics sbout vendor support requirements, etc.

2.0 MAP RESPONSIBILITIES Procurement Originators - Maintenance, Modifications and DNE 3.0 MAP PRIORITY STARTUP YES NO X BASIS - This program area is presently in place and meets NOAM requirements. Any proposed actions are an enhancement to the existing program which will not impact restart at BFN. COMMITMENT YES NO_X BASIS - This prograntarea is presently in place and meets NOAM requirements. Any proposed actions are an enhancement to the existing program which will not impact restart at BFN.

,     4.0 MAP SOURCE DOCUMENTS / REFERENCES'-
,           FSAR                                       NOAM   PART III Section 2.1 L

i TECH SPECS __ OTHER NPP Vol. 3 sec.11-85 4.1.5 PROCEDURES SDSP 16.2

                                        ~

s FINDINGS /CONCER'NS MART B.2.c ORR -Obi. # 2.1.8.15.1 1

i DATE: March 13,1989 MAP - M09C2B r~N l N._)! -1 r 5.0 MAP EVALUATION / STATUS > A. Proaramtnat!G i SDSP-16.2 provides detailed instructions as to the information j required when preparing a purchase request. However, the purchase j request form does not require specific data, i B. Implementation Verification Application data is currently not being provided as required by SDSP-16.2. (see action item 1) l 6.0 MAP ACCEPTABILITY / PERFORMANCE EVALUATION  ! X(a) Acceptable for - REF. (a) below 0 ' Startup Short Term Op. Acceptable for - Long Term Op. REF. l 4 Acceptable for REF. ORR - Objective # 2.1.8.15.1

                                                                                                                                        .1 (a.) Procurement are currently acceptable due to the Contracts                                                         "

Engineering Group research to provide data missing from Purchase requests. i 7.0 ACTION ITEMS  ! ACTION - RESP. ORG. DUE DATE

1. Maintenance and materials should Materials & 5/17/89 I

, develop a purchase request form Procurement { that specifies the data to be provided Maint. Supt. ' including parent component identification. CONCURRENCE SIGNED BY B. TYNAN 2/01/89 NAME DATE i, 2 'I I

DATE: February 14,1989 MAP - M09028 , i O (J  ! 8.0 MAP SCHEDULE INITIAL REVIEW DATE - 1/13/89 IMPLEMENTATION DATE - I LATEST REVIEW - 2/13/89 1 i l l 1 4 s

                                                                                                              'l l

i l li l I 4 e - 1 i' 3

                                                         +                         !

DATE: Fcbruary 1,1989 { MAP - M09C2C  ! l A i .U MAINTENANCE ACTION PLAN (MAP) M09C2C- Procurement Initiation Vendor Selection 1.0 MAP DESCRIPTION / SCOPE i Vendor selection - vendor selection is based on an approved vendors list and vendor performance evaluations, i 2.0 MAP RESPONSIBILITIES Materials & Procurement, DNE CEG, OE & Purchasing  ! l 3.0 MAP PRIORITY  ! 1 STARTUP YES. NO _.X BASIS - This program area is presently in place and

'o      meets NOAM requirements. Any proposed actions are an enhancement to the existing program which will not impact restart at BFN.

l 1 COMMITMENT YES NO X BASIS - This program area is presently in place and j meets NOAM requirements. Any proposed actions are an enhancement to the existing program which will not l i impact restart at BFN., j 4.0 MAP SOURCE DOCUMENTS / REFERENCES FSAR NOAM PART 111 section 2.1  ! i TECH SPECS OTHER PROCEDURES SDSP-16.9 l i C FINDINGS /CONCE.RNS. l 1

DATE: February 14, 1989 I MAP - M09C2C. 5.0 MAP EVALUATION / STATUS A. Programmatic ' SDSP-16.9 states that non commercial grade material that performs a safety related function to the plant shall be procured from vendors that appear on TVA's acceptable suppliers list (ASL). This list is generated and maintained by DNOA POAB on the MAMS data base. B. Implementation Verification 4 The CEG procurement package references the appropriate mallin0 list on the ASL which communicates to Purchasing the list of approved vendors for purchase. 6.0 MAP ACCEPTABILITY / PERFORMANCE EVALUATJON l X Acceptable for - REF. Sections 3.0 & 5.0 3 Startup Short Term Op. O' X Acceptable for - REF. Sections 3.0 & 5.0 Long Term Op. - Acceptable for REF. ORR - Objective # 7,0 ACTION ITEMS ACTION RESP. ORG. DUE DATE TOE ' 8.0 MAP SCHEDULE INITIAL REVIEW DATE - 1/13/89 IMPLEMENTATION DATE - 1/13/89 LATEST REVIEW , 2/13/89 2

DATE: February 1,1989 MAP - M09C2D MAINTENANCE ACTION PLAN (MAP) M09C2D- Procurement Initiation Pooled inventory Systems I 1.0 MAP DESCRIPTION / SCOPE' Pooled Inventory System - all needs are reviewed against the , , availability of the parts or materials from the TVA pooled inventory  ! systems and includes the industry sponsored Pooled Inventory Management System (PIMS). 2.0 MAP RESPONSIBILITIES Materials & Procurement 3.0 MAP PRIORITY 4 STARTUP YES NO X

  • BASIS - This program area is presently in place and meets NOAM requirements. Any proposed actions are an enhancement to the existing program which will not impact restart at BFN.

COMMITMENT YES NO X l BASIS - This program area is presently in place and meets NOAM requirements. Any proposed actions are an enhancement to the -l existing program which will not impact restart at BFN. 4.0 MAP SOURCE DOCUMENT 9REFERENMS FSAR NOAM TECH SPECS OTHER PROCEDURES SDSP-16.2 FINDINGS /CONCE,RNS_ 1

DATE: February 14, 1989 ) MAP - M09C2D l

,                                                                                                    i

[h 3 6.0 MAP EVALUATION / STATUS j i A. Programmatic l-J

!            SDSP-16.2 states that procurement services shall review the MAMS                        I j             database to ascertain if the requested items are already in stock                       j within TVA or are on order in sufficient quantities. SDSP 16.2                          3 requires the Site PIM representative of the Management and Equipment                    i Committee prepare the purchase request for items procured from the                      !

PIMs. ' 1 B. Implementation Verification  ; a Paragraph 6.9 Site Director Standard Practice 16.2 was implemented  ; on 4/22/88 and references Pooied Inventory as a source of procurement.  ! i 6.0 MAP ACCEPTABILITY / PERFORMANCE EVALUATION I ( X Acceptable for - REF. Sections 3.0 & 5.0 - i Startup Short Term Op. - X Acceptableor- REF Sections 3.0 & 5.0 Long Term Op. Acceptable for REF. ORR - Objectivs # j 7.0 ACTION ITEMS ACTION RESP.ORG. DUE DATE NCfE ,  ; 8.0 MAP SCHEDULE INITIAL REVIEW DATE - 1/13/89 IMPi EMENTATION DATE - 1/13/89

                                       ~

LATEST REVIEW ' 2/13/89 2

r l ? DATE: Fcbruary.1',1989 ) 4 MAP - M09C3A 'l e ]V MAINTENANCE ACTION PLAN (MAP) M0903A- Procurement Control Vendor Qualifications 1

1.0 MAP DESCRIPTION / SCOPE
.                                                                                            \

t Vendor qualifications - vendor performance is monitored to ensure correct material and proper documentation is received on the  ! promised delivery dates. Additionally, a validation of the vendors OA program is periodically performed. These evaluations serve to ensure the vendor qualifications and reliability. l 2.0 MAP RESPONSIBILITIES i Purchasing 3.0 MAP PRIORITY STARTUP YES NO X , i BASIS - This program area is presently in place and meets NOAM requirements. Any proposed actions are an enhancement to the existing program which will not impact restart at BFN. COMMITMENT YES NO X I BASIS - This program area is presently in place and meets NOAM requirements. Any proposed actions are an enhancement to the existing 1 program which will not impact restart at BFN. j 4.0 MAP SOURCE DOCUMENTS / REFERENCES o FSAR NOAM SECTION 3 Part 2.2 TECH SPECS OTHER ~ PROCEDURES BF- 16.4

(;

O) FINDINGS /CONCER'NS

                                      ~

INPO EVAL 87.MA.9-1 1

DATE: Psbruary.14,1989 -l MAP - M0903A 1 O-

  's_ ,/     5.0 MAP EVALUATION / STATUS
                 - A. Programmatic BF - 16.4 Receipt inspection of materal.

NOAM Sec. 3 - Vendor audits.

                                  - Source inspections
                                  - Delivery performance is tracked on PM 100 database which is part of the MAMS program.

B. Implementation Verification Purchasing monitors the PM 100 database to trace vendor  : performance. ) 6.0 MAP ACCEPTABILITY / PERFORMANCE EVALUATION l X Acceptable for - REF. Sections 3.0 & 5.0 O ( Startup Short Term Op. X Acceptable for- REF. Sections 3.0 & 5.0 t - Long Term Op. Acceptable for REF. ORR - Objective # 1 l 7.0 ACTION ITEMS ACTION RESP. ORG. DUE DATE None 8.0 MAPSCHEDULE INITIAL REVIEW DATE - 1/13/89 i IMPLEMENTATION DATE - 1/13/89 1 LATEST REVIEW - 2/13/89

O, . -
  \J ~

2 -_ __r-_______ _

DATE:. February 1,1989 MAP - M09C3B 4 MAINTENANCE ACTION PLAN (MAP) - M09C3B- Procurement Control Spare Parts 1.0 MAP DESCRIPTION / SCOPE , Spare parts stock levels - spare parts are reordered as the stock levels reach the minimum. Spare parts usage is periodically reviewed and the maximum and minimum stock levels are adjusted. 2.0 MAP RESPONSIBILITIES Materials and Procurement 3.0 MAP PRIORITY O'

   ~

STARTUP YES NO_X. BASIS - This program area is presently in place and meets NOAM' requirements. Any proposed actions are an enhancement to the existing program which will not impact restart at BFN. COMMITMENT YES NO _X. BASIS - This program area is presently in place and meets NOAM requirements. Any proposed actions are an enhancement to the existing program which will not impact restart at BFN. 4.0 MAP SOURCE DOCUMENT 9 REFERENCES FSAR NOAM

                         ' TECH SPECS                                  OTHER PROCEDURES MAMS FINDINGS / CONCERNS                         MART B.3.e. B.4.a. B.4.f. B.5.a.                                        J B.5.b. B.5.d O                                                *      '

bNRG d-2 1 .,.r . . - . , <.s ,......, .....~,.-..~.,r-....-..o  ;---..-.

                                                                                   . . . . . - . . ; r_; ~ _.1.ry__.r. m                   _

l DATE: March 13, 1989 MAP - M09C3B

 /       5.0 MAP EVALUATION / STATUS v

A. P_toarammatic The MAMS program automatically issues a recommended stock reorder , (RSR) when any TIIC item reaches it's reorder point (ROP) or minimum level. This program also captures item usage data which is utilized to make determination for stock level adjustment. In addition, stock levels can be adjusted upon request for upcoming activities that I require an abnormal stock level for a particular item or items. B. Implementation Verification Implemented for all stocked items. However, based on the volume of direct charge and emergency purchase requests, the inventory does not contain all required spare parts to support routine maintenance. 6.0 MAP ACCEPTABILITY / PERFORMANCE EVALUATION

   /

l X ACCEPTABLE FOR - REF. Section 3.0. 5.0 C}/ STARTUP SHORT TERM OP. ACCEPTABLE FOR - REF.

                ' LONG TERM OP ACCEPTABLE FOR                       REF.

ORR - OBJECTIVE # l  ; 7.0 ACTION ITEMS 1

                , ACTION                                             RESP. ORG. DUE DATE
1. Develop a procedure or guideline that would Maint. 5/15/89 ensure that each purchase request generated Supt.

by maintenance would be screened prior to submittal to materials to determine if it is a true "one time" need or a repetitive item. Repetive items should be procured for inventory. S 2

DATE: February 14, 1989 MAP - M09C3B 8.0 MAPSCHEDULE . INITIAL REVIEW DATE - 1/23/89 I IMPLEMENTATION DATE - LATEST REVIEW - 2/13/89

                                                                        '1 1

l 1 O i e i e e. 3

DATE: February 3,1989 MAP - M09C3C O MAINTENANCE ACTION PLAN (MAP) M09C30- Procurement Control _ Emergency Procurement 4 1.0 MAP DESCRIPTION / SCOPE ' Emergency procurement - emergency procurement procedures are established which include expediting the processing of procurement requests, placing orders, manufacturing, and delivery of requested parts, material or services. 2.0 MAP RESPONSIBILITIES Materials, Procurement & Purchasing 3.0 MAP PRIORITY O- STARTUP YES NO X. BASIS - This program' area is presently in place and meets NQAM' ' ' * ' requirements. Any proposed actions are an enhancement to the existing program which will not impact restart at BFN.

                                                                                                                   )

COMMITMENT YES NO X BASIS - This program area is presently in place and meets NOAM requirements. Any proposed actions are an enhancement to the existing program which will not impact restart at BFN. 4.0 MAP SOUR 3E DOCUMENTS / REFERENCES FSAR NQAM TEGH.GPcCS OTHER PFrOCEDlf4ES S_QSP-16.2

   /G                              FINDINGS /CONCCRNS ; MART B.1.k                                                 l h

1

                                                                            -  ~ - -

DATE: February 3,1989 MAP - M09C3C Q 5.0 MAP EVALUATION / STATUS U A. Programmatic l { SDSP 16.2 provic'es instructions for assignment of procurement priorities and appropriate action to be taken based on the specific i priority. The procedure does not identify positions authorized to commit to paying expediting fees, air freight, or chartered flights for - emergency procurement. B. Imotem'entation Verification 1 Procedure SDSP-16.2 is currently in the revision process to further define authorization of emergency procurement and expediting , charges. 6.0 MAP ACCEPTABILITY / PERFORMANCE EVALUATION X Acceptable for - REF. Section 3.0 Startup Short Term Op. O. Acceptable for - REF. Long Term Op: - i Acceptable for REF. ORR - Objective # 7.0 ACTION ITEMS ACTION RESP. ORG. DUE DATE

1. Revise SDSP 16.2 to clarify and define 6/1/89.

Materials & . authorizations for emergency procurement Procurement and expediting expenses. CONCURRENC u(a SUcwnff/ 2-2-29 NAM $ DATE L 2 __m -_ - 1 - -

                                                                          )

DATE: February 14, 1989-MAP - M09C3C

      ' 8.0 MAP SCHEDULE INITIAL REVIEW DATE     - 1/13/gg IMPLEMENTATION DATE     -

LATEST REVIEW - 2/13/89 l O 1 1 C I 3

d DATE: February 1,1989 MAP - M09C3D 1 O MAINTENANCE ACTION PLAN (MAP) M09C3D- Procurement Control Upgrade Unqualified Materials 1.0 MAP DESCRIPTION / SCOPE 1 Upgrade of unqualified materials - procedures establish methods to { upgrade unqualified material and provide for substitution of parts which are no longer available. 2.0 MAP RESPONSIBILITIES Contract Engineering Group 3.0 MAP PRIORITY - y STARTUP YES- NO _X O- BASIS - This program area is presently in place and meets NOAM requirements. Any proposed actions are an enhancement to the existing program which will not impact resta t at BFN. COMMITMENT YES NO X BASIS - This program area is presently in place and meets NOAM , requirements. Any proposed actions are an enhancement to the existing program which will not impact restart at BFN. 4.0 MAP SOURCE DOCUMENTS / REFERENCES FSAR NOAM

                                    ^

TECH SPECS OTHER PROCEDURES SDSP-16.9 FINDINGS / CONCERNS - MART B.1.1. D.2.a ORR Obi.# 2.1.8.15.2 1

DATE: February 14, 1989 MAP - M0903D 5.0 MAP EVALUATION / STATUS A. Programmatic SDSP-16.9 provides instructions for CEG to evaluate and provide acceptance criteria for material used in safety related applications, and to evaluate and approve the use of substitute parts. Changes in the OA level of material is governed by SDSP 16.9 which requires a R CEG evaluation be performed to upgrade materials. l B. Implementation Verification R Since the implementation of SDSP-16.9, more than 275 items have 1 been upgraded. l t 6.0 MAP ACCEPTABILITY / PERFORMANCE EVALUATION X Acceptable for - REF. Sections 3.0 & 5.0 Startup Short Term Op. X Acceptable for - REF. Sections 3.0 & 5.0 V Long Term Op. i Acceptable for . REF. ORR - Objective # 2.1.8.15.2 I 7.0 ACTION ITEMS ACTION RESP. ORG. DUE DATE , . None 8.0 MAP SCHEDULE 1-l INITIAL REVIEW DATE - 1/13/89 U IMPLEMENTATION DATE - 1/13/89 LATEST REVIEW - 2/13/89 (D . - 2

DATE: February 1,1989

                                                                                           - MAP'- M09C3E O                                                                                                                     1.

MAINTENANCE ACTION PLAN (MAP) M09C3E- Procurement Control Computerized Tracking 1.0 MAP DESCRIPTION / SCOPE . l Computerized procurement tracking --a computerized procurement - , tracking system provides the status of the procurement request from j initiation to issuance of the material being utilized. ) 2.0 MAP RESPONSIBILITIES Materials & Procurement 3.0 MAP PRIORITY -1 1 STARTUP YES NO X BASIS - This program area is presently in place and meets NOAM requirements. Any proposed actions are an enhancement to the existing program which will not impact restart at BFN. i COMMimENT _YES NO X. l BASIS - This program area is presently in place and meets NOAM  ; requirements. Any proposed actions are an enhancement to the existing program which will not impact restart at BFN. 1 4.0 MAP SOURCE DOCUMENTS / REFERENCES l FSAR NOAM l TECH SPECS OTHER NPP VOL 111 SEC. Il-85 4.1.5 PROCEDURES FINDINGS / CONCERNS - MART B.1.e. B.1.d. B.3.f. B.3. 1

DATE: February 14, 1989 MAP - M09C3E ' 5.0 MAP EVALUATION / STATUS ( A. Programmatic A computerized procurement tracking program is provided as part of the MAMS program and tracks procurement from initiation th ough issue. No procedure or instruction exists on this program. B. Implementation Verification The tracking program is in place and being used, however, an I instruction or procedure needs to be developed. 6.0 MAP ACCEPTABILITY / PERFORMANCE EVALUATION X Acceptable for - REF. Section 3.0. 5.0 Startup Short Term Op. I __ Acceptable for- REF. Long Term Op i O Acceptable for - ORR - Objective # __ REF. 7.0 ACTION ITEMS ACTION RESP. ORG. DUE DATE

1. Develop a user's guide that gfescribes Materials & 3/31/89 the features of the MAMS cdmputer program. Procurement CONCURRENCE 4# /

b NAMEI DATE' 8.0 MAP SCHEDULE INITIAL REVIEW DATE - 1/21/89 IMPLEMENTATION DATE - ( LATEST REVIEW - 2/13/89 2 _-----_------------------------1-----------.--------- - - - - - -

                                                                                                                                       +

1 DATE: Februar/ 1,1989. MAP - M0903F l MAINTENANCE ACTION PLAN (MAP) M09C3F - Deficient or Nonconforming items 1.0 MAP DESCRIPTION / SCOPE i l Deficient or nonconforming items - deficient or nonconforming procurement items are resolved in an effective and expeditious  ; manner. Tecnnical assistance is provided as required to promptly resolve these items. 2.0 MAP RESPONSIBILITIES Materials & Procurement 3.0 MAP PRIORITY STARTUP YES 'NO_X' - BASIS - This program area is presently in place cnd meets NOAM requirements. Any proposed actions are an enhancement to the existing program which will not impact restart at BFN. COMMITMENT YES NO X BASIS - This program area is presently in place and meets NOAM requirements. Any proposed actions are an enhancement to the existing program which will not. impact restart at BFN. 4.0 MAP SOURCE DOCUMENT & REFERENCES FSAR ,__ NOAM PART 3 Section 2.1 TECH SPECS OTHER PROCEDURES SDSP-3.8 FINDINGS /CONCE,RNS. U 1

DATE: February 1,1989 - MAP - M09C3F 1 5.0 MAP EVALUATION / STATUS O A. Programmatic

                                                                                                                                                )

SDSP-3.8 provides instructions for resolution of nonconformance items, including material receipt nonconformanc]es. This procedure provides 30 days for resolution and provides the mechanism for j{ extension of closures. , l B. Implementation Verification Nonconforming items at receipt and resolution of the current backlog j has been addressed at two meetings. The first meeting identified i action to be taken to resolve the current backlog. A follow-up _. meeting was held to discuss the results and further actions initiated. Minutes of these meetings and required actions are available for , review. -

                                                                                                                                               -  i 6.0 MAP ACCEPTABILITY / PERFORMANCE EVALUATION X Acceptable for          -
                                                               .REF. sections 3.o.5.o                  >

Startup Short Term Op. t - Acceptable for - REF. Long Term Op. Acceptable for REF. g ORR - Objective # . 7.0 ACTION ITEMS ACTION RESP. ORG. DUE DATE 1, Follow-up meetings with identified Materials & 5/15/89 actions will be held until the back- Procurement log of unaccepted items at receipt " is down to a level which is determined to be acceptable by mana ement. CONCURRENCE aat. / z !f7 NAM @ dAtE 2

h DATE: February 14, 1989-  ;

MAP - M09C3F - 8.0 MAP SCHEDULE INITIAL REVIEW DATE - 1/21/89 IMPLEMENTATION DATE - LATEST REVIEW - 2/13/89 1 s a 1 1

                                ,on..-       .

1 i l I 4 - - i 3 .

  ~
                                                                                                       .\

DATE: February _1,1989 MAP-P09C3G' O . MAINTENANCE ACTION PLAN (MAP) - M09C3G - Quality Assurance Records Control 1.0 MAP DESCRIPTION / SCOPE 1 L Quality assurance records control- Quality assurance records are controlled and maintained to provide documentation for qualified ' ' parts and materials and to ensure traceability of parts and materials. 2.0 MAP R' RESPONSIBILITIES Materials & Procurement 3.0 MAP PRIORITY STARTUP YES NO X. BASIS - This program area is presently in place and meets NOAM . I requirements. Any proposed actions are an enhancement to the t >

  • existing program which will not impact restart at BFN.

COMMITMENT YES NO X BASIS - This program area is presently in place and meets NOAM requirements. Any proposed actions are an enhancement to the existing program which will not impact restart at BFN. , l 4.0 MAP SOURCE DOCUMENTS / REFERENCES I FSAR .NOAM l

                          ,                                    PART 3 Section'4 TECH SPECS                                   OTHER t

PROCEDURES SDSP-2.5.16.2 & 16.4 FINDINGS / CONCERNS a 1

                                                             .,.s._._ _ _ ,
                                                                        .   .....r.~.  ....e. ,.

DATE: February 14, 1989 MAP - M0903G 5.0 MAP EVALUATION / STATUS A. Programmatic

         . SDSP-2.5 governs control of OA records for BFNP. SDSP 16.2 and 16.4                                     l identify the OA records associated with the procurement and                        .

receiving process and upon completion their transmission to Document Control and Records Management Section for retention. B. Implementation Verification Documentation is available in Materials File Room or Document Control & Records Center. i 6.0 MAP ACCEPTABILITY / PERFORMANCE EVALUATION X Acceptable fo'r - REF. Sections 3.0. 5.0 Startup Short Term Op. X _ Acceptable for - i REF. Secitons 3'.0.- 5.0 i

                                                                                           -   i               ' ;

Long Term Op. i ""i"U'i "'nn"

                                                                                                   '"4       - 2' Acceptable for                 REF.

ORR - Objective # i 7.0 ACTION ITEMS - - ACTION RESP. ORG. DUE DATE POE l 8.0 MAP SCHEDULE INITIAL REVIEW DATE - 2/2/89 IMPLEMENTATION, DAT.E - N-LATEST REVIEW - 2/13/89 l 2 I e

1 j 4 DATE:. Fe'bruary 3, ~ 1989 MAP - M09C3H i O MAINTENANCE ACTION PLAN (MAP) M0903H - Multiple Applications Listing 1.0 MAP DESCRIPTION / SCOPE \ L 1 Multiple applications listing - a !!st is available of parts or materials used in more than one piece of equipment or system and is used in the - procurement and stocking process. 2.0 MAP RESPONSIBILITIES Materials & Procurement I 3.0 MAP PRIORITY STARTUP YES NO-_X

  '(                                                                              BASIS - This program area is presently not in place however, it is not '               '

a requirement for startup; - ' COMMITMENT YES NO_X ] BASIS - This program area is presently not in place however, it is not a commitment. 4.0 MAP SOURCE DOCUMENT & REFERENCES I FSAR NOAM-TECH SPECS , OTHER PROCEDURES j l- FINDINGS / CONCERNS l 3 1

                                                                                                                                                                                  \

_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ . _ _ _ _ . . _ _ . _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ._m_ ___.__i___._ m-_ _ _

DATE: February 14,.1989 MAP - M0903H 5.0 MAP EVALUATION / STATUS A. Programmatic The computerized inventory system (MAMS) currently in place , does not have the stock items loaded with end item applications. The computeri7cKi equipment data base (EQlS) was intended to interface with MAMS to provide the end item usage for stock items. 1 B. Implementation Verification l

                                                                                               .I Maintenance of the computerized equipment data base is not                      l l                 performed and the inventory with MAMS is not in a usable state.                 )

6.0 MAP ACCEPTABILITY / PERFORMANCE EVALUATIOgl. _X_ Acceptable for - REF.

                                                                                                 )
         ,     Startup Short Term Op.                                                           i O             Acceptable for -             REF.                                                  I V             Long Term Op.                          -        -   -     -          -   ' -  '

Acceptable for REF. ORR - Objective # l I 7.0 ACTION ITEMS ACTION RESP. ORG. DUE DATE

1. Determine whether management desires PLANT 3/1/89 l l the EQlS interface to provide the end item MANAGER usage for stock items in the Equipment and Materials Program.
2. Develop an action plan consistent Materials & 5/1/89 with action item no.1 above. Procurement
   ^

CONCURRENCE 1# /8ib ' NAM _d 'DAtE (d 2

                               *4                                -                    ,    ,

DATE: February 17, 1989 MAP - M09C3H 8.0 MAPSCHEDULE l lNITIAL REVIEW DATE - 2/2/89 - IMPLEMENTATION DATE - LATEST REVIEW - 2/14/89 O

                               ~

i I 6 l 4 4P 3

                        ..=

DATE: February 1,1989: l MAP - M09C4- l t i l l i

  !L MAINTENANCE ACTION PLAN (MAP) 4 M0904- Procurement of Services
t a- 1.0 MAP DESCRIPTION / SCOPE Provisions are made to establish a general services agreement with i the vendors providing services of specialized or repetitive nature.

l: 2.0 MAP RESPONSIBILITIES ' 1 NBO Materials & Contracts Branch 3.0 MAP PRIORITY STARTUP YES NO X BASIS - This program area is presently in place and meets NOAM l L requirements. Any proposed actions are an enhancement to the I l existing program which will not impact restart at BFN. 1 COMMITMENT YES NO_.X BASIS - This program area is presently in place and meets NOAM-requirements.' Any proposed actions are an enhancement to the existing program which will not impact restart at BFN.

  !        4.0 MAP SOURCE DOCUMENTS / REFERENCES
   ?

FSAR NOAM '

   ;            TECH SPECS                              OTHER     Eprehasing Manual PROCEDURES 4

FINDINGS / CONCERNS

 ,n 9                                                                                 .

b 1 i o

  • r > - -* ,

DATE: February 16, 1989' 1 MAP - M09C4 a 5.0 MAP EVALUATION / STATUS O A. Programmatic i This provision is met by use of Indefinite Quantity Term (LOT) contracts These contracts provide a ceiling dollar limit, a time j duration and a description of the services or materials that are covered by the contract. The site can then issue Reauest For Deliverv - direct to the vendor for material or services under the terms of the IQT contract. B. Implementation Verification The Corporate Materials organization has in' creased the number of IQT contracts over the last year from approximately 150 to over 400. 6.0 MAP ACCEPTABILITY / PERFORMANCE EVALUATION

            'X Acceptable for    -

REF. Sections 3.0. 5.0 l Startup Short Term Op.

 -           X Acceptable for-     -

REF Sections 3.0. 5.0 > > 'a Long Term Op. "'l i Acceptable for REF. ORR - Objective # 7.0 - ACTION ITEMS - - ACTION R ES P.- ORG. DUE DATE NONE 8.0 MAP SCHEDULF INITIAL REVIEW DATE - 1/30/89 - IMPLEMENTATION DATE - 1/30/89

                                     ~

LATEST REVIEW ' - 2/13/89 2 '

                                                                    -__r___:____=_=_=

DATE: February 3,1989 MAP - M1001 A e MAINTENANCE ACTION PLAN (MAP) 1 M1001 A - Receipt inspection i

                                                                         .1.0 ' MAP DESCRIPTION / SCOPE i                                                                                                                                                             I Material is receipt inspected, before it is accepted for storage or use,      I

{ to verify that the material delivered agrees with the approved

 ;                                                                              purchase documentation, is packaged in accordance with purchase i                                                                              order specifications, has the necessary product co.ntrol requirements specified such as special storage environment, preventive i                                                                               maintenance, or shelf-life information and is in good physical condition.

2.0 MAP RESPONSIBILITIES Site. Quality M& nager (SOM) Power Stores Supervisor

  ,                                  t                                    3.0 MAP PRIORITY v

STARTUP YES NO X BASIS - This program is in place and meets the NOAM requirement for materials. COMMITMENT YES NO X 1 BASIS - This program is in piace and meets the'NOAM I requirement for materials. 4.0 MAP SOURCE DOCUMENTS / REFERENCES

                                                                              .FSAR                                     NOAM       Part 11. Section 1.2
Part 111. Section 2.2 TECH SPECS OTHER NPP Vol 3. Section 11.4.7.

t PROCEDURES BF Standard Practice BF-16.4 SDSP-6.3. SDSP 16.3. l SDSP 16.9 i- d FINCINGS/CONCEFkNS MART B.1.m I t

DATE: February 3,1989 MAP - M1001 A , - 5.0 MAP EVALUATION / STATUS - A. Programmatic Browns Ferry Standard Practice BF-16.4 establishes the method

                                                                                                                           ]

of receipt, handling, storage, issuing, return to storeroom, and transfer of material, components, and spare parts. The recoipt ] inspection ~ performed by Quality Control organization is documented in accordance with procedure IP-UO1-001.

 ,                              Additionally, Nuclear Engineering develops and delineates receipt inspection requirements during the procurement process (ref:                              I SDSP-16.9)
                                                                                                                         \

B. Implementation Verification Receipt in'spection may be verified by examination of the g procurement document / contract file maintained by the M&PS file room. Power stores is responsibility for a visual screening for { O

  • damage of material and documents the result of this screening on BF for 212. The site Quality Manager has overall responsibility for the receipt inspection and acce'p~tance of CSSC material (QA1, 1S,2, 2S,3, and 3S) and documents the results of this inspection on an inspection report (IR) form in accordance with established procedures. The IR results are filed in the procurement.

package / contract file package which becomes a permanent QA record. Verification of fullimplementation and compliance needs to be made. (see action item 1) 6.0 MAP ACCEPTABILITY / PERFORMANCE EVALUATION X Acceptable for - Ref. Section 5.0 Startup S.hort Term Operations. Acceptable for - Ref. Long Term Operations Acceptable for Ref. ORR - Objective # 2.1.8.15

'h    \, J 2

DATE: March 7,1989 MAP - M1001 A 7.0 ACTION ITEMS ACTION RESP. ORG. DUE DATE

1. Verify full compliance with Site Quality 5/1/89 BF-16.4 for receiving materials i

CONCURRENCE SIGNED BY L.W. JONES 2/06/89

                                        - NAME-               DATE 8.0      MAP SCHEDULE INITIAL REVIEW DATE           -

12/30/88 IMPLEMENTATION DATE - 9 LATEST REVIEW - 2/13/89 O , l l O. . 3

DATE: February 3,1989 MAP - M1001B { y O f U  ! MAINTENANCE ACTION PLAN (MAP) i M10C18 - Physical inspection i 1.0 MAP DESCRIPTION / SCOPE  ! Physical inspection of safety-related and designated critical items is { conducted by OC and other technica! staff or maintenace personnel to l ensure that the vendor has supplied what was ordered, that the  ! necessary formal documentation has accompanied the shipment or is l l- otherwise on hand, and that items have been received in acceptable  ! condition. The Maintenance Planning & Technical Section is available to assist in the inspection if needed. 2.0 MAP RESPONSIBILITIES Site Quality Manager

   ,O                 Maintenance Superintendent V                 BFN Technical Sections.

3.0 MAP PRIORITY I I STARTUP YES NO X l l BASIS - This program is in place and meets the NOAM j requirement for materials. 1 i COMMITMENT YES NO X l BASIS - This program is in place and meets the NOAM

                      ' requirement for materials.                                                                     .,

i

                                                                                                                        !i 4.0 MAP SOURCE DOCUMENTS / REFERENCES                                                                      j i

FSAR NOAM j TECH SPECS OTHER l PROCEDURES BF-16.4, {

    's                                                                                                                    i '

FINDINGS / CONCERNS MART B.5.c 1 .I i _J _ _' __ __L:~ ~_* : _ _ _ __ _  : ' ' '

DATE: February 3,- 1989 MAP - M1001 B . l 5,0 MAP EVALUATION / STATUS 1 A. Programmatic ~ Browns Ferry Standard Practice BF-16.4 establishes the method i of receipt, handling, storage, issuing, return to storeroom, and transfer of material, components, and spare parts. (BF-16.4 Section 2.4) 4 B. Implementation Verification The Site Quality Manager has overall responsibility for the inspection of safety-related material and registers the result of this inspection on the Inspection Report (IR) form which becomes a part of the receipt inspection process. Final acceptanco of materialis recorded by signature on the form. This form becomes a part of the Contract / Procurement Document File and is maintained in the M&PS File Room as a OA Record and/or O forwarded to Site Document Control to be placed in lifetime storage and microfilmed as a permanent record. Reference - Quality control Procedure IP-V01-001. ' 6.0 MAP ACCEPTABILITY / PERFORMANCE EVALUATION X Acceptable for - Ref. Section 5.0 Startup Short Term Operations. X Acceptable for - Ref. Section 5.0 Long Term Operations Acceptable for Ref. ORR - Objective # 7.0 ACTION ITEMS ACTION RESP. ORG. DUE DATE None 2

DATE: February 14, 1989 MAP - M10C18 j 1 8.0 MAP SCHEDULE INITIAL REVIEW DATE - 12/10/88 1 IMPLEMENTATION DATE - LATEST REVIEW - 2/13/89 O 9 4 C - - 3

q DATE: February 3,1989 MAP - M10010 ) l O MAINTENANCE ACTION PLAN (MAP) M1001C - Deviation From Design or Acceptance Criteria j 4 1.0 MAP DESCRIPTION / SCOPE The Nuclear Engineering staff approves any deviation of material or. equipment from design specifications or other acceptance criteria of j material or equipment before it is accepted into' the stores system. j They also approve any upgrade of material or equipment from a j l- non-safety to a safety-related category. QA reviews and concurs l; with Nuclear Engineering any deviation from design specifications. 2.0 MAP RESPONSIBILITIES Division of Nuclear Engineering (DNE) Site Quality Manager Maintenance Superintendent - BFN Technical Sections. 3.0 MAP PRIORITY

                                                                                             -)

1 STARTUP YES NO X BASIS - This program is in place and meets the NOAM requirement for materials. j 1: i COMMITMENT YES NO X BASIS - This program is in place and meets the NOAM l requirement for materials. 4.0 MAP S'OURCE DOCUMENTS / REFERENCES j FSAR NOAM

1 TECH SPECS OTHER O

v PROCEDURES BF-18.4 and SDSP-3.8 FINDINGS / CONCERNS - 1 4 , _ _j

DATE: February 14, 1989 MAP - M1001C 5.0 MAP EVALUATION / STATUS i A. Programmatic

Browns Ferry Standard Practice BF-16.4 establishes the method  ;
}               of receipt, handling, storage, issuing, return to storeroom, and           i transfer of material, components, and spare parts. Any deviations are handled in accordance with Site Director Standard Practice
             ,  SDSP 3.8 (BF-16.4 Section 2.9) Site Director Standard Practice SDSP-16.9 specifically addresses Management of Revisions, Records under paragraph 6.12 B. Implementation Verification                                                I Nuclear Engineering in accordance with Site Director Standard Practice SDSP-16.2, SDSP-16.9 performs a technicsl evaluation to specify the requirements of a material need. The evaluation determines the safety function and design requirements along a         with any critical characteristic determinations i.e, J           environmental or seismic or generic applications plus OA level determinations and acceptance methods. Included in the
'              procurement package will be approval of deviations from design specifications or the acceptance criteria. The procurement package becomes a OA record and is placed into RIMS and a copy.             l placed in the procurement / contract files to be used by power stores and quality control to receive the material or handle and            i store in the method outlined by the package. Verification can be
,              obtained by review of this procurement package. (see action item 1 of M1001 A for verification) c 6.0 MAP ACCEPTABILITY / PERFORMANCE EVALUATION
X Acceptable for -

Ref. Section 5.0 l Startup Short Term Operations. j Acceptable for - Ref. Long Term Operations Acceptable for Ref. ,t ORR - Objectlye #_ w i 2

DATE: February 14, 1989 MAP - M10C1C O 7,0 ACTION ITEMS ACTION RESP. ORG. DUE DATE See action item 1 of M1001 A 8.0 MAP SCHEDULE INITIAL REVIEW DATE - _ 12/30/88 IMPLEMENTATION DATE - LATEST REVIEW - 2/13/89 0 n Y 3

DATE: February 3,1989 MAP - M1001D MAINTENANCE ACTION PLAN-(MAP) ) M10C1D - Receiving and Inspection Areas 1.0 MAP DESCRIPTION / SCOPE Separate receiving and inspection areas are provided. ' Incoming material is segregated from material that has been receipt inspected. t ' 2.0 MAP RESPONSIBILITIES Materials Manager Power Stores Supervisor 3.0 MAP PRIORITY STARTUP YES NO X [ BASIS - This program is in place and meets the NOAM. D] requirement for materials. COMMITMENT YES NO X BASIS - This program is in place and meets the NOAM requirement for materials. 4.0 MAP SOURCE DOCUMENTS / REFERENCES FSAR NOAM TECH SPECS OTHER NPP Vol 3 # 48. PROCEDURES BF-18.4 FINDINGS / CONCERNS Q . . 1 (J i (

                                                                                                                            )

1

                                         , , . . . . , . . - _ . . . . .  .   ..,       . .         .s.. _ s___m_ . i

DATE: February 16,11989 MAP - M1001 D j

p 5.0 MAP EVALUATION /STATl)3 O Programmatic A. j l

Browns Ferry Standard Practice BF-16.4 establishes the method of receipt, handling, storage, issuing, return to storeroom, and. i transfer of material, components, and spare parts. Any deviations j are handled in accordance with Site Director Standard Practice . SDSP 3.8 (BF-16.4 Section 2.4) l B. Implementation Verification . Currently, Power Stores Warehouse 3A has been designated and j identified as Central Receiving for all incoming materials, j equipment and supplies. A portion of this building has been set j aside for receipt of new material. Those items requiring ( inspection after the initial check are moved into a quality control- ' area and turned over to QC for further inspection. Rejected items are further segregated and tagged to assure the items are not - O released for use prior to final acceptance. To date, there has been no items found to be released from these areas prior to their proper acceptance. Verifications of these areas is made by- - visiting the area and observing the process. (see action item 1 of M10C1 A for verification) , 6.0 MAP ACCEPTABILITY / PERFORMANCE EVALUATION X Acceptable for - Ref. Section 5.0 Startup Short Term Operations. Acceptable for - Ref. Long Term Operations Acceptable for Ref.

                                  ' ORR - Objective #

7.0 ACTION ITEMS l ACTION RESP. ORG. DUE DATE p NONE , _ b y 2 1 i, eg a b- 4 e  % 4 4 4 et

DATE: February 14,1989 MAP - M1001 D 8.0 MAPSCHEDULE INITIAL REVIEW DATE - 12/30/88 IMPLEMENTATION DATE - LATEST REVIEW - 2/13/89 O . .. . P p

                                 '3

DATE: February 3,1989 j MAP - M10C1 E ' O V MAINTENANCE ACTION PLAN (MAP) M10C1 E - Nonconforming Material Segregation i 1.0 MAP DESCRIPTION / SCOPE I Nonconforming material is segregated and clearly tagged or labeled to ' prevent inadvertent issue. A tracking system is provided to ensure , nonconformances are promptly resolved. .) 2.0 MAP RESPONSIBILITIES ) Materials Manager Power Stores Supervisor l l 3.0 MAP PRIQBlD' , STARTUP YES NO X  !

  \                       BASIS - This program is in place and meets the NOAM                              '

requirement for materials. - COMMITMENT YES NO X BASIS - Tnis program is in place and meets the NOAM requirement for materials. 4.0 MAP SOURCE DOCUMENTSHEFERENCES FSAR NOAM TECH SPECS O mER PROCEDURES BF-16.4 SDSP 3.8

                                                                                                                                                                  .i FINDINGS / CONCERNS s

O - 4 e 1

 -*     +               -       --  .

v . - , ,, , , , . . , , . , _ . , . . . . . . , , , . . . . . , , , ,

i DATE: February 3,1989 MAP - M10C1 E

    -5.0 MAP EVALUATION / STATUS A. Programmatic-
                                                                                          . i Browns Ferry Standard Practice BF-16.4 establishes the method of receipt, handling, storage, issuing, return to storeroom, and             j transfer of material, components, and spare parts. Any deviations            i are handled in accordance with Site Director Standard Practice SDSP 3.8 (BF-16.4 Section 2.7).                                              ;

B. Implementation Verification A dedicated area within warehouse numbers 3 and 3A has been j j established for holding nonconforming items. Items are tagged in i accrydar.ce with SDSP-3.8 and segregated from other material to be inspected. l A PC data base program has been developed to track , monitor, and trend nonconforming items. A Power Stores storekeeper has been p dedicated to monitor this program.  ! V ' i 6.0 MAP ACCEPTABILITY / PERFORMANCE EVALUATION I l X Acceptable for - Ref. Section 5.0 l l Startup Short Term Operations. X Acceptable for - Ref. Section 5.0 Long Term Operations Acceptable for Ref.  ; ORR - Objective. # I 1 7.0 ACTION ITEMS ACTION RESP. ORG. DUE DATE bOE O 1 D 2

                                                                               'f.

DATE: February 14,1989 MAP - M1001 E 8.0 MAP SCHEDULE INITIAL REVIEW DATE - 12/30/88 ) IMPLEMENTATION DATE - 2/1/89 LATEST REVIEW - 2/13/89 I I l O ~ p . - v 3

                      %             ** g
                                                                    .g-DATE: February 3, '1989 MAP - M10C1 F -

s MAINTENANCE ACTION PLAN (MAP) , M10C1F- Return of Material and Equipment 1.0 MAP DESCRIPTION / SCOPE ') Material and equ!pment may be returned that has been repaired or reworked. Procedures also address return of material and equipment to stores for reissue and use. l l 2.0 MAP RESPONSIBILITIES Materials Manager Power Stores Supervisor 3.0 MAP PRIORITY STARTUP YES NO X ' s BASIS - This program is in place and meets the NOAM requirement for materials. COMMITMENT YES 'NO X BASIS - This program is in place and meets the NOAM requirement for materials. 4.0 M6P SOURCE DOCUMENTS / REFERENCES 4 FSAR NOAM TECH SPECS OTHER PROCEDURES BF-16.4 FINDINGS / CONCERNS MART B.1.g . U O . . Y 1

                                                                             .~       , . _ . . ,. ,.-   . . . . . . .   . , . , , . . . . . - . . . ,

y DATE: February 3,1989 MAP.- M1001 F ~ A 5.0 MAP EVALUATION / STATUS U Programmatic A. Browns Ferry Standard Practice BF-16.4 establishes the method l of receipt, handling, storage, issuing, return to storeroom, and l transfer of material, components, and spare parts.' Any deviations I are handled in accordance with Site Director Standard Practice SDSP 3.8 (BF-16.4 Section 6.3). Implementation Verification B. Browns Ferry Standard Practice, BF-16.4, paragraph 6.3, lists the  ! general requirements for material to be returned to . Power Stores  ; for reissue and use. This action is accomplished by utilization of a Turn in document (TV Form 575) detailing the material by ]j listing the procurement document number, TilC, QA Level, CSSC,  ; and sufficient identity to permit traceability of the material. { Reworked, salvaged, or used items shall be checked,' operated, and

 \

otherwise tested to the extent required to prove the item meets  ! the original requirements. Verification activities shall be performed in accordance with the approved work documents and the Maintenance Section Supervisor or designee, shall provide a statement of acceptability. CSSC items are receipt inspected to_ the same degree as a new receipt and final acceptance by QC is required prior to placing the i item into stock. The inspection is verified by a visual screening on BF form 212 and the Inspection Report prepared by QC. Items which do not qualify for acceptance are dispositioned in an appropriate manner. 6.0 MAP ACCEPTABILITY / PERFORMANCE EVALUATION __X._ Acceptable for - Ref. Section ,% 1 Startup Short Term Operations. X Acceptable for - Ref. Section .Q_ O Long Term Op~eratipns ( Acceptable for ORR - Objective # Ref. 2 i ________r________-_________ . _ . _

DATE: February 14,1989 MAP - M10C1 F-l 7.0 ACTION ITEMS ACTION RESP. ORG. DUE DATE None. . 8.0 MAPSCHEDULE INITIAL REVIEW DATE - 12/30/88 IMPLEMENTATION DATE. - 1 LATEST REVIEW - 2/13/89 9 9 4

  • v 3
  . ~ - ~     ~-              -<>

i o- , , ,r. ,, , . -..

DATE: February 3,1989. MAP - M1001G O MAINTENANCE ACTION PLAN (MAP)- M10C1G -Inventory Updated and PM l 1.0 MAP DESCRIPTION / SCOPE- , inventory is updated to reflect receipt of material and to ensure that . g environmental qualifications, shelf-life and preventive maintenance requirements are specified. j - 2.0 MAP RESPONSIBILITIES Materials Manager Site Quality Manager l Power Stores Supervisor . l 3.0 MAP PRIORITY STARTUP YES NO X * ' BASIS - This program is in place and meets the NOAM< ' *"' - " i requirement for materials. COMMITMENT YES NO X BASIS - This program is in place and meets the NOAM l requirement for materials. 4.0 MAP SOURCE DOCUMENTS / REFERENCES . FSAR NOAM Part 111. Section 2.2 r TECH SPECS OTHER PROCEDURES BF-16.4 . SDSP-16.3 4 FINDINGS / CONCERNS MART B.6.c INPO EVAL 86.MA.9-1

                               '    ~

t 1 i t

                         /'                <) .5           4++            J     .p 7 ,      ,. , ,, ,

DATE: February 14,1989 MAP - M1001G I p - 5.0 MAP EVALUATION / STATUS %J A. Programmatic Site Director Standard Practice SDSP-16.3 establishes the . methods to effectively perform preventive maintenance on materials, components, and spare parts while in storage. Any deviations are handled in accordance with Site Director Standard

  • Practice SDSP 3.8 (SDSP-16.3 Section 6.0)

B. Implementation Verification i i Upon completion of required receipt inspections an automated J receiving report is produced and processed in the MAMS System to I properly report the item as received for payment. Items which have previously been reported as having a shelf life or preventive maintenance requirement are flagged on the receiving report by a statement identifying the item as " shelf life l f, required" or " preventive maintenance required". In addition the procurement document package calls out the requirements for shelf life or preventive maintenance and the receiving check ' ' " ' l coordinates with the shelf life / preventive maintenance monitor who assigns a shelf life number. A further step has been introduced to allow the shelf life / preventive maintenance monitor to view each receiving report to identify an item which may have been missed by not being previously identified or called out in the procurement package. This additional step verifies that material is identified and placed into the programs upon receipt. 4 O . . L 2 ,

DATE: February 14, 1989 MAP - M1001G

    -(        6.0 MAS ACCEPTABILITY / PERFORMANCE EVALUATION X     Acceptable for   -

Ref. Section 3.0 & 5.0 Startup Short Term Operations. _X_ Acceptable for - Ref. Section 3.0 & 5.0 Long Term Operations  ; Acceptable for Ref.  ; ORR - Objective # j t 7.0 ACTION ITEMS ACTION RESP. ORG. DUE DATE . NONE if 8.0 MAP SCHEDULE INITIAL REVIEW DATE - 12/30/88 IMPLEMENTATION DATE ' i % 12/30/88 ' ' ' ' ' > > LATEST REVIEW - 2/13/89 l l 1 4 t i e L j 3 l 1

                                                                                             . ,I

9 1 DATE: February 3,1989 .I MAP - M10C2A l b MAINTENANCE ACTION PLAN (MAP) M10C2A - Sound Handling Practices a 1.0 MAP DESCRIPTION / SCOPE Sound handling practices are used in the stores operation. Procedures  ; are in place to provide special handling instructions. These , I procedures include measures to consider weight, size, and susceptibility to shock damage, high nil ductility transition

  ,                    temperatures, electrostatic sensitivity, or other conditions that warrant special instructions. Sling location, balance points, method of attachment to the load, and other factors to be considered in handling are clearly identified.

2.0 MAE RESPONSIBILITIES Materials Manager I

    \                  Power Stores Supervisor l-                     - Maintenance Superintendent                                                        : -

3.0 MAP PRIORITY STARTUP YES NO X BASIS - This program is in place and meets the NOAM requirement for materials.

i. COMMITMENT YES NO X I p BASIS - This program is in place and meets the NOAM

? requirement for materials. 4.0 MAP SOURCE DOCUMENT 9 REFERENCES FSAR NOAM Part 111.-Section 2.2

 ,                     TECH SPECS                _                                        OTHER                                                                                                                   =

r D t ( ' PROCEDUPES BF-16.4. SDSP-3.8.16.9

                                                                ~

i 4 + 1 1

  • 3 s * :- e t ;t se, *
  • g * . % ,h , maa se= awe, .** m., a . or. 4 y e + ,, p - =*.mj, p p g *; g4 p. a ne,- e * ;.* y, v e+y + ga, , , ,e m +., a pe 7 e .* . ,a v.5 e., y ,

l DATE: February 3,1989 l MAP - M1002A l (]

  %J FINDINGS / CONCERNS                      NMRG L-4                                       ,

5.0 MAP EVALUATION / STATUS A. Programmatic Browns Ferry Standard Practice BF-16.4 establishes the method of receipt, handling, storage, issuing, return to storeroom, and transfer of material, components, and spare parts. Any deviations are handled in accordance with Site Director Standard Practice SDSP 3.8 (BF-16.4 Section 3.0) In addition, Nuclear Engineering is required to detail any special requirements during the l procurement process per SDSP-16.9 (Ref: form SDSP-252). B. Implementation Verification As a matter of routine , the vendor nc ally specifies the need for any special handling procedures or requirements. The l originator of the purchase request is directed to furnish any - '

 \

handling, packaging, shipping, shelf life or maintenance in storage requirements or instructions on movements they are aware of. - ' This information becomes a part of the procurement document package and is available to the individual receiving material. The visual screening recorded on form BF-212 chec <s for evidence on damage to the item, however, at the ame time assists in pointing out any special handling or movement requirement for the material being off loaded. 6.0 MAP ACCEPTABILITY / PERFORMANCE EVALUATION X Acceptable for - Ref. Section 5.0 Startup Short Term Operations, j X Acceptable for - Ref. Section 5.0 ' Long Term Operations Acceptable for Ref. j ORR - Objective # 1 1 2 1

m , s DATE: February 14, 1989 MAP - M10C2A O 7.0 ACTION ITEMS ACTION RESP. ORG. DUE DATE - None 8.0 MAPSCH$DULE ,

                                                                                          ;I
                                                                                              ,1 INITIAL REVIEW DATE       -

12/30/88 IMPLEMENTATION DATE - 12/30/88 LATEST REVIEW - 2/13/89

                                                                                        \

O . 4 l I i I i l s 1 O ' ~ s b  ; a s< a]  : i

r ,

                                                                                                                            +

DATEi February'A3, 1989.

                                  ,                                                                          MAP - M10C28. y        -

i

                                                                                                            'k l

MAINTENANCE ACTION PLAN ~(MAP) M1002B - Hoisting Equipment 1 's 1.0 . MAP DESCRIPTION / SCOPE Hoisting equipment is certified by the manufacturer, periodically  : Inspected by qualified site personnel and clearly marked with a unique - identification number and maximum loads to be handled. ., Computerized preventive maintenance programs and specific l . procedures provide for control, inspection, maintenance and operation l of all site cranes, lifting devices, and slings. Personnel assigned to-L ' operate cranes, forklih's, and other lifting equipment are properly

                                ' trained and certified.                                                                                                      .

2.0 MAP RESPONSIBILITIES j Materials Manager-s Power Stores Supervisor

                                 ~ Maintenance >Superintenderit+ - *                       '

g s l

                                                                                                                        ,                                 j l                3.0 MAE PRIORITY 3            i STARTUP                    YES          NO X BASIS - This section applies to equipment used in stores operatihns and therefore has no impact on start-up activities.                                                                       J COMMITMENT .                YES          NO ._X_

BASIS - There is no commitment associated with this itemi 4.0 MAP SOURCE DOCUMENT & REFERENCES FSAR NOAM Part 111.-Section 21 r . TECH SPECS OTHER ANSl/ OSHA Standards N PROCEDURES BF-18.4. SDSP- 14.14. MMl-102

 /a                                                                  -

4 1 o  ;[ w 1 4 , i i..

                           .g.                                                                                 s                                     (

w+ 4 > f- 9 - 1,9 - ., ,s . . . , s

DATE: February 3, -1989 MAP - M10C2B FINDINGS / CONCERNS NOA & EB Audit Reoort #BFA 88 80'8 (V') BFOA Surveillance Reoort #0BF-S-88-1721 5.0 MAP EVALU'ATION/ STATUS

 ;                   A. Programmatic Standard Practice BF-16.4 establishes the method of receipt, handling, storage, issuing, return to storeroom, and transfer of material, components, and spare parts. SDSP-14.14 provides for the control, inspection, testing, maintenance, training requirements, and operation of all site cranes, hoists, lifting

) devices and rigging equipment. B. Implementation Verification l Browns Ferry Site Quality Surveillance Report #QBF-S-88-1721 verified that rigging equipment used in stores operations is in h V compliance with procedural requirements. A review of training records conducted during QA Audit #BFA 88 808 verified that 1 operators are properly trained and' qualified.' A' review of forklift training records verified that forklift operators are properly trained and qualified. l 6.0 MAP ACCEPTABILITY / PERFORMANCE EVALUATION - J X Acceptable for - Ref. Section 5.0 Startup Short Term Operations. X Acceptable for - Ref. Section 5.0 Long Term Operations Acceptable for Ref. ORR - Objective # 3 7.0 ACTION ITEMS s ACTION RESP. ORG. DUE DATF, toe 2 u_-.-- - _ - _

DATE: February 14,1989 - MAP - M10C2B ' 8.0 MAP SCHEDULE INITIAL REVIEW DATE - 1-22-89 IMPLEMENTATION DATE - LATEST REVIEW - 2/13/89 e 0 0 t

                                                                                                       -3
   ~-

DATE: February 3,1989

                                                                                            - MAP - M1003A                              i O

V ll MAINTENANCE ACTION PLAN (MAP) M10C3A- Storage of Material and Equipment  ! 1.0 MAP DESCRIPTION / SCOPE i Material and equipment is stored in a manner that provides maximum protection and ready availability for its intended use. Access to the storage areas is controlled and limited to designated personnel or ' personnel escorted by designated personnel. 2.0 MAP RESPONSIBILITIES l 1 Materials Manager Power Stores Supervisor

       ,3.0 MAP PRIORITY STARTUP                   YES                 NO X BASIS - This program is in place and meets'the NOAM requirement for materials.

COMMITMENT YES NO X  ! BASIS - This program is in place and ' meets the NOAM requirement for materials.

,       4.0 MAP SOURCE DOCUMENT & REFERENCES FSAR                                                     NOAM                                                           ,

3 TECH SPECS OTHER ANSI 45.2.2 i PROCEDURES BF-16.4 ) FINDINGS / CONCERNS MART B.1.o NMRG J , ._ INPO EVAL 84.MA.9-1 / 1 4

         .,.,,s    -
                               - e ,,                  , , .,
                  , ry . 7.m .             .. - f g e-         ,sa-e$+      +-r r ..   . , a s..ewvn + ..e,.; e,y y , .

4-_._-

DATE: February 3,1989 MAP - M10C3AE 5.0 MAP EVALUATION! STATUS O A. Programmatic Browns Ferry Standard Practice BF-16.4 establishes the method l of receipt, handling, storage, issuing, return to storeroom, and transfer of material, components, and spare parts. B. Implementation Verification Controlled access to storage areas is lirnited to a list of designated personnel maintained at the issue area or those l personnel escorted and /or approved for entry by signing a log and obtaining a badge for entry. A recent change to the entry point was made in the main warehouse area by relocating the fence beyond the receiving warehouse and the gas pump area. This allows access to visit the. receiving area without signing in or reouiring an escort to this . area. The chEnge also cuts down on the traffic in' the ware house n%> area. Material is stored in accordance with ANSI 45. 2. 2. 6.0 MAP ACCEPTABILITY / PERFORMANCE EVALUATION 1 X Acceptable for - Ref. Section 5.0 Startup Short Term Operations. X Acceptable for - Ref. Section 5.0 i Long Term Operations  ! l Acceptable for Ref. ORR - Objective # 7.0 ACTION ITEMS ACTION RESP. ORG. DUE DATE None , , l l 2 l w :________: __:_=_:_________. + - ~ ~~ ~~ .c~ .-,~.r - . -

DATE: February 14, 1989 MAP - M10C3A 8.0 MAP SCHEDULE INITIAL REVIEW DATE - 12/11/88 IMPLEMENTATION DATE - LATEST REVIEW - 2/13/89 \ 3

l DATE: February 3,1989 - MAP - M10C3B MAINTENANCE ACTION PLAN (MAP) M10C3E - Preventive Maintenance on Stored Equipment n 1.0 MAP DESCRIPTION / SCOPE Preventive maintenance is performed on large pumps and motors and other critical assemblies. This includes periodically chec. king motor heaters, changing desiccant, meggering motors, rotating shafts of , pumps and motors, changing oil on rotating equipment, and other j maintenance requirements specified by the preventive maintenance (PM) program. 2.0 MAP RESPONSIBILITIES Materials Manager Power Stores Supervisor 3.'0 MAP PRIORITY l

  %       STARTUP               YES            NO X                                        l BASIS - This program is in place and meets the NOAM-               ~'"  '   '

requirement for materials. ' COMMITMENT YES NO X BASIS - This program is in place and meets the NOAM l requirement for materials. 4.0 MAP SOURCE DOCUMENTFiREFERENCES FSAR NOAM TECH SPECS OTHER PROCEDURES SDSP 16.3. BF-16.4 FINDINGS / CONCERNS MART B.3.c NMRG J ,

                              ,           ,.          INPO EVAL 88.MA.9-1 m

1

l i DATE: February 3L 1989 l MAP - M10C3B i 5.0 MAP EVALUATION / STATUS A. Programmatic , Site Director Standard Practice SDSP-16.3 establishes the methods and assigns responsibilities to effectively perform , preventive maintenance on materials, components, and spare I parts while in storage. J L B. Implementation Verification Procedure SDSP-16.3 Implemented April 14,1987. As of Dec 29, 1988 there were 2785 items identified in the PM program. This information is loaded in the MAMS Computer System and Inspection Reports are produced on a monthly basis. New items are added as they are generated or deleted when material is issued, shipped or dispositioned. Material listings of ~ preventive maintenance iterns are available at power stores. l O BFN received a Good Practice (MA.9-1) from INPO recently for the PM of stored items. , ,. e . . . . . . . . , 4 . . . . . . . . . . s. . i o 1 6.0 MAP ACCEPTABILITY / PERFORMANCE EVALUATION X Acceptable for - Ref. Section 5.0 Startup Short Term Operations. X Acceptable for - Ref. Section 5.0 Long Term Operations Acceptable for Ref. ORR - Objective #

  ,. 7.0 ACTION ITEMS ACTION                                             RESP. ORG.               - DUE DATE
  ;           None y

a 4

  • 4 i

L 2 1 t *5** .* * <n- t ,' g e i , . .

DATE: February 1'4, 1989 MAP - M10C3B l 8,0 MAP SCHEDULE O INITIAL REVIEW DATE - 12/30/88 i i IMPLEMENTATION DATE - 4/14/87 LATEST REVIEW - 2/13/89 1 l

                                                                                        .l l

l l I 1

                     -                                                                   j 3

i

                                                                                        .i

_ ~_s-- '-___-

                                                                                        .]

DATE: February 3,1989 MAP - M10C30 f MAINTENANCE ACTION PLAN (MAP) V M10C3C - Shelf-Life Program 1.0. MAP DESCRIPTION / SCOPE A shelf-life program for safety-related and for non-safety related items that are important to safe and reliable ' operation is provided. Various items with finite storage lifetimes, such as paints, recorder pa'per, adhesives, sealants, valve diaphragms,'O-rings, and gasket material are tracked so that stock that has exhausted its shelf-life is not issued. Material nearing the end of its shelf-life receives an - engineering evaluation prior to issue to ensure adequate service-iife or to extend its storage lifetime. Reorder dates are established to consider material lead times so that sufficient material with good shelf and service-life is ready for issue. 5

      '2 0 MAP RESPONSIBILITIES Materials Manager
 'N           Power Stores Supervisor 3.0 MAP PRIORITY STARTUP                YES        NO X BASIS - This program is in place and meets the NOAM                -             .

requirement for materials. COMMITMENT YES_ NO X BASIS - This program is in place and meets the NOAM requirement for materials. 4.0 MAP SOURCE DOCUMENTS / REFERENCES FSAR NOAM TECH SPECS OTHER SDSP-16.3 1 PROCEDURES SDSP 3.8.16.3 &16.4 b FINDINGS / CONCERNS MART B.3.d. B.7.a thru B.7.e 1

                            '\

t "s t s ", + r e s . % .a e o o e t n, , w r e ..

DATE: February -3, .1989 MAP - M10C3C 5.0 MAP EVA'LUATION/ STATUS A. Programmatic Browns Ferry Standard Practice BF-16.4 establishes the method of receipt, handling, storage,-issuing, return to storeroom, and transfer of material, components,' and spare parts. Any. deviations are handled in accordance with Site Director Standard Practice SDSP 3.8. SDSP-16.3 monitors and tracks shelf life items. Each lot, batch, or receipt of an item receives a unique SL number associated with the program. Inventory items are " flagged" in the MAMS data base to further control the receipt, issue, and disposition. A separate area has been established to segregate expired items until final disposition. This area is maintained under lock. B. Implementation Verification

 /                   Currently, more than 4700 items are monitored by the program.

k At least 90 days prior to the expiration date,' material which is due to expire, are flagged'forreorderpurposessWhen materisimMral

  • expires it is withdrawn from use and/or an engineering evaluation is performed to extend the shelf life.

Listing of shelf life materialis available from the Shelf Life Coordinator.

       . 6.0 MAP ACCEPTABILITY / PERFORMANCE EVALUATION X  Acceptable for      -

Ref. Section 5.0 Startup Short Term Operations. X Acceptable for - Ref. Section 5.0 Long Term Operations Acceptable for Ref. ORR - Objective #

                                       '    ~
 \

2 i

              , ,      . ..         , .       . .-4..   ,   ..    .  . . . . , . ~ -   , , , , < . _ , ,. . . . - -,

I DATE: February 14, 1989. . MAP - M1003C 'I 7.0 ACTION ITEMS ACTION RESP. ORG. DUE DATE None 8.0 MAP SCHEDULE INITIAL REVIEW DATE - - 12/30/88 IMPLEMENTATION DATE - 12/30/88 l

                                                                                                                                                            -1 LATEST REVIEW                         -

2/13/89 0 'tip,' 4 is I '$,l 9 ' } fhf l '. # I )fI J 9- 40 'a) 4 ki 6 P - g .jj j; )'itsfi <)f je ,f Ch{' *] ;ff ri f t ?f f tl1;h34'. ,,rdf %y r ) ) p17.a l"a ri g3 l r .. O I 3.

DATE: February 3,1989

                                                                                                     )

MAP - M1003D i MAINTENANCE ACTION PLAN (MAP) 4 I M10C3D - Segregation of Safety-Related and Non-Safety Related Material 1.0 MAP DESCRIPTION / SCOPE Safety-related and non-safety related material and equipment is segregated to prevent inadvertent use of the wrong category item. 2.0 MAP RESPONSIBILITIES Materials Manager Power Stores Supervisor 3.0 MAP PRIORITY STARTUP YES NO X BASIS - This program is in place and meets the NOAM requirement for materials. COMMITMENT 4 - YES NO X * ' -

                                                                        ')        ' -

BASIS - This program is in place and meets the NOAM requirement for materials. 4.0 MAP SOURCE DOCUMENTS / REFERENCES , 1 FSAR NOAM TECH SPECS OTHER PROCEDURES SDSP-3.8.18.4 & 16.9 FINDINGS / CONCERNS MART B.6.a l l v 1 7g

  • s g- , f * ,.- . . . - * < . . -

i DATE: February 14, 1989

e. MAP - M10C3D l 8

5.0 MAP EVALUATION / STATUS A. - Programmatic - I Browns Ferry' Standard Practice BF-16.4 establishes the method i of receipt, ha'ndling, storage, issuing, return to storeroom, and l transfer of material, components, and spare parts. Any deviations - are handled in accordance with Site Director Standard Practice, SDSP-3.8 B. Implementation Verification Each item received is marked / tagged regardless of safety /non-safety related application. Each item receives a specific storage location to further aid in segregation of stored materials. Per SDSP-16.9, form SDSP-257, the QC receipt inspector is required to verify tagging of CSSC incoming - materials prior to placement in storage.

         ]/                                    The current bin location change process requires a batch process for system maintenance each 24-hour p'eriod. The system does allow alternate locations to'be entsre'd (up to' three) as online.

(see action item 1) 6.0 MAP ACCEPTABILITY / PERFORMANCE EVALUATION X Acceptable for - Ref. Section 5.0 , Startup Short Term Operations.

                                   - . _ .      Acceptable for -                         Ref.

Long Term Operations Acceptable for Ref. ORR - Objective # l O (v 2 __---_---_-_____A..--._______ . - - _ _ . _ - - _ - - _ _ _ - - _ _ _ - I__-

.. DATE: March 8,1989 g MAP - M10C3D i i " 7.0 ACTION ITEMS i. ACTION RESP. ORG. DUE DATE

1. Modify the MAMS inventory control Materials & 7/1/89 .,

j .systern to allow online location changes Procurement j and updates. (reference MART B.6.a) 1 L CONCURRENCE Reference MART B.6.a / , H NAME DATE ] ll h 8.0 MAP SCHEDULE 1 j INITIAL REVIEW DATE - _12/30/88  ;) IMPLEMENTATION DATE - LATEST REVIEW - 2/13/89 jj d

                                                                                                               .l l

i 4 4 j G' l l 3

 .~                                                                               .              y DATE: February 3,1989-

{ MAP - M10C3E , MAINTENANCE ACTION PLAN '(MAP) M10C3E - Staging of Material and Parts  ; 1.0 MAP DESCRIPTION / SCOPE

                                                                                                   '1 Material and parts are staged _for use. Material issued and waiting to .        1 be used is controlled.

2.0 MAP RESPONSIBILITIES Maintenance Superintendent Outage Manager j 3.0 MAP PRIORITY l 1 1 STARTUP YES NO X 1 BASIS - This program is in place and meets the NOAM requirement for materials. j I k COMMITMENT YES NO X ' - ' BASIS - This program is in place and meets the NOAM' requirement for materials. 4.0 MAP SOURCE DOCUMENT & REFERENCES FSAR NOAM . TECH SPECS OTHER l PROCEDURES PMI-8.10. SDSP-7.6 & BF-16.4 RNDINGS/ CONCERNS MART B.1.f. B.3.c. B.B.b 5.0 MAP EVALUATION / STATUS 1 A. Programmatic Q Plant Managerjnstruction PMl-6.10 establishes the minimum requirements for material control for maintenance activities from the beginning of a maintenance activity to the completion of: 1 x ________ __ _ _ _.

DATE: February: 14,1989 MAP _- M1003E D . the activity. This includes instructions for temporary storage for staging purposes.' (PMI-6.1_0 Section 5.6) , a 1 B. Implementation Verification At the present time material is staged, when requested, and placed in a designated stage area. This staged area is an ANSI Level "B" environment and normally sufficient to meet all: requirements. ' Material in this area is held until requested by the ) maintenance activity. Periodically, when the required date has .I l passed, Maintenance will be contacted to determine if there is 4 still a need for this material. If the work plan has been canceled or changed and the material is no longer needed it will be returned to its permanent location. 6.0 MAP ACCEPTABILITY / PERFORMANCE EVALUATION-X Acceptable for - Ref. Section 5.0 Startup Short Term Operations. [~' X Acceptable for - Ref. Section 5.0 D] Long Term Operation.s o

  • Acceptable for'* inr h u"+

e 2 N l" o Ref.- N ' " ORR - Objective # 7.0 ACT10N ITEMS 1 ACTION RESP. ORG. DUE DATE j l None 8.0 . MAP SCHEDULE , INITIAL REVIEW DATE - 12/30/88 IMPLEMENTATION DATE - LATEST REVIEW - 2/13/89 r N 2 i,F f 18 7  % p g = J e e g p a4 , y a g e- ,

                                                                                                                                   .,,g ,p,, ,,y
                                                                   ' DATE: February 3, -1989 -      ,

MAP - M10C3F i i MAINTENANCE ACTION PLAN (MAP) l 1 M1003F - Stores inventory  ; 1.0 MAP DESCRIPTION / SCOPE l i I Items placed into or removed from stores are promptly posted to the records so that the stores inventory reflects current status. The computerized stores record system also indicates the location of materials and parts in the warehouse, stores issue rooms, or other designated storage areas. i 2.0 MAP RESPONSIBILITIES I Materials Manager Power Stores Supervisor 3.0 MAP PRIORITY . NO X O STARTUP YES BASIS - This program is in place'andmeetsthe NOAM requirement for materials. 'm2 W ~ ~- - 4+ 3u COMMITMENT YES NO X BASIS - This program is in place and meets the NOAM ' requirement for materials. - - l 4.0 MAP SOURCE DOCUMENT & REFERENCES j FSAR 1 NOAM ' TECH SPECS OTHER 1 PROCOXJRES BF-16.4. SDSP 3.8 FINDINGS / CONCERNS MART B.8.a. B.8.c INPO EVAL 86.MA.9-1 n v 1 1 l

                                                            .   .     ~ . . . , - - -    ,,.y   -.4   . ,

j

DATE: February 3,1989 MAP - M10C3F 3 5.0 MAP EVALUATION / STATUS (V Programmatic j A. 1 Browns Ferry Standard Practice BF-16.4 establishes the method of receipt, handling, storage, issuing, return to storeroom, and .i transfer of material, components, and spare parts. Any deviations are handled in accordance with Site Director Standard Practice SDSP 3.8. B. Implementation Verification Data entry of receiving information is posted daily to assure that material received is on the inventory record. Material issues are obtained at least three times daily and input to the computer system to update the inventory record. This has 4 increased the reliability of information on the MAMS system and enhances the capability of the plant to know what materialis , ( available for issue. I - ~ A verification of MAMtedurdcyw needed.-" " "+ - ' 6.0 MAP ACCEPTABILITY / PERFORMANCE EVALUATION X Acceptable for - Ref. Section 5.0 i Startup Short Term Operations.

       .            Acceptable for -                              Ref.                                !

Long Term Operations Acceptable for Ref. ' ORR - Objective #  ; i 7.0 ACTION ITEMS I l ACTION RESP. ORG. DUE DATE I

1. Verify the accuracy of MAMS Site Quality 6-1-89 4 using acceptable, statistical sampling methods. I 2 i
                                                       ,. _ . , .      . . . , . . _ . - . . , ,.. I

DATE: March 7,1989 MAP - M10C3F 7.0 ACTION ITEMS ACTION ~ RESP. ORG. DUE DATE

1. Verify the accuracy of MAMS Site Quality 6-1-89 using acceptable statistical sampling methods.

CONCURRENCE SIGNED BY L.W. JONES 2/06/89 NAME DATE l l 8.0 MAP SCHEDULE INITIAL REVIEW DATE - 12/30/88 j l l IMPLEMENTATION DATE - l l LATEST REVIEW - 2/13/89

     .                              s .,     . , , , , - r . i t a 4 .. , , , ,, .. : w , u -. i .. . . . e . 4 . -
                                                                                                                      .l 3

1 l 4 9 i 3 i

DATE: February 3,1989 ! MAP - M10C3G I /N 3 MAINTENANCE ACTION PLAN (MAP) V M10C3G - Minimum / Maximum Limits 1.0 MAP DESCRIPTION / SCOPE i Stores procedures provide for " minimum" / " maximum" limits for parts, material, and equipment and for prompt reordering when stock l levels fall to established reorder points or when requested to meet l anticipated need. 2.0 MAP RESPONSIBILITIES I l Materials Manager Power Stores Supervisor 3.0 MAP PRIORITY STARTUP YES NO X rO BASIS - This program is in place and meets the NOAM 3 'L/ requirement for materiais. '

                                                                                                     ]

COMMITMENT YES NO X BASIS - This program is in place and meets the NOAM requirement for materials. 4.0 MAP SOURCE DOCUMENTS / REFERENCES FSAR NOAM TECH SPECS OTHER MAMS PROCEDURES SDSP-18.2 FINDINGS / CONCERNS 5.0 mao EVALUATION / STATUS 4 A. Programmatic , , The MAMS data base allows for a minimum / maximum level which 1

DATE: February 14, 1989 , MAP - M10C3G is refered to as the reorder point (ROP) and reorder quantity. r When the ROP is reached a recommended stock reorder is generated and handled in accordance with Site Director Standard Practice, SDSP-16.2, which allows for auto reorder or placement , of a requisition for the inventory shortage. B. Implementation Verification During January 1987 through March 1987 there were more than 5,600 fast moving items evaluated to establish valid reorder < points and quantities. Daily, as recommended stock reorder requirements are produced, they are forwarded through Procurement Services and NE for evaluation and the preparation of requisitions. As of January,1988 there were more than 2,400 outstanding items for reorder. Thirty to fifty reorders are generated each day and on January 25,1989, 810 items, were awaiting reorder. 6.0 MAP ACCEPTABILITY / PERFORMANCE EVALUATION (/ X Acceptable for - '-

                                                                           > Ref. Section 5.Q Startup Short Term Operations.

3 X Ac'ceptable for - Ref. Section 5.0 l Long Term Operations ___ Acceptable for Ref. j ORR - Objective # l 1 7.0 ACTION ITEMS

                                                                         .                                     i ACTION                                       RESP. ORG.         .DUE DATE NCNE
                                                                                                                !i 8.0 MAP SCHEDULE                                                                     j 1

INITIAL REVIEW DATE - 12/30/88 IMPLEMENTATION DATE -

                                                                                                               )

4 LATEST REVIEW , . 2/13/89 l l 1 2 i

DATE: February' 3,1989 l MAP - M10C3H i MAINTENANCE ACTION PLAN (MAP)

                                  - M10C3H - Inspections, QA Audits & Surveillance 1.0 MAP DESCRIPTION / SCOPE Periodic generalinspections and QA audits and surveillance of the                                                          i stores issue room (s), storage areas, and warehouse areas are                                                               !

performed in accordance with written procedures. In addition

                                                                                                                                             'j supervisory personnel " walk their spaces" on a regular basis and                                                          1 submit written reports on conditions found.                                                                                 l 2.0 MAP RESPONSIBILITIES Materials Manager Power Stores Supervisor Site Quality Manager 3.0 MAP PRIORITY

( STARTUP o: YES- NO X c. , >> BASIS -:This program istin placerand meets the NOAM,

  • nW ' "H - r 1 requirement for materials.

COMMITMENT YES NO X BASIS - This program is in place and meets the NOAM requirement for materials.- 4.0 MAP SOURCE DOCUMENTS / REFERENCES FSAR NOAM TECH SPECS OTHER PROCEDURES BF-16.4. SDSP-3.8 & 16.3 FINDINGS / CONCERNS MART B.6.d O . .

. L 1

l 1

     ,.  <-           r       <       ,-    ...--      .    .,         ,,%.,,   .
 - x.     ,
l DATE: February f14,1989 MAP - M1003H O 5.0 MAP EVALUATION / STATUS A. Programmatic j

) Browns Ferry Standard Practice BF-16.4 establishes the method  ! of recelpt, handling, storage, issuing, return to storeroom, and  ! transfer of material, components, and spare parts. Any deviations are handled in accordance with Site Director Standard Practice SDSP 3.8. SDSP-16.3 provides the procedural requirements for ongoing inspection of the warehousing areas. A criteria for walking your spaces as it applies to materials and ' storage is not available. (see action item 1) B. Implementation Verification Weekly inspections of the storage area and facilities ~are-  ! conducted by Stores and QA personnel. These inspections are  ! documented and copies are on file in QA, Power Stores, and { Document Control. Copies of " Walk your. Space" and area v inspection are 'mel'n tained on file and;are available for inspection. w-us t ua m~inm a n n m a ri m+un M ut i a t- T m b 6.0 MAP ACCEPTABILITY / PERFORMANCE EVALUATION j X Acceptable for - Ref. Section 5.0 _ Startup Short Term Operations.  ! Acceptable for - Ref.  ! Long Term Operations Acceptable for Ref. ORR - Objective # 7.0 ACTION ITEMS ACTION RESP. ORG. DUE DME l

1. Develop criteria for walking your Materials 5/1/89 spaces. Examples of items that are Mgr.

checked and correct,ed if_ improper are: V corrosive chemicals segregated and 2 )

 - .         ,             ,  .      ,s      ..                               . . ,
                                                                                           .m_    _

DATE: February ' 14,.1989 MAP - M10C3H not near equipment and metal stock

           . flammable materials properly stored                                                                                    l
  • stainless steel components are protected from direct contact with other metals, particularly carbon steel.
           + relief valves, motors, and other equipment are stored on their bases containers, boxes, and barrels stacked to proper heights and in accordance with vendor instructions a parts, materials, and equipment are repackaged or protective caps reinstalled to seal items on which previous packaging or protective caps have become.

deteriorated, damaged, or lost .

           . machined surfaces: protected m4 *          *"                                                                        d equipment internals protected from intrusion of foreign                                                             y materials.                                                                                                              j pest control established to rotect material and equipment CONCURRENCE                     #              /        A9                                                               l NAMEl                           DhTE 8.0 MAP SCHEDULE INITIAL REVIEW DATE                   -

12/30/88 IMPLEMENTATION DATE , Q Y LATEST REVIEW , , 2/13/89 3

  * *
  • N Y et e &
  • ey* p-
                                                           ,,       e a    y y6 . es, e , e. , A me, e+ 4     e    , , , , i . ,

m-

b
                                                                                            ~
DATE: February 3,1989 MAP - M10C4A-Q.

r MAINTENANCE ACTION PLAN (MAP) M10C4A'- Retrieval and Issue

                                                                                                              ~

l 1.0 MAP DESCRIPTION / SCOPE

        ,                  Parts, material, or equipment removed from storage receive the same care and handling they received when placed in storage.

A , 2.0 MAP RESPONSIBILITIES i Maintenance Superintendent ' l Modifications Manager 3.0 MAP PRIORITY _ W STARTUP '

                                                 .YES        NO_X_

BASIS - This program is in; place and meets the NOAM l requirement for materials. 1 O COMMITMENT YES

  • NO_2_

BASIS - This prografi1 is'in placs d'ndW16sts't)fsiNOAM'" requirement for materials. 4.0 MA A SOURCE DOCUMENTS / REFERENCES FSAR NOAM TECH SPECS OTHER , I PROCEDURES PMI-6.10 FINDINGS / CONCERNS MART B.2.a. E.2.a NMRG J-3 5.0 MAP EVALUATION / STATUS k A. Programmatic ' k' Plant Manager Instruction PMI-6.10 establishes the requirements 1 i for material control for maintenance activities from the 1

                               -                                                      I
l DATE: February 14, 1989

( MAP - M10C4A 1 l ,C beginning of a maintenance activity to the completion of the  ! \ activity. B. Implementation Verification BFN Self assessment Aug.1988 objective _2.1.8.10.15 which - addresses maintenance material control indicates through interviews and observation that material for jobs which were not being actively worked were properly tagged with " material in use" tags. Also eleven (11) Quality Surveillance Reports conducted between Feb.1988 and Nov 1988, which observed the control of maintenance material all show acceptable control. 6.0 MAP ACCEPTABILITY / PERFORMANCE EVALUATION X Acceptable for - Ref. Section 5.0 Startup Short Term Operations. X Acceptable for - Ref. Section 5.0 Long Term Operations { Acceptable for Ref. Ox ORR - Objective #

  • 7.0 ACTION ITEMS ACTION RESP. ORG. DUE DATE None 8.0 MAP SCHEDULE INITIAL REVIEW DATE -

12/13/88 IMPLEMENTATION DATE - LATEST REVIEW - 2/13/89 2

                 ,         . -                                                        I

p x q j DATE: February 3,1989 l 4 MAP - M10C4B L Q MAINTENANCE ACTION PLAN (MAP) D {i M10048 - Receipt Documentation & Inspection Records d

 '. 1.0 MAP DESCRIPTION / SCOPE                                                              !

s Receipt documentation and inspection records are completed before an

 ;          item is issued. Documentation for items that are safety-related, i           environmentally qualified, or items with special requirements are
maintained to provide traceability.

J l l 2.0 MAP RESPONSIBILITIES 4 Materials Manager Power Stores Supervisor 3.0 MAP PRIORITY STARTUP YES NO _.X_ BASIS - This program is in place and meets the NOAM

    %       requirement for materials.             -   '       '

COMMITMENT YES NO X BASIS - This program is in place and meets the NOAM 'i requirement for materials. l 4.0 MAP SOURCE DOCUMENTS / REFERENCES FSAR NOAM j' TECH SPECS OTHER PROCEDURES BF-16.4. SDS P-3.8 ..a ', FINDINGS / CONCERNS i

 )     5.0 MAP EVALUATION / STATUS o

1 j A. Programmatic , ( , 3 s

 ]                 Browns Ferry Standard Practice BF-16.4 establishes the method 1

1 1 __ . =_. __ _ =_=

   -                                    - o                                                                          ;

l DATE: February 14, 1989 MAP - M10C4B I of receipt; handling, storage, issuing,' return to storeroom, and 3 transfer of material, components and spare parts, j Any deviations are handled in accordance with Site Director Standard Practice SDSP-3.8. B. Implementation Verification All material received is marked prior to final receipt inspection which then identifies it as available for issue. - Receipt documentation is filed in the Procurement / Contract Package maintained by Materials and Procurement Servicec. All associated documentation and evaluation of material is place in this file as a permanent QA record. When the contract package is complete it is transmitted to lifetime storage and a microfilm of this record produced. Traceability of material is maintained by '- contract data. (see action item 1 of M1001 A): 6.0 MAP ACCEPTABILITY / PERFORMANCE EVALUATION X Acceptable form - Ref. Setti'o n 6.0 -- " ~ * - Startup Short Term Operations.  ; Acceptable for - Ref. Long Term Operations Acceptable for Ref. ORR - Objective # . 7.0 ACTION ITEMS I ACTION RESP. ORG. DUE DATE - NCNE 8.0 MAPSCHEDULE INITIAL REVIEW DATE - 12/30/88 IMPLEMENTATION, DAT.E - v LATEST REVIEW - 2/13/891 2 1-

    ) DE                 M            l                        f       fE  $ $          *WF } "

1 ( > Y', b

i

                                                                                                                                       *              'i 1

1 DATE: February 3,1989 MAP - M10C4C j G MAINTENANCE ACTION PLAN (MAP) V M10C40 - Computerized Parts, Material & Equipment Catalog l l 1.0 MAP DESCRIPTION / SCOPE A computerized parts, material, and equipment catalog is maintained that allows personnel to determine what items are available for use. This catalog provides a cross reference list with information such as the manufacturer part number, noun name, vendor, size, etc.. 2.0 MAP RESPONSIBILITIES. Materials Manager 1 Power Stores Supervisor 3.0 MAP PRIORITY l STARTUP YES NO X_  !

 /9 '                                    BASIS - This program is in place and meets the NOAM                                                             I requirement for materials, s,,                                                            .e , .... , -

COMMITMENT YES NO X BASIS - This program is in place and meets the NOAM requirement for materials. 4.0 MAP SOURCE DOCUMENTS / REFERENCES FSAR NOAM. TECH SPECS OTHER  ! PROCEDURES MAMS l c FINDINGS / CONCERNS MART _ Elf 5.0 MAP EVALUATION / STATUS l

                                                                                                                                                        \

A. Eagrammatic , , Materials Management System (MAMS)- An integrated computer - l t 1 i i

i DATE: February 14, 1989 i MAP - M10C4C l O oriented system which provides support for procurement of j

 'v#

material and replacement parts is in place.  ! j B. Implementation Verification Materialis maintained on MAMS System and training has been provided to plant personnel on findings material. Power Stores i personnel will assist and/or provide listings as appropriate to  ! locate items and identify material. The accuracy of MAMS has not  ; been established adequately. (see action item 1 of M10C3F). l 6.0 MAP ACCEPTABILITY / PERFORMANCE EVALUATION { D X Acceptable for - Ref. Section 5.0 i i Startup Short Term Operations. l Acceptable for - Ref. _ f Long Term Operations l Acceptable for Ref. k O ORR - Objective # V , 7.0 ACTlON ITEMS ' " ' 1 i

ACTION RESP. ORG. DUE DATE  !

l See action item 1 of M1003F. - f i 8.0 MAP SCHEDULE  ! INITIAL REVIEW DATE - 12/30/88 I IMPLEMENTATION DATE - LATEST REVIEW - 2/13/89 l 2 i i i

    .w     .
j :- .

f/I

                                                                      . DATEi February 3,1989 MAP - M10C5 MAINTENANCE ACTION PLAN (MAP)-

M1005 - Return of Unused Staged or Reserved Material 1.0 MAP DESCRIPTION /SCODE

                 - Initiate a formal and easily used feedback method from the maintenance groups to the Power Stores, warehouse when staged or reserved materials are no longer required.                                       l 2.0 MAP RESPONSIBILITIES '

Materials Manager Power Stores Supervisor 3.0 MAP PRIORITY STARTUP YES NO X BASIS - This program is in place and meets the NOAM requirement for materials. ~ j COMMITMENT YES " ' ' NO X ' ' ' BASIS - This program is in place and meets the NOAM requirement for materials. l 4.0 MAP SOURCE DOCUMENTS / REFERENCES FSAR _. NOAM TECH SPECS OTHER l l 1 PROCEDURES MAMS FINDINGS / CONCERNS MART B.1.f 5.0 M AP EVALUATION / STATUS A. Programmatic

                                            ~

N The materials and parts reservation program used by the site is a mainframe computer program which has as one of its features a; i 1 1 l l' a__--__________:___:____-_____

DATE: February 3,1989-MAP - M1005 material need field which is a mandatory entry when reserving O- ' inventory stock. Several actions are required to make the system function properly. (see action items in 7.0).

                                                                                                              'I B. Implementation Verification a

There currently is no process to provide feedback to power stores.- Action items defined in 7.0 below will provide the desired feedback. 6.0 MAP ACCEPTABI'LITY/ PERFORMANCE EVALUATION

                     -X    Acceptable for    -

Ref. Section 5.0 - .l Startup Short Term Operations. Acceptable for - Ref. Long Term Operations Acceptable for  : Ref. 4 GRR - Objective # 7.0 ACTION ITEMS ACTION U 2IU '+1 RESP. ORG) ' DUE DATE ': ' ' : ' F '

1. Distribute the MAMS Reserve Material- 4/15/89 Exception Report to the Coordinator maintenance point of contact on a monthly basis for evaluation '

of reserved items whose need date exceeds the procurement lead time date, or whose reserve date has passed and the material has not yet been issued nor a request to change the need date has been submitted.

2. The maintenance department Maint. 4/15/89 points-of-contact will evaluate , Supt.

O material need dates, coordinate ' \.j revised reservation need dates, or submit a notice of cancellation t 2 t 4 . I y

DATE: March 7,1989 MAP - M1005 (~'s to the Material Coordinator for action. 4 Cl 3. Changes in reserved material status Material 4/30/89 will be recorded on the Future Coordinator -] Requirements Action Tally Sheet and entered into the Future Requirements Master File. ,

                                                                                                                                   )
i l
 ;             4. Notification will be made to the                  Material      4/30/89
 ;                    Warehouse Section to remove all                   Coordinator
                      " Flag Tags" from reserved material with the cancellation notice.
5. Formalize action items in the Material 4/30/89 ]

appropriate procedure. Coordinator CONCURRENCE SIGNED BY IVAN HOLT 2/06/89 NAME DATE  ; O

      .v                                   1       y.

y ., m m ,. :: 1 4r: 8.0 MAP SCHEDULE I l INITIAL REVIEW DATE - 12/30/88 IMPLEMENTATION DATE - ,. LATEST REVIEW - 2/13/89 l-4 r! I.

3 1>

l!

DATE: February 3,1989 MAP - M11C1

        'T (V                                                               MAINTENANCE ACTION PLAN (MAP) 4 M1101 - Identification

{ 1.0 MAP DESCRIPTION / SCOPE i j '

                                                 . Each piece of M&TE is assigned a unique identification number. This number is affixed permanently to the equipment if possible, and serves to identify all activities associated with a particular piece of M & TE. Master listing of M & TE is maintained and identifies the following attributes for each piece of equipment.

generic description of equipment, trade or marketing name of equipment, manufacturer, model, and serial number. unique identification number range (s) and accuracy

   ,                                              + calibration procedure s

[_ L calibration frequency - responsible department ] l l 2.0 MAP RESPONSIBILITIES Maintenance I & C Technical Section I 1 3.0 MAP PRIORITY STARTUP YES X NO BASIS - The pending revision to SDSP-29.1 will be a program improvement based on INPO 85-038 recommendations. The current program meets l commitments and upper tier requirements. COMMITMENT YES X NO BASIS - Topical report TR75-1 A requires unique identification of each item of M & TE and traceability to test data. This commitment is currently l 9 met by SDSP 9.1. Additional Nuclear Performance improvement Plan commitment to upgrade the M & TE procedure has been performed by upgrading BF 17.5 to SDSP 29.1. l 1 ) l

q I DATE: February 3,1989 MAP - M1101 O 4.0 MAPSOURCE DOCUMENTS / REFERENCES I FSAR NOAM Part 111 Sec 3.1 TECH SPECS OTHER TR 75-1 A 17.2.12.2 and 17.2.12.3 PROCEDURES SDSP 29.1 . FINDINGS / CONCERNS 5.0 MAP EVALUATION / STATUS A. Programmatic SDSP 29.1, Section 6.3, specifies master listing requirements, but doesn't include range, accuracy and serial number, as recommended by INPO 85-038. (see action item 1) B. Implementation Verification Nuclear Quality Audit and Evaluation Branch Abdit Report " BFA88802, verified the adequacy of the identification of M & TE I and use of the master list. The overall M & TE program was audited to assess compliance with 10CFR50 APP B, TR 75-1 A, NOAM lil 3.1 and SDSP 29.1, and found to be acceptable. OBF-A-86-0003 also documents conformance with the applicable requirements of the upper tier documents. I 6.0 MAP ACCEPTABILITY / PERFORMANCE EVALUATION X Acceptable for - Ref. Justification: The Startup Short Term Operations. current program meets commitments and good practice. Implementing _ INPO 85-038 enhances

                             .    .                       and improyes on the existing program, but isn't absolutely required.

2

v . DATE: March 7,1989-MAP - M11C1 O.O Acceptable for - Ref. Long Term Operations Acceptable for Ref. ORR - Objective # 7.0 ACTION ITEMS ACTION RESP. ORG. DUE DATE

1. Revise SDSP 29.1 to require I&C Technical 4/1/89 serial number, range and accuracy on M&TE master list according to INPO 85-038.

This is not a comm!cment.

2. Master list shoofd be revised Materials & 9/1/89 l to include range accuracy Procurement and serial number in accordance (M & TE Coordinator) with SDSP 29.1 revision.

(% CONCURRENCE SIGNED BY IVAN HOLT' 2/03/89 , NAME DATE l 3. Audit of revised SDSP 29.1 and BF Audit Group 10/1/89

                 ,  Pro 0 ram implementation CONCURRENCE            SIGNED BY J.T. BARNES       2/01/89 NAME                    DATE 8.0 MAP SCHEDULE 1

l INITIAL REVIEW DATE - 1-31-89 l

       ,            IMPLEMENTATION DATE                       -

LATEST REVIEW . _ 2/13/89 3

DATE: Fcbruary 3,1989 MAP - M11C2A q V MAINTENANCE ACTION PLAN (MAP) M11C2A - Calibration Standards 1.0 MAP DESCRIPTION / SCOPE Calibration standards traceable to the National Bureau of Standards, . other nationally recognized standards or TVA approved standards are used for the calibration of M&TE. Calibration standards maintained at the station are kept in the calibration facilities in designated storage locations. If calibration standards are issued for field use, the supervisor responsible for the standards authorizes and minimizes the period of issue. Laboratory standards for field use should be discouraged. Standards are calibrated on a frequency consistent with vendor recommendations and experience. Calibration records for standards are consistent with those of all other M&TE. ( 2.0 MAP RESPONSIBILITIES %) Maintenance I & C Techn'ical Section 3.0 MAP PRIORITY STARTUP YES X NO BASIS - No action is actually required on this item prior to startup although clarification to SDSP 29.1 should be made to be consistent with INPO 85-038. SDSP 29.1 requires calibration standards to be traceable to a nationally recognized standard. INPO 85-038 suggest NBS or a nationally recognized standard. Both are functionally the same. Use of Calibration standards at the site should also be clarified. COMMITMENT YES X NO BASIS - Basis TR 75-1 A Section 17.2.12, part 4, requires calibration standards to be traceable to a nationally recognized standard which is currently included in S.DSP 29.1, NPP Vol 3 addresses M&TE. 1

 .                                                                                                      i DATE: Fcbruary 3,1989 MAP - M1102A i
  /7  4.0 MAP SOURCE DOCUMENTS / REFERENCES N]

FSAR NOAM Part 111. Section 3.1 TECH SPECS OTHER TR 75-1 A.17.2.12.4 PROCEDURES FINDINGS / CONCERNS 5.0 MAP EVALUATION / STATUS - A. Proo ammatic l SDSP 29.1, Section 6.7, Addresses traceability of standards but not specifically national bureau of standards (NBS). Maintaining of and use calibration standards at the site is not specifically addressed by SDSP 29.1. Isee action item 1) O i

  'L/      B. Implementation Verification
                                                                                                       ]

Erowns Ferry Site Qu#ty Surveillance Monitoring Report OBF-5-88-0446 was performed to verify the existence of and compliance to those procedures that address the use and contro! of M&TE". This involved SDSP 29.1 no discrepancies were I discovered associated with this MAP item. OBF-A-86-003 (page 9) also specifically audited the program for standards used for onsite calibrations and their traceability to a national standard, and showed that BFN standards are adequate to meet the criteria in section 1.0. , 2

DATE: February 15,1989 ' MAP - M1102A Ch. b l 6.0 MAP ACCEPTABILITY / PERFORMANCE EVALUATION X Acceptable for - Ref, Justificaiton: The action Startup Short Term Operations. proposed only enhances the existing program which is acceptable. Acceptable for - Ref. Long Term Operations Acceptable for Ref. ORR - Objective # 7.0 ACTION ITEMS ACTION RESP. ORG. DUE DATE

1. Revise SDSP 29.1 to I & C Technical 4/1/89 be consistant with INPO 85-038. ~

i

  %J 8.0 MAP SCHEDULE INITIAL REVIEW DATE               -

1/29/89 IMPLEMENTATION DATE - LATEST REVIEW - 2/13/89 l l e

                                                                            - - - - - - = - -

DATE: February 3,1989, MAP - M1102B l C\ V MAINTENANCE ACTION PLAN (MAP) M11C2B - Calibration Procedures l 1.0 MAP DESCRIPTION / SCOPE M&TE is calibrated by qualified technicians using approved < procedures. These procedures contain the necessary precautions, i limitations, required accuracy, acceptance criteria, data sheets for as found and as left data, and calibration standard to be used i: requirements. Individuals, organizations and companies performing calibration is also to be documented. 2.0 MAP RESPONSIBILITIES Maintenance I & C Technical Section l 3:0 ' MAP PRIORITY STARTUP YES X NO BASIS - Performance of M&TE calibrations by unqualified individuals could  ! cause indirectly, an adverse affect on safety related equipment. COMMITMENT YES X NO BASIS - M&TE is currently being calibrated by qualified technicians using approved instructions. This has been verified,see 5.B. SDSP 29.1 is being revised to ensure this requirement continues to be met. < 1 4.0 MAPSOURCE DOCUMENTS / REFERENCES FSAR NOAM Part lil. Section 3.1 TECH SPECS OTHER PROCEDURES SDSP 29.1 FINDINGS / CONCERNS i 1

DATE: February 15, 1989 MAP - M1102B [ l V) 5.0 MAP EVALUATION / STATUS

                                                                                                  ]

A. Programmatic 1 i SDSP 29.1, Section 6.4, details calibration procedures i requirements including what is to be included in onsite M&TE calibration procedures. (see action item 1) - l' B. Implementation Verification QA audit QBF-A-86-0003 witnessed onsite calibration by.the  ! existing criteria with no deviations found. 6.0 MAP ACCEPTABILITY / PERFORMANCE EVALUATION l i X Acceptable for - Ref. 5.0.8 Startup Short Term Operations. Acceptable for - Ref. C Long Term Operations l Acceptable for Ref. ._ j ORR - Objective ' # 7.0 ACTION ITEMS ACTION RESP. ORG. DUE DATE

1. Revise SDSP 29.1 to I & C Technical 4/1/89 address that Technicians are to be qualified for performing M&TE calibrations.

8.0 MAP SCHEDULE INITIAL REVIEW DATE - 1/29/89 I4 IMPLEMENTATION DATE LATEST REVIEW 2/13/89 l

DATE: Fcbruary 3,1989 MAP - M11C2C O b MAINTENANCE ACTION PLAN (MAP) 1 l M11C2C - Calibration Frequency 1.0 MAP DESCRIPTION / SCOPE Calibration frequency is normally based on manufacturer's I recommendations. It may be adjusted based on historical usage and reliability. Date-calibrated and date-due is identifled on the i instrument and in the files. 2.0 MAP RESPONSIBILITIES I Maintenance I & C Technical 3.0 MAP PRIORITY O V' STARTUP BASIS - YES X NO - No action is required for this MAP. Nucledr Performance Improvement Plan commited to upgrade BF 17.5. This has been performed by SDSP 29.1. This procedure implements the INPO 85-038 recommendations. COMMITMENT YES X NO BASIS - I TR 75-1 A 17.2.12 Item 1, requires that each item of M&TE be assigned real calibration intervais based on historical records, stability of equipment and past experience. This is currently included in SDSP 29.1 (See 5.0) 4.0 MAP SOURCE DOCUMENTS / REFERENCES FSAR NOAM Part 11 Sect 3.1 1 TECH SPECS OTHER TR 75-1 A 17.2.12.1 PROCEDURES SDSP 29.1 FINDINGS / CONCERNS 1 l

              ~                                                                               .

DATE: February 15, 1989 MAP - M11 C2C  ; A U 5.0 MAP EVALUATION / STATUS l A. Programmatic ' SDSP 29.1 Section 6.10.1 and 6.10.2 specify calibration frequency requirements based on previous experience, use, manufactures recommendations and stability. B. Implementation Verification OA audit BFA88802 verified the calibration interval requirements I l are acceptable in meeting requirements.  ! l No action is required. SDSP 29.1 currently implements topical report TR75-1 A, INPO 85-038 and NOAM lli 3.1. 6.0 MAP ACCEPTABILITY / PERFORMANCE EVALUATION X Acceptable for - Ref. 5. B (.; Startup Short Term Operations. ' X Acceptable for - Ref.  ! l Long Term Operations Acceptable for Ref. ORR - Objective # l 7.0 ACTION ITEMS ACTION RESP. ORG. _ DUE DATE None 8.0 MAP SCHEDULE INITIAL REVIEW DATE - 1/29/89 9 IMPLEMENTATION DATE LATEST REVIEW 1/29/89 2/13/89 2

DATE: February 1,1989 i MAP - M1102D l O ' I V MAINTENANCE ACTION PLAN (MAP) 3 l M11C2D - Functional Checks - i l 1.0 MAP DESCRIPTION / SCOPE l Operational test, functional checks or battery checks of M&TE require that acceptance criteria be clearly specified or indicated on the equipment. 2.0 MAP RESPONSIBILITIES Maintenance I & C Technical Section 3.0 MAP PRIORITY STARTUP YES X NO /' BASIS - ( Functional testing of M&TE isn't currently addressed in SDSP 29.1 by , Nuclear Performance Improvement Plan restart criteria, inadequate M

                         & TE functional testing could indirectly adversely affect safety related equipment.

l COMMITMENT YES_X__NO BASIS - No requirements in TR 75-1 A or NOAM lil 3.1 commit to functional testing requirements. INPO 85-038 recommends this as a good practice. 4.0 MAP SOURCE DOCUMENTS / REFERENCES FSAR NOAM Part Ill. Sec. 3.1 TECH SPECS OTHER PROCEDURES SDSP 29.1 FINDINGS / CONCERNS ~ 1

i DATE: February 1,1989 j MAP - M11C2D 5.0' MAP EVALUATION / STATUS O A, Programmatic I SDSP 29.1 Section 6.23.3, requires that vendor required 1 prerequisites be identified on the M&TE. (see action item 1)- B. Implementation Verification OA audit following SDSP 29.1 revision is needed. (see action item 3) l 6.0 MAP ACCEPTABILITY / PERFORMANCE EVALUATION I Acceptable for - Ref. { Startup Short Term Operations. l Acceptable for - Ref. l Long Term Operations Acceptable for Ref. ORR - Objective # . 7.0 ACTION ITEMS: *: ACTION RESP. ORG. DUE DATE

1. Revise SDSP 29.1 to address I 9. C Technical 4/1/89 functional checks by qualified i technicians. l
2. Identify M&TE requiring Materials and 6/1/89 l functional testing prior to use Procurement and provide acceptance criteria section CONCURRENCE 4 Ex / 2 !/ 9 NAl dAtE
                                                                                                 \

2

7 DATE: March 7,1989 MAP - M11C2D , ('

3. QA audit SDSP 29.1 revision and performance OA 10/1/89 CONCURRENCE SIGNED BY J.T. BARNES 2/01/89 l

NAME DATE e 8.0 MAP SCHEDULE INITIAL REVIEW DATE - 1/29/89

           ! IMPLEMENTATION DATE              -

LATEST REVIEW - 2/13/89 O 's g l l l 3

DATE: February 1,1989 MAP - M1103A 77, '\j MAINTENANCE ACTION PLAN (MAP) M1103A - Storage - 1.0 MAP DESCRIPTION / SCOPE M&TE is segregated from other tools and clearly identified as to its location. Defective, out-of-calibration or other M&TE requiring investigation is to be segregated from usable equipment, M&TE is to have adequate protection when handling and transporting. I 2.0 MAP RESPONSIBILITIES ' Maintenance I & C Technical Section 3.0 MAP PRIORITY ,O STARTUP YES X NO \ BASIS - . l The existing M&TE program fully: implements the requirements of'+ + ' this MAP. COMMITMENT YES X NO ) BASIS - TR 75-1 A doesn't address this item. The existing program l implements the requirements and has been audited (See 5.B)  ! NPP Vol 3 does address M&TE program. 4.0 MAP SOURCE DOCUMENTS / REFERENCES I FSAR NOAM Part 111 Section 3.1 TECH SPECS OTHER TR 75-1 A.17.2.12 PROCEDURES SDSP 29.1 i 4 FINDINGS /CONCEjlNS, 1

DATE: February 16, 1989 l MAP - M1103A i I 5.0 MAP EVALUATION / STATUS v i A. Programmatic

                            ~

l l SDSP 29.1, Section 6.18.2, specifies proper storage and handling for M&TE. Section 6.14.1 specifies segregating and tagging nonconforming l M&TE l SDSP 29.1 currently implements NOAM lli 3.1, INPO 85-038 and TR 75-1 A. u B. Implementation Verificat!DE QA audit BF88802 and OBF-A-86 0003 verified the existing M&TE program is being performed adequately by the stated criteria. Although there are no requirements to have an environmentally l / controlled storage for M&TE, a search of M&TE model and y manufacturer should be made to determine if BFN storage is adequate. (see action item 1) -"+"'"""'"-"""e"^ * "'*

  • 6.0 MAP ACCEPTABILITY / PERFORMANCE EVALUATION X Acceptable for -

Ref. 5.B Startup Short Term Operations. Acceptable for - Ref. l Long Term Operations Acceptable for Ref. ORR - Oojective # 7.0 ACTION ITEMS ACTION RESP. ORG. DUE DATE

1. Research each M&TE model l&C Technical 6-1-89 and manufacturer to determine
   ' 4            if environmental cor!trols,should be modified and determine manufacturers special environmental conditions                                                  I 2

1

DATE: February 15, 1989 MAP - M1103A O V for storage and calibration of M&TE and make appropriate changes. Not required for startup. 8.0 MAP SCHEDULE INITIAL REVIEW DATE - - 1/29/89 IMPLEMENTATION DATE - 1 LATEST REVIEW - 2/13/89 ) i i I Q - l i l i

a DATE: February 1,1989 MAP - M11C3B

    'A                             MAINTENANCE ACTION PLAN (MAP) 1 M11C3B - Uncalibrated M&TE i

l

            ~                                                                                    i 1.0 MAP DESCRIPTION / SCOPE i

New M&TE is to be calibrated prior to use. Uncalibrated M&TE used for troubleshooting or not used for data taking is to be clearly marked as I such. 2.0 MAP RESPONSIBILITIES I Maintenance I & C Technical l 3.0 MAP PRIORITY l STARTUP YES X NO._ l l ) BASIS - - l V The existing SDSP 29.1 implements the basic requirements associated

                                                                                                )

! with segregating nonconforming equipment and requires new M&TE 1 to be calibrated prior to use, and limitations clearly sho'un on the M&TE. l l COMMITMENT YES X NO Basi 3 - Nuclear performed improvement plan, TR 75-1 A and NOAM lli 3.1 all currently implemented and audited. This action item is required to enhance the existing program according to INPO 856-038. NPP Vol. 3 addresses the M&TE program. 4.0 MAP SOURCE DOCUMENTS / REFERENCES , FSAR NOAM Part lll Section 3.1 TECH SPECS OTHER a FINDINGS / CONCERNS l 1 l 1

1 l DATE: Fobruary ' 1,1989 MAP - M11038 O V 5.0 MAP EVALUATION / STATUS 1 A. Programmatic ' SDSP 29.1, Section 6.17.3, specifies calibration requirements for new M&TE prior to use. SDSP 29.1 doesn't address identifying M&TE which is not to be calibrated but is to be used for troubleshooting and not for data - taking, but the existing M&TE use program doesn't allow the use of uncalibrated M&TE for data taking. In addition SDSP 29.1 specifically excludes certain test instruments such as circuit checking meters for being considered as M&TE. (see action items 1 and 2) SDSP 29.1, Section 6.13.3, also requires that M&TE whose use is limited be clearly identified to reflect the limitation. B. Implementation Verification OA audit following SDSP 29.1 revisich is needed.(see dction" -"- ' ' ' item 3)

                                                                                                          )

i i 6.0 MAP ACCEPTABILITY / PERFORMANCE EVALUATION X Acceptable for - Ref. 5.0 Startup Short Term Operations. Acceptable for - Ref. Long Term Operations Acceptable for Ref. I ORR - Objective # 4 'M 2

DATE: March 7,1989 MAP - M11C3B Q 7.0 ACTION ITEMS V . ACTION RESP. ORG. DUE DATE

1. Revise SDSP 29.1 to clarify I & C Technical 4/1/f;9 use of uncalibrated M&TE and its identification. Not required for startup.
2. Identify and lal>el uncalibrated Materials & 6/1/89 M&TE Pr'ocument l

CONCURRENCE SIGNED BY B. TYANAN 2/01/89 I NAME DATE

3. QA audit SDSP 29.1 revision and implementation
                                                                                                                   ]
  /    )       (same as action 3 of M11C1)                                                                         J
  \/                                        .     .. ,. .  .,,ii       ,. , s . . . . . ., - : . . , ..-4.:... ,,

1 i 8.0 MAP SCHEDULE INITIAL REVIEW DATE - 1/29/89 IMPLEMENTATION DATE - LATEST REVIEW - 2/13/89 l l 3 L___ ___ _ '

DATE: February 1,1989 MAP - M11C3C i V MAINTENANCE ACTION PLAN (MAP) M11C3C - M&TE With Limited Use 1.0 MAP DESCRIPTION / SCOPE Special M&TE requiring unique precautions or calibrations to be observed - including limited calibrations - is labeled accordingly.

.                2.0 MAP RESPONSIBILITIES 1

Maintenance I & C Technical 1 3.0 MAP PRIORITY STARTUP YES X NO l BASIS - C') D The SDSP revision would be a program improvement based on INPO 85-038 recommendations. The current program meets requirements > - t ' for identifying M&TE with limited use.' " ' ' - COMMITMENT YES X NO BASIS - Topical report TR 75-1 A doesn't specifically address labeling M&TE limited use. The SDSP revision will provide examples enhancing the existing program. NPP Vol 3 addresses M&TE. 4.0 MAP SOURCE DOCUMENTS / REFERENCES FSAR NOAM Part til Sec. 3.1 TECH SPECS OTHER PROCEDURES _.S.DSP 29.1 FINDINGS / CONCERNS 5 1 J 1

DATE: February 15,1989

.                                                                          MAP - M11C3C                    I
       ]     5.0 MAP EVALUATION / STATUS

[V Programmatic l A. 3 SDSP 29.1 section 6.13.3 specifies that equipment limitations are to be clearly identified. (see action item 1) B. Implementation Verification Browns Ferry Site Quality Surveillance Monitoring Report OBF-S-88-0046 was performed "to verify the existence of and compliance to those procedures that address the use and control of M&TE". This included SDSP 29.1. - No discrepancies were l discovered associated with this MAP item. ' 6.0 MAP ACCEPTABILITY / PERFORMANCE EVALUATION X Acceptable for - Ref. Justification: The action Startup Short Term Operations, proposed only enhance (g) program which is currently V '

                                                                          ' acceptable. '

X Acceptable fdr' " "'" '";"' Ref'? " '6:0 Long Term Operations Acceptable for Ref. ORR - Objective # 7.0 ACTION ITEMS ACTION RESP. ORG. DUE DATE

1. Revise SDSP 29.1 to I & C Technical 4/1/89 include specific examples of limitations. Not required for startup.

8.0 MAP SCHEDULE INITIAL REVIEW DATE - 1/31/89 , IMPLEMENTATION DATE - LATEST REVIEW - 2/13/89 2

DATE: February 1,1989  ! MAP - M11C3D I MAINTENANCE ACTION PLAN (MAP) l M1103D - Issue and Recall i 1.0 MAP DESCRIPTION / SCOP i The issue and recall method for M&TE provides a positive means to , identify the user, traceability to plant equipment and to recall M&TE l prior to expiration of the calibration.  ! 2.0 MAP RESPONSIBILITIES  ! Maintenance I & C Technical  ; i 3.0 MAP PRIORITY f STARTUP YES X NO i BASIS - - b l The existing SDSP 29.1 implements the requirements of this MAP and > < > 1 i INPO 85-038. i " "i > l COMMITMENT YES X NO BASIS - l The existing SDSP 29.1 implements the requirements of this MAP and  ! INPO 85-038. Nuclear Performance Improvement Plan requires i upgrade of the M&TE standard practice which has been ' completed by  ; issuing SDSP 29.1. j i I 4.0 MAP SOURCE DOCUMENTS / REFERENCES FSAR NOAM Part lil Section 3.1 TECH SPECS OTHER 4 PRCCEDURES FINDINGS / CONCERNS SDSP 29.1 1

m -. DATE: February 15, 1989 MAP - M1103D (D U 5.0 MAP EVALUATION / STATUS A. Programmatic SDSP 29.1, Section 6.21 Procedurally addresses the issue and recall of M&TE. The procedure ensures traceability and identification of the user. Section 6.10.3 details procedurally how M&TE is recalled prior to expiration of the calibration. SDSP 29.1 as described in 5.0 fully implements the requirements of NOAM lil, Section 3.1 and INPO 85-038. 1 i B. Implementation Verification QA audit BFA 88802 verifies accountability of M&TE is adquate. A few enhancements are needed. (see action item 1&2) 6.0 MAP ACCEPTABILITY / PERFORMANCE EVALUATION V X Acceptable for - '

                                                      'Ref. . ' '5.0 '  :' '            - ' ' ' ' i l

l Startup Short Te'rm Operations. ' 1 Acceptable for - Ref. Long Term Operations Acceptable for Ref. ORR - Objective # 1 7.0 ACTION ITEMS ACTION RESP. ORG. DUE DATE

1. Research facilities to determine I&C Technical 6-1-89 feasibility of a single issue point for all M&TE and make applicable recommendations and changes.

Not required for startup.

2. Revise SDSP 29.1 to clarify I & C Technical 6-1-89 9 documentation requirernents for out-of-tolerance investigations (CAOR BFQ 890053) 2

DATE: February 15,1989 MAP - M1103D 8.0 MAP SCHEDULE INITIAL REVIEW DATE - 1/31/89 IMPLEMENTATION DATE - LATEST REVIEW - 2/13/89 i I e e-3

i DATE: February 15, 1989 MAP - M11C3E f (3 U MAINTENANCE ACTION PLAN (MAP) i l M 1103E - Contaminated M&TE  ; i 1.0 MAP DESCRIPTION / SCOPE i i Contaminated M&TE or M&TE subject to contamination is packaged and protected to minimize contamination and its spread and stored separately. 2.0 MAP RESPONSIBILITIES I & C Technical Section 3.0 MAP PRIORITY STARTUP YES X NO BASIS - O The existing program adequately addresses the control and handling of - l b M&TE subject o contamination. COMMITMENT YES X NO BASIS - No commitments in TR 75-1 A or Nuclear Performance Improvernent Plan require the additional requirements of INPO 85-038 the SDSP l 29.1 is a program clarification currently handled in RADCON.  ! 4.0 MAP SOURCE DOCUMENTS / REFERENCES FSAR NOAM Part 111 Section 3.1 TECH SPECS _. OTHER PROCEDURES SDSP 29.1 FINDINGS / CONCERNS 1

                                                                      ._____-__=_w__w__-=-

~-- - - - - - - - - - DATE: February 15, 1989 MAP - M11C3E IQ 5.0 MAP EVALUATION / STATUS V A. Programmatic SDSP 29.1, Section 6.22 address the handling of contaminated M&TE, but doesn't address protection of M&TE to minimize contamination and its spread. (see action item 1) 1 B. Implementation Verification A QA audit verification following SDSP 29.1 revision is needed (see action item 2) 6.0 MAP ACCEPTABILITY / PERFORMANCE EVALUATION X Acceptable for - Ref. 3.0 & 5.0 Startup Short Term Operations. Acceptable for - Ref. Long Term Operations ( Acceptable for Ref. N ORR - Objective # > l 7,0 ACTION ITEMS ACTION RESP. ORG. DUE DATE

1. Revised SDSP 29.1 to address I & C Technical 4/1/89 protection of M&TE to minimize contamination and its spread.
2. Perform an audit of SDSP 29.1 compliance (same as action -

item 3 of M1101) 2

   ~
                                                                                                   }

DATE: February 15, 1989 f l MAP - M1103E  ! 8.0 MAP SCHEDULE INITIAL REVIEW DATE - 1/29/89 IMPLEMENTATION DATE - r

LATEST REVIEW - 2/13/89 l
                                                                                                   \

l 1 I l 4 l

                                         ,     . s     .

l l l 3

              +        ,   *,n
  • w g e e , i - m, w se
  • q , e a ,
                                     .                                                                  l DATE: Fcbruary 1,1989 MAP - M1104A o'

V MAINTENANCE ACTION PLAN (MAP) M11C4A - Out of Calibration and Defective M&TE i 1.0 MAP DESCRIPTION / SCOPE  ! Out-of-calibration and defective M&TE - M&TE found to be out of I tolerance is evaluated in accordance with approved procedures. defective M&TE is segregated and labeled to preclude issue. j l l 2.0 MAP RESPONSIBILITIES l l Maintenance I & C Technical  ! i i 3.0 MAP PRIORITY  : l STARTUP YES X NO BASIS - l (O- The existing program fully implements INPO 85-038 and requirements  ! of this MAP. COMMITMENT YES X NO  ! BASIS - INPO 85-038 and NOAM lli 3.1, is implement by the existing SDSP 29,1 TR 75-1 A doesn't address. NPP Vol 3 addresses the M&TE program.  ! i 4.0 MAP SOURCE DOCUMENTS / REFERENCES  ! l FSAR NOAM Part Ill Section 3.1 jl TECH SPECS OTHER TR 751-A 17.2.12 ' PROCEDURES SDSP 29.1 i FINDINGS / CONCERNS 1 l

                                          -                                ~            '   ~

DATE: February 15, 1989 MAP - M11C4A 5.0 MAP EVALUATION / STATUS b,G A. Programmatic SDSP 29.1, Section 6.14, addresses out of calibration and defective M &TE, the evaluation and investigation of instruments and equipment it has been used on since the previous calibration and segregation of non conforming M&TE. SDSP 29.1 as described in 5.0 fully implements NOAM 1113.1 TR 75-1 A and INPO 85-038. B. Implementation Verification i QA audit BFA 88802 was performed and SDSP 29.1 was revised to correct deficiency in BF 17.5. It was discovered during this l evaluation that it may be prudent to perform calibration verifications after each CSSC and Tech. Spec. use. (see action item 1) 6.0 MAP ACCEPTABILITY / PERFORMANCE EVALUATION l X Acceptable for - Ref. 5A Startup Short Term Operations. X Acceptable for - Ref. 5&7 Long Term Operations Acceptable for Ref. ORR - Objective # _ 7.0 ACTION ITEMS ACTION RESP. ORG. DUE DATE

1. Research the need for calibration I&C Technical 6-1-89 verification of M&TE after each CSSC and Tech. Spec use, and l make applicable program changes.

Not required for startup., 2

                                                                              ._    ___1__ _

DATE: February 15, 1989 MAP - M11 C4A O lt 8.0 MAPSCHEDULE

   ,           INITIAL REVIEW DATE        -

1/29/89

i IMPLEMENTATION DATE -

4 LATEST REVIEW - 2/13/89 O e t \ 3

D' ATE: February 1,1989 MAP - M11C4B g ( ,) MAINTENANCE ACTION PLAN (MAP) M1104B - Performance Trending i 1.0 MAP DESCR!PTION/ SCOPE The results of M&TE calibrations are trended and the program and/or calibration procedures adjusted accordingly to continuously monitor and upgrade the M&TE program. 2.0 MAP RESPONSIBILITIES Maintenance I & C Technical Section i 3.0 MAP PRIORITY STARTUP YES X NO BASIS - N Nuclear Performance Improvement Plan restart requirement criteria l doesn't require trending for startup. Program enhancement is desired by INPO 85-038. See 5.A for partial implementations. COMMITMENT YES X NO BASIS - Restart criteria and Nuclear Performance Improvement Plan committed to upgrade the existing M&TE procedures and SDSP 29.1 l , issuance meets this commitment. TR 75-1 A doesn't address trending. 1 4.0 MAP SOURCE DOCUMENT 9 REFERENCES l 4 i FSAR NOAM Part lil Section 3.1 TECH SPECS OWER PROCEDURES SDSP 29.1 FINDINGS /CONCEhNS~ 1 I

 &       g   3 g i -p    .*=W*%g   w =    %      Me v                                       * * ' * *
                                                        .3 . % = i* . ,ab * < 4 g 6 *M-* %             *F . #*#d O     #r -*'   6 " + e ***e

DATE: March 7,1989 MAP - M11C48

             /^\

b 5.0 MAP EVALUATION / STATUS A. Programmatic - SDSP 29.1, Sections 6.10.1 and 6.14.7 require historical records to be maintained to evaluate calibration intervals and requires evaluation of continuous out of tolerance conditions. (see action items 1 and 3). Procedures clarifications are needed on " I performance trending.

                                                                                                       .   .\

B. Implementation Verification OA audit following program implementation is needed (see action item 3) 6.0 MAP ACCEPTABILITY / PERFORMANCE EVALUATION ( X Acceptable for - Ref. 5A

              \>                Startup Short Term Operations, i

Acceptable for - - Ref. ' l Long Term Operations Acceptable for Ref. . ORR - Objective # 7.0 ACTION ITEMS ACTION RESP. ORG. DUE DATE

1. Revise SDSP 29.1 to require I & C Technical 4/1/89 and define performance trending of M&TE.
2. Implement Trending Program Materials and 6/1/89 Procurement Services Group 9 CONCURRENCE SIG_NED BY B. TYNAN NAME 2/01/89 DATE 2

I 1 DATE: February 15, 1989 I MAP - M11C4B O 3. QA Audit Program implementation I { (same as action item 3 of M11C1) 1 1 8.0 MAP SCHEDULE INITIAL REVIEW DATE - 1/29/89 IMPLEMENTATION DATE -  ! LATEST REVIEW - 2/13/89 O . . . f h N

                                          -3

f DATE: February:3,1989

                                                                              - MAP - M12C1 A j'                                            MAINTENANCE ACTION PLAN'(MAP)-

F j M1201 A - Storage and issue '

,-   1.0 MAP DESCRIPTION / SCOPE a.

i Tools and support equipment are available for all maintenance. High .;  : use tools and support equipment are properly stored within the

,         protected area for ready accessibility. Tools and support equipment; j          which have low usage are properly stored outside the protective area.

1 Tools and support equipment are identified, segregated by type and .] l} contamination level, environmentally protected during storage, and - are controlled for ready issue.

;    2.0 MAP RESPONSIBILITIES Materials and Procurement Services i

3.0 MAP PRIORITY

  • lj STARTUP YES ' 'NO X

BASIS - Documentation does not indicate startup priority. I COMMITMENT YES NO X -

!         BASIS - Documentation does not indicate startup commitment.

3- 4.0 MAP SOURCE DOCUMENT & REFERENCES . l

;         FSAR                                                    NOAM i        TECH SPECS                                              OTHER         INPO-85-038 j                                                                                                   -

{ PROCEDURES SDSP-19.14

?         FINDINGS / CONCERNS                                     MART l.5.d .
)-                                                                NMRG L-2 L                                                                  TROI - M12C1-Ill.E 1 TROI - M12C1-Ill.E.3 -

lM

                                               '    ~

i 1 lI ,

9 DATE: February 15,1989 ' I MAP - M12C1 A 5.0 MAP EVALUATION / STATUS 2 A. Programmatic

1. SDSP-19.14 Tool Issue and Accountability .

t

 ;                                        2.              Tools are issued on temporary, permanent, shift, and extended usage basis for all BFN site areas.
  ;                                       3.              The issues and returns for some tools are executed by Automated Bar Code Systems. (see action item 1) l'                                         4.              Nuclear Distribution Center, Hartsville, has been established
                                                        . for quick acquisition of tools. Maximum and minimum values have been established for availability of tools.                                       ,

i B. Implementation Verification , i Tools and support equipment that have low usages are stored outside the protected area. This alleviates overcrowding of storage facilities inside the protected area. Storage space is adequato to meet the criteria stated in section

1.0 Computer printouts are available showing available amounts of tools on site and at the Nuclear Distribution Center, Hartsville, j- 6.0 MAP ACCEPTABILITY / PERFORMANCE EVALUATION 1 .

X Acceptable for -- Ref. Section 5.0 Startup Short Term Operations. Acceptable for - Ref. Long Term Operations

 ;                                           Acceptable for                                 Ref.

ORR - Objective # i 1

      'J.

e !- 2 j ____________..._____m.. ._ - - _ _ .

DATE: February 15, 1989

                                                                                                      ~

l MAP - M12C1 A O 7.0 ACTION ITEMS V ACTION RESP. ORG. DUE DATE

1. Complete installation Communication 4/15/89 of the cables for computerized Security and bar code system. Computer Section 8.0 MAP SCHEDULE INITIAL REVIEW DATE -

1/30/89 IMPLEMENTATION DATE - LATEST REVIEW - 1/30/89 O 1 1 9 > 3

1 DATE: February 3,1989 MAP - M12C1B . ( LJ MAINTENANCE ACTION PLAN (MAP) M12C1B - Tools on Loan and Vendor. Supplied - 1.0 M_AP DESCRIPTION / SCOPE i Tools and equipment for use in the plant which are on loan or belong ) to a vendor are received , identified, and controlled in the same manner as station tools and equipment. , l 2.0 MAP RESPONSIBILITIES  ! l

                                                      ~

Material and Procurement Services 3.0 MAP PRIORITY STARTUP YES NO X BASIS - Documentation does not indicate startup priority. f i V COMMITMENT YES NO X BASIS - Documentation does not indicate a commitment. 4.0 MAP SOURCE DOCUMENTS / REFERENCES . FSAR NOAM i TECH SPECS OTHER INPO-85-038  ! PROCEDURES SDSP-19.14. SDSP-29.1 FINDINGS / CONCERNS MART E.1.a. E.1.d. l.5.e. l.5.k l c 5.0 MAP EVALUATION / STATUS A. Programmatic SDSP-29.1, pa,ragraph 6.2, addresses vendor owned M&TE. SDSP-19.14 does not address the responsibility of the toolroom j unit for tools belonging to a vendor. 1 _:x_- _ _ _ _ _ - . _

I DATE: February 1,1989 ] MAP - M12C1B B. Implementation Verification . SDSP-29.1 addresses the concern of vendor-owned M&TE which I states that all M&TE brought on site by a vendor shall be l controlled as the same as BFN-owned M&TE. l SDSP-19.14 is presently being changed to indicate that all vendor-owned tools and equipment shall be identified so as not to become integrated with TVA-owned tools and equipment. Completion should be April 30,1989. 6.0 MAP ACCEPTABILITY / PERFORMANCE EVALUATION l X Acceptable for - Ref. SDSP 29.1 l Startup Short Term Operations. Acceptable for - Ref. Long Term Operations l Acceptable for Ref. j ORR - Objective # 1 O t t l V 7.0 ACTION ITEMS l l l ACTION RESP. ORG. DUE DATE

1. Revise SDSP-19.14 to detail Materials and 4/30/89 responsibility for loaned or Procurement vendor supplied tools. Services CONCURRENCE IM
                                                /                        /  2      ET dATE 8.0 MAP SCHEDULE i

INITIAL REVIEW DATE - 1/30/89 IMPLEMENTATION DATE - 4 LATEST REVIEW , _ 1/30/89 2

                                                                                              - _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ - - _ _ - -        _ ___L

DATE: February 3,1989 MAP - M12C1C l n U MAINTENANCE ACTION PLAN (MAP) M12C1C - Contaminated Tools 1.0 MAP DESCRIPTION / SCOPE , Contaminated tools and equipment are segregated and stored separate from clean tools and equipment. Tools and equipment used in a regulated area are initially obtained from the contaminated toolroom. If the tool or piece of equipment used is not available, the item is obtained from the clean area. 2.0 MAP RESPONSIBILITIES Material and Procurement Services 3.0 MAP PRIORITY STARTUP YES NO X h'U BASIS - Documentation does not indicate startup priority. - COMMITMENT YES NO X BASIS - Documentation does not indicate a commitment. l 4.0 MAP SOURCE DOCUMENTS / REFERENCES , 1 FSAR NOAM TECH SPECS OTHER INPO 85-038 PROCEDURES SDSP-19.14 FINDINGS / CONCERNS MART l.5.1. l.5.m 5.0 MAP EVALUATION / STATUS A. Programmatic

                                                               ~

A toolroom is located inside the RCA in the Turbine Building on elevation 565 for contaminated tools and one tool room is located 1

i DATE: February 15, 1989 i MAP - M12C1C (9 U' outside the RCA in the Service Building for clean tools. Also separate areas are provided for items of M&TE which are clean or contaminated. SDSP-19.14, paragraph 4.1 indicates requirements for separate clean and contaminated tool storage. SDSP 19.14 fully details requirement for clean and contaminated i tools.  ! B. Implementation Verification The Turbine Building toolroom contains tools which have been i painted magenta by RADCON personnel which are to be maintained ) and used inside the RCA. j l A contaminated toolroom on elevation 565 is used for processing l of tools which have been decontaminated to levels under 4500

,_               CPM.

6.0 MAP ACCEPTABILITY / PERFORMANCE EVALUATION l X Acceptable for - Ref. Section 5.B Startup Short Term Operations. X Acceptable for - Ref. Long Term Operations Acceptable for Ref. ORR - Objective # 7.0 ACTION ITEMS ACTION RESP. ORG. DUE DATE None 2

b. . .

I DATE: February 15,1989 MAP - M12C1C l 8.0 MAP SCHEDULE INITIAL REVIEW DATE - 1/30/89 IMPLEMENTATION DATE - 1/30/89 LATEST REVIEW - 1/30/89  ! I l O l l

                                                               )

I i e e 3 I l

DATE: February 3,1989 MAP - M12C1 D l O O i MAINTENANCE ACTION PLAN (MAP) M12C1 D - Control of Adjustable Tools k i 1.0 MAP DESCRIPTION / SCOPE  ! Adjustable tools (adjustable wrenches, adjustable pliers, vice grips, etc.) are not used for normal maintenance wo.rk activities. Adjustable tools are controlled by the toolroom and are issued for special usage as defined in site guidelines. 2.0 MAP RESPONSIBILITIES Maintenance Supertindent - f 3.0 MAP PRIORITY

   .(                    )                                                         -
               'N>              STARTUP          YES NO X BASIS - There is no requirement to control adjustable tools 'except' '  ' '

as a good practice. COMMITMENT YES NO X BASIS - There is no requirement to control adjustable tools except l as a good practice. 4.0 MAP SOURCE DOCUMENTS / REFERENCES FSAR NOAM TECH SPECS ONER PROCEDURES FINDINGS / CONCERNS 1

L 1 l DATE: February 3,1989 MAP - M12C1 D 1 1 {}

  'J 5.0 MAP EVALUATION / STATUS l

A. Programmatic No procedure currently exist addresses the use and control of adjustable tools. (see action item 1) B. Implementation Verification Current use of adjustable tools for maintenance activities is unacceptable for long term maintenance. (see action item 2) 6.0 MAP ACCEPTABILITY / PERFORMANCE EVALUATION X Acceptable for - REF. Section 3.0 - Startuo basis l Startup Short Term Op. l Acceptable for - REF. l

 'O                          Long Term Op.
                                                                                                        )

d Acceptable for REF. ORR - Objective # > ' 7.0 ACTION RESP. ORG. DUE DATE

1. Revise PMI-6.2 Conduct of Maintenance Maint Planning 6/1/89 '

to establish the guidelines for the control & Tech. Supv. and usage of adjustable tools at BFN. '

2. Establish a schedule to turn in all Maint. Supt. 6/1/89 adjustable tools to the toolrooms.
3. During the supervisors normal routine
                        " walking their spaces" ensure that               All Maint. Supv    6/1/89 adjustable tools are not being used inappropriately.

2

DATE: February 15, 1989 i l MAP - M12C1 D 8.0 MAP SCHEDULE INITIAL REVIEW DATE - 1/30/89 IMPLEMENTATION DATE - l 1 l LATEST REVIEW - 2/13/89 l

                                                                            \
                    .                                                       1 O

l 1 l i 3

, DATE: February 3,1989 l MAP - M12C2A o MAINTENANCE ACTION PLAN (MAP) M12C2A - Tool inspection i 1.0 MAP DESCRIPTION / SCOPE l 1 Tools are inspected upon issue and returned to the toolroom. All tools l which are defective are isolated from good tools and repaired or I replaced. 2.0 MAP RESPONSIBILITIES Materials and Procurement Services 3.0 MAP PRIORITY

                                                                                                      }

STARTUP YES NO X BASIS - Documentation does not incicate priority. I i ' h V COMMITMENT YES NO X BASIS - Documentation does not indicate a commitment. ' ' I 4.0 MAP SOURCE DOCUMENTS / REFERENCES l FSAR NOAM  ! t TECH SPECS OTHER IMPO 85-038 l l PROCEDURES SDSP-19.14 FINDINGS / CONCERNS - NMRG L-3 f I 5.0 MAP EVALUATION / STATUS l

                                                                                                      \

A. Programmatic  ! Tools are periodically inspected for safety. Damaged tools are 4 addressed in paragraph 4.6, SDSP-19.14, paragraph 8.3, BF-TRU-SIL-003-0, and paragraph 7.1, BF-TRU-SIL-002-0. SDSP-19.14 needs updating. (see action item 1) j i { i l 1 l

                                                                                                      ?
        ,                                                              DATE: March 7,1989 MAP - M12C2A B. Implementation Verification
1. Tooling is inspected upon issue and return to determine defective items.
2. All defective items are tagged to indicate any defective condition. Tools are visually checked before use and after use for any indication of damage.
3. A purchase order has been issued to procure equipment which -

will test electrical and pneumatic items prior to use and upon . return of the items. This should be accomplished by April 30, 1989. \ 6.0 MAP ACCEPTABILITY / PERFORMANCE EVALUATION X Acceptable for - Ref. Section 5.B Startup Short Term Operations. 4 Acceptable for - Long Term Operations Acceptable for Ref. Ref. ORR - Objective # 7.0 ACTION ITEMS ACTION-- RESP. ORG. DUE DATE

1. SDSP-19.14 currently in revision Materials and 4/30/89 to reflect the required changes. Procurement Services
2. Implement the testing of Materials and 6/1/89 electrical and pneumatic items Procurement prior to use and upon return, Services when the equipment is procured.

CONCURRENCE " Sl5NED BY B. TYNAN 2/01/89 NAME DATE 2 ____ _ _--__=______

DATE: February 15, 1989 MAP - M12C2A l Ch l G l 8.0 MAP SCHEDULE . INITIAL REVIEW DATE - 1/29/89 . IMPLEMENTATION DATE - l LATEST REVIEW - 2/12/89 l O l

                           '   ~

3

DATE: February 3,1989 MAP - M12C2B ( G' MAINTENANCE ACTION PLAN (MAP) l M .CJB - Preventive Maintenance of Tools and Equipment ' 1.0 MAP DESCRIPTION / SCOPE Tools and equipment are functionally tested as part of a preventive maintenance program which includes checking safety apparatus on tools and relubrication tools after decontamination. Weld rods ovens are functional tested periodically in accordance with site instructions. Electrical tools are periodically inspected and color coded for identification of the inspection period. ~ Pneumatic tools are periodically inspected and lubricated. 2.0 MAP RESPONSIBILITIES Materials and Procurement Services 3.0 MAP PRIORITY STARTUP > YES 'NO X ' ' BASIS - Documentation does not indicate startup priority. COMMITMENT YES NO X BASIS - documentation does not indicate a commitment. 4.0 MAP SOURCE DOCUMENTS / REFERENCES FSAR NOAM TECH SPECS OTHER BF-TRU-SIL-003-0 BF-TRU-SIL-002-0 l lNPO 85-038 PROCEDURES SDSP-13.2 FINDINGS / CONCERNS MART !.5.a. l.5.d. l.5.n 1

1 DATE: February 3,1989 j MAP - M12C2B 5.0 MAP EVALUATION / STATUS A. Programmatic SDSP-13.2, and BF-TRU-SIL-002-0, paragraph 4.1, furnish directions as to the control of weld rod ovens. Electrical tools are periodically inspected and color coded for l identification of the inspection period per BF-TRU-SIL-002-0, 1 paragrsph 4.1. l I Pneumatic tools are periodically inspected and lubricated as per  ! instruction of BF-TRU-SIL-003-0, paragraph 8.4. B. Imniementation Verification , i Weld rod oven checks are documented on attachemnt 6 of SDSP-13.2. (O ' Documentation to verify inspections and repairs of tools is on V file.

                                                                           ,                 1 6.0 MAP ACCEPTABILITY / PERFORMANCE EVALUATION X   Acceptable for       -

Ref. Section 5.0 Startup Short Term Operations. X Acceptable for - Ref. Section 5.0 Long Term Operations Acceptable for . Ref. ORR - Objective # 7.0 ACTION ITEMS ACTION RESP. ORG. DUE DATE None 2 k . . . ,. . . . .

I DATE: February 3,1989 MAP - M12C2B  ! f I 8.0 MAP SCHEDULE ' INITIAL REVIEW DATE - -1/30/89 IMPLEMENTATION DATE - 1/30/89 LATEST REVIEW - 1/30/89 l

                                                                                  )

l

                                                                                  .FI 2

s , 1 f s W l O i 4 4 3 j j

                                                  - - - - -           _. -_ _ _A

7

                                                           . DATE: February 3,1989           l MAP - M1203A
 /9 V                              MAINTENANCE ACTION PLAN (MAP)

M12C3A-Development of Special Tools and Equipment 1.0 MAP DESCRIPTION / SCOPE l Special tools and equipment are constructed after the design has been evaluated for:

           . Industrial Safety End use effectiveness                                                           i Cost justification 2.0 MAP RESPONSIBILITIES                                                                ,

Maintenance Superintendent / Materials Supervisor 3.0 MAP PRIORITY O l (/ STARTUP YES NO X BASIS - No special tools have been identified to be constructed prior " i -" to start-up. I i COMMITMENT YES NO X

        ' BASIS - No additional special tools are required , will be provided as needed.

4.0 MAP SOURCE DOCUMENT 9 REFERENCES FSAR NOAM _ TECH SPECS OTHER NPP Vol. 3 ca.11-83 PROCEDURES .SDSP - 14.14 FINDINGS / CONCERNS INPO Mart 1.5a. l.5.c ORR Obi. 2.1.8.25 TROI ltems- M12C1-ill-E-1. E-2. E-3 1

                 ~

j i DATE: Fcbruary 3,1989 MAP - M12C3A l l ('/ N.

                       )   5.0 MAP EVALUATION / STATUS Programmatic I

j A. The design process for special tools and fixtures is controlled programmatically only for a select group of hoisting and rigging equipment. No program exists for generic special tool design and fabrication. Although no BFNP programmatic document exists for spec'al tool and equipment identification, storage and control, a maintenance task group objective was generated and implemented to cover the assembly, identification, labeling, storage and tracking of special tools. (see action item 1) l B. Implementation Verification Special tools have been separated, tagged, and stored in Kelly buildings outside the protected area. The tools are logged in and out from the storage area. A list of the special tools and their location is computerized for traceability. The level of storage is (m)V compatible with the tool needs. A responsible person is assigned to trace and control the issue of these tools. (See the attached maintenance task group objective). The design c'ontrol process - ' for the design of special lifting devices is accomplished per the requirements set forth in the SDSP 14.14 section 6.30, Crane l Engineering and Analysis, however this document is narrow in scope and does not address the design of all special tools. (See attachment for M12C3-A) 6.0 MAP ACCEPTABILITY / PERFORMANCE EVALUATION X Acceptable for - Ref. Section 5.0. A&B Startup Short Term Operations. I Acceptable for - Ref. Section 7.0 after Long Term Operations comoletion Acceptable for Ref. ORR - Objective # 2.1.8.25 l 4 e 2

DATE: March 7,1989 MAP - M12C3A O _ 7.0 ACTION ITEMS ACTION RESP. ORG. DUE DATE -

1. Establish formalized control Materials / 2/15/89 over the design. issuance, Maintenance and usage of special tools and equipment for both TVA and vendor supplied tools.

CONCURRENCE SIGNED BY B. TYNAN 2/01/89 NAME DATE l l 8.0 MAP SCHEDULE l i INITIAL REVIEW DATE - 1/21/89 - (D \ (/ IMPLEMENTATION DATE -- i LATEST REVIEW- - 2/13/89 I 1 Q . .

                                                                                   )

3  ;

DATE: February 3,- 1989 MAP - M12C3A (~N 1 Attachment for M1203-A Obiective: Assemble, identify, label, and properly store maintenance equipment in external Kelly buildings. Establish a computerized inventory list which provides an identification description, location and track issue l' and return of the equipment to store area. Task Grouo Laborers . Larry Bailey To be assigned as needed Carlos Jones Vernon Newton Raymond Renegar John Beck l Judy Border 1 Responsibilities: O b Larry Bailey ,

                         . Direct and coordinate the assignment and interface between '      '  

l work groups. '* Carlos Jones, Vernon Newton, Raymond Renegar, John Beck

                         .ldentify, provide description of item and usage, establish log upon receipt of item and track location.

Controlissue, return, and storage of equipment. Judy Border

                         . Input information to computer and maintain program. Establish credit 575s as needed for return of material to power stores.

Laborers Transport, label, and place equipment in proper location in Kelly building. this is for initial storing of material once all equipment has been moved and stored in Kelly building. The i work crew will be responsible to check the equipment out and return through their material contact. (Carlos Jones, Vernon Newton, Raymond Renegar, John Beck, Shift Manager)

                " Prepared by R. Shadrick per T. F. Zeigier's direction, June 1988 4

==__-__w____ :___:______ __ .

DATE: February 3,1989 MAP - M12C3B l MAINTENANCE ACTION PLAN (MAP) b M 12C3B - Lifting and Rigging Equipment 1.0 MAP DESCRIPTION / SCOPE j q Lifting and , Rigging Equipment are designed, constructed and certified ,

  ~

by the manufacturer. Specific site procedures provide instructions to I control the use and identification of lifting and rigging equipment. Instructions provided include the following: l

                                                       .where rigging equipment can be attached                                                            q allowable lifting limits for different types of loads                                              l
                                                       . safe load paths training and qualification requirements for personnel using lifting and rigging equipment.

inspection and maintenance requirements 2.0 MAP RESPONSIBILITIES Maintenance Superintendent 3.0 MAP PRIORITY "e" ' STARTUP YES X NO BASIS - specific lifting devices and rigging equipment are required to be used during vessel reassembly activities. Additionally safe load - paths are required for ali lifts over 1,000 pounds on the refuel floor. COMMITMENT YES X NO BASIS - NPP Vol 3 sect,11 personnel training is required for use and maintenance of rigging and cranes. NPP Vol 3, sect.11 requires upgrade of procedures for rigging and cranes. NRC TER-C5506 - Commitment to comply with NUREG-0612 9 9 1 1

                                                                                                              ' *
  • F* 'N * '
  • su

DATE: February 4,1989 MAP - M12C3B 4.0~ MAP SOURCE DOCUMENTS / REFERENCES ( kJ FSAR NOAM Part lll. section 2.2 TECH SPECS OTHER NUREG-0612. ANSI / OSHA

                                                                           .Stan_datCl3              i PROCEDURES         SDSP-14.14 MMi-119 1

FINDINGS / CONCERNS l 5.0 MAP EVALUATION / STATUS , i i A. Programmatic '

                               . A review of SDSP-14.14 was performed by the crane coordinator and concluded that the procedure is adequate with one exception; there are no instructions specifying where rigging l

equipment can be attached and load limits for each attachment .I point (e.g., pipes, beams, and structures). The procedure should n be revised to include these instructions. (see action item 1) (d Y B. implementation Verification" .i - SDSP-14.14 has been in effect since 12-24-88 and there is no documented evaluation. A QA Surveillance should be performed to verify and document the adequacy of SDSP-14.14. (see action 2) l 6.0 MAP ACCEPTABILITY / PERFORMANCE EVALUATION X Acceptable for - Startup Short ferm Operations Ref. Acceptable for - Ref. Long Term Operations Acceptable for Ref. ORR - Ot,lective # 2 __---____--1-_.-.--- --_ > s , -

DATE: March 13,1989 MAP - M12C3B 7.0 ACTION ITEMS ACTION RESP. ORG. DUE DATE

1. Revise SDSP-14.14 to include Mech. Tech. 5/1/89 instructions as to where rigging can be attached.
2. Request a QA surveillance to be Maint. Ping. 5/1/89 performed by 5/1/89, that will & Tech. Supv.

verify the adequacy and compliance with SDSP-14.14 8.0 MAP SCHEDULE INITIAL REVIEW DATE - 1/25/89 IMPLEMENTATION DATE - LATEST REVIEW - 2/13/89 8 e S 3 ' _ - _ - - - - - - - b

DATE: February 1,1989 MAP - M13C' MAINTENANCE ACTION PLAN (MAP) M130 - Materiel Condition inspection 1.0 MAP DESCRIPTION / SCOPE Materiel condition standards are defined and included into site procedures. Routine and continuing inspections are conducted. Deficiencies are recorded, tracked, and corrective action - responsibilities assigned. Followup measures are taken to verify the effectiveness of corrective action. 2.0 MAP RESPONSIBILITIES Maintenance-Superintendent Industrial Safety 3.0 MAP PRIORITY STARTUP YES X NO BASIS - Recent surveys indicate weaknesses in housekeeping and materiel conditions that need strengthening. CAOR BFP 880508. COMMITMENT YES X NO BASIS - NPP, Vol Ill, page 41-47 4.0 MAP SOURCE DOCUMENT 9 REFERENCES FSAR _ NOAM TECH SPECS OTHER NPP Vol ll! oa's 41-47 Section 2.1 and 2.2 NRC Inso. Tree 7.5 INPO 87-023 (Good Practice MA-312L Plant inso. l

                                                        . _                       Procram 1

i DATE: February 15, 1989 MAP - M130 [ PROCEDURES SDSP-14.6 - Buildina and Facilities Housekeeoina l FINDINGS / CONCERNS M80. -IFI-86-40-05 l

                                                    -lFI-88-21 -03                                l INPO 88' 4M A.1-1. MA.2-1. OA.3-1. OA'.5-1.              !

OE.3-1 MART -E.2.c. E.2.d. E.2.e SALE -84'.3-A. 84'.19-D l

                                        .SSE1      -BF-SM K-7. BF-WCS-3                       ,   ,

5.0 MAP EVALUATION / STATUS j i A-. Programmatic SDSP-14.6, Site Director Standard Practice, Building and Facilities Housekeeping and Cleanliness, provides requirements { for housekeeping and cleanliness inspections. It assigns areas of l responsibilities and addresses handling of identified deficiencies. (n) It does not, however, specifically address materiel condition  ! standards. (see action items 1 and 4)

                                 ,,                                                               l B. Implementation Verification l

l The plant has not been inspected from a comprehensive materiel condition perspective. Efforts to improve materiel conditions have not achieved the desired results. Closure of CAQR

               #BFP880508 will verify adequate implementation of housekeeping and materiel condition standards.

6.0 MAP ACCEPTABILITY / PERFORMANCE EVALUATION Acceptable for - Ref. Startup Short Term Operations. Acceptable for - Ref. __ Long Term Operations Acceptable for Ref. ORR - Objective # 2

DATE: March 7,1989 MAP - M13C in. i C') 7.0 ACTION ITEMS ACTION RESP. ORG. DUE DATE

1. Close CAQR BFP880508. Maint Supt. Startup Startup requirement
2. Develop materiel condition standards Maint. Planning 8-1-89 to include as a minimum the following & Technical
,                inspection criteria: Rotating equipment, equipment servicing, fluid system integrity, temporary repairs, instruments and gages, energized equipment, protective enclosure covers, equipment insulation, corrosion protection, temporary environmental protection, industrial safety and radiological hazards, walkway access, l

g equipment cleanliness, station cleanliness, l ( coatings and coverings, and unauthorized l modifications. l

3. Incorporate materiel condition Operations 8-1-89 l standards into SDSP 14.6.

Provide checklists for inspectors use. CONCURRENCE SIGNED J. HUTTON 2/03/89 NAME DATE

4. Each level of management will conduct Maint. Supt. 9-1-89 inspections with their direct reports to convey the expected standards for station materiel condition and cleanliness.

3 4

DATE: February 16, 1989 MAP - M13C [']

    'u
5. Consider including program elements that:

Maint. Planning

                                                          & Technical 8-1-89  )

i i 1

;           a. Limit the size ofinspection area so that they are small enough to be                                   l thoroughly inspected in the time allowed.

1

) b. Schedule each station area for 1 periodic inspection.
i j
c. Periodically rotate inspectors through the various inspection areas (help avoid )

familiarity with an inspection area that can hinder deficiency identification). 1 l 8.0 MAP SCHEDULE D INITIAL REVIEW DATE - 1-27-89 IMPLEMENTATION DATE - 1 LATEST REVIEW - 2/13/89 b O .i i 4

DATE: January 31, 1989 MAP - M1401 (D V MAINTENANCE ACTION PLAN (MAP) M14C1 - Management involvement 1.0 MAP DESCRIPTION /SC.QEE Maintenance managers include in their routine schedules time for monitoring field work to improve face-to-face communications and j feedback at alllevels of the maintenance orge.nization. Plant tours and personnel contacts are also periodically conducted during  ! irregular hours (backshifts and weekends). Each supervisor maintains l informal records of these tours / contacts and provides the )' maintenance superintendent with a weekly summary of time spent and significant observations. 7S 2.0 MAP RESPONSIBILITIES ('/ Maintenance Superintendent 3.0 MAP PRIORITY , i STARTUP YES _X _ NO ._ , BASIS Frequent contact between managers and employees fosters a spirit of teamwork that enhances the conduct of maintenance. This item is not stated as a specific startup item but implied as a part of ORR. COMMITMENT YES X NO BASIS Not stated as a specific commitment but is implied in NPP Vol111 as a part of the ORR. 1 l

DATE: February 16, 1989 MAP - M14C1  ; l () . V 4.0 MAP SOURCE DOCUMENTS / REFERENCES l FSAR NOAM TECH SPECS OTHER ORR 2.1.8. 7 l PROCEDURES PMI-6.2. SDSP-14.6 1 FINDINGS / CONCERNS MART 88': 1.1.aci.2.f. l.2.h. E.1.c. ( SALP 85': 12-C.12-D.12-E.12-H INPO 88 OA.3-1. MA.1-1 l 5.0 MAP EVALUATION / STATUS A. Programmatic i i

             ,                     Plant Manager Instruction, PMI-6.2, Conduct of Maintenance                l (V,3)                     specifies that maintenance managers and supervisors will spend a significant portion of their time in the field observing and supervising work . Site Director Standard Practice, SDSP-14.6, Building and Facilities Housekeeping and Cleanliness gives directions and assignments for periodic housekeeping and safety inspections. These procedures adequately address maintenance              I department policy.

B. Implementation Verification Verify supervisors are sufficiently involved in the activities of their subordinates to ensure satisfactory performance. (ORR Objective 2.1.8.7, See action item 1) 6.0 MAP ACCEPTABILITY / PERFORMANCE EVALUATION __ Acceptable for - Ref. Startup Short Term Operations. Acceptable for - Ref. 4 Long Term Operati_ons __ Acceptable for Ref. ORR - Objective # 2.1.8.7 2

DATE: March 13,1989 MAP - M14C1 k i

%s 7.0 ACTION ITEMS ACTION                                       RESP. ORG. DUE DATE
1. Conduct self-assessment to verify Maint Supt 7/1/89 completion of ORR objective no. 2.1.8.7 which thoroughly evaluates supervisory involvement in the activities of subordinates.

8.0 MAP SCHEDULE INITIAL REVIEW DATE - 12-12-88 ( IMPLEMENTATION isATE - V LATEST REVIEW - 2/13/89 4 l l 9 3 4

~

DATE: January 31, 1989  ! MAP - M1402 O MAINTENANCE ACTION PLAN (MAP) l b ] M14C2 - Performance Indicators, Goals, and Objectives Results 4 1.0 MAP DESCRIPTION / SCOPE The results of maintenance performance indicators, goals, and objectives, established in section M01C4 are trended and reported to management. Dedicated personnel are assigned to prepare clear, concise, and understandable reports on a periodic basis. These personnel analyze maintenance performance and inform senior management of results. They also make recommendations for corrective actions. 2.0 MAP RESPONSIBILITIES . Maintenance Superintendent 3.0 MAP PRIORITY sv

                                                  ^'"

STARTUP YES X NO' BASIS - Commitment to ORR completion < t COMMITMENT YES X NO I BASIS - Commitment to ORR completion 4.0 MAP SOURCE DOCUMENTS / REFERENCES FSAR NOAM TECH SPECS OTHER ORR 2.1.8.8 PROCEDURES FINDINGS / CONCERNS 1

DATE: March 13,1989 MAP - M14C2 [] V 5.0 MAP EVALUATION / STATUS A. Programmatic See MAP M01C4 l B. Implementation Verification l Maintenance goals and objectives have been established and l include measurable performance indicators. These goals and objectives have been distributed to maintenance personnel. A monthly report is to be issued that monitors progress toward  ; accomplishing goals and objectives.(See action item 1, 2, and 3) 6.0 MAP ACCEPTABILITY / PERFORMANCE EVALUAT!ON X Acceptable for - Ref. Section 5.B Startup Short Term Operations. 8 Acceptable for - Long Term Operations Acceptable for Ref. Ref. ORR - Objective # 2.1.8.8 7.0 ACTION ITEMS _ ACTION RESP. ORG. DUE DATE

1. Discuss maintenace goals and Maintenance Manage ~rs 4/28/89 objectives with all maintenance personnel.
2. Develop and start issuing a Maint. Superintendent 4/28/89 monthly report that monitors progress toward accomplishing goals and objectives.
3. Discuss performance indicators Maintenance Managers 4/28/89 S

and trends with maintenance personnel monthly. 2

  • DATE: February 15, 1989 MAP - M14C2 O

8.0 MAP SCHEDULE INITIAL REVIEW DATE - 12/12/88 IMPLEMENTATION DATE - LATEST REVIEW - 2/13/89 l 4 O 3

DATE: January 31, 1989 MAP - M14C3 O MAINTENANCE ACTION PLAN (MAP) l O M14C3 - Feedback 1.0 MAP DESCRIPTION / SCOPE A key element of management involvement is the establishment of a system where feedback and communication are continuously l encouraged. This system includes all maintenance personnel at all levels of the maintenance organization. In addition to the " Walking Your Spaces" concept (Reference M14C1) periodic meetings by the l various elements of the organization allow for the transfer of information. 2.0 MAP RESPONSIBILITIES Maintenance Superintendent 3.0 MAP PRIORITY kv STARTUP YES_X NO ' l BASIS - Commitment to ORR completion ' COMMITMENT YES _X_ NO BASIS - Commitment to ORR completion 4.0 MAP SOURCE DOCUMENTS / REFERENCES FSAR NOAM TECH SPECS OTHER l PROCEDURES NPP Vol 111. 11. 2 . 2 S DS P- 6.2 SDSP -14.6 FINDINGS / CONCERNS 1

DATE: March 13,1989 MAP - M14C3 I m 5.0 MAP EVALUATION / STATUS

  /   \                                                                                                       l U'i i

A. Programmatic 1 There is no programmatic requirement that continuously encourages feedback and communications. (see action item 4) l B. Implementation Verification i l Periodic informational meetings are conducted which include all l levels of maintenance employees. 4 Management field involvement (Reference M14C1) provides another avenue for feedback. l Adequate implementation cannot be verified (See action items 1, l 2, and 3.) ' 6 .0 MAP ACCEPTABILITY / PERFORMANCE EVALUATION S i Acceptable for - Ref. I Startup Short Term Operations. Acceptable for - Ref. Long Term Operations Acceptable for Ref. ORR - Objective # 2.1.8.7 7.0 ACTION ITEMS ACTION RESP. ORG. DUE DATE

1. Publish schedule of crew and Maint. Mgrs. 5/1/89 group meetings.
2. Conduct self-assessment to Maint. Supt. 7/1/89 verify completion of ORR Objective 2.1.8.7.
3. Conduct periodic self-assessment S to assess effectiveness of feedback system.

Maint. Supt. 5/1/89 2

  • l DATE: February 21, 1989 I MAP - M14C3 C

C) 4. Revise the Conduct of Maintenance, Maint Programs 6/1/89 l PMI -6.2 to establish the requirements , for continuously encouraging feedback I and communications. l l 8.0 MAP SCHEDULE INITIAL REVIEW DATE - 1/30/89  ! 1 IMPLEMENTATION DATE - LATEST REVIEW - 2/13/89 1 3 _ ______=__:_

v DATE: January 31, 1989 MAP - M14C4 (D V MAINTENANCE ACTION PLAN (MAP) M14C4 - Program Reviews 1.0 MAP DESCRIPTION / SCOPE Inspections, audits, reviews, investigations and self-assessments are necessary for an effective maintenance program. These assessments assist managers and supervisors in identification of program deficiencies and recommend corrective action for implementation. Areas needing improvement are assigned for corrective action and follow-up. In addition to the audits and inspections by external organizations, the maintenance department conducts the following periodic self-assessments: Plant Material Condition Worker practices during maintenance Procurement activities d Measuring and Test Equipment i 2.0 MAP RESPONSIBILITIES i Maintenance Superintendent 3.0 MAP PRIORITY STARTUP YES X NO BASIS - Satisfaction of ORR criteria and implementation of the MIP  ! are established startup requirements. . 1 COMMITMENT YES X NO BASIS - NPP, Vol lil, l1.2.4.0: Effective maintenance programs are essential to the safe and efficient conduct of maintenance. 1

DATE: February 15,1989 MAP - M14C4 (O V 4.0 MAP SOURCE DOCUMENTS / REFERENCES FSAR N/A NOAM l TECH SPECS N/A __ OTHER NPP. Vol.111. II.2.4.0 PROCEDURES l l FINDINGS / CONCERNS - Various audits by NRC, INPO, NMRG and others i have identified programmatic deficiencies. Periodic programmatic l reviews and self-assessments will help identify and correct these I deficiencies on a continuing basis. l l 5.0 MAP EVALUATION / STATUS { A. Programmatic l The Conduct of Maintenance, PMI-6.2, section 4.21.4 specifies (b that the MIP will be monitored and updated. This requirement adequately satisfies the criteria of section 1.0. i B. Implementation Verification I There are' numerous evaluations, audits, surveys, etc. scheduled l throughout this MIP to evaluate the implementation of maintenance programs also see action items 1-3 of M14C4. 6.0 MAP ACCEPTABILITY / PERFORMANCE EVALUATION

          .__ Acceptable for       -

Ref.  ; Startup Short Term Operations. l Acceptable for - Ref. Long Term Operations Acceptable for Ref. ORR-Objective # #All 2

1 DATE: February 16, 1989 ' MAP - M14C4 l '(g s 3 7.0 ACTION ITEMS ACTION RESP. ORG. DUE DATE l

1. Complete ORR Self-Assessment Maint. Supt. 6/1/89
2. Complete MlP Action items Maint. Supt. 6/1/90
3. Develop a schedule for Maint. Supt. 7/1/89 periodic self-assessments recommended by INPO 85-038, i Revision 1.

8.0 MAP SCHEDULE j 1 INITIAL REVIEW DATE - 1/30/89 C) IMPLEMENTATION DATE - ( LATEST REVIEW - 2/13/89 I 9

                                                                                              . e 3

DATE: February 15, 1989 ) MAP - M1501 O' MAINTENANCE ACTION PLAN (MAP) M1501 - Maintenance History Program 4 f 1.0 MAP DESCRIPTION / SCOPE i The maintenance history program clearly defines the systems and equipment that require documentation and retention of historical  ;

;               data. Repetitive maintenance problems are included in this program.

4 A cross-referencing feature provides a means to record and retrieve information such as equipment unique identification number and name, manufacturer, model number, applicable vendor manuals and drawings.  ; 2.0 MAP RESPONSIBILITIES Maintenance Planning and Technical l !' 3.0 MAP PRIORITY J STARTUP YES X NO

                                                                                           ) l BASIS - NPP Vol. 3, rev 1, page Il-64e commitment item 33a -

Report transmitted to NRC on 4/30/87. COMMITMENT YES X- NO l BASIS - NPP Vol. 3, rev 1, page ll-64e commitment item 33a - ' prior to unit 2 restart i NPP Vol.1, rev 4, page 127 commitment item 17 -longterm 4 i

          .4.0 MAP SOURCE DOCUMENTS / REFERENCES FSAR               13.7                 NOAM      Part II. section 2.1 TECH SPECS                              OTHER

. PROCEDURES PMi-6.7. SDSP-7.6. SDSP-7.7

                                     '     ~

FINDINGS / CONCERNS -INPO MART F.1.f. NMRG - Findina N-1. INPO-M ART F.1.a. F.1.b 1

DATE: February 15, 1989 MAP - M15C1 n 5.0 MAP EVALUATION / STATUS A. Programmatic Site Director Standard Practice, SDSP-6.2, Preventive Maintenance Program, prescribes the comprehensive preventive maintenance program. This instruction implements Plant Manager Instruction, PMI-6.7, Equipment Maintenance History and other preventive maintenance activities. SDSP-6.3, Preventive Maintenance Scheduling and Tracking, i prescribes the methods for scheduling and tracking PM - activities as outlined in INPO 85-038. j SDSP-7:6, Maintenance Request and Tracking, establishes

                                                                                                                      )

instructions and responsibility of pianning and scheduling for maintaining tracking of work activities, equipment history and O control of maintenance request per NOAM part II, section 2.1. PMI-6.4, Preventive Maintenance Failure Trending Program was revised to clarify the use of PMI-6.13, Failure Investigation of j Safety Related Components. SDSP-7.7, Qualification . Maintenance Data Sheets (OMDS) Implementation and Harsh Equipment Maintenance System, implements the HEMS data system requirements utilized to control QMDS recommended surveillance and PM activities for  ; equipment within the scope of 10 CFR 50.49. I PMI-6.7, Equipment Maintenance History, implements the i requirements for a maintenance equipment history system. Plant Manager Instruction, PMI- 6.7 provides a comprehensive and readily retrievable history record of maintenance activities for each major piece of plant equipment. The surveillance instruction, maintenance request, and preventive maintenance history are maintained in these history files, it is currently 4 being revised to specify that out-of-calibration process instrumentation be trended. (see action item 4) 2

DATE: February 15, 1989 MAP - M15C1 [ These procedures adequately addresses the criteria stated in b' section 1.0. B. Implementation Verification 1 MART-F.1.a - A survey of users of the maintenance history program, including the PM supervisor was performed by Work Control Support Section. They reported several fields of data were added to the data base as a result of this survey. INPO MART finding, F.1.b was verified after adding the new fields. ORR l Self Assessment 2.1.8.18 was performed in August 1988. l Although criterion 2.1.8.18.01 was not fully completed, the l applicable section relating to this MAP item was successful. Example - Information from 22 randomly selected MRs were properly input and maintenance history data was retrievable through line terminals. Interviews with responsible engineers indicated'that the history program was used to evaluate trends I and persistent problems. (see action items 1-3). ( At the present time a tracking program is not in place that will track a component by serial number if that component is changed  : from one location to another. AMMS when implemented will have the capability to track components by serial number to various plant locations. (see action item 1) 6.0 MAP ACCEPTABILITY / PERFORMANCE EVALUATION 8 X Acceptable'for - Ref. Basis statement in Startup Short Term Operations. .section 3.0 l Acceptable for - Ref. i Long Term Operations Acceptable for Ref.  ; ORR - Objective # 2.1.8.18 I i b l

                         *      ~

3

DATE: March 14,1989 j MAP - M15C * 'O \ ) 7.0 ACTION ITEMS None of these action items are required prior to unit 2 restart ACTION RESPmORG. DUE DATE

1. Complete AMMS system design Nuc. Maint. 1990 implementation and installation.

Also provide training in system use. CONCURRENCE SIGNED BY D. SIMPKINS 2/01/89 NAME DATE

2. Revise SDSP-7.6 to address Work Control 6/1/89 promptly correcting inaccurate, vague, or incomplete MR information.

t 3. Provide training and coaching to craftsmen on completion of MRs for maintenance history Preventive Maint. 4/30/89 program.

4. Revise PMI-6.7 to address out- Preventive 4/30/89  !

of-calibration trending for Maint. process instrumentation. 8.0 MAP SCHEDULE INITIAL REVIEW DATE - 1/29/89  ; IMPLEMENTATION DATE - l LATEST REVIEW - 2/14/89 i 8 l l 4 <l

I ) DATE: January 31, 1989 MAP - M15C2 i { ' i MAINTENANCE ACTION PLAN (MAP)  ! M1502 - Data Collection 1.0 MAP DESCRIPTION / SCOPE Data requiring retention in the maintenance history files is identified in plant procedures. Work control documents that contain

.i            maintenance history are continuously forwarded to work control for
 }            data extraction and encoding into the maintenance history program.       I Any apparent errors, inconsistencies, or lack of detail is corrected     4 promptly by maintenance personnel.

l 2.0 MAP RESPONSIBILITIES Planning and Scheduling Supervisor v) 3.0 MAP PRIORITY STARTUP YES X NO BASIS - NPP Vol. 3, rev.1, page 11-64e commitment item 33a - { Report transmitted to NRC on 4/30/87.  ! COMMITMENT YES X NO BASIS - Commitment item 33a review of Conduct of Maintenance to , evaluate performance based on INPO Guidelines. Complete l

 ,                    prior to unit 2 restart. Source is NPP Vol. 3, rev 1, page       j ll-64e commitment item 33a.                                     i ll 4.0 MAP SOURCE DOCUMENTS / REFERENCES 4
FSAR 13.7 NOAM PART 11. section 2.1 TECH SPECS OTHER PROCEDURES PMI-6.7. SDSP-7.6 SDS P-7.7 1 i

DATE: February 2,1989 MAP - M15C2 l FINDINGS / CONCERNS - INPO 84 (MA. 7-1L NMRG findina N1. INPO-MART F.1.2. l INPO-MART F.1.b. F.2 l SSF1-BF-WSC-4 5.0 MAP EVALUATION / STATUS A. Programmatic Plant Manager Instruction, PMI-6.7, Equipment Maintenance  ! History, provides instructions for data collection. -In order to have an effective maintenance history program the individual data in the database must be accurate and properly address the component on which the activity was performed. MRs are , evaluated'using selected criteria to designate them as corrective maintenance (CM) or preventive maintenance (PM) activity and to determine wnich MRs are to be retained as equipment history. In O addition, MRs are compared with NPRDS equipment listing and as applicable are reported to INPO for NPRDS equipment history. PMI-6.7, section'4.0 provides instruction guidelines and criteria for data collection that is encoded into the maintenance history .I program. A revision to PMI-6.7 is.in process of being revised to -l include collection of history data for out of calibration conditions found during the performance of sis to be entered into the EQlS database for trending history.' This revision'needs to be completed. Site Director Standard Practice, SDSP-7.6, Maintenance Request and Tracking, establishes the instruction and responsibility for identifying, requesting and authorizing maintenance requests; >- provides systematic tracking and followups; and provides management with a computerized program for the scheduling and controlling maintenance requests. SDSP-7.7, Qualification Maintenance Data Sheets (QMDS) Implementation and Harsh Equipment Maintenance System (HEMS), prescribes the process of implementation of the requirements and J recommendations in the Qualification Maintenance Data Sheets (QMDS) to support Environmental Qualification (EO) of equipmenti 2

    ~

l DATE: February 15, 1989 MAP - M15C2 D (d B. Implementation Verification MART-F.1.a - A survey of users of the maintenance history j program including the PM supervisor was performed by Work '

             . Control support Section Supervisor, J. C. Reatherford. She reported several fields of data were added to the database as a result of this survey. F.1.b was verified also after adding the new fields. ORR Self Assessment 2.1.8.18 was performed in August                            !

1988. Although criterion 2.1.8.18.01 was not fully completed, the l applicable section relating to this MAP item was successful. ] Example - Information from 22 randomly selected MRs were l l properly input and maintenance history data was retrievable through line terminals. Intentiew with responsible engineers indicated that the history program was used to evaluate trends , and persistent problems. (See action item 1-5).  ! 6.0 MAP ACCEPTABILITY / PERFORMANCE EVALUATION l X Acceptable for - Ref. Basis statement in section' V g Startup Short Term. Operations. l

            ._ _. Acceptable for -                        Ref. __

l Long Term Operations Acceptable for Ref. GRR - Objective # 7.0 ACTION ITEMS None of these actions are required prior to unit 2 startup. ACTION RESP. ORG. DUE DATE

1. Complete revision of PMI-6.7 for Preventive 4/30/89 instrumentation found out of Maintenance calibration on sis.
2. Revise SDSP-7.6 to address Maint. Supt. 6-1-89 4 promptly correcting.incorpplete or missing MR information, also verify correct final UNID 3

DATE: February 15, 1989 l MAP - M1502 during review.

3. Provide appropriate maintenance Maint. Supt. 4-30-89 l personnel to review MRs for vague, incomplete or missing data for input in history.
4. Provide training and coaching to Maint. 4-30-89 craftsmen on completion of MRs Programs for maintenance history program. -

L 5. Revise SDSP-7.6 to provide review of Maint. Supt. 6-1-89 data entered into database for accuracy and adequacy. 1 8.0 MAP SCHEDULE V INITIAL REVIEW DATE -

                                                   ,, 1/29/89 l

l l IMPLEMENTATION DATE - l LATEST REVIEW - 2/14/89 l l h 4

I DATE: January 31, 1989 MAP - M15C3A  ! f ( MAINTENANCE ACTION PLAN (MAP) M15C3A- Failure Analysis 1.0 MAP DESCRIPTION / SCOPE Failure analysis is an essential part of maintenance history. Failure analysis is performed by responsible personnel to determine the cause l of a failed item. The use of maintenance history is an integral part in the performance of failure analysis and is used extensively. 2.0 MAP RESPONSIBILITIES Maintenance Superintendent 3.0 MAP PRIORITY STARTUP YES X NO BASIS - NPP Vol. 3, Rev 1, page 8 of 25, Att. IV-2, commitment l Item 34, Complete on 11/17/88. COMMITMENT YES X NO ' BASIS - NPP Vol. 3, Rev 1, page Il-64c, commitment item 34 ) 4.0 MAP SOURCE DOCUMENTS / REFERENCES FSAR NOAM Part 11. section 2.1 TECH SPECS OTHER PROCEDURES PMI-6.13 FINDINGS / CONCERNS - SALP 1985-13.8 NMRG A-4 INPO MART F.2.e INPO 88 (findina O.E.2-1) 1

  ;                                                                                           l
  ;                                                               DATE: January 31, 1989 MAP - M1SC3A 5.0 MAP EVALUATION / STATUS A. Programmatic Plant Manager Instruction, PMI-6.13, Failure Investigation of
   ;               Safety-Related items, provides administrative guidance for                 i performing, documenting, and tracking the failure investigation            !

of a failed item. Failure investigations shall be performed on all failed items identified as LERs as a minimum. Also, failure investigations shall be performed when a failure occurs on a significant component which could result in a load reduction or unit shutdown, or when maintenance history evaluations indicate a failure trend. (PMI-6.13, section 4.0) B. Implementation Verification A Failure Analysis Course was taught by American Technical Institute in May 1988. This course was 80 hours duration. This course was attended by supervisors, maintenance technical and  ! quality assurance engineers. A Failure Analysis Seminar was taught by Battelle, Columbus' Division in July 1988. This course covered techniques and toois, systematic procedures for root cause anaiysis and remaining life assessment. This course was attended by 73 supervisors, maintenance technical, and quality assurance engineers. Maintenance self-assessment was performed in August 1988. NPRDS information is available and retrievable from Work Control, but responsible engineers were neither using nor trained , in the capabilities of NPRDS. Maintenance had not taken 1 advantage of the NPRDS training program. Maintenance , Engineering supervisor indicated he was not familiar with NPRDS l as a tool to aid in investigations. (See actions in 7.0). 6.0 MAP ACCEPTABILITY / PERFORMANCE EVALUATION X Acceptable for - Ref. Basis statement in sectio'n Startup Short Term _ Operations. 10. 2 L I

                                                              .                                                                                    1 DATE: March 7,1989 MAP - M15C3A               !

9 Acceptable for - Ref. (U .__. Long Term Operations Acceptable for Ref. ORR - Objective # 2.1.8.18 l I 7.0 ACTION ITEMS ) None of these actions are required prior to unit 2 restart. ACTION RESP. ORG. GJ.E_D_ATI

1. Provide overview training to Work Control 3/1/89 engineers in prime history usage.
2. Train a core of engineers in Work Control 3/1/89 assessing and reviewing NPRDS l files. l O

CONCURRENCE W. G.-HARLAND 2/01/89 NAME DATE l

3. Provide users ids and NPRDS ADP 3/1/89 review access code to core of engineers.

CONCURRENCE L. JOHNSON 2/02/89 NAME DATE 8.0 MAP SCHEDULE INITIAL REVIEW DATE - 1/29/89 IMPLEMENTATION DATE - 4 LATEST REVIEW

                                                                                              '    ~

2/13/89 3

1 DATE: January 31, 1989 ' MAP - M15C3B l MAINTENANCE ACTION PLAN (MAP) { M15C3B - Preventive Maintenance I 1.0 MAP DESCRIPTION / SCOPE j Preventive Maintenance (PM) - maintenance history is used to adjust l PM frequencies and PM tasks to optimize the effectiveness of the l maintenance history progra.m resulting in increased reliability. < 2.0 MAP RESPONSIBILITIES l Maintenance Superintendent ) 3.0 MAP PRIORITY , STARTUP YES X NO ( BASIS - NPP Vol. 3, rev 1, attachment IV-2, page 8 of 25 Commitment

 \             item 34, completed on 11/17/88.                                         l I

COMMITMENT YES X NO I BASIS - Commitment item 34 , NPP Vol. 3, rev 1, page Il-64e I 4.0 MAP SOURCE DOCUMENTS / REFERENCES FSAR 13.7 NOAM Part 11. section 2.1 l TECH SPECS OTHER PROCEDURES PMI-6.7. PMI-6.22 FINDINGS / CONCERNS - INPO M ART- F.1.a l l 1 l - _ _ _ _

DATE: February 16, 1989 MAP - M15C3B O I 5.0 MAP EVALUATION / STATUS b A. Programmatic Plant Managers Instruction, PMI-6.4, Preventive Maintenance Failure Trending, section 4.5.5 specifies that the cognizant engineer will review trend results and adjust frequencies, tasks, etc. Plant Manager Instruction, PMI-6.7, Equipment Maintenance History, provides a comprehensive and readily retrievable history l of maintenance activities for each major piece of plant I equipment. Preventive maintenance activities originate from MRs that are evaluated and designated as routine PM tasks. I Maintenance history is retained in a Prime computer program and , in the mainframe EQlS program, j Plant Manager Instruction, PMI-6.22, Preventive Maintenance Prngram Upgrade Project, establishes the guidelines to identify and spprove PM task on plant equipment important to nuclear V) safety, personnel safety and plant availability.  !

                                                                                                                 )

Plant Manager Instruction PMI-6.22 establishes the guidelines to  : i identify and approve PM task on plant equipment important to l ) nuclear safety, personnel safety and plant availability. t Plant Manager instruction, PMI 6.9, Preventive Maintenance l Equipment Categorization List, identifies components which will  ! be considered for rigorous PM evaluation. These components are  ! systematically evaluated to determine the appropriate PM l activities and frequencies based on industry and plant specific  ! maintenance history, vendor recommendations, and existing i maintenance practices. i B. Implementation Verification " A verification is needed to verify that maintenance engineers are thoroughly complying with PM procedures and performing thorough review of PM history trends and adjusting frequencies  ! and scope as ,nece.ssary. 2 u _ - -------------------------- ------------------- -- - a

l DATE: February 15,1989 { MAP - M15C3B 1 j 6.0 MAP ACCEPTABILITY / PERFORMANCE EVALUATION f i X Acceptable for - Ref. . Basis statement in section 1.Q Startup Short Term Operations.

         .__    Acceptable for -                       Ref.

Long Term Operations Acceptable for Ref. ORR - Objective #  ; i 7.0 ACTION ITEMS , ACTION RESP. ORG. DUE DATE i

1. Verify that maintenance engineers Planning & Tech. 4/1/89

[j are thoroughly reviewing history D trends and taking corrective action. , l i 8.0 MAP SCHEDULE INITIAL REVIEW DATE - 1/29/89 l l IMPLEMENTATION DATE - LATEST REVIEW - 2/14/89 ,! a  ! 1

l DATE: January 31, 1989 MAP - M15C3C (~ t 1

 \                            MAINTENANCE ACTION PLAN (MAP) 1

! M15C30 - Outage Planning ) l \ 1.0 MAP DESCRIPTION / SCOPE l l Maintenance history is used in planning cutage maintenance. 1 2.0 MAP RESPONSIBILITIES I Scheduling Supervisor 3.0 MAP PRIORITY ] STARTUP - YES NO X BASIS - Maintenance history records are used in planning outage maintenance. V COMMITMENT YES NO X BASIS - There is no commitm.ent regarding the use of maintenance history for outage planning. 4.0 MAP SOURCE DOCUMENTS / REFERENCES FSAR 13.2.3.5 NOAM TECH SPECS OTHER PROCEDURES SDSP-7.9. PMI-6.7 l FINDINGS / CONCERNS None l 5.0 MAP EVALUATION / STATUS A. Programmatic , , Site Director Standard Practice, SDSP-7.9, Integrated Schedule 1 , i

1 DATE: February 15,1989 l MAP'- M15C3C n ( and Work Control, establishes the responsibilities of the Work l Control Group, and the methods of schedule development and j approval. A 2,8-day roliing schedule is developed based upon  ; surveillance instruction performance, system outage windows, required PMs, corrective maintenance and modifications. Information is pulled from maintenance history for the estimated man-hours required to perform the work. This information is placed in project 2 for schedule development. B. Implementation Verification Schedules are currently being developed using maintenance ) history. It is believed that two to three outages wili be required I to accumu! ate good baseline data for routine outage maintenance given the extensive changes in maintenance practices and , procedures over the last several years. A determination regarding1ong term acceptability can then be made.'(see action item 1) l (0 6.0 MAP ACCEPTABILITY / PERFORMANCE EVALUATION X Acceptable for

                                                                                                             ~

Ref. Basis statement in sec. 3.0 Startup Short Term Operaticns.  ; Acceptable for - Ref. Long Term Operations Acceptable for Ref. .. ORR - Objective # 7.0 ACTION ITEMS ACTION RESP. ORG. DUE DATE l

1. Implement the practice of PM Supv. 6/1/89 maintaining the use of maintenance history for outage planning.

l 2

l DATE: February 15, 1989 ) MAP - M15C3C 8.0 MAPSCHEDULE INITIAL REVIEW DATE - 1/29/89 . IMPLEMENTATION DATE - LATEST REVIEW - 2/14/89 i i O l l 1 l 9 9

  • 3
                                                                                      ' DATE: January 31, 1989    i MAP - M15C3D o

V MAINTENANCE ACTION PLAN (MAP) i M15C3D - ALARA Program - 1.0 , MAP DESCRIPTION / SCOPE Accurate records are maintained of work time data for radiological ) exposure evaluation and planning. 2.0 MAP RESPONSIBILITIES l RADCON Supervisor 3.0 MAP PRIORITY STARTUP YES NO _ X BASIS - Radiological exposure record are maintained as described in i section 1.0. J

                             )
                                                                    ' NO         '    '

COMMITMENT - YES X BASIS - 4.0 MAP SOURCE DOCUMENTS / REFERENCES l FSAR NOAM TECH SPECS OTHER PROCEDURES RCI-9 RCI-15 FINDINGS / CONCERNS 5.0 MAP EVALUATION / STATUS A. Programmatic

                     %               1. Radiological Control _ Instruction, RCI-15, provides guidance to plant management so that occupational radiation exposures to employees are kept as low as reasonably achievable.

1

DATE: February 15, 1989 MAP - M15C3D O V

2. RCl-9, provides 't he requirements for radiation work permits  ;

(RWP) and the administrative procedures for using and processing. them. The actual. time an employee is in the radiation area is tracked on the RWP time sheet. Maintenance history gives the number of personnel and the total time of the job. The' data on the RWP time sheet, more accurately reflects the time a person is in - a radiation area. Therefore the RWP time sheet is a better record to use for ALARA . , l

                                                                                                 .1 B. Implementation Verification There have been numerous audits and reviews of the radiological               l control program at Browns Ferry. No findings / concerns have been identified in this area.

6.0 MAP ACCEPTABILIW/ PERFORMANCE EVALUATION X Acceptable for - Ref. Basis statement in section ( Startup Short Term Operations - 1D Acceptable for - ~

                                                  . Ref.                  '

Long Term Ope'ations r Acceptable for Ref. ORR - Objective # 7.0 ACTION ITEMS ACTION RESP. ORG. DUE DATE

1. Complete action item #2 in Maintenance continuing M01C20. Superintendent 8.0 MAP SCHEDULE 1

4 I INITIAL REVIEW DATE - 1/25/89 IMPLEMENTATION DATE - e- . .

   \_)         LATEST REVIEW                                   -

2/14/89 a 2 L

                                                                                            -w

DATE: - January 31,.1989 MAP.- M15C3E MAINTENANCE ACTION PLAN (MAP)  ;

                                                                ' M15C3E - Budget Preparation 1.0 MAP DESCRIPTION / SCOPE Maintenance history _is used for inputing maintenance needs in to the -

budget process. These inputs are based on equipment history and - provides a justification for expenditures. j

                                                                                                                               .1 2.0 MAP RESPONSIBILITIES                                                                         !

Maintenance Superintendent j 3.0 MAP PRIORITY STARTUP YES NO X O BASIS - BFN is using maintenance history as a method of preparing the budget. ' No ~ documentation identifying this item as a commitment to another organization has been'found.' 1 COMMITMENT YES .NO X 1 BASIS - BFN is using maintenance history as a method of prepanng - -l the budget. No documentation identifying this item as a -i commitment to another organization has been found. 4.0 MAP SOURCE DOCUMENTS / REFERENCES FSAR NOAM TECH SPECS OTHER l i PROCEDURES PMI-6.7. PMI-8.4 l FINDINGS / CONCERNS NONE , q , J \ 1

                                                                     .           .                     _   --_     ___     _o

DATE: February 15, 1989 MAP '- M1503E 5.0 MAP EVALUATION / STATUS A. Programmatic

1. Plant Manager Instruction, PMI-6.7 Equipment Maintenance History, provides a comprehensive and readily retrievable history record of maintenance activities for each major-piece of plant equipment.
2. Plant Manager Instruction, PMI-6.4 Equipment Failure Trending Program,is used for equipment history trending and to evaluate preventive maintnence failure trending packages.
3. When equipment failure trends are identified, engineering change notices are used to modify the equipment. Funds are put in the budget to allow for these activities.

B. Implementation Verification Plant Manager Instructiorr,-PMI-6.7, Equipment Maintenance History, provides a comprehensive and retrievable history. record of maintenance activities for each major piece of plant equipment. This information is used to determine what ' equipment should be replaced or modified to improve the equipment's reliability. The information/ data is retrieved and used in PMI-6.4, Equipment Failure Trending. The equipment identified as having a failure trend may be' replaced on an Engineering Change Notice. Funds to support these activities are placed in the budget. This methodology is used for providing maintenance history input to the budget. 6.0 MAP ACCEPTABIL!TY/ PERFORMANCE EVALLIATION _X_, Acceptable for - Ref. Basis statement in sec. 3.0 Startup Short Term Operations.- X Acceptable for - _ Ref. Basis statement in sec. 3.0 Q Long Term Operations 2

DATE: February 15, 1989 MAP - M15CSE O Acceptable for ORR - Objective # Ref. 7.0 ACTION ITEMS ACTION RESP. ORG. DUE DATE l None I 8.0 MAP SCHEDULE INITIAL REVIEW DATE - 1/29/89 IMPLEMENTATION DATE - ( ' ' .I LATEST REVIEW - 2/14/89 ' l ( . . 3

DATE: January 31, 1989 MAP - M15C3F 0 MAINTENANCE ACTION PLAN (MAP) M15C3F- Conduct of Maintenance Assessment 1.0 MAP DESCRIPTION / SCOPE Conduct of Maintenance Assessment - maintenance history is used to , assess maintenance in general, e.g., amount of rework, repeat failures l 1 and facilitate instruction improvements; etc. The use of maintenance history is extensively used to determine areas of maintenance needing improvement. 2.0 MAP RESPONSIBILITIES Maintenance Superintendent l 1 3.0 MAP PRIORITY l D) STARTUP YES X NO' ' BASIS - NPP, Vol. 3, rev 1, Attachment IV-2, page 8 of 25 commitment item 33a, complete 4/30/87. { COMMITMENT YES X NO I BASIS - The source is NPP, Vol. 3, rev.1, page Il-64c, commitment item 33a. Review of conduct of maintenance to evaluate performance based on INPO Guidelines. 4.0 MAP SOURCE DOCUMENTS / REFERENCES FSAR 13.7 NOAM Part 11. section 2.1 TECH SPECS OTHER PROCEDURES PMI-6.7. PMI-6.8 FINDINGS / CONCERNS -lNPO-M ART - F.1.a

                                '    ~

1

DATE: February 15, 1989-MAP - M15C3F 5.0 MAP EVALUATION / STATUS A. Programmatic Plant Manager Instruction, PMI-6.7, Equipment Maintenance History, implements the requirements for a maintenance history system. PMI-6.7 provides a comprehensive and readily. retrievable history record of maintenance activities for each major piece of plant equipment. The Surveillance Instructions, Maintenance Request (MRs) and Preventive Maintenance history l records are maintained in these history files. - Plant Manager instruction, PMI-6.8, Preventive Maintenance Program Assessment, provides for periodic assessment of the functioning of activities that must be conducted to evaluate the effectiveness of the PM program.= Maintenance history is extensively used to determine ratio of PM to CM activities, manhours expended, scheduling performance, and trend analysis performance. Maintenance history is an essential tool for the maintenance improvement. These procedures adequately meet the programmatic - requirements of section 1.0. B. Implementation Verification The use of maintenance history to assess the conduct of maintenance is in its infancy. Although procedures are in place and implemented, the program will need close monitoring for i several months to verify that full benefits are realized. (see action item 1) 6.0 MAP ACCEPTABILITY / PERFORMANCE EVALUATION ' X Acceptable for - Ref. Basis statement in sec. 3.0 Startup ShortTerm Operations. Acceptable for - Ref. Long Term Operations

 'b D

Acceptable for . ORR - Objective # 2.1.8.18 Ref. 2

DATE: February 15, 1989 MAP - M15C3F 7.0 ACTION ITEMS i ACTION RESP. ORG._ DUE DATE

1. Monitor the PM program PM Supv. 8/1/89 assessment closely to verify that full benefits are realized.

1 8.0 MAP SCHEDULE l l- INITIAL REVIEW DATE - 1/29/89 IMPLEMENTATION DATE - 4 LATEST REVIEW - 2/14/89 i 3 ho l 4 3

9 DATE: January 31, 1989 MAP - M16C1 A' s-MAINTENANCE ACTION PLAN ,(MAP) M16C1 A - Direct Observation 1 l 1.0 MAP DESCRIPTION / SCOPE , f ? Direct Observation - Direct Observation of equipment identifies p problems and concerns. 2.0 MAP RESPONSIBILITIES

 .                        Maintenance Superintendent                                              -

3.0 MAP PRIORITY STARTUP YES X NO BASIS - NPP Vol. 3, Rev 2, Page ll-87, Paragraph 4.1.8

t COMMITMENT YES X NO BASIS - NPP Vol. 3, Rev 2, Page 11-87, Paragraph 4.1.8
 '                                                                     ~

4.0 MAP SOURCE DOCUMENT 9 REFERENCES , FSAR NOAM l l; TECH SPECS OTHER li PROCEDURES SDSP-7.8. SDSP-4.9 i FINDINGS / CONCERNS - SALP 83/84-18-E SALP 8513-B 5.0 MAP EVALUATION / STATUS

                        .A.       Programmatic                                                       "
                                                  ~

Site Director Standard Practice, SDSP-7.6, Maintenance Request i

i and Tracking, provides the MR process which is to be used to 1

. t i___'___________.___________

DAT.E: Feb'ruary 15,-1989 MAP - M1601 A O identify equipment problems that are observed. U SDSP-4.9, Training Program for Technical Staff and Managers, defines training for maintenance supervisory and engineering personnel. -- l B. Implementation Verification. .

1. Verified that SDSP-7.6 was in place and is being used to
                                                               ~

identify equipment problems.

2. Verified that OAT-005 " Walking your Spaces" training was available and maintenance engineering and supervisory personnel were trained.

6.0 MAP ACCEPTABILITY / PERFORMANCE EVALUATION. X Acceptable for - Ref. QAT-005: SDSP-7.6 Startup Short Term Operations, implemented ' f X Acceptable for - Ref.

 '            Long Term Operations Acceptable for                        Ref.

ORR - Objective' #2.1.8.24 ~ 7.0 ACTION ITEMS ACTION RESP. ORG. DUE DATE None i 8.0 MAP SCHEDULE INITIAL REVIEW DATE - 1/29/89 IMPLEMENTATION DATE - LATEST REVIEW - 2/14/89

                              '    ~

2

1 DATE: February 7,1989

                                                       . MAP - M16C1 B
                                                                                              -\

MAINTENANCE ACTION PLAN (MAP) ) M16C1B - Vendor, NRC, INPO, Experience Review 1.0 MAP DESCRIPTION /SCOPEi Vendor, NRC, INPO, Experience Review, ETC. - External sources are l reviewed for information on equipment failures. , 2.0 MAP RESPONSIBILITIES Maintenance Technical Groups i Site Licensing 3.0 MAP PRIORITY STARTUP YES X NO BASIS - NPP Vol. 3 j

                                                                                              'l COMMITMENT           YES   X     NO                                                      J BASIS - NPP Vol. 3 4.0 MAP SOURCE DOCUMENTS / REFERENCES FSAR                                  NOAM TECH SPECS                    __      OTHER PROCEDURES SDSP 15.9. SDSP 2.12. PMI-8.13 FINDINGS / CONCERNS 1                                                    l

m DATE: February 15, 1989 MAP - M16C1 B [~ 5.0 MAP EVALUATION / STATUS l '\ A. Programmatic Site Director Standard Practice, SDSP-15.9, Nuclear Experience Review Program provides for the gathering of external sources of ' information on maintenance related items. SDSP-2.12, Document Distribution Control, defines the process for distributing and controlling drawings and certain other documents. Plant Manager Instruction, PMI-6.13, Failure Investigation of Safety-Related Items, provides guidance on performing, documenting, and tracking failure investigations. B. Implementation Verification i/3 j SDSP-15.9 is in place and is gathering information on recent Y/ Industry events. Document control needs to maintain up-to-date copies of the INPO Key Word Index and GE SIL/ RICSIL Indexes. (See action item 1). i 6.0 MAP ACCEPTABILITY / PERFORMANCE EVALUATION

          ._X_ Acceptable fo.r    -

Ref. Startup Short Term Operations. Acceptable for - Ref. Long Term Operations Acceptable for Ref. ORR - Objective # 2

                                                           ' DATE: March 13,1989 MAP - M16C1B 7.0 ACTION ITEMS ACTION                                  RESP. ORG.        DUE DATE
1. Maintain latest available INPO Doc Control Supv. 5/15/89 keyword index and GE SIURICSIL indexes.

i CONCURRENCE SIGNED BY D. LAUGHERTY 2/07/89 NAME DATE 1 8.0 MAP SCHEDULE i INITIAL REVIEW DATE - 1/29/89 IMPLEMENTATION DATE 8 LATEST REVIEW - 2/14/89 ' O i 8 3 <

DATE: February ".17, - 1989, MAP.- M16C10 - O V MAINTENANCE ACTION PLAN (MAP)' M1601C - Corrective Maintenance Trends _ i l 1.0 ' MAP DESCRIPTION / SCOPE

                                                                                                        .}

Corrective Maintenance information is collected for trending. j 2.0 MAP RESPONSIBILITIES il l L Work Control Section Supervisor

                   - Preventive Maintenance Section' Supervisor MPT-438-              ,

3.0- MAP PRIORITY l l STARTUP YES X NO I

                   . BASIS - Identified as part of commitment item 34 of Nuclear -                          l O-                    Performance Plan (NPP) .Vol.' 3 attachment IV-2 (PMI-6.4
                            " Equipment Failure Tre'nding", was part of the~ development of I

a structured PM Program'and the collection 6f Correcti0e - l l Maintenance information is a portion of Equipment Failure Trending). COMMITidlENT YES X NO BASIS - NPP Vol. 3 attachment IV-2 commitrnent item number 34. l 4.0 MAP SOURCE DOCUMENTS / REFERENCES 1 i FSAR NOAM TECH SPECS ' OTHER PROCEDURES PMI-8.4. PMI-6.7 l 1

                                                                                                           .l FINDING / CONCERNS _ SSFl: BF-WSC-4 05'                                         NPP Vol 3 attachment IV-2 commitment 34 1

DATE: February 15, 1989-MAP - M16C1C INPO 85-038 ' SSFl:BF-WSC-4 Collection of Corrective Maintenance information on a generic application is slow. - 5.0 MAP EVALUATION / STATUS A. . Programmatic

1. Plant Manager Instruction, PM!-6.4," Equipment Failure i, Trending" provides the mechanism and responsibilities for the detection of failure trends in equipment.

I Corrective Maintenance information includes equipment-identifier, date of discovery, failure description, cause of failure, 1 and corrective action.  ! After the collection of corrective maintenance information an ' l engineering evaluation is performed by the PM section engineer I for the need of generation a PM Failure Trending Package. PM Failure Trending Packages (which' includes corrective maintenance inforrnation) are.sent to the Technical Sections for , evaluation of a failure trend. PMI-6.4 was recently upgraded to clarify the use of PMI-6.13, L Failure Investigation of safety-related components, and to be consistent with the SON trending program. PMI-6.7 is currently being revised to address out-of-calibration.s on plant process equipment and other minor changes to be consistent with SON. (see action item 4 of M15C1)

2. Plant Manager Instruction, PMI-6.7, Equipment Maintenance History, needs revising to include test deficiencies (TD) for.

Instrument Calibrations Surveillance Instruction (SI) into the NPRDS reporting system. "C ( !- 2

DATE: March 13,1989 MAP - M16Ci C

/*

f\ )gi B. Implementation Verification There have been 132 PM Failure Trending Packages generated since the inception of the PM Program. The majority of the packages have been reviewed. The source used for the basis of generating the packages has been Corrective Maintenance information. 6.0 MAP ACCEPTABILITY / PERFORMANCE EVALUATION I Acceptable for - Ref. Startup Short Term Operations. Acceptable for - Ref. Long Term Operations  ! Acceptable for Ref. ORR - Objective # 7.0 ACTION ITEMS ACTION RESP. ORG. DUE DATE

1. Revise PMI-6.7 to include using PM Supvervisor 4/30/89 Test Deficiencies from Instrument '

Calibration Surveillance Instruction (SI).

2. Complete the review of PM Failure I&C, Mech. 4/24/89 Trending Packages generated as a Technical i result of SSFl:BF-WSC-4. Secitons 8.0 MAP SCHEDULE INITIAL REVIEW DATE -

1/29/89 IMPLEMENTATION DATE - LATEST REVIEW - 2/13/89 3 '

1 DATE: January 31, 1989 MAP - M16C1D . 1

 .j MAINTENANCE ACTION PLAN (MAP)             .

M1601 D - Nuclear Plant Reliability Data System (NPRDS) 1.0 MAP DESCRIPTION / SCOPE Nuclear Plant Reliability Data System (NPRDS) - NPRDS provides industry problem information about specific equipment which is collected for use at BFN. 2.0 MAP RESPONSIBILITIES Work Control Supervisor Preventive Maintenance Supervisor j 3.0 MAP PRIORITY I STARTUP YES X NO V l BASIS - The collection of NPRDS information is performed at BFN. l This is a NPP Vol.~3, commitment # 34 item. NPRDS is used in part by PMI-6.4, Equipment Failure Trending. COMMITMENT YES X NO BASIS - The collection of NPRDS information is performed at BFN. This is a NPP Vol. 3, commitment # 34 item. ~NPRDS is used in part by PMI-6.4, Equipment Failure Trending. 4.0 MAP SOURCE DOCUMENTS / REFERENCES FSAR NOAM TECH SPECS OTHER PMP 1601.02. PROCEDURES PMI-6.4. PMI-15.1 - hV FINDINGS /CONCEf3NS -

 ~

DATE: February .15, 1989 MAP - M16C1 D O 5.0 MAP EVALUATION / STATUS O i, Programmatic a A. i

1. Plant Manager Instruction, PMI-6.4, Equipment Failure Trending Program, specifies that semiannually the Corporate .

Performance and Analysis Section will issue the Preventive  ; Maintenance (PM) section a NPRDS report. This report is a  ; collection of the NPRDS reportable failures experienced at.BFN .l during the predetermined reporting period. i

2. PMI-6.4, does not specify the use of NPRDS during past history  ;

review. ( Action item 1) '

3. The PM section has established access to the INPO NPRDS  !

database. This source of data is utilized when past history l indicates a problem that may be industry wide. B. Implementation Verification information from the NPRDS databas'e'is used to identify - suspected failure trends.- This information is collected from'the - - Semiannual Report and from the NPRDS database. To enhance this effort PMI-6.4 will be revised to identify NPRDS as part of the past history review. Training will be provided to maintenance  ; engineers on NPRDS capability and access / collection of NPRDS l i files. (see action item 1 & 2) { i I 6.0 MAP ACCEPTABILITY / PERFORMANCE EVALUATION { Acceptable for - Ref. Startup Short Term Operations. Acceptable for - Ref. Long Term Operations Acceptable for Ref. ORR - Objective # 2

DATE: March 7,1989 MAP - M16C1 D 7.0 ACTION ITEMS ACTION RESP. ORG. _DUE DATE

1. Revise PMI-6.4 (step 4.5.5) PM Supv. 4/30/89 to identify NPRDS as part of the past history review.
2. Provide overview training to Work Control 4/30/89 maint. engineers on NPRDS Supervisor capability and access / collection of NPRDS files.

1 CONCURRENCE SIGNED W. W. HARLAND 2/03/89 NAME DATE D I

                                                                    . , s.. ..  ..w.   .               .. . .,   .

8.0 MAP SCHEDULE INITIAL REVIEW DATE - 1/29/89 IMPLEMENTATION DATE - LATEST REVIEW - 2/14/89 4 > 3

q DATE: L January: 30,1989 '

                                                                     - MAP - M16C1 E .                    i 1

MAINTENANCE ACTION PLAN (MAP) M1601E - Predictive Monitoring 1,0 ' MAP DESCRIPTION / SCOPE

                                                                                                         .q Predictive Monitoring data is collected by the section which'is -                         !

respoilsible for performing the test. ' 2.0 MAP RESPONSIBILITIES Tech Services Mechanical Technical Chemical Technical Support Electrical Technical 3.0 MAP PRIORITY I ( STARTUP- YES X< NO 4 BASIS " NPP Vol. 3, commitment'# 34:rPredi6tiv6'MoH1torihh is"used" at BFN. q COMMITMENT .YES X NO BASIS - This is a part of NPP Vol. 3, commitment # 34. Predictive Monitoring is used at BFN. o 4.0 MAP SOURCE DOCUMENTS / REFERENCES FSAR i NOAM . 1 TECH SPECS OTHER i. PROCEDURES PMI-8.11

                                                                                                         -j FINDINGS / CONCERNS -

3

      \ Y                                                                                                   i 1

v i

  '                                                                   DATE: January - 30,1989
   ;                                                                                                                                l MAP - M16C1 E                                                 '

(

     's 5.0 MAP EVALUATION / STATUS                                                                                             '

A. Programmatic 1

1. Plant Manager instruction, PMi-6.11, Equipment Predictive Monitoring, states that predictive monitoring techniques which J provide quantitative results used in determining the removal of

" equipment from service shall be conducted in accordance with written instructions.

2. PMI-6.11 states procedures used for collecting quantitative 1

data shall include acceptance criteria for the parameters being measured or checked, if applicable.

3. PMI-6.11 states that sufficient data shall be taken and trend graphs or charts shall be developed and maintained when '

engineering judgment deems them beneficial.

4. PMI-6.11 states the personnel who operates and collect data t] using the test equipment must be trained and qualified.
     'Q1                                                                                                                           ,
                                                    ,   ,   ,.     , , , ', , e , 5 , , a . . . . o       4-                -

B. Imolamentation Verification - y There has been no external reviews of Predictive Monitoring. Completion of the action items listed in part 7.0 should provide implementation verification. 6.0 MAP ACCEPTABILITY / PERFORMANCE EVALUATION Acceptable for - Ref. p Startup Short Term Operations, j Acceptable for - Ref. b Long Term Operations i Acceptable for Ref. ORR - Objective # 0 g . - 2

                                                                                                .- __ : -. E_.! A ____U _ '   .E

DATE: March 7,1989 MAP - M16C1 E f3 , Q > 7.0 ACTION ITEMS ACTION RESP. ORG. DUE DATE

1. Verify predictive monitoring TS, MTS, ETS 5/1/89  :

techniques are conducted in accordance with written  ! instructions per PMI-6.11.

2. Verify acceptance criteria in TS, MTS, ETS 5/1/89 procedure when applicable per l PMI-6.11,
3. Provide auditable verification TS 4/30/89 records for personnel qualified to perform predictive monitoring and i test results analysis per PMI-6.11.

i ,) N,/ CONCURRENCE SIGNED W. THOMISON 2/03/89 ' ' ' ' ' NAME DATE 4 i i 8.0 MAP SCHEDULE i INITIAL REVIEW DATE - 1/29/89 IMPLEMENTATION DATE -  ! LATEST REVIEW - 2/14/89  ! , 4 l

                                      '    ~

4 3 l l

m DATE: January 30, 1989 MAP - M16C1 F

                 ,in
                 's.

MAINTENANCE ACTION PLAN (MAP) M16C1 F - Licensee Event Report 1.0 MAP DESCRIPTION / SCOPE Licensee Event Report - LER Evaluations identify equipment or system problems. 2.0 MAP RESPONSIBILITIES . PRS Supervisor 3.0 MAP PRIORITY STARTUP YES X NO BASIS - 10CFR 50.73 .

                 'Nu        COMMITMENT          YES    X   NO              ;                  ' '

BASIS - 10 CFR 50.73

  • 4.0 MAPSOURCE DOCUMENTS / REFERENCES FSAR NOAM TECH SPECS OTHER PROCEDURES PMI-15.6. PMI-6.13 SDSP-15.6 FINDINGS / CONCERNS 5.0 MAP EVALUATION / STATUS A. Programmatic 4 Plant Manager Instruction, PMI-15.6, Licensee Event Report, specifies that LEhs be evaluated for root causes, and identifies corrective actions. SDSP-15.6 provides for the tracking of LER 1

DATE: February 15,1989 MAP - M16C1 F action items until completion. B. Implementation Verification Plant Manager Instruction, PMI-15.6, Licensee Event Report, is in place and LERs are evaluated for root causes. (see action item 1 ofM04C4). Site Director Standard Practice, SDSP-15.6, Commitment / Action Tracking System, is in place and tragks LER action items until completion. 6.0 MAP ACCEPTABILITY / PERFORMANCE EVALUATION Acceptable for - Ref. Startup Short Term Operations. Acceptable for - Ref. O Long Term Operations Acceptable for - ORR - Objective ~ #' ' " Ref. __ 7.0 ACTION ITEMS ACTION RESP. ORG. DUE DATE None 8.0 MAP SCHEDULE INITIAL REVIEW DATE - 1/29/89 IMPLEMENTATION DATE - LATEST REVIEW - 2/14/89 2

DATE: January 31, 1989 MAP - M16C1G O MAINTENANCE ACTION PLAN (MAP)

                               ' M16C1G - Probabilistic Risk Assessment 1.0 MAP DESCRIPTION / SCOPE Probabilistic Risk Assessment (PRA)- TVA's PRA program provides a source of potential problem identification concerning equipment critical to safety.

2.0 MAP RESPONSIBILITIES Lead Reliability Engineer  : Nuclear Engineering 3.0 MAP PRIORlW , l l STARTUP YES X NO BASIS - NPP Volume ill 1 COMMITMENT YES X NO l BASIS - NPP Volume ill . 4.0 MAP SOURCE DOCUMENT & REFERENCES FSAR NOAM TECH SPECS OTHER 1. NPP Vol. lll

2. Browns Ferrv Nuclear Plant Probabilistic Risk -

Assessment (Sect.1987) . 3.' System / Hardware . Comoonent Prioritization List based on contribution to risk for BFNP (systems s Eno. Branch Reoort' ER87-04) 1 l-

DATE: l January. 31, 1989

                                                                                                                     ~
                                                                                                     ' MAP!- M16C1G '

L O ~ 4. System / Hardware Com-conents Prioritizaton List based on contribution to availability for BFNP - (Reliability Performance Branch Renart ER88-01F

5. BFNP Reliability -

Centered Maintenance Critical Comoonent List (Reliability Performance Branch Reoort ER 88-02) PROCEDURES FINDINGS / CONCERNS 5.0 MAP EVALUATION / STATUS . h N) A. Programmatic The BFNP PRA'(rbfdre'nce2ris an tight volume-documerit detailirtg h"N ~ '

  • the risk profile of BFNP, and forms the basis for risk-related problem identification. Two specific portions of the PRA have application to problem identifications: data analysis and dominant core damage sequences. -
                                                                                                ~

Appendix A of the PRA documents the data analysis performed. Hardware failure rates, maintenance frequencies, and mean maintenance durations are collected for key equipment both from-generic data sources and plant specific equipment history. Chapter 2 of the PRA contains a summary ~of significant findings from Appendix A, including a comparison of plant specific failure rates vs. generic failure rates. A core damage sequence is a description of the sequence of event (initiating event and system failures) that could significantly place the general public at risk by causing core ~ damage. The-dominant (most likely) sequences are compiled into a list v representing some fraction (usually 95% or 99%) of the total core damage frequency calculated by the PRA. From this dominant 2

DATE: February 2,1989 MAP - M16C1G sequence list a critical component list is derived (reference 3) which is a compilation of the most important components in the plant from a risk perspective. A critical component test (reference 4) from a plant availability perspective is generated from a comprehensive review of Browns Ferry outage records (from the Generating Availability Data System, GADS). This list of. components represents the equipment that historically has caused the most lost electrical generation at BFNP. , L The two component lists described above,' one based on risk and one on plant availability, are combined into one list (reference 5) representing all of the components that are important to plant safety or availability ( some components are important both to safety and availability). Those components are grouped according-to type, function, and application for which a single failure cause . analysis is applicable. l- A failure cause analysis is performed for each component group s to determine the dominant failure cause(s). Raw data for the P' - failure cause anal sls is ObtainWffdrrfBFNP'Naihteiiarice" """" ~" "'"* requests and from generic sources (LERs, NPRDS, NPE, INPO  ; reports such as: SERs, and published data compilations such as: l NUREGs). A single report will be produced documenting the - results of the analysis (revision 0 is scheduled to be finished in February,1989). Each failure cause analysis determines the dominant failure cause(s) from plant specific data, and, separately, generic data sources. Sufficient documentation is included to allow details of any specific analysis to be reviewed as necessary. The PRA report is issued (reference 2). ' The critical component list is issued (reference 5). .

                                                                                          .The Failure Cause Analysis are being developed and are expected to be issued in February 1989.                                      l Periodic PRA updates are performed as historical data is O                                                                                         accumulated. Each PRA update will be accompanied by a -

review of product documents, those will be reviewed as necessary. MRs, LERs, NPRDS, and select industry

3 4 4

DATE: February 2,1989 MAP - M16C1G experience reviews are used to update the PRA program. B. Implementation Verification Implementation verification should be made periodically as more PRA information is incorporated into the maintenance programs. l 6.0 MAP ACCEPTABILITY / PERFORMANCE EVALUATION Acceptable for - Ref. Startup Short Term Operations. Acceptable for - Ref. Long Term Operations Acceptable for Ref.  ! ORR - Objective # ( 7.0 ACTION ITEMS I ACTION RESP. ORG'.' "TUE DATE ~ ' ' ~ 3 M't 2 3-89

             ,1. Complete failure cause analysis.            Nuc.Eng.          g1-89 Caame as MAP Mic c1G)
      $            CONCURRENCE                     :A ~ b I 2l"lh
      $                            NAMd N.B. Bos, ds Pd DATE                                                  ' * "
2. Develop branch technical guide Nuc. Eng. - 9-30-89 1,k' for PRA update, and branch Reliability procedure for review / revision Performance

(- of PRA product documents. Branch CONCURRENCE b Ek / 2/9/ty ,

                                                                                                                  ,,, , g NAME N 6 S-ds PE.            DATE                   (                    g
3. Periodically (6 mo.) verify Planning & 7-1-89 implementation of P,RA _ Technical information.

4

DATE: February 15, 1989 MAP - M16C1G 8.0 MAP SCHEDULE INITIAL REVIEW DATE - 1/29/89 IMPLEMENTATION DATE - LATEST REVIEW - 2/14/89 O . O - 5

DATE: January 30,1989 MAP - M16C1 H MAINTENANCE ACTION PLAN (MAP) O M16C1H - Surveillance Instructions 1.0 MAP DESCRIPTION / SCOPE Surveillance Instructions (SI) - Equipment problems are at times identified in the performance or review of Sis. 2.0 MAP RESPONSIBILITIES Maintenance Technical Section Technical Support 3.0 MAP PRIORITY STARTUP .YES _X_ NO . BASIS - PMI-17.1, SDSP-6.7 COMMITMENT YES X ' NO ~'

                                                                    ~

BASIS - No commitment could be found. 4.0 MAP SOURCE DOCOMENTS/ REFERENCES FSAR NOAM TECH SPECS PROCEDURES PMI-17.1. SDSP-6.7_ OTHER FINDINGS / CONCERNS 1

DATE: January 31, 1989 MAP - M16C1H 5.0 MAP EVALUATION / STATUS A. Programmatic Equipment problems identified during performance of surveillance tests are evaluated as follows:

1. Maintenance Requests (MR) - generated as required by Plant Manager Instruction, PMI-17.1, Conduct of Testing.
2. Licensee Reportable Event Determination (LRED)- generated as required by PMI-17.1, Conduct of Testing.
3. Test Deficiency (TD) - Site Directior Standard Practice, SDSP-6.7, Post Maintenance Test Program,is under revision to require Work Control to include TDs generated by l&C Surveillance Instructions to be included in the NPRDS program.

9 B. Implementation Verification '~' ' " " PMI-15.6 has been verified to require a LRED be generated for acceptance criteria violations. Cognizant reviews have verified these LREDs are being written as required. PMI-17.1 has been verified to require a MR be generated for equipment failures. Cognizant reviews have verified that MRs are generated for equipment failures. SDSP-6.7 is being revised to require TD entry into NPRDS for I&C. l&C Technical will verify SDSP-6.7 revision and that TDs are being generated on l&C Surveillance Instructions. q . _ v 2

DATE: March 14,1989 MAP - M16C1 H 6.0 MAP ACCEPTABILITY / PERFORMANCE EVALUATION Acceptable for - Startup Short Term Operations Ref. Acceptable for - Ref. Long Term Operations Acceptable for Ref. ORR - Objective # 7.0 ACTION ITEMS ACTION RESP. ORG. DUE DATE

1. Revise PMI-6.7, equipment Maint. Planning 4/30/89 maintenance history.

E 2 Verify TDs are being inputted l&C Tech. 5/1/89 8 into the NPRDS data systems. 8.0 MAP SCHEDULE INITIAL REVIEW DATE - 1/29/89 IMPLEMENTATION DATE - LATEST REVIEW - 2/14r>. _ 8 3 '

I DATE: January 30, 1989 MAP - M16C11 MAINTENANCE ACTION PLAN (MAP) M16C11- Conditions Adverse to Quality 1 1.0 MAP DESCRIPTION / SCOPE Conditions Adverse to Quality (CAQ) - CAQs identify significant generic CAQs for potential applicability of BFN equipment. 2.0 MAP RESPONSIBILITIES Maintenance Superintendent Quality Manager 3.0 MAP PRIORITY STARTUP YES X NO BASIS - NOAM Part I Section 2.16 COMMITMENT YES X NO BASIS - NOAM Part i Section 2.16 4.0 MAP SOURCE DOCUMENTS / REFERENCES FSAR TVA-TR75-1 NOAM Part I Section 2.16 TECH SPECS OTHER PROCEDURES SDSP-3.13 FINDINGS / CONCERNS 5.0 MAP EVALUATION / STATUS A. Programmatic Site Director Standard Practice,SDSP-3.13, Corrective Action, provides means to identify document and track CAQs that are 1

f rj DATE: March 8,1989

 }                                                                            MAP - M16C11                            ,

l significant, potentially generic, or affect operability. . ) i l B. Implementation Verification j ? Verified that SDSP-3.13, Corrective Action was in place and is 4 being used to identify Conditions Adverse to Quality. CAORs are being issued as maintenance problems are identified. li i 6.0 MAP ACCEPTABILITY / PERFORMANCE EVALUATION j X Acceptable for - Ref. S DS P-3.13 Startup Short Term Operations. ) X Acceptable for - Ref. SDSP-3.13 j Long Term Operations

i Acceptable for Ref.

ORR - Objective # 7.0 ACTION ITEMS i ACTION RESP. ORG. DUE DATE l None l 8.0 MAP SCHEDULE INITIAL REVIEW DATE - 1/29/89 l l IMPLEMENTATION DATE - 1/29/89 i LATEST REVIEW - 2/14/89 2

DATE: January 31, 1989 MAP - M16C1J l MAINTENANCE ACTION PLAN (MAP) M16C1J - Employee Concern. Program -l 1.0 MAP DESCRIPTION / SCOPE Employee Concern Program - employee concerns are reviewed for potential maintenance related problems and concerns. 2.0 MAP RESPONSIBILITIES l Maintenance Superintendent Site Licensing 1 3.0 MAP PRIORITY

                                                                                                                                       )

(d STARTUP YES X NO BASIS - NPP Volume lli Section 4.1.8 - ~ COMMITMENT YES X NO BASIS - NPP Volume 111 section 4.1.8 4.0 MAP SOURCE DOCUMENTS / REFERENCES FSAR NOAM TECH SPECS OTHER ECP-1 Proaram Manual PROCEDURES SDSP-15.1 - FINDINGS / CONCERNS 1

DATE: February 15, 1989 MAP - M1601J 5.0 MAP EVALUATION / STATUS (O)  ! A. Programmatic Site Director Standard Practice, SDSP-15.1, Employee Concerns Program, provides for the documentation, tracking, and closure of i Employee Concerns. ECP-1 is the program manual for employee ) concerns. B. Implementation Verification l Employee concerns are being reviewed for potential l maintenance-related problems in accordance with ECP-1 program l manual. Employee concern personnel review all concerns to determine if they are nuclear safety-related. They are tracked until the problem is resolved. 6.0 MAP ACCEPTABILITY / PERFORMANCE EVALUATION X Acceptable for - Ref. ECP '-1

                                                                                     '"'f Startup Short Ter'm Op&ratioris.' + ^     ~    '

X Acceptable for - Ref. ECP-1 Long Term Operations Acceptable for Ref. ORR - Objective # 7.0 ACTION ITEMS ACTION RESP. ORG. DUE DATE None 8.0 MAP SCHEDULE INITIAL REVIEW DATE - 1/29/89 IMPLEMENTATION. DAT.E - 1/29/89 LATEST REVIEW - 2/14/89 2

DATE: February 1,1989 MAP - M16C2A V MAINTENANCE ACTION PLAN (MAP) I M16C2A - Failure investigations l 1.0 MAP DESCRIPTION / SCOPE l Failure Investigations - As a minimum, formal failure investigations (FI) are performed on all CSSC equipment that fails and is reportable as an LER . Also, Failure Investigations shall be performed when a failure occurs on a significant component which could result in load q reduction or unit shutdown, or when maintenance history evaluations l indicate a failure trend. They are performed in accordance with an approved failure investigation procedure. Failure investigations are in-depth to determine root causes of failure. All Fis remain open for tracking purposes until corrective actions are complete. 2.0 MAP RESPONSIBILITIES Maintenance Superintendent *- ' '" QA Manager ' c- ~ ' " - PORS Manager 3.0 MAP PRIORITY l STARTUP YES X NO BASIS - NPP Volume lll COMMITMENT YES X NO BASIS - NPP volume ill 4.0 MAP SOURCE DOCUMENTS / REFERENCES FSAR NOAM 1 TECH SPECS _ OTHER PROCEDURES PMI-6.13 1 l

                                       ~~

l DATE: February 1,1989 MAP - M16C2A 1 FINDINGS / CONCERNS l NRC Inspection Report 88-02, IFl 83-56-03 SALP 83/84 3-B, SALP 8512-G, NMRG A-4, INPO MART F.2.b, SSFI-WCS-4 5.0 MAP EVALUATION / STATUS A. Etrorammatic Plant Manager Instruction, PMI-6.13, Failure Investigation of Safety-Related Components, covers in detail the analysis of failures. B. Implementation Verification

1. Review sampling of LERs and verify failure investigations have been performed on those that were initiated due to component failure. (See action item 1).

O 2. Reviewed PMI-6.13 to verify sufficient management review of ' failure investigations to' assure they are adequate and address"*" 1 * ""~ root cause. 6.0 MAP ACCEPTABILITY / PERFORMANCE EVALUATION Acceptable for - Ref. Startup Short Term Operations. . Acceptable for - Ref. Long Term Operations Acceptable for Ref. ORR - Objective # 7.0 ACTION ITEMS ACTION _ RESP. ORG. DUE DATE

1. Audit sampling o,f LERs initiated Quality 5/1/89 since 7/21/87 to verify Fis were Surveillance initiated on those that were a 2

l DATE: March 7,1989 MAP - M16C2A result of component failure. CONCURRENCE _ SIGNED BY L.W. JONES 2/03/89 NAME DATE

2. Continue Kepner Tregore and Training 1/1/90 other trouble shooting methodology Maintenace training, as identified for Supt.

maintenance engineering and management personnel. CONCURRENCE SIGNED BY J. NEBRIG 2/03/89 NAME DATE 8.0 MAP SCHEDULE INITIAL REVIEW DATE -

                                                                                                  ' 12-8                                                                                                      -

4 - - - 5

                                                                                                              ......,...,,...,a,,_..

IMPLEMENTATION DATE - LATEST REVIEW - 2/14/89 3

e i DATE: January 30,1989  : MAP - M16C2B l t kl MAINTENANCE ACTION PLAN (MAP) M16C28 - Root Cause Determination I 1.0 MAP DESCRIPTION / SCOPE Root Cause Determination - Formal root cause analysis is conducted in accordance with approved procedures for all deficiencies identified as significant CAORs and for those non-significant CAQRs which are potentially generic or affect operability. Allitems reported as LERs are also analyzed to determine root cause. The root cause of . significant equipment failures is determined by documented failure analysis. l 2.0 MAP RESPONSIBILITIES Site Quality Manager Maintenance Supervisor ( [/ Site Licensing ' 3.0 MAP PRIORITY STARTUP YES X NO BASIS - To identify effective recurrence controls of deficiencies and f assure that corrective actions address the actual problem instead of symptoms. I COMMITMENT YES X NO ( i BASIS - 10CFR 50 Appendix B Criteria XVI- Corrective Action Topical Report TVA - TR75-1 Rev.10 - Section 17.2.16, NPP Vol.1 { a item 20, NPP Vol. 3 Item 23, NRC Violatins 438/86-11-04, 439/86-11-04 4.0 MAP SOURCE DOCUMENTS / REFERENCES j FSAR TVA-TR75-1 NOAM Part 1. Sections 2.16. i

                                 ,   _                       2.16.2.2.16.4 TECH SPECS                                OTHER     INPO 85-038 Chaoter XV.[

1 _,___________-----_--i

v i DATE: January 30, 1989 l MAP - M16C2B '

 .(]                                                                   Seciton C2. INPO OE-904 V                                                                     INPO 86-017 j

i PROCEDURES SDSP-3.13 Section 6.10.4. Attachment C D.H PMI-6.2 Section 4.11. PMI-6.13. PMi-15.6 { FINDINGS / CONCERNS I 83-84 SALP 3-B,18-E,85 SALP 12-G,13-B, NMRG A-4,0-2, INPO 88 i OE.2-1 INPO MART 88, D3a, F2, MART F.2.b, F.2.c, SSFI WSC-4, NRC Violation 430/86-11-04,439/86-11-04, ORR Objectives 2.1.8.27.01,  ; 2.1.8.27.02,2.1.8.27.03, NRC Inspection Tree: 3.5.4, 4.1, 4.2.1, 5.2.6, j 6.4.2 ' 5.0 MAP EVALUATION / STATUS , i l A. Programmatic Root Cause Analysis is performed on all significant CAQRs and-those non-significant CAORs which are potentially generic or O affect operability. Criteria for determining significance, ' 1 V' potential effect on operability, and potential generic applicability determinations are provided in Site Director Standard Practice, SDSP-3.13, Corrective Action, attachments C and D respectively Guidance on the performance of Root Cause Analysis is also provided in SDSP-3.13, attachment H. SDSP-3.13. conforms to the requirements stated in the NOAM Part I, Section l 2.16, Corrective Action, attachment H of SDSP-3.13, meets the ' requirements of NOAM Part I, Section 2.16.2 Root Cause Analysis Practice. Root Cause Determination is also addressed in SDSP-6.2, Conduct of Maintenance, and PMl-6.13, Failure Investigation of Safety Related items. All items reported as LERs are analyzed to determine root cause in accordance with PMI-15.6, Licensee Event Reports. Results of LER root cause determination are reported to the NRC. 2

l l DATE: February 15, 1989 MAP - M1602B J O B. Implementation Verification J V Independent review of Root Cause Determination on CAQRs is routinoly performed by Quality Assurance. . Corrective Action is verified and periodic follow up performed by Quality Surveillance. Quality improvement Performs assessment of Root Cause Analysis on a sampling basis. Implementation verification is needed for performance of failure-investigation per PMI-6.13 and as required for LERs. (See action item 1 of M04C4 and M1602A). I 6.0 MAP ACCEPTABILITY / PERFORMANCE EVALUATION Acceptable for - Ref. Startup Short Term Operations. l Acceptable for - Ref. l Long Term Operations , l Acceptable for Ref. ORR - Objective # 7.0 ACTIONiTEMS- 3 n' ' *a" -' l ACTION RESP. ORG. DUE DATE

1. See action item 1 of M04C4 and M16C2A l

8.0 MAP SCHEDULE INITIAL REVIEW DATE - 1/29/89 IMPLEMENTATION DATE - LATEST REVIEW - 2/14/89 1 3 i u_____-__EAm_--__ 1

DATE: January 31, 1989 MAP - M16C2C l i MAINTENANCE ACTION PLAN (MAP) M16C2C - Evaluation of Experiences Reviews 1.0 MAP DESCRIPTION / SCOPE Evaluation of Experiences Reviews -industry experiences, e.g., NPRDS, INPO Significant Event Evaluation and Information Network (SEE-IN), vendor and NRC bulletins are evaluated and, if warranted, corrective action taken. 2.0 MAP RESPONSIBILITIES Site Licensing 3.0 MAP PRIORITY STARTUP YES X NO BASIS - NPP Volume ill s .: . COMMITMENT YES X NO BASIS - NPP Vol lil 4.0 MAP SOURCE DOCUMENT & REFERENCES FSAR NOAM TECH SPECS OTHER PROCEDURES SDSP-15.9. PMl- 6.13 FINDINGS / CONCERNS NMRG B-3: INPO MART H. 5.0 MAP EVALUATION / STATUS A. Programmatic 4 ' ~ Site Director Standard Practice, SDSP-15.9, Nuclear Experience Review Program, provides the method to identify, track, and 1

DATE: February 1,1989 MAP - M16C2C l dispostion of industry information that may be applicable to

i. Browns Ferry Nuclear Plant. Cognizant Engineers review this information when performing failure investigations.

Plant Managers Instruction, PMI-6.13, Failure Investigation of Safety-Related items, provides guidance for performing, documenting, and trackir:g the failure investigation. B. Implementation Verification SDSP-15.9 provides for the review, evaluation, tracking, and closure of external sources of information on maintenance related items. Experience Review Folders are issued and being tracked by Site Licensing. PMI-6.13 must be revised to require that the INPO Key Word index and GE SIURICSIL indicies be used as external sources of information when performing failure investigation. (See action item) , 6.0 MAP ACCEPTABILITY / PERFORMANCE EVALUATION ' " a u Acceptable for - Ref. Startup Short Term Operations. Acceptable for - Ref. Long Term Operations Acceptable for Ref. ORR - Objective # 2.1.8.18 7.0 ACTION ITEMS ACTION RESP. ORG. DUE DATE

1. Revise PMI-6.13 to require that Preventive 4/30/89 the INPO Key Word Index and GE SIU Maintenance RICSIL indicies be used as external Supervisor sources of information when performing Failure Investigations.

2

DATE: February 15,1989 MAP - M1602C O 8.0 MAP SCHEDULE i INITIAL REVIEW DATE - 1/29/89 IMPLEMENTATION DATE - 4

LATEST REVIEW -

2/14/89 i 7 a e *< *I 1 L i j i 3 ___z_____._____.___!_

DATE: February 15, 1989 MAP - M16C2D j 1 (~~\ j U MAINTENANCE ACTION PLAN (MAP) l M16C2D - Corrective Maintenance Trends l l 1.0 MAP DESCRIPTION / SCOPE  ! Analysis of Corrective Maintenance information collected for trending. 2.0 MAP RESPONSIBILITIES l l Mechanical Technical Section Supervisor l Electrical Technical Section Supervisor Instrumentation & Control Section Supervisor 3.0 MAP PRIORITY I i D '

                                                                                                          \

STARTUP YES X NO (v} BASIS - Identified as part of commitment item 34'of Nuclear ' ' ' Performance Plan-(NPP) Vol 3'c1ttabhment IV-2 (PMI'6.'4 "" ^

                   " Equipment Failure Trending" was part of the development of a structured PM Program and the analysis of Corrective Maintenance information is a portion of equipment failure trending.

COMMITMENT YES X NO BASIS - NPP Vol 3 attachment IV-2 commitment item number 34 - 1 4.0 MAP SOURCE DOCUMENTS / REFERENCES FSAR NOAM iECH SPECS OTHER PROCEDURES PMI-6.4 l l 4 FINDINGS / CONCERNS

                               '    ~

l 1 1

DATE: February 15,1989 MAP - M16C2D a 5.0 MAP EVALUATION / STATUS A. Programmatic

1. Plant Manager Instruction, PMI-6.4, Equipment Failure Trending Program, provides the guidance for the Technical Sections to perform their analysis of PM Failure Trending Packages.
2. PMI-6.4 identifies the two types of PM Failure Trending Packages that the Technical Sections analyze (Repetitive and Generic).
3. PMI-6.4 instructs the Maintenance (Technical) Section engineer to u.' ward a copy of the PM Failure Trending Package to the appropriate system engineer when a failure trend is observed.
4. PMI-6.4 instructs the Maintenance (Technical) Section engineer to evaluate the packages for the need of submitting a .

CAOR. -

5. PMI-6.4 states that the final review of'the' packages is - "' ""'"

1 performed by the PM Section Supervisor. l l l B. Implementation Verification i There have been 132 PM Failure Trending Packages generated since the inception of the PM Program. The majority of the l packages have been reviewed. Corrective actions have been taken ' on suspected failure trends. The adequacy of the reviews needs , to be evaluated. (see action item 1 of M15C3B) l 6.0 MAP ACCEPTABILITY / PERFORMANCE EVALUATION l X Acceptable for - Ref. The crocedure is in olace I and beina implemented. 4 Startup Short, Term _ Operations. Acceptable for - Long Term Operations Ref. 2 i

r - j l DATE: February 15,1989 MAP - M16C2D

                                                                                               ]

{ O V Acceptable for Ref. ORR - Objective # 7.0 ACTION ITEMS , ACTION RESP. ORG. DUE DATE

1. Verify that maintenance engineers are thoroughly reviewing history trends and taking corrective actions.

i (same as action item 1 of M15C38) 1 8.0 MAP SCHEDULE INITIAL REVIEW DATE - 1/29/89 l IMPLEMENTATION DATE - m1EsT -e. . .. . _ ~ . - . I l l l j 3 i

  .c                                                                                                                           ,
                                                                                           . DATE: January 30,.1989 MAP M16C2E O                  '

MAINTENANCE ACTION PLAN (MAP)

                                                                                                                          ~

M16C2E - Nuclear Power Plant Reliability Data System (NPRCS)' 1.0 MAP DESCRIPTION / SCOPE NPRDS provides industry information about specific equipment which is analyzed at BFN for similar trends.-  ! 2.0. MAP RESPONSIBILITIES

                        . Preventive Maintenance Supervisor Electrical Technical Supervisor.

Mechanical Technical Supervisor l&C Supervisor 3.0 MAP PRIORITY j STARTUP-

                           ~
                                                           ~
YES' " X ' 'WO ' ' ' " " ' " " ' ^ ~

BASIS. - The analylinTbrNPRDS information is perform _ed at BFNy . This is a NPP Vol.3, commitment # 34 item. NPRDS is u' sed in part by PMI-6.4 " Equipment Failure Trending". . COMMITMENT YES X NO BASIS - The analyzing of NPRDS Information is performed at BFN. _ This is a NPP Vol 3, commitment # 34 item. NPRDS is used in - part by PMI-6.4 " Equipment Failure Trending."

            .4.0 MAP SOURCE DOCUMENTS / REFERENCES FSAR                                                     NOAM TECH SPECS                                               OTHER      PMP.1601.02. INPO 84-001 -

PROCEDURES PMI-6.4. PMI-15.1 FINDINGS / CONCERNS - ORR Obi 2.1.8.18 - 1

DATE: February 15, 1989 MAP - M16C2E O LJ i 5.0 MAP EVALUATION / STATUS , A. Programmatic l

1. Plant Manager Instruction, PMI-6.4, Equipment Failure Trending Program, does not specify the use of NPRDS during past history review. (See action item 1).
2. PMI-6.4 identifies NPRDS data as one source that is used for equipment trending. l
3. PMI-6.4 Does not describe the use of NPRDS as a method of-comparing BFN Equipment Failures to industry wide failures.
                                                                                                      \

i B. Implementation Verification Information from the NPRDS database is used to identify I suspected failure trends. This information is analyzed by the V Technical Sections.' Correctiv6 Actions are'taken if a failurs 4 l trend is identified.' To bnharice this effort;'PMI-6.4 willbe ' ' " " ' i revised to specify the use of NPRDS during past history review i and to use NPRDS as a method of identifying if a failure trend at l BFN is industry wide. Training will be provided to maintenance l l engineers on NPRDS capability and access / analyzing NPRDS files.  ! 6.0 MAP ACCEPTABILITY / PERFORMANCE EVALUATION { X Acceptable for - Ref. Startup Short Term Operations. Acceptable for - Ref. Long Term Operations Acceptable for Ref. __ i l ORR - Objective # I L -l l . . 2 i i

r . l l DATE: March 7,1989 MAP - M16C2E y

 /   \ 7.0 AGIl.ON ITEMS                                                                                   !

V i ACTION RESP. ORG. DUE DATE I

1. Revise PMI-6.4 to specify the PM Supv 4/30/89 use of NPRDS during past history l

j review. 1

2. Revise PMI-6.4 to specify the use PM Supv 4/30/89  ;

of NPRDS as a method of identifying j if a failure trend at BFN is industry  ? wide.

3. Provide overview training to Work Contal 4/30/89 maint, engineers on NPRDS Supervisor capability and access / analyzing NPRDS files, l

f~ CONCURRENCE SIGNED BY G. HARLAND 2/03/89 NAME (oj - DATE

                                                                     .1
                                                                              ..s 8.0 MAP SCHEDULE INITIAL REVIEW DATE                           -

1/29/89 IMPLEMENTATION DATE - LATEST REVIEW - 2/14/89 3

  ~

DATE: January 30,1989 MAP - M16C2F MAINTENANCE ACTION PLAN (MAP) M16C2F - Predictive Monitoring 1.0 MAP DESCRIPTION / SCOPE i The results obtained from Predictive Monitoring test are analyzed by personnel in the section performing the test. 2.0 MAP RESPONSIBILITIES t Tech Services Mechnalcal Technical , Chemical Technical Support  ! Electrical Technical l ,_ 3,0 MAP PRIORlH ,

                        \

[V STARTUP - YES X NO ' ' ' BASIS - NPP Vol ill commithlent# 34c ' ' ' ' l l COMMITMENT YES X NO l i BASIS - This is part of NPP Vol lli commitment # 34. I 4.0 MAP SOURCE DOCUMENT 9 REFERENCES { FSAR NOAM I TECH SPECS OTHER ' PROCEDURES PMI 6.11 l FINDINGS / CONCERNS 1 1 1'

1 DATE: January 30,1989 MAP - M16C2F [U/ } 5.0 MAP EVALUATION / STATUS  : 1 A. Programmatic i 1

1. Plant Manager Instruction, PMI-6.11, Equipment Predictive Monitoring, states results of predictive monitoring tests shall be analyzed and evaluated by qualified personnel in the group j performing the test and by the group which requested performance of the test. Outside experts may also be used to evaluate results.
2. PMI-6.11 states results of periodic quantitative testing shall j be plotted using graphs, charts, or other graphic methods so j l trends may be readily noted.
3. PMI-6.11 states that the personnel who perform analysis of the data must be trained and qualified. Auditable documentation i of personnel qualification must be provided for diagnostic test I personnel and personnel analyzing test data.

O t V) 4. PMI-6.11 states all test procedures involving' predictive monitoring on nuclear safety related equipment'shall be qualified to assure test results are valid and accurate.

5. PMI 6.11 states that results of testing shall be shared 4 between system engineering, test engineering, and maintenance engineering.
8. Implementation Verification There has been no external reviews of Predictive Monitoring. j Completion of the action items listed in part 7.0 should provide I implementation verification.

l l 6.0 MAP ACCEPTABILITY / PERFORMANCE EVALUATION  : i 4 Acceptable for. - Startup Short Tirm perations. Acceptable for - Ref. Ref. l 1 i i

DATE: February 2,1989 MAP - M16C2F

 #'T                                                                 Long Term Operations (V                                                                  Acceptable for                      Ref.

i ORR - Objective # l l' 7.0 ACTION ITEMS ACTION RESP. ORG. DUE DATE I

1. Revise PMI-6.11 to clarify the - PM Supv. 4/30/89 requirements that the section which takes samples or data for diagnostic purposes, trending the results and notifies the appropriate section/ group (s) of adverse trends.~
2. Revise PMI-6.11 to require PM Supv. 4/30/89 appropriate diagnostic testing to be performed on Probability Risk Acessment (PRA) Equipment.

V 3. Revite PMI-6.13 Faiiure investigation - " Planning &- '6/1/89 ' '" " of Safety-Rslated items to require" - " " Technical' ' ' '"

   -~

that Predictive Monitoring Information l be utilized as a source of information l when performance failure analys.is. I

4. Set up programs and initiate ETS 8/1/89 procedures required to perform trend analysis of meggering, .

high potential testing, bridge testing, battery test, infra red survey of switchyard and boards insulating oil tests, etc...Per PMI-6.11

5. Verify procedures used to perform ETS 8/1/89

, predictive monitoring meet the qualification specified in PMI-6.11. l 9 6. Set up a program tg notify management and share results of adverse trends between system ETS 8/1/89 3

DATE: February 2,1989 l MAP - M16C2F ( engineering, component / equipment maintenance, preventive maint-enance, and other groups which may have a use of the trend information.

7. Set up a program to perform ETS 8/1/89 diagnostic testing (testing which Electrical Maintenance Technicalis responsible per PMI-6.11) on.PRA equipment.

as applicable. l

8. Evaluate the need to set up programs TS 4/30/89 and initiate procedures required to perform I trend analysis for vibration, analysis, ultrasonic survey, eddy-current tests and ultrasonic 1 thickness, etc....Per PMI-6.11.
9. Verify procedures'used to perform TS "'

5/30/89 'l predictive monitoring 1neet'the~" - " - ~" -- ' - ~ ' ' qualification specified in PMI-6.11.

10. Evaluate the need to set up a program TS 4/30/89 to notify management and share results of adverse trends between system engineering, component / equipment maintenance, preventive maintenance and other groups which have a use of the trend information.
11. Evaluate the need to set up a program TS 4/30/89 to perform diagnostic testing (testing which Technical Support Section is responsible per PMI-6.11) on PRA equipment.

4 CONCURRENCE NAM'E

                                                                      / 2h?

DATE 4 L -_---

DATE: March 7,1989 MAP - M16C2F

         /    T
         \]     12. Evaluate the need to set up programs               CTS      4/30/89 and initiate procedures required to perform trend analysis for lubricating oil, water samples, etc...Per PM-6.11
13. Verify procedures used to perform CTS 4/30/89 predictive monitoring meet the qualification specified in PMI-6.11.
14. Evaluate the need to set up a CTS 4/30/89 program to notify management and share results of adverse trends between system engineering, component / equipment maintenance, preventive maintenance and other groups which may have a use of the trend information.

r' (s) U

15. Evaluate the need to set up a program to performdia~ gnostic testing - ~

CTS 4/30/89 (testing which Chemicil' Technic 5lis"" ""~ ' responsible.per PMI-6.11) on PRA equipment. ' CONCURRENCE SIGNED BY J. NEBRIG 2/03/89 NAME DATE 8.0 MAP SCHEDULE INITIAL REVIEW DATE - 1/29/89 IMPLEMENTATION DATE - LATEST REVIEW - 2/14/89 5

W _-__ _____-_ DATE: January 30,1989 MAP - M16C2G MAINTENANCE ACTION PLAN (MAP) M16C2G - Probabilistic Risk Assessment 1.0 MAP DESCRIPTION / SCOPE Probabilistic Risk Assessment (PRA) - the BFN PRA evaluates equipment performance. Equipment problems are identified and provided to the plant fcr further evaluation and corrective action. 2.J - MAP RESPONSIBILITIES Lead Reliability Engineer, Nuclear Engineering PM Supervisor Discipline Maintenance Technical Supervisor 3.0 MAP PRIORITY STARTUP - YES- X ' NO - " " ' ' - BAS!S - NPP Vol lil " - ' " ^" ~"" "' "' ' COMMITMENT YES _ X NO BASIS - NPP Vol 111 4.0 MAP SOURCE DOCUMENTS / REFERENCES FSAR NOAM TECH SPECS OTHER BFNP Probabilistic Risk Assessment (Sect.1987) (Reliability Performance Branch Reoort ER 88-001 PROCEDURES FINDINGS / CONCERNS 1

DATE: February 1,1989 MAP - M16C2G 5.0 MAP EVALUATION / STATUS A. Programmatic The reliability centered maintenance program (REFERENCE MAP M1601G) provides failure modes and causes for critical equipment. Results of the analysis are transmitted to the plant in an engineering report. This information will be reviewed for inclusion in an equipment trending package. B. Implementation Verification Failure cause analysis is not complete. Plant Manager Instruction, PMI-6.4, Equipment Failure Trending Program, has not been revised to include the Failure Cause Analysis Review. (See action item). 6.0 MAP ACCEPTABILITY / PERFORMANCE EVALUATION Acceptable for * - Ref. 'd - Startup Short TernrOperatierrs?+*- -- - Acceptable for - Ref. Long Term Operations Acceptable for Ref. ORR - Objective # 7.0 ACTION ITEMS ACTION._ RESP. ORG. DUE DATE

1. Comp!ete failure cause analysis CNE 3/1/89
       ,(,                                    CONCURRENCE b                   Ab                / 2- m

( p, j f, y,y, g i j NAME N.B. So- h, FE DATE 4

2. Revise PMI-6.4 to require that the PM Supervisor 4/30/89 PRA Failure Cause Analysis Review be included as a source of information

.4 to use in the issuiag'on PM Trending Packages. 2

DATE: February 15, 1989 MAP - M16C2G O 8.0 MAPSCHEDULE INITIAL REVIEW DATE - 1/29/89 IMPLEMENTATION DATE - LATEST REVIEW - 2/14/89 k I ,gI e e

  • f G
  • 3

_ _ )

W . _ _ _ . _ _ _ _ _ _ - _ _ _ DATE: January 30, 1989 MAP - M16C2H MAINTENANCE ACTION PLAN (MAP) M16C2H - Employee Concerns 1.0 MAP DESCRIPTION / SCOPE Employee Concerns - employee concerns are evaluated for validity and as a source for potential equipment problems. 2.0 MAP RESPONSIBILITIES Employee Concerns Group Supervisor 3.0 MAP PRIORITY STARTUP YES X NO BASIS - NPP Volume 111 Section 4.1.8 . COMMITMENT YES X- NO 4 BASIS - NPP-Volume lil'Section 4'.t8 " * * * '

                                                                                            ' ' ~ ~ '

4.0 MAP SOURCE DOCUMENTS / REFERENCES FSAR NOAM TECH SPECS OTHER ECP-1 Proararri Manual PROCEDURES SDSP-15.5. SDSP-3 FINDINGS / CONCERNS 5.0 MAP EVALUATION / STATUS A. Programmatic Site Director Standard Practice, SDSP-15.5, Handling Employee 4 Concerns, specifies that they shall be reviewed and evaluated for plant applicability. EdP-1 provides the program document for employee concerns. ECP-1 specifies that if during the Employee - 1

DATE: February 15,1989 MAP - M16C2H Concern Investigation a CAO is identified, the ECP staff should immediately request the responsible line manager to initiate a CAQR. B. Implementation Verification Employee concerns are being reviewed for potential maintenance-related problems in'accordance with ECP-1 program manual. Employee concern engineers review all concerns to datermine if they are nuclear safety-related. They are tracked until the problem is resolved. 6.0 MAP ACCEPTABILITY / PERFORMANCE EVALUATION X Acceptable for - Ref. Startup Short Term Operations. X Acceptable for - Ref. ECP-1 9 Long Term Operations Acceptable for Ref. ORR - Objective' # ' ' _ . . . , . ~ . _ _ . u r. , , , . , ,,mm. ,,....- 4 .. ,, 7.0 ACTION ITEMS ACTION RESP. ORG. DUE DATE None 8.0 MAP SCHEDULE INITIAL REVIEW DATE - 1/29/89 IMPLEMENTATION DATE - LATEST REVIEW - 2/14/89

                                               '      ~

2

DATE: January 30, 1989 MAP - M16C3A O MAINTENA'NCE ACTION PLAN (MAP) M16C3A - Post Maintenance Testing 1.0 MAP DESCRIPTION / SCOPE Post Maintenance Tests are performed following any corrective maintenance on equipment to verify that the equipment functions properly. 2.0 MAP RESPONSIBILITIES Maintenance Technical Group Technical Support Group 3.0 MAP PRIORITY 9 STARTUP YES ' X NO BASIS -NOAM Volumb 2;'Part~ll', Sections'2.1 & 3.2 ' '" ' COMMITMENT YES X NO BASIS - NOAM Volume 2, Part II, Sections 2.1 & 3.2 4.0 MAP SOURCE DOCUMENTSVREFERENCES FSAR NOAM NOAM Volume 2. Part II. - section 2.1 TECH SPECS OTHER PROCEDURES SDSP-7.6. SDSP-6.7 FINDINGS / CONCERNS NRC inspection Report 88-05, Violation 88-05-02 NRC Inspection Report 88-16, Violation 88-16 1 ..._ -_=______

m , DATE: February 15,1989 { MAP - M16C3A 5.0 MAP EVALUATION / STATUS

%)                                                                                                    .

A. Programmatic Site Director Standard Practice, SDSP-7.6, Maintenance Request and Tracking, requires that Post Maintenance Testing be  ! performed. SDSP-6.7 " Post Maintenance Test Program", provides direction to planners on specifying post maintenance testing. B. Implementation Verification i Both SDSP-6.7 and SDSP-7.6 are approved and Post Maintenance i Testing is being performed. The Quality Assurance MR Reviewer f will not approve a MR on safety related equipment without a Post  ! Maintenance Test being specified or a technical justification for  ; not performing one. The maintenance request can not be closed i p; t until all Post Maintenance Testing is complete and the shift Operations Supervisor, and/or Cognizant Engineer Review. V (SDSP-7.6 & SDSP-6.7) O'utstandincJ P6st Maintenance ~ Tests dre tracked in the MR Data base. A review for full implementation ) is needed. (see M08C2 action item 2) 1 6.0 MAP ACCEPTABILITY / PERFORMANCE EVALUATION __. Acceptable for - Ref. Startup Short Term Operations. _. Acceptable for - Ref. Long Term Operations Acceptable for Ref. ORR - Objective # 2

DATE: February 15,'1989 MAP - M16C3A l[v 7.0 ACTION ITEMS ACTION RESP. ORG. DUE DATE

1. See action item 2 for M0802 '
                                                                              )

8.0 MAP SCHEDULE INITIAL REVIEW DATE - 1/29/89 IMPLEMENTATION DATE - LATEST REVIEW - 2/14/89 O  : l l 3 l I

DATE: January 30, 1989 MAP - M16C3B l f' ^ x

               )                                                                                                               ,

t/ MAINTENANCE ACTION PLAN (MAP)  ; M16C3B - Corrective Maintenance Trending i i 1.0 MAP DESCRIPTION / SCOPE l Closely monitor equipment that has been identified by Corrective Maintenance Trending as having a suspected failure trend. l l 2.0 MAP RESPONSIBILITIES i: Preventive Maintenance Section Supervisor 3.0 MAP PRIORITY STARTUP YES NO X BASIS - The monitoring of equipment corrected as a result of Corrective Maintenance Trending is performed monthly during

        \s;                    the review of the Prime Computer printout.

{ No documentation addressing a commitment to any ' I organization was found. COMMITMENT YES NO X BASIS - The monitoring of equipment corrected as a result of Corrective Maintenance Trending is performed monthly during the review of the Prime Computer printout. No documentation addressing a commitment to any organization was found. l: 4.0 MAP SOURCE DOCUMENTS / REFERENCES i FSAR NOAM TECH SPECS OTHER INPO 038 l' '4 PROCEDURES PMI-6.4 4 ,

  }3.;                FINDINGS / CONCERNS be 4, ...
    's    ,

DATE: February 2,1989 MAP - M1603B 5.0 MAP EVALUATION / STATUS A. Programmatic Plant Manager instruction, PMI-6.4, Equipment Failure Trending Program, states that an engineering evaluation is performed on any component (UNID) that has experienced two failures in a one year period. (This information is entered into the prime computer and generated on a monthly basis). PMI-6.4 " Equipment Failure Trending" is in place. B. Implementation Verification The computer generated printout has a 12 month rolling total of the UNIDs that have met the threshold criteria. After the , completion of Corrective Maintenance performed on a UNID to e __._.._ . close a PM Failure Trending Package, the UNID is monitored for additional corrective maintenance: elf'additiorfalworkis" ' 4 * ' performedert the'llNiDitwitt tye identified crrthe'dompbter~~"' - -"'~ ~ ^ " ' printout because the date of completion will be after the completion date of the PM Failure Trending Package. Another PM Failure Trending Package will be generated identifying both the old package and the new failure. There are no changes for this methodology planned at this time. There has been over 130 PM Failure Trending packages generated and the components corrected are monitored per PMI-6.4. More experience with the present system will be needed to substantiate its effectiveness for trending failures. 2 _ - _ _ _ _ - _ _ _ _ _ _= _ _ _ ,

DATE: February 15, 1989 MAP - M16C3B 6.0 MAP ACCEPTABILITY / PERFORMANCE EVALUATION X Acceptable for - Ref. The orocedure is in olace Startup Short Term Operations, and beina implemented. Acceptable for - Ref. Long Term Operations Acceptable for Ref. ORR - Objective # 7.0 ACTION ITEMS . ACTION RESP. ORG. DUE DATE None 8.0 MAP SCHEDULE e INITIAL REVIEW DATE

    -IMPLEMENTATION DATE~ ' ~e-~~

1/29/89

                                          .. . .. u . c . n  .,1,.. , . . , _ , o , ,, ,
                                                                *+--U-+"         ""
                                                                                          .,c  ,   ,_ .

LATEST REVIEW - 2/14/89 3

DATE: January 31, 1989 MAP - M1603C MAINTENANCE ACTION PLAN (MAP) 1 M16C3C - Procedural Changes 1.0 MAP DESCRIPTION / SCOPE Procedures are written or changed as required to provide long-term follow up. 2.0 MAP RESPONSIBILITIES Maintenance Technical Group 3.0 MAP PRIORITY STARTUP YES X NO i BASIS - . COMMITMENT ' YES ' NO X' ' BASIS 'No 60m'mitmentitem could be fouhd! '"' 4.0 MAP SOURCE DOCUMENTS / REFERENCES FSAR NOAM TECH SPECS OTHER l PROCEDURES PMI-6.13. SDSP-2.1 FINDINGS / CONCERNS 5.0 MAP EVALUATION / STATUS A. Programmatic Plant Manager Instruction, PMI- 6.13, Failure Investigation of Safety-Related items, specifies that the responsible engineer assess failures as to origin and root cause, including 1

y v DATE: February 15, 1989 MAP - M16C3C [ recommendations for recurrence control. If procedures are found in error or identified as a contributing factor to the they will be l revised. . 1 B. Implementation Verification Site Director Standard Practice, SDSP-2.1, Site Procedures and instructions, states " Procedures which are found to contain I errors, discrepancies, or inadequacies shall be promptly reported and updated." Periodic reviews by Site Procedures shows that changes are being handled appropriately. l 6.0 MAP ACCEPTABILITY / PERFORMANCE EVALUATION X Acceptabie for - Ref. S DSP-2.1 Startup Short Term Operations. X Acceptable for - Ref. S DS P-2.1 ( Long Term Operations v Acceptable for ' -

                                                                           'Ref.          *    '

m - *

                                 - ORR - Objective '# " "      - -    ~ ' ' " -      " ' ' '     - ' -
                                                                                                          ~

i 7.0 ACTION ITEMS l l ACTION RESP. ORG. DUE DATE None

 .                  8.0 MAP SCHEDULE INITIAL REVIEW DATE                              -

1/29/89 IMPLEMENTATION DATE -

                                   ~

LATEST REVIEW - 2/14/89

                                                  *       ~

2 m__2_______________ _ .

                                     /

DATE: January 31, 1989 d MAP - M16C4A e O , d

         \

MAINTENANCE ACTION. PLAN (MAP) i M16C4A - Failure Investigations

                     ~      1.0 MAP DESCRIPTION / SCOPE Failure Investigation - failure investigations require the investigator            !

to identify other similar equipment for the same type of problem. I 2.0 MAP RESPONSIBILITIES i Maintenance Superintendent 3.0 MAP PRIORITY l STARTUP YES X NO g BASIS - This is a program enhancement and can ' identify an equipment t' i potential failure and prevent it from occurnng. x / '

                                                                                             ^

COMMITMENT " ' YES ":NO X"" ~ ' ' ' ' BASIS - No commitment could be found to require a generic review be required for all failure investigations. l I ' 4.0 MAP SOURCE DOCUMENTS /REFEREh'CES  ! i FSAR NOAM . f TECH SPECS OTHER l PROCEDURES PMI-6.13 i FINDINGS / CONCERNS 5.0 MAP EVALUATION / STATUS $ A. Eroarammatic , _ Plant Manager Instruction, PMI-6.13, Failure Investigation of 1 l

 - _ - _ - - - - - _                                                                                                i

DATE: February 15, 1989 MAP - M16C4A G Safety-Related items, does not specify that other similar equipment be considered. It is a guidance document and each FI receives high level reviews for completeness. PMI-6.13 is in place and section 4.4 specifies that similar equipment be considered. All failure investigations require both a section level review and a review by the maintenance superintendent. B. Implementation Verifica1!QH The maintenance superintendent is reviewing and approving all failure investigations. 6.0 MAP ACCEPTABILITY / PERFORMANCE EVALUATION X Acceptable for - Ref. Section 5.0 Startup Short Term Operations. X Acceptable for - Ref. Section 5.0 9 ' Long Term Operations Acceptable for ORR - Objectl0d '#' *" "' Ref. 7.0 ACTION ITEMS ACTION RESP. ORG. DUE DATE None 8.0 MAP SCHEDULE INITIAL REVIEW DATE - 1/29/89 IMPLEMENTATION DATE - 1/29/89 LATEST REVIEW - 2/14/89 2

DATE: January 30,1989 MAP - M16C4B G MAINTENANCE ACTION PLAN (MAP) M16C48 - Root Cause Determination 1.0 MAP DESCRIPTION / SCOPE Root Cause Determination - root cause determination requires that evaluations consider other similar equipment or areas where the root, cause would be applicable. 2.0 MAP RESPONSIBILITIES Maintenance superintendent Site Quality Manager Site Licensing Manager Engineering Assurance Supervisor

                                                      ~~'                                    "'

3.0 MAP PRIORITV' ^" ' STARTUP YES NO X BASIS - 10 CFR 50 Appendix B, Criteria XVI Corrective Action Topical Report TVA-TR75-1 Rev.10, section 17.2.16 NPP Vol I Item 20, NPP Vol 3 item 73. COMMITMENT YES X NO BASIS - 10 CFR 50 Appendix B, Criteria XVI Corrective Action Topical Report TVA-TR75-1 Rev.10, section 17.2.16 NPP Vol I ! tem 20, NPP Vol 3 item 73. 4.0 MAP SOURCE DOCUMENTS / REFERENCES FSAR TVA-TR75-1 Tooical Reoort NOAM Part 1. section 2.16.2.16.2 TECH SPECS OTHER INPO 85-038 Chaoter XVI 1

DATE: February 15,-1989 MAP - M16C4B 9 section C4. INPO OE-904. INPO 86-017 PROCEDURES SDSP 3.13. Corrective Action PMI 6.13. Failure Investigation of safety related items PMI 6.2. Conduct of Maintenance PMI 6.4. Eauioment Failure Trendina Proaram FINDINGS / CONCERNS

       '85'SALP 13-B, INPO 88 F-2, NMRG A-4,0-2, SSFI WCS-4, NRC Inspection Tree,. 3.5.4, 4.2.1, 4.3.1, 4.4.5, 5.2.6, 6.4.2, 7.5.5, 7.5.6, MART F-2 NRC Violation 87-26.

5.0 MAP EVALUATION / STATUS A. Programmatic Site Director Standard Practice, SDSP-3.13, Corrective Action, 9 requires that all CAORs be evaluated for potential generic implication. When generic implication is identified, a root cause analysis it re@irsd." Bassd 'on review of the root cause analysis, determination of potential generic applicability is made and documented. CAORs which are found to be potentially generic are sent to potentially affected organizations and action items for , each entered into and tracked by TROI. B. Implementation Verification Surveillance OBF-S-88-0655 Maintenance-Generic Aspects of Problems,7/5/88 Surveillance OBF-S-88-0694 Maintenance - Equipment Failure And Trending,7/5/88 Surveillance OBF-S-88-0698 Surveillance OBF-S-88-0697 Maintenance - Failure Trending, not Aggressively Persued,7/19/88 BFN SSFl Response Action item 23-61, BF-WSC-4, R1 CAOR BFP 88 0510 4 MART Respon.se F.2 . ORR 2.1.8.27.1, ORR 2.1.8.27.2, ORR 2.1.8.27.3 2 1

DATE: March 13,1989 MAP - M16C48 9 Root cause analysis are performed for CAORs and failure analysis conducted in accordance with PMI-6.13. There is however, a need to improve the timeliness and quality of these analyses. 6.0 MAP ACCEPTABILITY / PERFORMANCE EVALUATION _._ Acceptable for - Ref. Startup Short Term Operations. Acceptable for - Ref. Long Term Operations Acceptable for Ref. l ORR - Objective # 2.1.8.27.1 1 7.0 ACTION ITEMS ACTION RESP. ORG. DUE DATE

1. Implement action plan items Maint. Supt. 7/1/89 8

ORR 2.1.8.27.1, in accordance with SDSP-7.3. The ORR item addresses

                                                                                    ]

the performance of failure investigations. 1

2. Perform Surveillance on Failure j

Investigation / Root Cause - Analysis of maintenance CAQs/ I Failures. (same as action item , 1 of M04C4).

                                                      ~

i l i 8.0 MAP SCHEDULE 2 I INITIAL REVIEW DATE - 1/29/89  ! i IMPLEMENTATION DATE - LATEST REVIEW - 2/14/89 I 3 'J l < l

DATE: FGbruary 2,1989 MAP - M17C1 A O MAINTENANCE ACTION PLAN- (MAP) , M17C1 A - Design Specifications 1.0 MAP DESCRIPTION / SCOPE l Design specifications are readily available to develop maintenance instructions, to evaluate component performance and to purchase material to original specifications. 2.0 MAP RESPONSIBILITIES , l Nuclear Engineering - Project Engineer, Browns Ferry Engineering Project (BFEP) 3.0 MAP PRIORITY STARTUP YES NO _ X BASIS - Contract Engineering Group (CEG) are ~ reviewing equipment _  ! material specification Heeds as fequired. 'The p'rocess for ~ l completing the project is a long-term program. i COMMITMENT YES NO X BASIS - , 1 4.0 MAP SOURCE DOCUMENTS / REFERENCES i FSAR NOAM a TECH SPECS OTHER NPP Vol 3 eaae !!-88 Nuclear Enaineerina Procedures Manual. Browns Ferry Enaineerina Project Manual PROCEDURES l

                                    ~

O FINDINGS / CONCERNS NRC SALP: Sect 85 c.19 l 1 l

DATE: February 15, 1989 MAP - M17C1 A JO 5.0 MAP EVALUATION / STATUS A. Programmatic ( BFEP Project Manual, section Vil identifies specification i requirements as the responsibility of the Browns Ferry Project Engineer. B. Implementation Verification Design Specifications are not readily available to maintenance. The Contract Engineering Group ( CEG) is reviewing equipment material specification needs on a case by case basis. Master Specifications and Engineering Requirements Specifications are being developed by DNE which will provide generic information.

                                  "^"^       ""'^'""""""^""""^'"^"
                                                                                                          ~

O S- __X_ Acceptable for - Ref. CEG is rdviewina Startup Short Term Operations. eauioment soec. needs on on a case bv case basis as reauired. Acceptable for - Ref. Long Term Operations Acceptable for Ref. ORR - Objective # 7.0 ACTION ITEMS ACTION RESP. ORG. DUE DATE

1. Expedite development of Nuclear Engineering 4/1/91 master Specifications and Engineering Requirements Specifications to improve reviews from the Design. Organ-O ization to maxe inem timeiy, thorough, and technically sound.

2

l . 4 DATE: March 7,1989 MAP - M17C1 A i . 2, improve Support from BFEP to plant Nuclear . Started 6/88 staff through Contract Engineering Engineering Group (CEG). CONCURRENCE SIGNED W. F. SPADER 2/03/89 NAME DATE l 1 l i l' 8.0 MAP SCHEDULE -! INITIAL REVIEW DATE - 12/22/88 10 IMPLEMENTATION DATE ' LATEST REVIEW - 1/25/89 l

                                    ~
  .O
                                 ~

3

C. i k . DATE: February. 2,1989 MAP - M17C1B , a f)- MAINTENANCE ACTION PLAN'(MAP). i M1701B - Configuration Control Drawings ~-

                                                                                                                                                      )

1

                                               -1.0 MAP DESCRIPTION / SCOPE -

i Configuration control, physical and functional, drawings are available and kept current with plant configuration. 2.0 MAP RESPONSIBILITIES i k Nuclear Engineering, Project Engineering, BFEP l

                                                                ' Maintenance Superintendent & Staff                                                  I 3.0 MAP PRIORITY STARTUP             YES X- NO BASIS - NPP Vol 3.' caae ill To improve the design change O.                                                                                                '

control prograni for BFN, a single drawing system will be ' '

                                                                                         ' ' ~ "

employed. COMMITMENT YES NO X BASIS - 4.0 MAP SOURCE DOCUMENTS / REFERENCES l FSAR NOAM TECH SPECS OTI-lER NPP Vol. 3 o.111 PROCEDURES PI-87-27. SDSP-8.1. SDSP-9.1 l FINDINGS / CONCERNS 5.0 MAP EVALUATION / STATUS ' A. Programmatic, lO l The preparation, review, approval, and issue of configuration. 1 L_ ___-__m_ _ . _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _

DATE: February 2,1989-MAP - M17C1 B O controi drawings (s) are contrailed by BFEP-PI-87-27. Changes to CCDs are processed by Site Director Standard Practice, SDSP-8.1, Design Change Notices or by SDSP-9.1, Drawing Discrepancy. B. Implementation Verification l Some CCDs have been completed . An EA audit (EA-OR-002, RIMS B05 881216004) was completed in December,1988 on the Baseline Program. One hundred and thirty (130) open items remain to be resolved as of January 27,1989. 6.0 MAP ACCEPTABILIW/ PERFORMANCE EVALUATION Acceptable for - Ref. Startup Short Term Operations. Acceptable for - Ref. Long Term Operations O- Acceptable for - Ref. ORR - Objective' # '- 7.0 ACTION ITEMS ACTION RESP. ORG. DUE DATE

1. Baseline verification and NE Primary'and Configuration Management Programs Criticai drawings will be completed before start up. The completion of the secondary drawings is an ongoing O

long term project. DNE 2

                                                                                                               'l DATE: February 1,1989 -

MAP - M17C1 B will provide

 .Q support for specific      l drawings as   ;

required.  !

                                          - CONCURRENCE N//mM] / 2 89-NAME /    8        DATE 8.0 MAP SCHEDULE INITIAL REVIEW DATE      -

12/28/88

                                        ,  IMPLEMENTATION DATE          -

O. LATEST REVIEW '" 1-25-89 ' "  ! l \ 1 i l l i

                                                           '   ~

lO 3 i E _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _

x DATE: ' February 2,1989 MAP - M17C1C -

'O                               MAINTENANCE ACTION PLAN (MAP).

M17C10 - Material Design Criteria - 1 l 1.0 MAP DESCRIPTION / SCOPE , Material design criteria are availabie for generic maintenance issues - such as material and component replacement which are commercial

           . grade, bolting changes, torque values, specification changes,-
                                                                                                )

assignment of detail weld procedures and hanger repair. 2.0 MAP RESPONSIBILITIES

                                                                                             .i Nuclear Engineering 3.0 MAP PRIORITY STARTUP-              YES         NO X            -

i BASIS - AIthough the lack of material design criteria may cause ' delays in the performance' of maintenance, the criteria is ' provided on an as-needed basis for the short-term.

                                                                                               ]

COMMITMENT YES X

                                                                                            ]

NO_ I BASIS - ORR 2.1.8.16

                                                                                            'l I

4.0 MAP SOURCE DOCUMENTS / REFERENCES  ! FSAR NOAM 1 TECH SPECS OTHER NPP VOL 3. once 11-86 , NRC SALP 1984 nace 19 INPO OCT 84. P.2.' 12 INPO MAR 8S P.13 INPO MART B.4.b .D.1.F. D.2.a ORR Obi 2.1.8.16  ! PROCEDURES - SDSP-8.1 ,

                                  '     ~

O. FINDINGS / CONCERNS  ; INPO MART B.4. D.2.a 1

By DATE: January 31, 1989 - 1 d MAP - M17C1C I 1

               . INPO MART 86. caos 13 - In order to support planning and scheduling
 #       .      of maintenance activities, needed parts were not always identified-and procured prior to start of jobs.
               - NRC SALP 1984. caos 19 - Reviews from the Design Organization were -

not always timely, thorough, or technically sound. 5.0 MAP EVALUATION / STATUS I i A. Programmatic I Configuration Control Changes are controlled through SDSP-8.1 l l Design Change Notices. Due to. equipment age and vendor ability to l supply qualified spare parts for the obsolete equipment, the

program is inadequate. A list of equipment substitution replacement parts or design specification standards for obsolete material and components is needed to meet plant requirements without a design change.

1O s. imoiementation verificaton . - - The implementation for this item is long term due to the

                    ~ development time for Master Specifications and/or Engineering -

Requirements Specifications. See also MAP M1701 A. o , 6.0 MAP ACCEPTABILITY / PERFORMANCE EVALUATION j X Acceptable for - Ref. Althouoh the lack of Startup Short Term Operations. material desion criteria a mav cause delavs in the '! performance of maint..' the i criteria is orovided on an - 1

as-needed basis for the ~ 1 short term. J
                                                                                                 ;3 Acceptable for -                       Ref.                                1

( Long Term Op'erations - Acceptable for ORR - Objective # 2.1.8.16.1.e Ref. l i 1 2  ; 3

DATE: February 2,1989 MAP - M17C1C O 7.0 ACTION ITEMS ACTION RESP. ORG. DUE DATE i 1. Provide material substitution NE 10/1/89 criteria and standards to allow maintenance to replace obsolete components. (reference: MART items D.1.f and D.2.a)

2. Update the Design Criteria Manuals ORR obj. 2.1.8.16.1.e NE On going CONCURRENCE / 2- [81 NAME ' L ~ DATE' O

8.0 MAP SCHEDULE INITIAL REVIEW DATE - 1/29/89 IMPLEMENTATION DATE - LATEST REVIEW - O

                                                                             ~

3

l' , DATE: February 2,1989 MAP - M17C1 D t /Q L MAINTENANCE ACTION PLAN (MAP) M17C1D - DNE and Engineering Report 1.0 MAP DESCRIPTION / SCOPE NE and engineering reports on equipment specification changes or equipment problems are provided to plant maintenance. They are evaluated, tracked, and dispositioned in a timely manner. 2.0 MAP RESPONSIBILITIES Maintenance Superintendent Nuclear Engineering 3.0 MAP PRIORITY STARTUP YES X NO BASIS - Program is in place and working. COMMITMENT' YES - NO X ^^ ' BASIS - 4.0 MAP SOURCE DOCUMENTS / REFERENCES FSAR NOAM TECH SPECS OTHER INPO MART l.2.a. D.2.b PROCEDURES SDSP-3.7. SDSP-15.2 FINDINGS / CONCERNS 5.0 MAP EVALUATION / STATUS A. Programmatic Nuclear Engineering notifies the plant of engineering problems O via CAO s wnicn is eetaiied in Site Director Standare eractice, SDSP-3.7, Conditions Adverse to Quality. CAO's are tracked via 1

DATE: January 31, 1989 MAP - M1701 D

  ]                     the corporate TROI tracking system throughout dispositioning.

The Engineering Reports are handled in accordance with SDSP-15.2 and NOAM Part I, Section 2.16. by the plant. B. Implementation Verification Reports are being transmitted to the plant by NE, in accordance with SDSP-15.2. CAQs are tracked by the TROI program. I 6.0 MAP ACCEPTABILITY / PERFORMANCE EVALUATION X Acceptable for - Ref. Procram is in olace and Startup Short Term Operations, workina. All ooen CAORs are tracked by TROI by o number and by section. , X Acceptable for - Ref. Proaram is in clace and Long Term Operations > - worI<ina. All coen CAORs' " "'- are tracked'by'TROI tv"" ' ' > I number and bv section. Acceptable for Ref. ORR - Objective # 7.0 ACTION ITEMS ACTION RESP. ORG. DUE DATE None 8.0 MAP SCHEDULE INITIAL REVIEW DATE - 12/28/88 IMPLEMENTATION DATE - h LATEST REVIEW '

                                            ~

1 25-89 2

DATE: February 2,1989 MAP - M17C1 E MAINTENANCE ACTION PLAN (MAP) M17C1 E - Environmental Qualifications l

                                                                                           ~

1.0 MAP DESCRIPTION / SCOPE Environmental Qualifications (EO) - a complete list of equipment in the environmental qualification program is available. Maintenance activities necessary to retain equipment environmental qualifications are detailed on qualification maintenance data sheets (QMDS). The QMDS folders are controlled, maintained current and are available onsite for maintenance use. 2.0 MAP RESPONSIBILITIES Maintenance Superintendent Planning and Technical Supervisor (EQ Co-ordinator) Nuclear Engineering 3.0 MAP PRIORITY' STARTUP YES X NO BASIS - NPP. Vol. 3, commitment 51 - 10 CFR 50.49 scope electrical equipment located in a harsh environment for each unit will - meet 10 CFR 50.49 requirements before unit restart. COMMITMENT YES X NO BASIS - NRC Commitment - NPP Vol. 3, Commitment 51 10CFR50.49 4.0 MAP SOURCE DOCUMENTS / REFERENCES FSAR NOAM TECH SPECS OWER NRC SALP Sect 85 c.19 NPP. Vol. 3 Commitment 45 PROCEDURES SDSP-7.7.16.1. 30.1 NMRG G-5.11 ORR Obi. 2.1.8.10.8 O O R R 0 8i. 2.,.8.,e 1

DATE: January 31, 1989 MAP - M17C1 E D' FINDINGS / CONCERNS NPP. Vol. 3 Commitment 51 - electrical equipment located in a harsh environment for each unit will meet 10CFR 50.49 requirements before unit restart. NMRG G Consolidate the variety of existing equipment classification lists (CSSC, Q, cable and conduit schedule,50.49 lists, and drawings) into a consolidated equipment listing for each site showing all the applicable quality, regulatory, or other classification needed to ensure that work is planned and executed to the appropriate standards. NMRG l The procedures to be reviewed prior to start-up which are important to safety are being prioritized and selected based upon recommended vendor maintenance associated with environmental qualification. 5.0 MAP EVALUATION / STATUS A. Programmatic O Tne EQ prog,am isimpiemented ex p,oceeures Site Directo. -- Standard Practice, SDSPr7.7;'" Qualification'Maintenarice Data- Sheets and Harsh Equipment Systems (HEMS)". SDSP-16.1

                              " Dedication Program for Commercial Grade Material, Parts or Components for EQ Related" and SDSP-30.1 " Maintaining EQ of Electrical Equipment important to Safety."
8. Implementation Verification The QMDS folders for all EQ equipment on all three units are not available to maintenance. Unit 2 equipment has been identified by issuance of a 50.49 R-1 list. A revision to this list was scheduled for issuance December,1988. An evaluation of the revision will be made to determine the impact the new list will have on startup.

The QMDS folders are issued in various states of revision. The majority of these folders require additional revisions prior to completion of the maintenance baseline activity. No schedule for further revision,s has been offered by Engineering. 2

DATE: March 7,1989 MAP - M17C1 E th p 6.0 MAP ACCEPTABILITY / PERFORMANCE EVALUATION f Acceptable for - Ref. l Startup Short Term Operations. ! Acceptable for - Ref. ! Long Term Operations Acceptable for Ref. Self Assessment ORR - Objective # 2.1.8.10.8 Dec 1988 2.1.8.19 - 7.0 ACTION ITEMS ACTION RESP. ORG. DUE DATE

1. Evaluate EQ status for startup EQ co-ordinater 2/15/89 provide milestone schedule to cornplete.

CONCURRENCE S1GNED BY'd.R?PITTMAN" 2/07/89 NAME ""'~ ' "

                                                    'DATE
                                                                ~
2. Provide schedule for addressing Nuclear 2/5/89 QMDS concerns from plant. Engineering <

CONCURRENCE SIGNED BY T.F. NEWTON 2/03/89 - NAME DATE ~~ 8.0 MAP SCHEDULE INITIAL REVIEW DATE - 1/29/89 f, IMPLEMENTATION DATE - O ureST Review

                                 ~
                                          -           2/,4/89        _

3 .

DATE: February 2,1989 MAP - M17C1 F O MAINTENANCE ACTION PLAN (MAP) M17C1 F - Master Equipment List (MEL) 1.0 MAP DESCRIPTION / SCOPE A master equipment list is available which provides design and general information on plant equipment. It covers design, purchasing, installation and operational requirements. 2.0 MAP RESPONSIBILITIES Nuclear Engineering (NE) 3.0 MAP PRIORITY STARTUP YES NO X ' O BASIS 'M17C1F'is p' a'rt 6f an' action plan to upgrade maintenance activities at BFN ir) FFsp6ns'e t6'an INPO Mhirit6rian'ce Assistance and Review Team (MART) during April - May 1988. Current efforts are in place until the final end product can be delivered in early 1990s. O COMMITMENT YES NO X BASIS - No commitment to have a master equipment list. 4.0 MAP SOURCE DOCUMENTS / REFERENCES FSAR NOAM TECH SPECS OTHER R00 880531968 Memo from H.P. Pomrehn in C.E. Moore. INPO. dated 6-2-88. transmitting BFN

                                                 .   .                         action olan for INPO MART.

1

DATE: February 2,1989

   ~

MAP - M1701 F '.Q PROCEDURES PI 86-28. 86-38 FINDINGS / CONCERNS INPO MART 1988. DS - Plant equipment, components, and structures to be included in the maintenance program are not completely incorporated into a MEL. 5.0 MAP EVALUATION / STATUS A. Programmatic The Automated Maintenance Management System (AMMS) Program is being planned by the Corporate Office, approval is being solicited, and the program proposal will be provided for Mr. Kingsley's review on January 30,1989. This system will integrate several existing programs. (see action item 9 of M04C2B). B. Implementation Verification Presently the BFN Ptahhers'btilize the'CSSC1istfrig,'Th'e'Q'llht, ^ ' ' Appendix "R",10CFR50.49 for EO, QMDS list, and the PM list as tools to plan maintenance work. Routine work items evolve which are not detailed on these lists. In these emes, the planners will either work the item as CSSC or if time allows will request a ruling from NE on whether the item is a Q- List item or not. NE has been able to provide the needed information within a reasonable amount of time, however, it does cause a delay for the planners to perform their work and in some cases a delay for the maintenance crews to complete their work. Browns Ferry can support start-up and short term operation with the program as it is, but will be much more efficient and timely in meeting its schedules with a MEL. 6.0 MAP ACCEPTABILITY / PERFORMANCE E /ALUATION X Acceptable for - Ref. See implementation O Startup Short Term 6perations Acceptable for - Ref. 2

DATE: March 7,1989 MAP - M17C1 F l O 'ono Term operations Acceptable for Ref. ORR - Objective # 2.1.8.19.01 7.0 ACTION ITEMS ACTION RESP. ORG. DUE DATE

1. Provide a Master Equipment List NE/NTB Early 1990s (MEL) that includes the CSSC/Non CSSC, the Q-List and the EQlS Listing

{ capital projects #2564,2589]

2. Provide ongoing support for EQlS/ NE/NTB Ongoing Q-LIST /MEL Support CONCURRENCE SIGNED BY D.R BUCCI 2/03/89 NAME DATE
 <O 8.0 MAP SCHEDULE INITIAL REVIEW DATE            -
                                                . 1-30-89 IMPLEMENTATION DATE              -

LATEST REVIEW - 2/14/89 O

                                   ~

3

DATE: February 3,1989 MAP - M1701G L

 ^O MAINTENANCE ACTION PLAN (MAP)

M17C1G - Vendor Information 1.0 MAP DESCRIPTION / SCOPE Vendor manuals and drawings are controlled and current. Vendor information letters are incorporated into vendor manuals and drawings as needed. This information is available onsite for planning maintenance, developing instructions and evaluating component performance. 2.0 MAP RESPONSIBILITIES Nuclear Engineering, Project Engineer, BFEP DNE, Information Distribution Nuclear Services (Program, Distnoution and Control) O 3.0 MAP PRIORITY ~ STARTUP YES NO X BASIS - NE can support maintenance on Vendor Manual drawing needs on an as needed basis and can expedite that support. COMMITMENT YES X NO BASIS - ORR Obj. 2.1.8.17 4.0 MAP SOURCE DOCUMENTS / REFERENCES FSAR NOAM TECH SPECS OTHER NRC SALP Sect 85 oace 19 ORR lbi. 2.1.8.17 INPO Oct 84 0.12 N M A G I-1 0 ~ NPP Vol 3 cace ll-86. Commitment 20. 1

DATE: February 3,1989-MAP - M17C1G O PROCEDURES Proaram Procedure 1707.03.04 Vendor Manual Proaram . SDSP 10.1. NEP 4.1. SDSP18.9.1D OAP 8.2.BFEP P1 28. FINDINGS / CONCERNS I INPO OCT 84. P.12 - Additional improvement'needed in identifying . parts and special tools. NRC SALP Sect. 85. o.19 - Reviews from the Design Organization were often not timely, thorough nor technically sound. 5.0. MAP EVALUATION / STATUS A. Programmatic Vendor Manual, Vendor Drawings and Vendor Information Letters are controlled via SDSP 10.1. New vendor manual procurement is controlled by procurement procedure NEP 4.1 and SDSP-16.9. The requirements for vendor manual contents in NEP 4.1 is inadequate for new equipment purchased for the plant or in O support of maintenance. This docoment should be revised to agre's-with INPO Go'66 PracticeTS-403 " Vendor Manual Specifications' ' and Procurement". Site Director Standard Practice, SDSP -16.9 should, also, be revised to address the INPO Good Practice TS-403. These changes would improve the quality of information available for new equipment. Vendor drawings are not kept current. These drawings often have the only information available on a component. Maintenance is restricted from using the drawing without prior approval of NE. The NE review is only partial and must be performed each time the drawing is used. Vendor drawings for equipment should be upgraded and kept current with plant configuration. Process for - drawing usage should be reviewed to allow maintenance usage 1 during LCO condition or establish immediate turn around for NE review. B. Implementation Verification Vendor Manuals required for Unit 2 restart have been upgraded and 2

DATE: February 3,1989 MAP - M17C1G  ! Q are available for use. The following procedures govern the Vendor Manual Program: ID QAP 6.2 Rev 1, BFEP PI-87-26, SDSP-10.1. The remaining manuals will be upgraded after restart. Vendor Drawings have not been upgraded and verified to reflect the equipment installed . TVA drawings for some equipment do not exist. Vendor Information Letters are incorporated into the . Vendor Manuals as needed. 6.0 MAP ACCEPTABILITY / PERFORMANCE EVALUATION x__ Acceptable for - Ref. NPP Vol 1 Aco 8. Daae 12 Startup Short Term Operations Commitment 29 Acceptable for - Ref. Long Term Operations Acceptable for Ref. ORR - Objective # 2.1.8.17 1 7.0 ACTION ITEMS: "' ~

                                                                                                                )

ACTION RESP. ORG. DUE DATE

1. Complete vendor manual technical Nuclear 9/1/90 verification Engineering -
2. Revise NEP 4.1 to agree with Nuclear 5/15/89 INPO Good Practice TS-403 Engineering CONCURRENCE 2sAh d n.e aw '

it /3 W 9 NA"ME DATE'

3. Revise SDSP-16.9 to agree with Material & 3/15/89 TS-403 Procurement
                                                                            / 2/6//9
                                                                        ~

CONCURRENCE s NAME . DAT'E ' 3

DATE: March 7,1989

                                                     - MAP - M17C1G Q. 4. Convert vendor drawings which reflect installed equipment Nuclear Engineering Ongoing configuration to approved T.V.A controlled drawings.

CONCURRENCE SIGNED BY J.M. KAELIN 2/03/89 NAME DATE l 8.0 MAP SCHEDULE 1 l INITIAL REVIEW DATE - 12/28/88 IMPLEMENTATION DATE - l LATEST REVIEW - 2/14/89 6

                                                                                         \
                              '  ~

.O l 4 3 l _ _ --__-__ A

r . DATE: February 2,1989 MAP - M1701H MAINTENANCE ACTION PLAN (MAP) M17C1H - Engineering Change Notices (ECN) 1.0 MAP DESCRIPTION / SCOPE Engineering. Change Notices (ECN) are complete and reviewed by the maintenance group for impact on maintenance instructions, training, spare part inventory requirements, and maintainability prior to a modification. ECNs for minor modification such as material, specifications and documentation, and safety evaluations are performed quickly to meet plants schedule. 2.0 MAP RESPONSIBILITIES Nuclear Engineering, Project Engineer, BFEP Maintenance Superintendent and Staff 3.0 MAP PRIORITY STARTUP YES NO X BASIS - ECNs are presently being reviewed by maintenance for impact on procedures, training, spare parts, and maintainability prior to modifications being done. ECNs for minor mods are being expedited quickly to meet plant schedules. COMMITMENT YES NO X BASIS - 4.0 MAP SOURCE DOCUMENTS / REFERENCES . FSAR NOAM TECH SPECS OBER NMRG findinos H-1 NRC SALP Sect 84 0.19 ORR Obi 2.1.8.16.1 PROCEDURES SDSP-8.1. 8.10. 8.12. 8.11 1

DATE: ' January 31,1989 MAP - M17C1H

 .O                                      FINDINGS / CONCERNS NRC SALP Sect 84 o.19 - Reviews from the Design Organization were often not timely, thorough, nor technically sound.

NMRG Findina H Minor design changes needed to support plant , maintenance and operation are not being accomplished in a timely. manner. 5.0 MAP EVALUATION / STATUS f 1 A. Programmatic j 1 The Engineering Change Notice process is controlled through procedures SDS-8.1, SDSP-8.10 and SDSP- 8.12 and adequately addresses the decription/ scope. B. Implementation Verification i 1 Program is in place - ECNs are being reviewed and documented on impact sheets (SDSP-8.10, form SDSP-245) for impact upon maintenance instructions, training, spare parts inventory, and ' maintainability prior td modifications"being done ECNs for niin'or' ' modifications are being expedited quickly to meet plant schedules, per SDSP-8.11. 6.0 MAP ACCEPTABILITY / PERFORMANCE EVALUATION _.X_. Acceptable for - Ref. See implementation Startup Short Term Operations, verification

                                         .____ Acceptable for -                       Ref.

Long Term Operations Acceptable for Ref. ORR - Objective #2.1.8.16.1 0 ~ ~ 2

y . - _ . . . . . . . - - _ _ DATE: March 13,1989 MAP - M17C1H 7.0 ACTION ITEMS l ACTION RESP. ORG DUE DATE

1. Verify ORR objective closure Support 7/1/89 in accordance with Site Director Programs -

Standard Practice, SDSP-7.3. l

                                                                                                  ]

8.0 MAP SCHEDULE INITIAL REVIEW DATE - 12/28/88 IMPLEMENTATION DATE -

       .      LATEST REVIEW                                          -

1/25/89 6 O 3 s

I DATE: January 31, 1989 MAP - M17011

 .h                                   MAINTENANCE ACTION PLAN (MAP)

M17C11 - Nuclear Plant Reliability Data Systems (NPRDS) 1 - 1.0 MAP DESCRIPTION / SCOPE NPRDS information is available and used in planning maintenance. NPRDS Failure Trends are monitored and provide an information source for failure investigations. 2.0 MAP RESPONSIBILITIES Preventive Maintenance Supervisor Work Control Supervisor 3.0 MAP PRIORITY O STARTUP < YES X ' NO ' Fr > ' t BASIS - NPP Vol 3-attachmerrt tV-ecommitmerrt34Tegttirtrsu~"~^ ~ "*^- structured Preventive Maintenance Program to be implemented. NPRDS is part of the trending program which is part of a structured Preventive Maintenance Program. COMMITMENT YES X NO BASIS - NPP Vol 111 attachment IV-2 commitment 34 requires a structured Preventive Maintenance Program to be implemented. NPRDS is part of the trending program which is part of a structured Preventive Maintenance Program. 4.0 MAP SOURCE DOCUMENTS / REFERENCES FSAR NOAM TECH SPECS OWER NPP Vol lli attachment IV-2 commitment 34 PROCEDURES PMI -15.1 PMI-6.4 1

                                  -       ---mummi--

DATE: January 31, 1989 MAP - M17C11 h FINDINGS / CONCERNS ORR OBJ. 2.1.8.18 l 5.0 MAP EVALUATION / STATUS A. Programmatic

1. Nuclear Plant Reliability Data Systems is detailed by Nuclear Corporate Program PMP-1601.02 and is implemented at BFNP via PMI -15.1 and PMI-6.4.
2. PMI-15.1 specifies the guidelines for submitting reports to the NPRDS Data base maintained by The Institute of Nuclear Power.
3. PMI-6.4 implements the equipment trending requirements for the plant process equipment. NPRDS Data is one source which is used for equipment trending.

O. ,

                                                  ,             .,   .m   . . > . . . . , . . . , ~ , , , . , . . . . . .

B. Implementation Verification NPRDS Data is being entered into the NPRDS Data base. Trend packages are being generated with the NPRDS Data as a source of information. Engineers and planners need additional training and computer equipment to fully use the NPRDS Data Base. See Action Plan, Section 7. 6.0 MAP ACCEPTABILITY / PERFORMANCE EVALUATIOR Acceptable for - Ref. Startup Short Term Operations. Acceptable for - Ref. Long Term Operations Acceptable for Ref. ORR - Objectlye # 2.1.8.18 2

y . DATE: March 7,1989 MAP - M17C11 h 7.0 ACTION ITEMS ACTION RESP. ORG. DUE DATE

1. Provide overview training Work Control 3/1/89 to planners and engineers

{

2. Train all planners and a Work Control 3/1/89 core of engineers in assessing and reviewing NPRDS files. -

CONCURRENCE __ SIGNED BY S.R. MAEHER 2/06/89 NAME DATE

3. Provide user ids and NPRDS ADP 3/1/89 i

review access code to planners and core of engineers. O

4. Establish appropriate terminals' ADP and M~aint. 3/1/89^
                                                                                                   ^   '~

in planning and engineering section Supt. for access to NPRDS. CONCURRENCE SIGNED BY L. JOHNSON JR 2/03/89 NAME DATE 8.0 MAP SCHEDULE INITIAL REVIEW DATE -12/29/89 IMPLEMENTATION DATE - LATEST REVIEW , _ - 2/14/89 3

DATE: January 31, 1989 MAP - M17C1J j MAINTENANCE ACTION PLAN (MAP) M17C1J - Maintenance History - 1.0 MAP DESCRIPTION / SCOPE An accurate maintenance h! story of plant equipment is readily available and provides trending capability. 2.0 MAP RESPONSIBILITIES Preventive Maintenance Supervisor 3.0 MAP PRIORITY STARTUP YES_ NO X BASIS - NPP Vol 3 rev 1 attachment IV-2 page 8 of 25 COMMITMENT' ' '~ YES X"#NO" ~ BASIS - Comitment item 33a NPP Vol 3, rev.1, page Il-64e 4.0 MAP SOURCE DOCUMENTS / REFERENCES FSAR 13.7 NOAM Part il secton 2.1 TECH SPECS OTHER INPO 84JMA.7.1) NMRG findinaN-1 MART F.1.a-d. and F.1.e PROCEDURES PMI-6.7. SDSP-7.6 FINDINGS / CONCERNS MART F.1.e - Provide ready access to maintenance history, require planners to review the maintenance history for all corrective maintenance work packages. NMRG findina N-1,lmpr.ove guidelines for information in maintenance O nistory. provide trainino of personnei to improve quality of information. 1

m DATE: January 31, 1989 g MAP - M1701J ] INPO-M ART. F.1.c - Survey various maintenance organizations to l f determine number of terminals and access codes needed. Upgrade 1 7 system based on results of survey. INPO MART F.1.di- Develop a maintenance history user training program for alllevels of users. For certain positions, such as planners, make the training program mandatory. 5.0 MAP EVALUATION / STATUS A. Programmatic PMI-6.7 equipment Maintenance History implements the - requirements for a maintenance history system.: Plant Manager Instruction 6.7 provides a comprehensive and readily retrievable history record of maintenance activities for each major piece of plant equipment. The Surveillance Instruction, Maintenance - Request (MRs) and Preventive Maintenance history records are maintained in these history files. SDSP-7.6 Maintenance Request and Tracking implements the instruction and' establishes responsibility of planning and - scheduling 4or' maintaining the' tracking ofwork activities,--"----- - ' equipment history and control of maintenance request data. B. lmolementation Verification MART-F.1.a: A survey of personnel using the maintenance history program including the PM Supervisor was performed by Work Control Support Section Supervisr, J. C. Retherford. She reported-several field of data were added to the data base as a result of this survey. F.1.b. was verified also after adding the new fields. ORR Self Assessment 2.1.8.18 was performed in August-1988. Although criterion 2.1.8.18.01 was not fully completed, the applicable section relating to this MAP. item were successful. Example: Information from 22 randomly selected MRs were properly input and maintenance history data was retrievable through line terminals. Interviews with responsible engineers indicated that the history program was used to evaluate trends O e n d n ereiete nt ero bie m s. 2

DATE: February 1,1989 ,_ MAP - M17C1J ig i INPO 84 (Finding MA.7.1) The new maintenance forms (TVA 6436(DNP 2/84) (OP-BFN-8-87) allows inclusion of additional information to allow enhancement of maintenance history. These forms allow inclusion of details regarding scope of work, parts - replaced, equipment category, manhours, corrective action, and cause of failure. 6.0 MAP ACCEPTABILITY / PERFORMANCE EVALUATION Acceptable for - Ref. MIP analysis Startup Short Term Operations.

                        - Acceptable for -                     Ref.

Long Term Operations Acceptable for Ref. ORR - Objective # 2.1.8.18 7.0 ACTION ITEMS ACTION RESP.ORG. DUE DATE O .

        - ~ 1e Provide overview > training 4arpiannersou" arc--Work Gontrol< "GMy89--" -
2. Train all planners in assessing and Work Control 5/1/89 reviewing NPRDS files.
3. Require planners to review maintenance Maint. Planning 8/1/89 history for corrective maintenance work packages.
4. Improve guidelines for personnel Work Control 5/1/89 to improve quality of information.

CONCURRENCE N dsA_ - / Itd./re NAME DATE O

                                        '      ~

3

DATE: February 15, 1989 MAP - M17C1J Q 8.0 MAP SCHEDULE INITIAL REVIEW DATE - 12/16/88 l l l IMPLEMENTATION DATE - LATEST REVIEW - 2/14/89 O . O

                                 '   ~

4

DATE: January 31, 1989 MAP - M17C1K O MAINTENANCE ACTION PLAN (MAP) M17C1K - Valve Program i 1.0 MAP DESCRIPTION / SCOPE I Valve Program - A plant valve program provides pertinent information such as model, size, manufacturer, location, etc. Concerning valves and valve operators. This information is used to complement existing maintenance history sorted by individual component unique identifier. i Presently included in the program are component data for containment-isolation, safety-related MOVs, and other selected safety-related and BOP valves. Outstanding work tracking for maintenance requests and , accomplished work recording for maintenance request history (back to 1983) is stored in prime.

             ' 2.0 MAP RESPONSIBILITIES Maintenan'ce* Mechaniddl-Technichr' "'- '

3.0 MAP PRIORITY STARTUP YES X NO i BASIS - NPP, Vol. 3, section 4.1.4, page 11-64 COMMITMENT YES X NO - l BASIS - NPP, Vol 3, section 4.1.4, page 11-64 { 4.0 MAP SOURCE DOCUMENT 9 REFERENCES l FSAR NOAM i TECH SPECS OTHER NPP Vol 3.section4.1.4. Da 11-64. ORR 2.1.8.19 PROCEDURES FINDINGS / CONCERNS 1

1 DATE: February 2,1989 MAP - M1701K O 5.0 MAP EVALUATION / STATUS

          . A. Programmatic Additional valve information will become part of the data base as it becomes available. The maintenance history is updated as -

maintenance work is accomplished., SDSP-7.6. B. Implementation Verification The valve program is in place, however, it is not presently covered procedurally. A procedure should be written to describe the program. 6.0 MAP ACCEPTABILITY / PERFORMANCE EVALUATION X Acceptable for - Ref. Proaram comolete for

 -O     -

Startup Short TernrOp'eratiofis '-~+ valves listedin the stone "-

  • T l --

of this sedtibh. ' Additional ' '* ~ *" '~ information will be added to the data base as it is j i collected. ')

                                                                                                           .I Acceptable for -                     Ref.                                               ;

Long Term Operations " Acceptable for Ref. ORR - Objective # 2.1.8.19

 . 7.0. ACTION ITEMS ACTION                                           RESP. ORG.            DUE DATE
1. Write a procedure to describe the Mech. Tech. 9-1-89 valve program. This will be accomplished before start-up.

O ' ~ 2

DATE: February 15,1989 MAP - M1701K

2. If a procedure is required, write

' Q one or change an existing one to Mech. Tech. 9-1-89 describe the valve program and the information it contains. If a procedure is deemed necessary _ in "1" above, then this item will 1 also be required for start-up.

3. Continue to update valve program Mech. Tech. Continuing data base as information becomes process available. I l

l l 8,0 MAP SCHEDULE INITIAL REVIEW DATE - 1/29/89 I IMPLEMENTATION DATE

 -Os                                                            .
                                                                                                       .,,s.   . . . .,

LATEST REVIEW ":" ^' -- 2/14/89 "" ' *^ '~ o - 3

                                                       . , . .}}